State of Illinois
92nd General Assembly
Legislation

   [ Search ]   [ PDF text ]   [ Legislation ]   
[ Home ]   [ Back ]   [ Bottom ]


[ Introduced ][ Enrolled ]


92_HB0708eng

 
HB0708 Engrossed                               LRB9203186EGfg

 1        AN ACT to revise the law by combining multiple enactments
 2    and making technical corrections.

 3        Be it  enacted  by  the  People  of  the  State  of  Illinois,
 4    represented in the General Assembly:

 5        Section 1.  Nature of this Act.
 6        (a)  This  Act  may  be  cited  as the First 2001 General
 7    Revisory Act.
 8        (b)  This Act is not intended  to  make  any  substantive
 9    change  in the law.  It reconciles conflicts that have arisen
10    from multiple amendments and enactments and  makes  technical
11    corrections and revisions in the law.
12        This   Act  revises  and,  where  appropriate,  renumbers
13    certain Sections that have been added or amended by more than
14    one Public Act.  In certain cases in which a repealed Act  or
15    Section  has  been  replaced  with  a successor law, this Act
16    incorporates amendments to the repealed Act or  Section  into
17    the  successor  law.   This Act also corrects errors, revises
18    cross-references, and deletes obsolete text.
19        (c)  In this Act,  the  reference  at  the  end  of  each
20    amended  Section indicates the sources in the Session Laws of
21    Illinois that were used in the preparation  of  the  text  of
22    that  Section.   The text of the Section included in this Act
23    is intended  to  reconcile  the  different  versions  of  the
24    Section  found  in  the  Public  Acts included in the list of
25    sources, but may not include other versions of the Section to
26    be found in Public Acts not included in the list of  sources.
27    The list of sources is not a part of the text of the Section.
28        (d)  Public Acts 91-001 through 91-937 were considered in
29    the  preparation of the combining revisories included in this
30    Act.  Many of those combining revisories contain no  striking
31    or  underscoring because no additional changes are being made
32    in the material that is being combined.
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -2-                LRB9203186EGfg
 1        Section 5.  The  Regulatory  Sunset  Act  is  amended  by
 2    changing Sections 4.10, 4.20, and 4.21 as follows:

 3        (5 ILCS 80/4.10) (from Ch. 127, par. 1904.10)
 4        Sec.  4.10.  The following Acts are repealed December 31,
 5    1999:
 6        The Fire Equipment Distributor  and  Employee  Regulation
 7    Act.
 8        The Land Sales Registration Act of 1989.
 9    (Source: P.A. 91-91, eff. 7-9-99; 91-92, eff. 7-9-99; 91-132,
10    eff.  7-16-99;  91-133,  eff. 7-16-99; 91-245, eff. 12-31-99;
11    91-255, eff. 12-30-99; revised 11-9-99.)

12        (5 ILCS 80/4.20)
13        Sec. 4.20. Acts Act repealed on January 1, 2010  December
14    31,  2009.  The following Acts are Act is repealed on January
15    1, 2010 December 31, 2009:
16        The Auction License Act.
17        The Illinois Architecture Practice Act of 1989.
18        The Illinois Landscape Architecture Act of 1989.
19        The Illinois Professional Land Surveyor Act of 1989.
20        The Land Sales Registration Act of 1999.
21        The  Illinois  Orthotics,  Prosthetics,  and   Pedorthics
22    Practice Act.
23        The Perfusionist Practice Act.
24        The Professional Engineering Practice Act of 1989.
25        The Real Estate License Act of 2000.
26        The Structural Engineering Practice Act of 1989.
27    (Source: P.A. 91-91, eff. 7-9-99; 91-92, eff. 7-9-99; 91-132,
28    eff.  7-16-99;  91-133,  eff. 7-16-99; 91-245, eff. 12-31-99;
29    91-255, eff. 12-30-99; 91-338, eff.  12-30-99;  91-580,  eff.
30    1-1-00;  91-590,  eff.  1-1-00;  91-603, eff. 1-1-00; revised
31    12-10-99.)
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -3-                LRB9203186EGfg
 1        (5 ILCS 80/4.21)
 2        Sec. 4.21. Acts Act repealed on  January  1,  2011.   The
 3    following Acts are Act is repealed on January 1, 2011:
 4        The  Fire  Equipment  Distributor and Employee Regulation
 5    Act of 2000.
 6        The Radiation Protection Act of 1990.
 7    (Source: P.A. 91-752,  eff.  6-2-00;  91-835,  eff.  6-16-00;
 8    revised 9-1-00.)

 9        Section  6.5.   The Illinois Administrative Procedure Act
10    is amended by changing Section 10-50 as follows:

11        (5 ILCS 100/10-50) (from Ch. 127, par. 1010-50)
12        Sec. 10-50.  Decisions and orders.
13        (a)  A final decision or order adverse to a party  (other
14    than  the  agency) in a contested case shall be in writing or
15    stated  in  the  record.   A  final  decision  shall  include
16    findings of fact and conclusions of law,  separately  stated.
17    Findings  of  fact, if set forth in statutory language, shall
18    be accompanied by a concise and  explicit  statement  of  the
19    underlying  facts supporting the findings.  If, in accordance
20    with agency rules, a party  submitted  proposed  findings  of
21    fact,  the decision shall include a ruling upon each proposed
22    finding.   Parties  or  their  agents  appointed  to  receive
23    service of process shall be notified either personally or  by
24    registered  or certified mail of any decision or order.  Upon
25    request a copy of the decision or order shall be delivered or
26    mailed forthwith to each party and to his attorney of record.
27        (b)  All agency orders shall  specify  whether  they  are
28    final and subject to the Administrative Review Law.
29        (c)  A  decision  by any agency in a contested case under
30    this Act shall be void unless the proceedings  are  conducted
31    in  compliance  with  the  provisions of this Act relating to
32    contested cases, except to the extent  those  provisions  are
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -4-                LRB9203186EGfg
 1    waived under Section 10-70 10-75 and except to the extent the
 2    agency  has  adopted  its  own  rules  for contested cases as
 3    authorized in Section 1-5.
 4    (Source: P.A. 87-823; revised 2-24-00.)

 5        Section 7.  The Freedom of Information Act is amended  by
 6    changing Section 7 as follows:

 7        (5 ILCS 140/7) (from Ch. 116, par. 207)
 8        Sec. 7.  Exemptions.
 9        (1)  The  following  shall  be exempt from inspection and
10    copying:
11             (a)  Information   specifically   prohibited    from
12        disclosure   by   federal  or  State  law  or  rules  and
13        regulations adopted under federal or State law.
14             (b)  Information   that,   if    disclosed,    would
15        constitute  a  clearly  unwarranted  invasion of personal
16        privacy, unless the disclosure is consented to in writing
17        by the individual  subjects  of  the  information.    The
18        disclosure of information that bears on the public duties
19        of public employees and officials shall not be considered
20        an  invasion  of  personal privacy.  Information exempted
21        under this  subsection  (b)  shall  include  but  is  not
22        limited to:
23                  (i)  files  and personal information maintained
24             with  respect  to  clients,   patients,   residents,
25             students  or  other  individuals  receiving  social,
26             medical,    educational,    vocational,   financial,
27             supervisory or custodial care or  services  directly
28             or   indirectly  from  federal  agencies  or  public
29             bodies;
30                  (ii)  personnel files and personal  information
31             maintained  with respect to employees, appointees or
32             elected officials of any public body  or  applicants
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -5-                LRB9203186EGfg
 1             for those positions;
 2                  (iii)  files     and    personal    information
 3             maintained with respect to any applicant, registrant
 4             or licensee by any public body cooperating  with  or
 5             engaged     in    professional    or    occupational
 6             registration, licensure or discipline;
 7                  (iv)  information required of any  taxpayer  in
 8             connection  with the assessment or collection of any
 9             tax unless disclosure is otherwise required by State
10             statute; and
11                  (v)  information  revealing  the  identity   of
12             persons   who   file   complaints  with  or  provide
13             information to  administrative,  investigative,  law
14             enforcement  or  penal  agencies; provided, however,
15             that  identification   of   witnesses   to   traffic
16             accidents,  traffic  accident  reports,  and  rescue
17             reports   may  be  provided  by  agencies  of  local
18             government, except in a case for  which  a  criminal
19             investigation  is  ongoing,  without  constituting a
20             clearly unwarranted  per  se  invasion  of  personal
21             privacy under this subsection.
22             (c)  Records   compiled   by  any  public  body  for
23        administrative  enforcement  proceedings  and   any   law
24        enforcement  or  correctional  agency for law enforcement
25        purposes or for internal matters of a  public  body,  but
26        only to the extent that disclosure would:
27                  (i)  interfere  with  pending  or  actually and
28             reasonably contemplated law enforcement  proceedings
29             conducted  by  any  law  enforcement or correctional
30             agency;
31                  (ii)  interfere  with  pending   administrative
32             enforcement  proceedings  conducted  by  any  public
33             body;
34                  (iii)  deprive  a  person of a fair trial or an
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -6-                LRB9203186EGfg
 1             impartial hearing;
 2                  (iv)  unavoidably disclose the  identity  of  a
 3             confidential   source  or  confidential  information
 4             furnished only by the confidential source;
 5                  (v)  disclose     unique     or     specialized
 6             investigative techniques other than those  generally
 7             used  and  known  or  disclose internal documents of
 8             correctional   agencies   related   to    detection,
 9             observation  or  investigation of incidents of crime
10             or misconduct;
11                  (vi)  constitute  an   invasion   of   personal
12             privacy under subsection (b) of this Section;
13                  (vii)  endanger  the life or physical safety of
14             law enforcement personnel or any other person; or
15                  (viii)  obstruct    an     ongoing     criminal
16             investigation.
17             (d)  Criminal  history record information maintained
18        by State or local criminal justice agencies,  except  the
19        following  which  shall be open for public inspection and
20        copying:
21                  (i)  chronologically     maintained      arrest
22             information,  such  as  traditional  arrest  logs or
23             blotters;
24                  (ii)  the name of a person in the custody of  a
25             law  enforcement  agency  and  the charges for which
26             that person is being held;
27                  (iii)  court records that are public;
28                  (iv)  records  that  are  otherwise   available
29             under State or local law; or
30                  (v)  records  in  which the requesting party is
31             the individual identified, except as provided  under
32             part  (vii)  of  paragraph  (c) of subsection (1) of
33             this Section.
34             "Criminal history  record  information"  means  data
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -7-                LRB9203186EGfg
 1        identifiable   to   an   individual   and  consisting  of
 2        descriptions  or  notations   of   arrests,   detentions,
 3        indictments, informations, pre-trial proceedings, trials,
 4        or  other formal events in the criminal justice system or
 5        descriptions or notations of criminal charges  (including
 6        criminal  violations  of  local municipal ordinances) and
 7        the  nature  of  any   disposition   arising   therefrom,
 8        including  sentencing, court or correctional supervision,
 9        rehabilitation and release.  The term does not  apply  to
10        statistical  records and reports in which individuals are
11        not identified and from which their  identities  are  not
12        ascertainable,  or  to  information  that is for criminal
13        investigative or intelligence purposes.
14             (e)  Records that relate to or affect  the  security
15        of correctional institutions and detention facilities.
16             (f)  Preliminary   drafts,  notes,  recommendations,
17        memoranda  and  other  records  in  which  opinions   are
18        expressed,  or policies or actions are formulated, except
19        that a specific record or relevant portion  of  a  record
20        shall not be exempt when the record is publicly cited and
21        identified  by the head of the public body. The exemption
22        provided in this  paragraph  (f)  extends  to  all  those
23        records  of officers and agencies of the General Assembly
24        that pertain to the preparation of legislative documents.
25             (g)  Trade  secrets  and  commercial  or   financial
26        information  obtained from a person or business where the
27        trade secrets or information are proprietary,  privileged
28        or confidential, or where disclosure of the trade secrets
29        or  information may cause competitive harm, including all
30        information determined to be confidential  under  Section
31        4002  of  the Technology Advancement and Development Act.
32        Nothing  contained  in  this  paragraph  (g)   shall   be
33        construed to prevent a person or business from consenting
34        to disclosure.
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -8-                LRB9203186EGfg
 1             (h)  Proposals  and bids for any contract, grant, or
 2        agreement,  including  information  which  if   it   were
 3        disclosed   would   frustrate   procurement  or  give  an
 4        advantage  to  any  person  proposing  to  enter  into  a
 5        contractor agreement with the body,  until  an  award  or
 6        final  selection is made.  Information prepared by or for
 7        the body in preparation of a bid  solicitation  shall  be
 8        exempt until an award or final selection is made.
 9             (i)  Valuable   formulae,   designs,   drawings  and
10        research data obtained or produced  by  any  public  body
11        when  disclosure  could reasonably be expected to produce
12        private gain or public loss.
13             (j)  Test  questions,   scoring   keys   and   other
14        examination   data   used   to   administer  an  academic
15        examination  or  determined  the  qualifications  of   an
16        applicant for a license or employment.
17             (k)  Architects'   plans  and  engineers'  technical
18        submissions for projects not constructed or developed  in
19        whole  or  in  part  with  public  funds and for projects
20        constructed or developed with public funds, to the extent
21        that disclosure would compromise security.
22             (l)  Library   circulation   and    order    records
23        identifying library users with specific materials.
24             (m)  Minutes  of meetings of public bodies closed to
25        the public as provided in the Open Meetings Act until the
26        public body makes the minutes  available  to  the  public
27        under Section 2.06 of the Open Meetings Act.
28             (n)  Communications  between  a  public  body and an
29        attorney or auditor representing  the  public  body  that
30        would  not  be  subject  to  discovery in litigation, and
31        materials prepared or compiled by or for a public body in
32        anticipation  of  a  criminal,  civil  or  administrative
33        proceeding upon the request of an attorney  advising  the
34        public  body,  and  materials  prepared  or compiled with
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -9-                LRB9203186EGfg
 1        respect to internal audits of public bodies.
 2             (o)  Information received by a primary or  secondary
 3        school,  college  or  university under its procedures for
 4        the evaluation  of  faculty  members  by  their  academic
 5        peers.
 6             (p)  Administrative    or    technical   information
 7        associated with  automated  data  processing  operations,
 8        including   but   not   limited  to  software,  operating
 9        protocols,  computer  program  abstracts,  file  layouts,
10        source  listings,  object  modules,  load  modules,  user
11        guides,  documentation  pertaining  to  all  logical  and
12        physical  design  of   computerized   systems,   employee
13        manuals,  and  any  other information that, if disclosed,
14        would jeopardize the security of the system or  its  data
15        or the security of materials exempt under this Section.
16             (q)  Documents  or  materials relating to collective
17        negotiating  matters  between  public  bodies  and  their
18        employees  or  representatives,  except  that  any  final
19        contract or agreement shall be subject to inspection  and
20        copying.
21             (r)  Drafts,  notes,  recommendations  and memoranda
22        pertaining to the financing and marketing transactions of
23        the public body. The records of ownership,  registration,
24        transfer, and exchange of municipal debt obligations, and
25        of   persons  to  whom  payment  with  respect  to  these
26        obligations is made.
27             (s)  The records, documents and information relating
28        to  real  estate  purchase   negotiations   until   those
29        negotiations have been completed or otherwise terminated.
30        With regard to a parcel involved in a pending or actually
31        and  reasonably  contemplated  eminent  domain proceeding
32        under  Article  VII  of  the  Code  of  Civil  Procedure,
33        records,  documents  and  information  relating  to  that
34        parcel shall be exempt except as  may  be  allowed  under
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -10-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1        discovery  rules  adopted  by the Illinois Supreme Court.
 2        The records, documents and information relating to a real
 3        estate sale shall be exempt until a sale is consummated.
 4             (t)  Any and all proprietary information and records
 5        related to the operation  of  an  intergovernmental  risk
 6        management  association or self-insurance pool or jointly
 7        self-administered  health  and  accident  cooperative  or
 8        pool.
 9             (u)  Information    concerning    a     university's
10        adjudication   of   student   or  employee  grievance  or
11        disciplinary cases, to the extent that  disclosure  would
12        reveal  the  identity  of  the  student  or  employee and
13        information concerning any public body's adjudication  of
14        student  or  employee  grievances  or disciplinary cases,
15        except for the final outcome of the cases.
16             (v)  Course materials or research materials used  by
17        faculty members.
18             (w)  Information  related  solely  to  the  internal
19        personnel rules and practices of a public body.
20             (x)  Information   contained   in   or   related  to
21        examination, operating, or condition reports prepared by,
22        on behalf of, or for the use of a public body responsible
23        for  the   regulation   or   supervision   of   financial
24        institutions or insurance companies, unless disclosure is
25        otherwise required by State law.
26             (y)  Information   the   disclosure   of   which  is
27        restricted under Section 5-108 of  the  Public  Utilities
28        Act.
29             (z)  Manuals  or instruction to staff that relate to
30        establishment or collection of liability  for  any  State
31        tax  or that relate to investigations by a public body to
32        determine violation of any criminal law.
33             (aa)  Applications, related documents,  and  medical
34        records    received    by    the    Experimental    Organ
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -11-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1        Transplantation   Procedures   Board   and  any  and  all
 2        documents or other records prepared by  the  Experimental
 3        Organ  Transplantation  Procedures  Board  or  its  staff
 4        relating to applications it has received.
 5             (bb)  Insurance  or  self  insurance  (including any
 6        intergovernmental risk  management  association  or  self
 7        insurance   pool)   claims,   loss   or  risk  management
 8        information, records, data, advice or communications.
 9             (cc)  Information and records held by the Department
10        of  Public  Health  and  its  authorized  representatives
11        relating  to  known  or  suspected  cases   of   sexually
12        transmissible  disease  or any information the disclosure
13        of  which  is  restricted  under  the  Illinois  Sexually
14        Transmissible Disease Control Act.
15             (dd)  Information  the  disclosure   of   which   is
16        exempted under Section 30 of the Radon Industry Licensing
17        Act.
18             (ee)  Firm  performance evaluations under Section 55
19        of the Architectural,  Engineering,  and  Land  Surveying
20        Qualifications Based Selection Act.
21             (ff)  Security  portions  of  system  safety program
22        plans, investigation reports, surveys, schedules,  lists,
23        data,  or information compiled, collected, or prepared by
24        or  for  the  Regional  Transportation  Authority   under
25        Section 2.11 of the Regional Transportation Authority Act
26        or  the  State  of  Missouri  under  the Bi-State Transit
27        Safety Act.
28             (gg)  Information  the  disclosure   of   which   is
29        restricted  and exempted under Section 50 of the Illinois
30        Prepaid Tuition Act.
31             (hh)  Information  the  disclosure   of   which   is
32        exempted under Section 80 of the State Gift Ban Act.
33             (ii)  Beginning July 1, 1999, information that would
34        disclose  or  might  lead  to the disclosure of secret or
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -12-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1        confidential information, codes, algorithms, programs, or
 2        private keys intended to be used to create electronic  or
 3        digital signatures under the Electronic Commerce Security
 4        Act.
 5             (jj)  Information  contained  in  a  local emergency
 6        energy plan submitted to  a  municipality  in  accordance
 7        with  a  local  emergency  energy  plan ordinance that is
 8        adopted under Section 11-21.5-5 of the Illinois Municipal
 9        Code.
10             (kk)  (jj)  Information  and  data  concerning   the
11        distribution  of  surcharge moneys collected and remitted
12        by  wireless  carriers  under  the   Wireless   Emergency
13        Telephone Safety Act.
14        (2)  This  Section  does  not  authorize  withholding  of
15    information  or  limit  the  availability  of  records to the
16    public,  except  as  stated  in  this  Section  or  otherwise
17    provided in this Act.
18    (Source: P.A. 90-262, eff.  7-30-97;  90-273,  eff.  7-30-97;
19    90-546,  eff.  12-1-97;  90-655,  eff.  7-30-98; 90-737, eff.
20    1-1-99; 90-759, eff. 7-1-99; 91-137,  eff.  7-16-99;  91-357,
21    eff. 7-29-99; 91-660, eff. 12-22-99; revised 1-17-00.)

22        Section  8.  The State Records Act is amended by changing
23    Section 4a as follows:

24        (5 ILCS 160/4a)
25        Sec. 4a. Arrest reports.
26        (a)  When  an  individual  is  arrested,  the   following
27    information  must  be  made  available  to the news media for
28    inspection and copying:
29             (1)  Information  that  identifies  the   individual
30        person, including the name, age, address, and photograph,
31        when and if available.
32             (2)  Information  detailing  any charges relating to
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -13-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1        the arrest.
 2             (3)  The time and location of the arrest.
 3             (4)  The name of the investigating or arresting  law
 4        enforcement agency.
 5             (5)  If  the  individual is incarcerated, the amount
 6        of any bail or bond.
 7             (6)  If the individual is incarcerated, the time and
 8        date that the individual  was  received,  discharged,  or
 9        transferred from the arresting agency's custody.
10        (b)  The  information  required  by  this Section must be
11    made available to the news media for inspection  and  copying
12    as soon as practicable, but in no event shall the time period
13    exceed  72  hours from the arrest.  The information described
14    in paragraphs (3), (4), (5), and  (6)  3,  4,  5,  and  6  of
15    subsection  (a), however, may be withheld if it is determined
16    that disclosure would:
17             (1)  interfere  with   pending   or   actually   and
18        reasonably   contemplated   law  enforcement  proceedings
19        conducted by any law enforcement or correctional agency;
20             (2)  endanger the life or  physical  safety  of  law
21        enforcement   or  correctional  personnel  or  any  other
22        person; or
23             (3)  compromise the  security  of  any  correctional
24        facility.
25        (c)  For  the  purposes  of  this Section, the term "news
26    media" means personnel of a  newspaper  or  other  periodical
27    issued at regular intervals, a news service, a radio station,
28    a television station, a community antenna television service,
29    or  a  person  or corporation engaged in making news reels or
30    other motion picture news for public showing.
31        (d)  Each law  enforcement  or  correctional  agency  may
32    charge  fees  for  arrest records, but in no instance may the
33    fee exceed the actual cost of copying and reproduction.   The
34    fees  may not include the cost of the labor used to reproduce
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -14-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    the arrest record.
 2        (e)  The provisions of this Section do not supersede  the
 3    confidentiality provisions for arrest records of the Juvenile
 4    Court Act of 1987.
 5    (Source: P.A. 91-309, eff. 7-29-99; revised 11-3-99.)

 6        Section  9.   The  State Employees Group Insurance Act of
 7    1971 is amended by changing Sections 3 and 10 and by changing
 8    and renumbering multiple versions of Section 6.12 as follows:

 9        (5 ILCS 375/3) (from Ch. 127, par. 523)
10        Sec.  3.  Definitions.   Unless  the  context   otherwise
11    requires, the following words and phrases as used in this Act
12    shall have the following meanings.  The Department may define
13    these  and other words and phrases separately for the purpose
14    of implementing specific programs  providing  benefits  under
15    this Act.
16        (a)  "Administrative   service  organization"  means  any
17    person, firm or corporation experienced in  the  handling  of
18    claims  which  is  fully  qualified,  financially  sound  and
19    capable  of meeting the service requirements of a contract of
20    administration executed with the Department.
21        (b)  "Annuitant" means (1) an employee  who  retires,  or
22    has  retired,  on  or  after  January 1, 1966 on an immediate
23    annuity under the provisions of Articles 2, 14, 15 (including
24    an employee who has retired  under  the  optional  retirement
25    program  established under Section 15-158.2), paragraphs (2),
26    (3), or (5) of Section 16-106, or Article 18 of the  Illinois
27    Pension   Code;  (2)  any  person  who  was  receiving  group
28    insurance coverage under this Act as of  March  31,  1978  by
29    reason of his status as an annuitant, even though the annuity
30    in  relation  to  which  such  coverage  was  provided  is  a
31    proportional annuity based on less than the minimum period of
32    service  required  for  a  retirement  annuity  in the system
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -15-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    involved; (3) any person not otherwise covered  by  this  Act
 2    who  has retired as a participating member under Article 2 of
 3    the  Illinois  Pension  Code  but  is  ineligible   for   the
 4    retirement  annuity  under  Section  2-119  of  the  Illinois
 5    Pension Code; (4) the spouse of any person who is receiving a
 6    retirement  annuity  under Article 18 of the Illinois Pension
 7    Code and who  is  covered  under  a  group  health  insurance
 8    program  sponsored  by a governmental employer other than the
 9    State of Illinois and who has irrevocably  elected  to  waive
10    his  or  her  coverage  under this Act and to have his or her
11    spouse considered as the "annuitant" under this Act  and  not
12    as  a  "dependent";  or  (5)  an employee who retires, or has
13    retired, from a qualified position, as  determined  according
14    to rules promulgated by the Director, under a qualified local
15    government  or  a  qualified  rehabilitation  facility  or  a
16    qualified   domestic   violence   shelter  or  service.  (For
17    definition of "retired employee", see (p) post).
18        (b-5)  "New SERS annuitant" means a  person  who,  on  or
19    after  January  1,  1998, becomes an annuitant, as defined in
20    subsection  (b),  by  virtue  of  beginning  to   receive   a
21    retirement  annuity  under Article 14 of the Illinois Pension
22    Code, and is eligible to participate in the basic program  of
23    group health benefits provided for annuitants under this Act.
24        (b-6)  "New  SURS annuitant" means a person who (1) on or
25    after January 1, 1998, becomes an annuitant,  as  defined  in
26    subsection   (b),   by  virtue  of  beginning  to  receive  a
27    retirement annuity under Article 15 of the  Illinois  Pension
28    Code,  (2) has not made the election authorized under Section
29    15-135.1 of the Illinois Pension Code, and (3) is eligible to
30    participate in the basic program  of  group  health  benefits
31    provided for annuitants under this Act.
32        (b-7)  "New  TRS  State annuitant" means a person who, on
33    or after July 1, 1998, becomes an annuitant,  as  defined  in
34    subsection   (b),   by  virtue  of  beginning  to  receive  a
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -16-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    retirement annuity under Article 16 of the  Illinois  Pension
 2    Code  based  on  service as a teacher as defined in paragraph
 3    (2), (3), or (5) of Section  16-106  of  that  Code,  and  is
 4    eligible  to participate in the basic program of group health
 5    benefits provided for annuitants under this Act.
 6        (c)  "Carrier"  means  (1)  an   insurance   company,   a
 7    corporation   organized  under  the  Limited  Health  Service
 8    Organization Act or the Voluntary Health Services Plan Act, a
 9    partnership, or other nongovernmental organization, which  is
10    authorized  to  do  group  life  or  group  health  insurance
11    business  in  Illinois,  or  (2)  the  State of Illinois as a
12    self-insurer.
13        (d)  "Compensation" means salary or wages  payable  on  a
14    regular  payroll  by  the State Treasurer on a warrant of the
15    State Comptroller out of any State, trust or federal fund, or
16    by the Governor of the State through a disbursing officer  of
17    the  State  out of a trust or out of federal funds, or by any
18    Department out of State, trust, federal or other  funds  held
19    by  the  State Treasurer or the Department, to any person for
20    personal  services  currently  performed,  and  ordinary   or
21    accidental  disability  benefits  under  Articles  2,  14, 15
22    (including ordinary or accidental disability  benefits  under
23    the  optional  retirement  program  established under Section
24    15-158.2), paragraphs (2), (3), or (5) of Section 16-106,  or
25    Article  18  of  the  Illinois  Pension  Code, for disability
26    incurred after January 1, 1966, or benefits payable under the
27    Workers'  Compensation  or  Occupational  Diseases   Act   or
28    benefits  payable  under  a  sick  pay  plan  established  in
29    accordance   with  Section  36  of  the  State  Finance  Act.
30    "Compensation" also means salary or wages paid to an employee
31    of any qualified local government or qualified rehabilitation
32    facility or a qualified domestic violence shelter or service.
33        (e)  "Commission"  means  the   State   Employees   Group
34    Insurance   Advisory   Commission  authorized  by  this  Act.
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -17-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    Commencing July 1, 1984, "Commission" as  used  in  this  Act
 2    means   the   Illinois  Economic  and  Fiscal  Commission  as
 3    established by the Legislative Commission Reorganization  Act
 4    of 1984.
 5        (f)  "Contributory",  when  referred  to  as contributory
 6    coverage, shall mean optional coverages or  benefits  elected
 7    by  the  member  toward  the  cost of which such member makes
 8    contribution, or which are funded in whole or in part through
 9    the acceptance of a reduction in earnings or the foregoing of
10    an increase in earnings by an employee, as distinguished from
11    noncontributory coverage or benefits which are paid  entirely
12    by  the  State  of Illinois without reduction of the member's
13    salary.
14        (g)  "Department"  means  any  department,   institution,
15    board,  commission, officer, court or any agency of the State
16    government  receiving  appropriations  and  having  power  to
17    certify payrolls to the Comptroller authorizing  payments  of
18    salary  and  wages against such appropriations as are made by
19    the General Assembly from any State fund,  or  against  trust
20    funds  held  by  the  State  Treasurer and includes boards of
21    trustees of the retirement systems created by Articles 2, 14,
22    15, 16 and 18 of the  Illinois  Pension  Code.   "Department"
23    also  includes  the  Illinois  Comprehensive Health Insurance
24    Board, the Board of Examiners established under the  Illinois
25    Public Accounting Act, and the Illinois Rural Bond Bank.
26        (h)  "Dependent", when the term is used in the context of
27    the  health  and  life  plan, means a member's spouse and any
28    unmarried child (1) from birth to age 19 including an adopted
29    child, a child who lives with the member from the time of the
30    filing of a petition for adoption until entry of an order  of
31    adoption,  a stepchild or recognized child who lives with the
32    member in a parent-child relationship, or a child  who  lives
33    with  the member if such member is a court appointed guardian
34    of the child, or (2) age 19 to 23  enrolled  as  a  full-time
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -18-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    student  in any accredited school, financially dependent upon
 2    the member, and eligible to be claimed  as  a  dependent  for
 3    income tax purposes, or (3) age 19 or over who is mentally or
 4    physically  handicapped.  For  the health plan only, the term
 5    "dependent" also includes any person enrolled  prior  to  the
 6    effective  date  of  this  Section  who is dependent upon the
 7    member to the extent that the member may claim such person as
 8    a dependent for income tax deduction purposes; no other  such
 9    person may be enrolled.
10        (i)  "Director"   means  the  Director  of  the  Illinois
11    Department of Central Management Services.
12        (j)  "Eligibility period" means  the  period  of  time  a
13    member  has  to  elect  enrollment  in  programs or to select
14    benefits without regard to age, sex or health.
15        (k)  "Employee"  means  and  includes  each  officer   or
16    employee  in the service of a department who (1) receives his
17    compensation for service rendered  to  the  department  on  a
18    warrant   issued   pursuant  to  a  payroll  certified  by  a
19    department or on a warrant or check issued  and  drawn  by  a
20    department  upon  a  trust,  federal  or  other  fund or on a
21    warrant issued pursuant to a payroll certified by an  elected
22    or  duly  appointed  officer  of  the  State  or who receives
23    payment of the performance of personal services on a  warrant
24    issued  pursuant  to  a payroll certified by a Department and
25    drawn by the Comptroller upon  the  State  Treasurer  against
26    appropriations  made by the General Assembly from any fund or
27    against trust funds held by the State Treasurer, and  (2)  is
28    employed  full-time  or  part-time  in  a  position  normally
29    requiring actual performance of duty during not less than 1/2
30    of  a  normal  work period, as established by the Director in
31    cooperation with each department, except that persons elected
32    by popular vote  will  be  considered  employees  during  the
33    entire  term  for  which they are elected regardless of hours
34    devoted to the service of the  State,  and  (3)  except  that
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -19-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    "employee" does not include any person who is not eligible by
 2    reason  of  such person's employment to participate in one of
 3    the State retirement systems under Articles 2, 14, 15 (either
 4    the regular Article 15  system  or  the  optional  retirement
 5    program  established  under Section 15-158.2) or 18, or under
 6    paragraph (2), (3), or (5) of Section 16-106, of the Illinois
 7    Pension Code, but such term  does  include  persons  who  are
 8    employed  during  the 6 month qualifying period under Article
 9    14 of the Illinois Pension Code.  Such term also includes any
10    person who (1) after January 1, 1966, is  receiving  ordinary
11    or  accidental  disability  benefits under Articles 2, 14, 15
12    (including ordinary or accidental disability  benefits  under
13    the  optional  retirement  program  established under Section
14    15-158.2), paragraphs (2), (3), or (5) of Section 16-106,  or
15    Article  18  of  the  Illinois  Pension  Code, for disability
16    incurred after January 1, 1966, (2) receives total  permanent
17    or total temporary disability under the Workers' Compensation
18    Act  or  Occupational  Disease  Act  as  a result of injuries
19    sustained or illness contracted in the course  of  employment
20    with  the  State of Illinois, or (3) is not otherwise covered
21    under this Act and has  retired  as  a  participating  member
22    under   Article  2  of  the  Illinois  Pension  Code  but  is
23    ineligible for the retirement annuity under Section 2-119  of
24    the  Illinois  Pension Code.  However, a person who satisfies
25    the criteria of the foregoing definition of "employee" except
26    that such person is made ineligible  to  participate  in  the
27    State   Universities  Retirement  System  by  clause  (4)  of
28    subsection (a) of Section 15-107 of the Illinois Pension Code
29    is  also  an  "employee"  for  the  purposes  of  this   Act.
30    "Employee" also includes any person receiving or eligible for
31    benefits under a sick pay plan established in accordance with
32    Section 36 of the State Finance Act. "Employee" also includes
33    each  officer or employee in the service of a qualified local
34    government,  including  persons  appointed  as  trustees   of
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -20-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    sanitary districts regardless of hours devoted to the service
 2    of the sanitary district, and each employee in the service of
 3    a   qualified  rehabilitation  facility  and  each  full-time
 4    employee in the service  of  a  qualified  domestic  violence
 5    shelter   or   service,  as  determined  according  to  rules
 6    promulgated by the Director.
 7        (l)  "Member"  means  an  employee,  annuitant,   retired
 8    employee or survivor.
 9        (m)  "Optional   coverages   or   benefits"  means  those
10    coverages or benefits available to the member on his  or  her
11    voluntary election, and at his or her own expense.
12        (n)  "Program"  means  the  group  life insurance, health
13    benefits and other employee benefits designed and  contracted
14    for by the Director under this Act.
15        (o)  "Health   plan"  means  a  health  benefits  program
16    offered by the State of Illinois for persons eligible for the
17    plan.
18        (p)  "Retired employee" means any person who would be  an
19    annuitant  as  that  term  is defined herein but for the fact
20    that such person retired prior to January 1, 1966.  Such term
21    also includes any person formerly employed by the  University
22    of Illinois in the Cooperative Extension Service who would be
23    an  annuitant  but  for  the  fact  that such person was made
24    ineligible  to  participate   in   the   State   Universities
25    Retirement  System by clause (4) of subsection (a) of Section
26    15-107 of the Illinois Pension Code.
27        (q)  "Survivor" means a person receiving an annuity as  a
28    survivor  of an employee or of an annuitant.  "Survivor" also
29    includes:  (1)  the  surviving  dependent  of  a  person  who
30    satisfies the  definition  of  "employee"  except  that  such
31    person  is  made  ineligible  to  participate  in  the  State
32    Universities  Retirement  System  by clause (4) of subsection
33    (a) of Section 15-107 of the Illinois Pension Code;  and  (2)
34    the  surviving  dependent  of any person formerly employed by
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -21-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    the University  of  Illinois  in  the  Cooperative  Extension
 2    Service  who  would  be an annuitant except for the fact that
 3    such person was made ineligible to participate in  the  State
 4    Universities  Retirement  System  by clause (4) of subsection
 5    (a) of Section 15-107 of the Illinois Pension Code.
 6        (q-5)  "New SERS survivor" means a survivor,  as  defined
 7    in  subsection (q), whose annuity is paid under Article 14 of
 8    the Illinois Pension Code and is based on the death of (i) an
 9    employee whose death occurs on or after January 1,  1998,  or
10    (ii) a new SERS annuitant as defined in subsection (b-5).
11        (q-6)  "New  SURS  survivor" means a survivor, as defined
12    in subsection (q), whose annuity is paid under Article 15  of
13    the Illinois Pension Code and is based on the death of (i) an
14    employee  whose  death occurs on or after January 1, 1998, or
15    (ii) a new SURS annuitant as defined in subsection (b-6).
16        (q-7)  "New TRS State  survivor"  means  a  survivor,  as
17    defined  in  subsection  (q),  whose  annuity  is  paid under
18    Article 16 of the Illinois Pension Code and is based  on  the
19    death  of  (i)  an  employee  who  is a teacher as defined in
20    paragraph (2), (3), or (5) of Section 16-106 of that Code and
21    whose death occurs on or after July 1, 1998, or  (ii)  a  new
22    TRS State annuitant as defined in subsection (b-7).
23        (r)  "Medical   services"  means  the  services  provided
24    within the scope of their licenses by  practitioners  in  all
25    categories licensed under the Medical Practice Act of 1987.
26        (s)  "Unit   of   local  government"  means  any  county,
27    municipality, township, school district, special district  or
28    other  unit, designated as a unit of local government by law,
29    which exercises limited  governmental  powers  or  powers  in
30    respect  to limited governmental subjects, any not-for-profit
31    association  with  a  membership  that   primarily   includes
32    townships  and  township  officials,  that  has  duties  that
33    include  provision  of  research  service,  dissemination  of
34    information,  and  other  acts  for  the purpose of improving
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -22-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    township government, and that is funded wholly or  partly  in
 2    accordance  with  Section  85-15  of  the  Township Code; any
 3    not-for-profit corporation or association, with a  membership
 4    consisting primarily of municipalities, that operates its own
 5    utility    system,    and    provides   research,   training,
 6    dissemination  of  information,  or  other  acts  to  promote
 7    cooperation between and  among  municipalities  that  provide
 8    utility  services  and  for  the advancement of the goals and
 9    purposes of its membership; the Southern Illinois  Collegiate
10    Common  Market,  which  is  a  consortium of higher education
11    institutions  in  Southern   Illinois;   and   the   Illinois
12    Association  of Park Districts.  "Qualified local government"
13    means a unit of local government approved by the Director and
14    participating in a program created under  subsection  (i)  of
15    Section 10 of this Act.
16        (t)  "Qualified   rehabilitation   facility"   means  any
17    not-for-profit  organization  that  is  accredited   by   the
18    Commission  on  Accreditation of Rehabilitation Facilities or
19    certified by the Department of Human Services  (as  successor
20    to   the   Department  of  Mental  Health  and  Developmental
21    Disabilities)   to   provide   services   to   persons   with
22    disabilities and which  receives  funds  from  the  State  of
23    Illinois  for  providing  those  services,  approved  by  the
24    Director   and  participating  in  a  program  created  under
25    subsection (j) of Section 10 of this Act.
26        (u)  "Qualified domestic  violence  shelter  or  service"
27    means  any  Illinois domestic violence shelter or service and
28    its administrative offices funded by the Department of  Human
29    Services  (as  successor to the Illinois Department of Public
30    Aid), approved by the Director and participating in a program
31    created under subsection (k) of Section 10.
32        (v)  "TRS benefit recipient" means a person who:
33             (1)  is not a "member" as defined in  this  Section;
34        and
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -23-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1             (2)  is  receiving  a  monthly benefit or retirement
 2        annuity under Article 16 of the  Illinois  Pension  Code;
 3        and
 4             (3)  either  (i)  has at least 8 years of creditable
 5        service under Article 16 of the Illinois Pension Code, or
 6        (ii) was enrolled in the health insurance program offered
 7        under that Article on January 1, 1996, or  (iii)  is  the
 8        survivor  of a benefit recipient who had at least 8 years
 9        of creditable service under Article 16  of  the  Illinois
10        Pension  Code  or  was  enrolled  in the health insurance
11        program offered under that Article on the effective  date
12        of this amendatory Act of 1995, or (iv) is a recipient or
13        survivor  of  a  recipient  of a disability benefit under
14        Article 16 of the Illinois Pension Code.
15        (w)  "TRS dependent beneficiary" means a person who:
16             (1)  is not a "member" or "dependent" as defined  in
17        this Section; and
18             (2)  is  a  TRS benefit recipient's: (A) spouse, (B)
19        dependent parent who is receiving at least half of his or
20        her support  from  the  TRS  benefit  recipient,  or  (C)
21        unmarried  natural  or adopted child who is (i) under age
22        19, or  (ii)  enrolled  as  a  full-time  student  in  an
23        accredited  school,  financially  dependent  upon the TRS
24        benefit recipient, eligible to be claimed as a  dependent
25        for  income  tax  purposes, and either is under age 24 or
26        was, on January 1, 1996,  participating  as  a  dependent
27        beneficiary in the health insurance program offered under
28        Article  16 of the Illinois Pension Code, or (iii) age 19
29        or over who is mentally or physically handicapped.
30        (x)  "Military leave with pay  and  benefits"  refers  to
31    individuals  in basic training for reserves, special/advanced
32    training, annual training, emergency call up,  or  activation
33    by  the  President of the United States with approved pay and
34    benefits.
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -24-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1        (y)  "Military leave without pay and benefits" refers  to
 2    individuals who enlist for active duty in a regular component
 3    of  the  U.S.  Armed  Forces  or  other duty not specified or
 4    authorized under military leave with pay and benefits.
 5        (z)  "Community college benefit recipient" means a person
 6    who:
 7             (1)  is not a "member" as defined in  this  Section;
 8        and
 9             (2)  is  receiving  a  monthly survivor's annuity or
10        retirement annuity  under  Article  15  of  the  Illinois
11        Pension Code; and
12             (3)  either  (i)  was  a  full-time  employee  of  a
13        community college district or an association of community
14        college boards created under the Public Community College
15        Act  (other  than  an  employee whose last employer under
16        Article 15 of the Illinois Pension Code was  a  community
17        college  district  subject  to  Article VII of the Public
18        Community College Act) and was eligible to participate in
19        a group health benefit plan as  an  employee  during  the
20        time  of  employment  with  a  community college district
21        (other than  a  community  college  district  subject  to
22        Article  VII  of  the Public Community College Act) or an
23        association of community college boards, or (ii)  is  the
24        survivor of a person described in item (i).
25        (aa)  "Community  college  dependent beneficiary" means a
26    person who:
27             (1)  is not a "member" or "dependent" as defined  in
28        this Section; and
29             (2)  is a community college benefit recipient's: (A)
30        spouse,  (B)  dependent  parent who is receiving at least
31        half of his or her support  from  the  community  college
32        benefit  recipient,  or  (C) unmarried natural or adopted
33        child who is (i) under age 19,  or  (ii)  enrolled  as  a
34        full-time  student  in  an accredited school, financially
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -25-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1        dependent upon the community college  benefit  recipient,
 2        eligible  to  be  claimed  as  a dependent for income tax
 3        purposes and under age 23, or (iii) age 19  or  over  and
 4        mentally or physically handicapped.
 5    (Source: P.A. 90-14, eff. 7-1-97; 90-65, eff. 7-7-97; 90-448,
 6    eff.  8-16-97;  90-497,  eff.  8-18-97; 90-511, eff. 8-22-97;
 7    90-582, eff. 5-27-98;  90-655,  eff.  7-30-98;  91-390,  eff.
 8    7-30-99;  91-395, eff. 7-30-99; 91-617, eff, 8-19-99; revised
 9    10-19-99.)

10        (5 ILCS 375/6.12)
11        Sec. 6.12.  Payment for services.  The program of  health
12    benefits is subject to the provisions of Section 368a, of the
13    Illinois Insurance Code.
14    (Source: P.A.  91-605,  eff.  12-14-99;  91-788, eff. 6-9-00;
15    revised 6-28-00.)

16        (5 ILCS 375/6.13)
17        Sec. 6.13. 6.12.  Managed Care Reform and Patient  Rights
18    Act.   The  program  of  health  benefits  is  subject to the
19    provisions of the Managed Care Reform and Patient Rights Act,
20    except the fee for service program shall only be required  to
21    comply  with  Section  85  and  the  definition of "emergency
22    medical condition" in Section 10 of the Managed  Care  Reform
23    and Patient Rights Act.
24    (Source: P.A. 91-617, eff. 8-19-99; revised 10-18-99.)

25        (5 ILCS 375/10) (from Ch. 127, par. 530)
26        Sec. 10. Payments by State; premiums.
27        (a)  The    State   shall   pay   the   cost   of   basic
28    non-contributory group life insurance and, subject to  member
29    paid  contributions set by the Department or required by this
30    Section, the basic program of group health benefits  on  each
31    eligible  member,  except  a member, not otherwise covered by
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -26-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    this Act, who has retired as  a  participating  member  under
 2    Article  2 of the Illinois Pension Code but is ineligible for
 3    the retirement annuity under Section 2-119  of  the  Illinois
 4    Pension  Code, and part of each eligible member's and retired
 5    member's premiums for health insurance coverage for  enrolled
 6    dependents as provided by Section 9.  The State shall pay the
 7    cost of the basic program of group health benefits only after
 8    benefits  are  reduced  by  the amount of benefits covered by
 9    Medicare for all members and dependents who are eligible  for
10    benefits  under  Social  Security  or the Railroad Retirement
11    system or  who  had  sufficient  Medicare-covered  government
12    employment,  except  that  such  reduction  in benefits shall
13    apply only to those members  and  dependents  who  (1)  first
14    become  eligible  for such Medicare coverage on or after July
15    1, 1992; or (2) are Medicare-eligible members  or  dependents
16    of  a  local government unit which began participation in the
17    program on or after July 1, 1992; or (3) remain eligible for,
18    but no longer receive Medicare coverage which they  had  been
19    receiving  on  or  after  July  1,  1992.  The Department may
20    determine the aggregate level of the State's contribution  on
21    the  basis  of  actual  cost of medical services adjusted for
22    age, sex or geographic or other  demographic  characteristics
23    which affect the costs of such programs.
24        The  cost  of participation in the basic program of group
25    health benefits for the dependent or survivor of a living  or
26    deceased  retired  employee  who was formerly employed by the
27    University of Illinois in the Cooperative  Extension  Service
28    and would be an annuitant but for the fact that he or she was
29    made  ineligible  to  participate  in  the State Universities
30    Retirement System by clause (4) of subsection (a) of  Section
31    15-107 of the Illinois Pension Code shall not be greater than
32    the  cost of participation that would otherwise apply to that
33    dependent or survivor if he or  she  were  the  dependent  or
34    survivor   of  an  annuitant  under  the  State  Universities
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -27-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    Retirement System.
 2        (a-1)  Beginning January 1, 1998,  for  each  person  who
 3    becomes  a  new  SERS annuitant and participates in the basic
 4    program of group health benefits, the State shall  contribute
 5    toward  the  cost of the annuitant's coverage under the basic
 6    program of group health benefits an amount  equal  to  5%  of
 7    that cost for each full year of creditable service upon which
 8    the  annuitant's retirement annuity is based, up to a maximum
 9    of 100% for an annuitant with 20 or more years of  creditable
10    service.  The remainder of the cost of a new SERS annuitant's
11    coverage  under  the  basic  program of group health benefits
12    shall be the responsibility of the annuitant.
13        (a-2)  Beginning January 1, 1998,  for  each  person  who
14    becomes  a  new  SERS  survivor and participates in the basic
15    program of group health benefits, the State shall  contribute
16    toward  the  cost  of the survivor's coverage under the basic
17    program of group health benefits an amount  equal  to  5%  of
18    that  cost  for  each full year of the deceased employee's or
19    deceased  annuitant's  creditable  service   in   the   State
20    Employees'  Retirement  System  of  Illinois  on  the date of
21    death, up to a maximum of 100% for a survivor of an  employee
22    or  annuitant  with  20  or more years of creditable service.
23    The remainder of the cost of the new SERS survivor's coverage
24    under the basic program of group health benefits shall be the
25    responsibility of the survivor.
26        (a-3)  Beginning January 1, 1998,  for  each  person  who
27    becomes  a  new  SURS annuitant and participates in the basic
28    program of group health benefits, the State shall  contribute
29    toward  the  cost of the annuitant's coverage under the basic
30    program of group health benefits an amount  equal  to  5%  of
31    that cost for each full year of creditable service upon which
32    the  annuitant's retirement annuity is based, up to a maximum
33    of 100% for an annuitant with 20 or more years of  creditable
34    service.  The remainder of the cost of a new SURS annuitant's
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -28-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    coverage  under  the  basic  program of group health benefits
 2    shall be the responsibility of the annuitant.
 3        (a-4)  (Blank).
 4        (a-5)  Beginning January 1, 1998,  for  each  person  who
 5    becomes  a  new  SURS  survivor and participates in the basic
 6    program of group health benefits, the State shall  contribute
 7    toward  the  cost  of the survivor's coverage under the basic
 8    program of group health benefits an amount  equal  to  5%  of
 9    that  cost  for  each full year of the deceased employee's or
10    deceased  annuitant's  creditable  service   in   the   State
11    Universities  Retirement System on the date of death, up to a
12    maximum of 100% for a survivor of an  employee  or  annuitant
13    with  20  or more years of creditable service.  The remainder
14    of the cost of the new SURS  survivor's  coverage  under  the
15    basic   program   of  group  health  benefits  shall  be  the
16    responsibility of the survivor.
17        (a-6)  Beginning  July  1,  1998,  for  each  person  who
18    becomes a new TRS State annuitant  and  participates  in  the
19    basic  program  of  group  health  benefits,  the State shall
20    contribute toward the cost of the annuitant's coverage  under
21    the basic program of group health benefits an amount equal to
22    5% of that cost for each full year of creditable service as a
23    teacher  as  defined in paragraph (2), (3), or (5) of Section
24    16-106  of  the  Illinois  Pension  Code   upon   which   the
25    annuitant's  retirement  annuity is based, up to a maximum of
26    100%; except that the State contribution shall be  12.5%  per
27    year  (rather  than  5%)  for  each  full  year of creditable
28    service as a regional superintendent  or  assistant  regional
29    superintendent  of  schools.   The remainder of the cost of a
30    new TRS State annuitant's coverage under the basic program of
31    group health benefits shall  be  the  responsibility  of  the
32    annuitant.
33        (a-7)  Beginning  July  1,  1998,  for  each  person  who
34    becomes  a  new  TRS  State  survivor and participates in the
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -29-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    basic program of  group  health  benefits,  the  State  shall
 2    contribute  toward  the cost of the survivor's coverage under
 3    the basic program of group health benefits an amount equal to
 4    5% of that cost for each full year of the deceased employee's
 5    or deceased annuitant's creditable service as  a  teacher  as
 6    defined  in  paragraph  (2), (3), or (5) of Section 16-106 of
 7    the Illinois Pension Code on the  date  of  death,  up  to  a
 8    maximum  of 100%; except that the State contribution shall be
 9    12.5% per year (rather than 5%) for each  full  year  of  the
10    deceased   employee's   or  deceased  annuitant's  creditable
11    service as a regional superintendent  or  assistant  regional
12    superintendent  of  schools. The remainder of the cost of the
13    new TRS State survivor's coverage under the basic program  of
14    group  health  benefits  shall  be  the responsibility of the
15    survivor.
16        (a-8)  A new SERS annuitant, new SERS survivor, new  SURS
17    annuitant, new SURS survivor, new TRS State annuitant, or new
18    TRS  State  survivor  may  waive or terminate coverage in the
19    program of group health  benefits.   Any  such  annuitant  or
20    survivor  who has waived or terminated coverage may enroll or
21    re-enroll in the program of group health benefits only during
22    the annual  benefit  choice  period,  as  determined  by  the
23    Director; except that in the event of termination of coverage
24    due  to nonpayment of premiums, the annuitant or survivor may
25    not re-enroll in the program.
26        (a-9)  No later than May 1 of  each  calendar  year,  the
27    Director  of  Central  Management  Services  shall certify in
28    writing to the Executive Secretary of  the  State  Employees'
29    Retirement  System  of  Illinois  the amounts of the Medicare
30    supplement health care premiums and the amounts of the health
31    care premiums for all other retirees  who  are  not  Medicare
32    eligible.
33        A  separate  calculation  of  the premiums based upon the
34    actual cost of each health care plan shall be so certified.
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -30-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1        The Director of Central Management Services shall provide
 2    to the Executive Secretary of the State Employees' Retirement
 3    System of Illinois such information,  statistics,  and  other
 4    data  as  he or she may require to review the premium amounts
 5    certified by the Director of Central Management Services.
 6        (b)  State employees who become eligible for this program
 7    on or after January 1, 1980 in positions  normally  requiring
 8    actual performance of duty not less than 1/2 of a normal work
 9    period  but  not equal to that of a normal work period, shall
10    be  given  the  option  of  participating  in  the  available
11    program. If the employee elects  coverage,  the  State  shall
12    contribute  on  behalf  of  such  employee to the cost of the
13    employee's benefit and any applicable  dependent  supplement,
14    that  sum  which bears the same percentage as that percentage
15    of time the employee regularly works when compared to  normal
16    work period.
17        (c)  The  basic  non-contributory coverage from the basic
18    program of group health benefits shall be continued for  each
19    employee  not in pay status or on active service by reason of
20    (1) leave of absence due to illness or injury, (2) authorized
21    educational leave of absence  or  sabbatical  leave,  or  (3)
22    military  leave  with  pay  and benefits. This coverage shall
23    continue until expiration of authorized leave and  return  to
24    active  service, but not to exceed 24 months for leaves under
25    item (1) or (2). This 24-month limitation and the requirement
26    of returning to active service shall  not  apply  to  persons
27    receiving  ordinary  or  accidental  disability  benefits  or
28    retirement  benefits through the appropriate State retirement
29    system  or  benefits  under  the  Workers'  Compensation   or
30    Occupational Disease Act.
31        (d)  The   basic  group  life  insurance  coverage  shall
32    continue, with full State contribution, where such person  is
33    (1)  absent  from  active  service  by  reason  of disability
34    arising from any cause  other  than  self-inflicted,  (2)  on
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -31-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    authorized  educational leave of absence or sabbatical leave,
 2    or (3) on military leave with pay and benefits.
 3        (e)  Where the person is in non-pay status for  a  period
 4    in  excess  of  30 days or on leave of absence, other than by
 5    reason of disability, educational  or  sabbatical  leave,  or
 6    military  leave  with  pay  and  benefits,  such  person  may
 7    continue  coverage  only  by making personal payment equal to
 8    the amount normally contributed by the State on such person's
 9    behalf. Such payments and  coverage  may  be  continued:  (1)
10    until  such  time  as the person returns to a status eligible
11    for coverage at State expense, but not to exceed  24  months,
12    (2)  until  such person's employment or annuitant status with
13    the State is terminated, or (3) for a  maximum  period  of  4
14    years for members on military leave with pay and benefits and
15    military  leave  without  pay  and benefits (exclusive of any
16    additional service imposed pursuant to law).
17        (f)  The Department shall  establish by rule  the  extent
18    to which other employee benefits will continue for persons in
19    non-pay status or who are not in active service.
20        (g)  The  State  shall  not  pay  the  cost  of the basic
21    non-contributory group  life  insurance,  program  of  health
22    benefits  and  other  employee  benefits  for members who are
23    survivors as defined by paragraphs (1) and (2) of  subsection
24    (q)  of  Section  3  of  this Act.  The costs of benefits for
25    these survivors shall be paid by  the  survivors  or  by  the
26    University  of Illinois Cooperative Extension Service, or any
27    combination thereof. However, the State shall pay the  amount
28    of  the  reduction  in  the  cost  of  participation, if any,
29    resulting from the amendment to subsection (a) made  by  this
30    amendatory Act of the 91st General Assembly.
31        (h)  Those   persons   occupying   positions   with   any
32    department  as a result of emergency appointments pursuant to
33    Section 8b.8 of the Personnel Code  who  are  not  considered
34    employees  under  this  Act  shall  be  given  the  option of
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -32-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    participating in the programs of group life insurance, health
 2    benefits and other employee benefits.  Such persons  electing
 3    coverage  may participate only by making payment equal to the
 4    amount  normally  contributed  by  the  State  for  similarly
 5    situated employees.  Such amounts shall be determined by  the
 6    Director.   Such payments and coverage may be continued until
 7    such time as the person becomes an employee pursuant to  this
 8    Act or such person's appointment is terminated.
 9        (i)  Any  unit  of  local  government within the State of
10    Illinois may apply to the Director  to  have  its  employees,
11    annuitants,   and  their  dependents  provided  group  health
12    coverage  under  this  Act  on  a  non-insured   basis.    To
13    participate,  a unit of local government must agree to enroll
14    all of its employees, who may select  coverage  under  either
15    the  State group health benefits plan or a health maintenance
16    organization  that  has  contracted  with  the  State  to  be
17    available as a health care provider for employees as  defined
18    in  this  Act.   A  unit  of  local government must remit the
19    entire cost of  providing  coverage  under  the  State  group
20    health   benefits  plan  or,  for  coverage  under  a  health
21    maintenance  organization,  an  amount  determined   by   the
22    Director  based  on  an  analysis of the sex, age, geographic
23    location, or other relevant  demographic  variables  for  its
24    employees, except that the unit of local government shall not
25    be  required to enroll those of its employees who are covered
26    spouses or dependents under this plan or another group policy
27    or  plan  providing  health  benefits  as  long  as  (1)   an
28    appropriate  official  from  the  unit  of  local  government
29    attests  that  each employee not enrolled is a covered spouse
30    or dependent under this plan or another group policy or plan,
31    and (2) at least 85% of the employees are  enrolled  and  the
32    unit  of local government remits the entire cost of providing
33    coverage to those  employees,  except  that  a  participating
34    school  district  must  have  enrolled  at  least  85% of its
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -33-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    full-time employees who have not waived  coverage  under  the
 2    district's  group health plan by participating in a component
 3    of the district's  cafeteria  plan.  A  participating  school
 4    district  is  not required to enroll a full-time employee who
 5    has  waived  coverage  under  the  district's  health   plan,
 6    provided  that an appropriate official from the participating
 7    school district  attests  that  the  full-time  employee  has
 8    waived  coverage  by  participating  in  a  component  of the
 9    district's  cafeteria  plan.   For  the  purposes   of   this
10    subsection,  "participating  school district" includes a unit
11    of local government whose primary  purpose  is  education  as
12    defined by the Department's rules.
13        Employees of a participating unit of local government who
14    are  not  enrolled due to coverage under another group health
15    policy or plan may enroll in the event of a qualifying change
16    in  status,  special  enrollment,  special  circumstance   as
17    defined  by the Director, or during the annual Benefit Choice
18    Period. A participating unit of  local  government  may  also
19    elect  to  cover its annuitants.  Dependent coverage shall be
20    offered on an optional basis, with the costs paid by the unit
21    of local government, its employees, or  some  combination  of
22    the  two  as determined by the unit of local government.  The
23    unit of local government  shall  be  responsible  for  timely
24    collection and transmission of dependent premiums.
25        The  Director  shall  annually determine monthly rates of
26    payment, subject to the following constraints:
27             (1)  In the first year of coverage, the rates  shall
28        be   equal  to  the  amount  normally  charged  to  State
29        employees for elected optional coverages or for  enrolled
30        dependents  coverages or other contributory coverages, or
31        contributed by the State for basic insurance coverages on
32        behalf of its employees, adjusted for differences between
33        State employees and employees of the local government  in
34        age,   sex,   geographic   location   or  other  relevant
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -34-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1        demographic variables, plus an amount sufficient  to  pay
 2        for  the  additional  administrative  costs  of providing
 3        coverage to employees of the unit of local government and
 4        their dependents.
 5             (2)  In subsequent years, a further adjustment shall
 6        be  made  to  reflect  the  actual  prior  years'  claims
 7        experience  of  the  employees  of  the  unit  of   local
 8        government.
 9        In  the  case  of  coverage of local government employees
10    under a health maintenance organization, the  Director  shall
11    annually  determine  for  each  participating  unit  of local
12    government the maximum monthly amount the unit may contribute
13    toward that coverage, based on an analysis of  (i)  the  age,
14    sex,  geographic  location,  and  other  relevant demographic
15    variables of the unit's employees and (ii) the cost to  cover
16    those  employees  under the State group health benefits plan.
17    The Director may  similarly  determine  the  maximum  monthly
18    amount  each  unit  of local government may contribute toward
19    coverage  of  its  employees'  dependents  under   a   health
20    maintenance organization.
21        Monthly  payments  by the unit of local government or its
22    employees  for  group  health   benefits   plan   or   health
23    maintenance  organization  coverage shall be deposited in the
24    Local Government Health Insurance Reserve  Fund.   The  Local
25    Government   Health   Insurance   Reserve  Fund  shall  be  a
26    continuing fund not subject to fiscal year limitations.   All
27    expenditures  from  this  fund shall be used for payments for
28    health care benefits for local government and  rehabilitation
29    facility   employees,  annuitants,  and  dependents,  and  to
30    reimburse  the  Department  or  its  administrative   service
31    organization  for all expenses incurred in the administration
32    of benefits.  No other State funds  may  be  used  for  these
33    purposes.
34        A  local government employer's participation or desire to
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -35-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    participate in a program created under this subsection  shall
 2    not   limit   that   employer's  duty  to  bargain  with  the
 3    representative of  any  collective  bargaining  unit  of  its
 4    employees.
 5        (j)  Any  rehabilitation  facility  within  the  State of
 6    Illinois may apply to the Director  to  have  its  employees,
 7    annuitants,  and  their  eligible  dependents  provided group
 8    health coverage under this Act on  a  non-insured  basis.  To
 9    participate,  a  rehabilitation facility must agree to enroll
10    all of its employees and remit the entire cost  of  providing
11    such   coverage   for   its   employees,   except   that  the
12    rehabilitation facility shall not be required to enroll those
13    of its employees who are covered spouses or dependents  under
14    this  plan  or  another group policy or plan providing health
15    benefits as long as (1)  an  appropriate  official  from  the
16    rehabilitation   facility  attests  that  each  employee  not
17    enrolled is a covered spouse or dependent under this plan  or
18    another  group  policy  or  plan, and (2) at least 85% of the
19    employees are enrolled and the rehabilitation facility remits
20    the entire cost of providing  coverage  to  those  employees.
21    Employees  of a participating rehabilitation facility who are
22    not enrolled due  to  coverage  under  another  group  health
23    policy or plan may enroll in the event of a qualifying change
24    in   status,  special  enrollment,  special  circumstance  as
25    defined by the Director, or during the annual Benefit  Choice
26    Period.   A  participating  rehabilitation  facility may also
27    elect to cover its annuitants. Dependent  coverage  shall  be
28    offered  on  an  optional  basis,  with the costs paid by the
29    rehabilitation facility, its employees, or  some  combination
30    of  the  2  as determined by the rehabilitation facility. The
31    rehabilitation  facility  shall  be  responsible  for  timely
32    collection and transmission of dependent premiums.
33        The Director shall annually determine quarterly rates  of
34    payment, subject to the following constraints:
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -36-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1             (1)  In  the first year of coverage, the rates shall
 2        be  equal  to  the  amount  normally  charged  to   State
 3        employees  for elected optional coverages or for enrolled
 4        dependents coverages or other contributory  coverages  on
 5        behalf of its employees, adjusted for differences between
 6        State  employees  and  employees  of  the  rehabilitation
 7        facility  in  age,  sex,  geographic  location  or  other
 8        relevant demographic variables, plus an amount sufficient
 9        to   pay  for  the  additional  administrative  costs  of
10        providing coverage to  employees  of  the  rehabilitation
11        facility and their dependents.
12             (2)  In subsequent years, a further adjustment shall
13        be  made  to  reflect  the  actual  prior  years'  claims
14        experience   of   the  employees  of  the  rehabilitation
15        facility.
16        Monthly payments by the rehabilitation  facility  or  its
17    employees for group health benefits shall be deposited in the
18    Local Government Health Insurance Reserve Fund.
19        (k)  Any  domestic violence shelter or service within the
20    State of Illinois may apply  to  the  Director  to  have  its
21    employees,  annuitants,  and  their dependents provided group
22    health coverage under this Act on a  non-insured  basis.   To
23    participate,  a  domestic  violence  shelter  or service must
24    agree to enroll all of its employees and pay the entire  cost
25    of   providing   such   coverage   for   its   employees.   A
26    participating domestic violence shelter  may  also  elect  to
27    cover its annuitants.  Dependent coverage shall be offered on
28    an optional basis, with employees, or some combination of the
29    2  as determined by the domestic violence shelter or service.
30    The domestic violence shelter or service shall be responsible
31    for timely collection and transmission of dependent premiums.
32        The Director shall annually determine rates  of  payment,
33    subject to the following constraints:
34             (1)  In  the first year of coverage, the rates shall
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -37-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1        be  equal  to  the  amount  normally  charged  to   State
 2        employees  for elected optional coverages or for enrolled
 3        dependents coverages or other contributory  coverages  on
 4        behalf of its employees, adjusted for differences between
 5        State  employees  and  employees of the domestic violence
 6        shelter or service in age, sex,  geographic  location  or
 7        other  relevant  demographic  variables,  plus  an amount
 8        sufficient to pay for the additional administrative costs
 9        of  providing  coverage  to  employees  of  the  domestic
10        violence shelter or service and their dependents.
11             (2)  In subsequent years, a further adjustment shall
12        be  made  to  reflect  the  actual  prior  years'  claims
13        experience of the  employees  of  the  domestic  violence
14        shelter or service.
15        Monthly  payments  by  the  domestic  violence shelter or
16    service or its employees for group health insurance shall  be
17    deposited  in  the  Local Government Health Insurance Reserve
18    Fund.
19        (l)  A  public  community  college  or  entity  organized
20    pursuant to the Public Community College Act may apply to the
21    Director initially to have only annuitants not covered  prior
22    to July 1, 1992 by the district's health plan provided health
23    coverage   under  this  Act  on  a  non-insured  basis.   The
24    community  college  must  execute  a   2-year   contract   to
25    participate   in   the  Local  Government  Health  Plan.  Any
26    annuitant may enroll in the event of a qualifying  change  in
27    status,  special  enrollment, special circumstance as defined
28    by the Director, or during the annual Benefit Choice Period.
29        The Director shall annually determine  monthly  rates  of
30    payment  subject  to  the  following  constraints:  for those
31    community colleges with annuitants only enrolled, first  year
32    rates  shall be equal to the average cost to cover claims for
33    a  State   member   adjusted   for   demographics,   Medicare
34    participation,  and  other factors; and in the second year, a
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -38-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    further adjustment of rates shall  be  made  to  reflect  the
 2    actual   first   year's  claims  experience  of  the  covered
 3    annuitants.
 4        (l-5)  The   provisions   of   subsection   (l)    become
 5    inoperative on July 1, 1999.
 6        (m)  The  Director shall adopt any rules deemed necessary
 7    for implementation of this amendatory Act of 1989 (Public Act
 8    86-978).
 9    (Source: P.A.  90-65,  eff.  7-7-97;  90-582,  eff.  5-27-98;
10    90-655,  eff.  7-30-98;  91-280,  eff.  7-23-99; 91-311; eff.
11    7-29-99; 91-357, eff. 7-29-99; 91-390, eff. 7-30-99;  91-395,
12    eff. 7-30-99; 91-617, eff. 8-19-99; revised 8-31-99.)

13        Section  10.   The  Election  Code is amended by changing
14    Sections 7-10 and 7-30 as follows:

15        (10 ILCS 5/7-10) (from Ch. 46, par. 7-10)
16        Sec. 7-10.  Form of petition for nomination. The name  of
17    no  candidate  for nomination, or State central committeeman,
18    or township committeeman, or precinct committeeman,  or  ward
19    committeeman  or candidate for delegate or alternate delegate
20    to national nominating conventions, shall be printed upon the
21    primary ballot unless a  petition  for  nomination  has  been
22    filed   in   his  behalf  as  provided  in  this  Article  in
23    substantially the following form:
24        We, the undersigned, members of and affiliated  with  the
25    ....  party and qualified primary electors of the .... party,
26    in the .... of ...., in the  county  of  ....  and  State  of
27    Illinois,  do hereby petition that the following named person
28    or persons shall be a candidate or  candidates  of  the  ....
29    party  for the nomination for (or in case of committeemen for
30    election to) the office or offices hereinafter specified,  to
31    be  voted  for  at the primary election to be held on (insert
32    date).
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -39-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1             Name             Office                Address
 2        John Jones           Governor           Belvidere, Ill.
 3       Thomas Smith      Attorney General        Oakland, Ill.
 4    Name..................         Address.......................
 5    State of Illinois)
 6                     ) ss.
 7    County of........)
 8        I, ...., do hereby certify that I am a  registered  voter
 9    and  have  been  a  registered  voter  at  all  times  I have
10    circulated this petition, that I reside at No.  ....  street,
11    in  the  .... of ...., county of ...., and State of Illinois,
12    and that the signatures on  this  sheet  were  signed  in  my
13    presence,  and  are  genuine,  and  that  to  the  best of my
14    knowledge and belief the persons so signing were at the  time
15    of  signing the petitions qualified voters of the .... party,
16    and that their respective residences are correctly stated, as
17    above set forth.
18                                        .........................
19        Subscribed and sworn to before me on (insert date).
20                                        .........................

21        Each sheet of the petition other than  the  statement  of
22    candidacy  and candidate's statement shall be of uniform size
23    and  shall  contain  above  the  space  for   signatures   an
24    appropriate  heading  giving  the  information  as to name of
25    candidate or candidates, in whose  behalf  such  petition  is
26    signed; the office, the political party represented and place
27    of  residence;  and  the  heading  of each sheet shall be the
28    same.
29        Such  petition  shall  be  signed  by  qualified  primary
30    electors residing in the political  division  for  which  the
31    nomination  is  sought  in  their own proper persons only and
32    opposite the signature of each signer, his residence  address
33    shall  be written or printed.  The residence address required
34    to be written or  printed  opposite  each  qualified  primary
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -40-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    elector's  name  shall  include  the  street address or rural
 2    route number of the signer, as the case may be,  as  well  as
 3    the  signer's  county,  and city, village or town, and state.
 4    However the county or city, village or  town,  and  state  of
 5    residence  of  the  electors  may  be printed on the petition
 6    forms where all of the electors signing the  petition  reside
 7    in  the  same  county  or  city,  village or town, and state.
 8    Standard abbreviations may be used in writing  the  residence
 9    address,  including  street number, if any.  At the bottom of
10    each sheet of such petition shall be added a statement signed
11    by a registered voter of the political division, who has been
12    a registered voter at all times  he  or  she  circulated  the
13    petition,  for  which  the candidate is seeking a nomination,
14    stating the street address  or  rural  route  number  of  the
15    voter, as the case may be, as well as the voter's county, and
16    city,  village  or  town,  and state; and certifying that the
17    signatures on that sheet of the petition were signed  in  his
18    presence;  and  either (1) indicating the dates on which that
19    sheet was circulated, or (2) indicating the  first  and  last
20    dates  on  which  the sheet was circulated, or (3) certifying
21    that none of the signatures on the  sheet  were  signed  more
22    than  90  days  preceding  the last day for the filing of the
23    petition, or more than 45 days preceding  the  last  day  for
24    filing  of  the  petition  in the case of political party and
25    independent candidates for single  or  multi-county  regional
26    superintendents  of  schools  in  the  1994  general  primary
27    election; and certifying that the signatures on the sheet are
28    genuine,  and  certifying  that  to the best of his knowledge
29    and belief the persons so signing were at the time of signing
30    the petitions qualified voters of  the  political  party  for
31    which  a  nomination is sought. Such statement shall be sworn
32    to before some officer authorized to administer oaths in this
33    State.
34        No petition sheet shall be circulated more than  90  days
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -41-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    preceding  the  last  day  provided  in  Section 7-12 for the
 2    filing of such petition, or more than 45 days  preceding  the
 3    last  day for filing of the petition in the case of political
 4    party and independent candidates for single  or  multi-county
 5    regional  superintendents  of  schools  in  the  1994 general
 6    primary election.
 7        The person circulating the petition, or the candidate  on
 8    whose  behalf  the  petition  is  circulated,  may strike any
 9    signature from the petition, provided that:;
10             (1)  the person striking the signature shall initial
11        the petition at the place where the signature is  struck;
12        and
13             (2)  the  person striking the signature shall sign a
14        certification listing the page number and line number  of
15        each   signature   struck   from   the   petition.   Such
16        certification shall be filed as a part of the petition.
17        Such sheets before being filed shall be  neatly  fastened
18    together  in  book  form, by placing the sheets in a pile and
19    fastening them together at one edge in a secure and  suitable
20    manner,  and the sheets shall then be numbered consecutively.
21    The sheets shall not be fastened by pasting them together end
22    to end, so as to  form  a  continuous  strip  or  roll.   All
23    petition  sheets  which  are  filed  with  the  proper  local
24    election  officials,  election authorities or the State Board
25    of Elections shall be the original  sheets  which  have  been
26    signed  by  the voters and by the circulator thereof, and not
27    photocopies or duplicates of such sheets.  Each petition must
28    include as a part thereof, a statement of candidacy for  each
29    of  the candidates filing, or in whose behalf the petition is
30    filed. This statement shall  set  out  the  address  of  such
31    candidate,  the  office  for  which  he is a candidate, shall
32    state that the candidate is a qualified primary voter of  the
33    party  to which the petition relates and is qualified for the
34    office specified (in the case  of  a  candidate  for  State's
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -42-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    Attorney  it shall state that the candidate is at the time of
 2    filing such statement  a  licensed  attorney-at-law  of  this
 3    State),  shall  state  that he has filed (or will file before
 4    the close of the  petition  filing  period)  a  statement  of
 5    economic  interests  as required by the Illinois Governmental
 6    Ethics Act, shall request that the candidate's name be placed
 7    upon the official ballot, and shall be subscribed  and  sworn
 8    to  by  such candidate before some officer authorized to take
 9    acknowledgment  of  deeds  in  the  State  and  shall  be  in
10    substantially the following form:
11                       Statement of Candidacy
12       Name      Address       Office      District      Party
13    John Jones  102 Main St.  Governor    Statewide    Republican
14                Belvidere,
15                 Illinois

16    State of Illinois)
17                     ) ss.
18    County of .......)
19        I, ...., being first duly sworn, say  that  I  reside  at
20    ....  Street  in the city (or village) of ...., in the county
21    of ...., State of Illinois;  that  I  am  a  qualified  voter
22    therein  and  am a qualified primary voter of the .... party;
23    that I am a candidate for nomination  (for  election  in  the
24    case  of  committeeman and delegates and alternate delegates)
25    to the office of  ....  to  be  voted  upon  at  the  primary
26    election  to  be  held  on  (insert  date); that I am legally
27    qualified (including being the holder of any license that may
28    be an eligibility requirement  for  the  office  I  seek  the
29    nomination for) to hold such office and that I have filed (or
30    I will file before the close of the petition filing period) a
31    statement  of  economic interests as required by the Illinois
32    Governmental Ethics Act and I hereby request that my name  be
33    printed  upon  the official primary ballot for nomination for
34    (or election to in the case of committeemen and delegates and
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -43-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    alternate delegates) such office.
 2                                    Signed ......................
 3        Subscribed and sworn to (or affirmed) before me by  ....,
 4    who is to me personally known, on (insert date).
 5                                      Signed ....................
 6                        (Official Character)
 7    (Seal, if officer has one.)

 8        The  petitions,  when  filed,  shall  not be withdrawn or
 9    added to, and  no  signatures  shall  be  revoked  except  by
10    revocation   filed   in  writing  with  the  State  Board  of
11    Elections, election authority or local election official with
12    whom the petition is required to be  filed,  and  before  the
13    filing of such petition.  Whoever forges the name of a signer
14    upon  any  petition required by this Article is deemed guilty
15    of a forgery and on  conviction  thereof  shall  be  punished
16    accordingly.
17        Petitions of candidates for nomination for offices herein
18    specified, to be filed with the same officer, may contain the
19    names of 2 or more candidates of the same political party for
20    the same or different offices.
21        Such petitions for nominations shall be signed:
22             (a)  If  for  a  State  office,  or  for delegate or
23        alternate delegate to be elected from the State at  large
24        to  a  National  nominating  convention  by not less than
25        5,000 nor more than 10,000 primary electors of his party.
26             (b)  If for a congressional officer or for  delegate
27        or  alternate delegate to be elected from a congressional
28        district to a national nominating convention by at  least
29        .5% of the qualified primary electors of his party in his
30        congressional district, except that for the first primary
31        following a redistricting of congressional districts such
32        petitions  shall  be  signed  by  at  least 600 qualified
33        primary  electors  of  the  candidate's  party   in   his
34        congressional district.
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -44-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1             (c)  If  for a county office (including county board
 2        member and chairman of the  county  board  where  elected
 3        from  the  county  at  large),  by  at  least  .5% of the
 4        qualified  electors  of  his  party  cast  at  the   last
 5        preceding  general  election  in his county.  However, if
 6        for  the  nomination  for  county  commissioner  of  Cook
 7        County, then by at least .5%  of  the  qualified  primary
 8        electors  of his or her party in his or her county in the
 9        district or division in which such person is a  candidate
10        for  nomination;  and  if  for county board member from a
11        county board district,  then  by  at  least  .5%  of  the
12        qualified  primary  electors  of  his party in the county
13        board district.  In the case of an  election  for  county
14        board member to be elected from a district, for the first
15        primary   following   a  redistricting  of  county  board
16        districts or the initial establishment  of  county  board
17        districts, then by at least .5% of the qualified electors
18        of  his  party in the entire county at the last preceding
19        general election, divided by the number of  county  board
20        districts,  but  in  any event not less than 25 qualified
21        primary electors of his party in the district.
22             (d)  If for a municipal or  township  office  by  at
23        least  .5% of the qualified primary electors of his party
24        in the municipality or township; if for alderman,  by  at
25        least .5% of the voters of his party of his ward.  In the
26        case  of  an  election  for  alderman  or  trustee  of  a
27        municipality  to  be elected from a ward or district, for
28        the  first  primary  following  a  redistricting  or  the
29        initial establishment of wards or districts, then by  .5%
30        of  the  total  number of votes cast for the candidate of
31        such political party who received the highest  number  of
32        votes  in  the  entire  municipality  at the last regular
33        election at which an officer was regularly  scheduled  to
34        be  elected  from the entire municipality, divided by the
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -45-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1        number of wards or districts, but in any event  not  less
 2        than  25  qualified  primary electors of his party in the
 3        ward or district.
 4             (e)  If for State central committeeman, by at  least
 5        100 of the primary electors of his or her party of his or
 6        her congressional district.
 7             (f)  If  for  a  candidate for trustee of a sanitary
 8        district in which trustees are not elected from wards, by
 9        at least .5% of the primary electors of his  party,  from
10        such sanitary district.
11             (g)  If  for  a  candidate for trustee of a sanitary
12        district in which the trustees are elected from wards, by
13        at least .5% of the primary electors of his party in  his
14        ward of such sanitary district, except that for the first
15        primary  following a reapportionment of the district such
16        petitions shall be  signed  by  at  least  150  qualified
17        primary electors of the candidate's ward of such sanitary
18        district.
19             (h)  If  The  number  of  signatures  required for a
20        candidate for judicial office in a district, circuit,  or
21        subcircuit,  by  a  number  of  primary electors at least
22        equal to shall be 0.25% of the number of votes  cast  for
23        the  judicial candidate of his or her political party who
24        received the highest number of votes at the last  regular
25        general  election  at  which  a judicial officer from the
26        same  district,  circuit,  or  subcircuit  was  regularly
27        scheduled to be elected, but in no event fewer  shall  be
28        less than 500 signatures.
29             (i)  If  for  a candidate for precinct committeeman,
30        by at least 10 primary electors of his or  her  party  of
31        his  or  her  precinct;  if  for  a  candidate  for  ward
32        committeeman,  by not less than 10% nor more than 16% (or
33        50 more than the minimum, whichever is  greater)  of  the
34        primary  electors  of  his  party  of  his ward; if for a
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -46-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1        candidate for township committeeman, by not less than  5%
 2        nor  more than 8% (or 50 more than the minimum, whichever
 3        is greater) of the primary electors of his party  in  his
 4        township or part of a township as the case may be.
 5             (j)  If  for  a  candidate  for  State's Attorney or
 6        Regional Superintendent of Schools to  serve  2  or  more
 7        counties,  by at least .5% of the primary electors of his
 8        party in the territory comprising such counties.
 9             (k)  If for any other office by at least .5% of  the
10        total  number  of  registered  voters  of  the  political
11        subdivision,   district   or   division   for  which  the
12        nomination is made or  a  minimum  of  25,  whichever  is
13        greater.
14        For  the  purposes  of this Section the number of primary
15    electors shall be determined by taking the total  vote  cast,
16    in  the  applicable  district,  for  the  candidate  for such
17    political party who received the  highest  number  of  votes,
18    state-wide,  at  the  last  general  election in the State at
19    which electors  for  President  of  the  United  States  were
20    elected.  For  political  subdivisions, the number of primary
21    electors shall be determined by taking the  total  vote  cast
22    for  the  candidate for such political party who received the
23    highest number of votes in such political subdivision at  the
24    last  regular  election  at  which  an  officer was regularly
25    scheduled to be elected from that subdivision.  For wards  or
26    districts  of  political  subdivisions, the number of primary
27    electors shall be determined by taking the  total  vote  cast
28    for  the  candidate for such political party who received the
29    highest number of votes in such ward or district at the  last
30    regular  election at which an officer was regularly scheduled
31    to be elected from that ward or district.
32        A "qualified primary elector" of a  party  may  not  sign
33    petitions  for  or be a candidate in the primary of more than
34    one party.
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -47-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    (Source: P.A. 91-57,  eff.  6-30-99;  91-357,  eff.  7-29-99;
 2    91-358, eff. 7-29-99; revised 8-17-99.)

 3        (10 ILCS 5/7-30) (from Ch. 46, par. 7-30)
 4        Sec.  7-30. Previous to any vote being taken, the primary
 5    judges  shall  severally  subscribe  and  take  an  oath   or
 6    affirmation in the following form, to-wit:
 7        "I  do  solemnly  swear  (or affirm, as the case may be),
 8    that I will support the Constitution of the United States and
 9    the  Constitution  of  the  State  of  Illinois,   and   will
10    faithfully  and  honestly  discharge  the  duties  of primary
11    judge, according to the best of my ability, and that  I  have
12    resided in this State for 30 days, (and only in the case of a
13    primary  judge  in counties of less than 500,000 inhabitants,
14    have resided the following: in this precinct for the 30  days
15    next   preceding  this  primary),  (and  in  the  case  of  a
16    registered voter, am entitled to vote at this primary)."
17        All persons subscribing the oath as  aforesaid,  and  all
18    persons  actually serving as primary judges, whether sworn or
19    not, shall be deemed to be and  are  hereby  declared  to  be
20    officers of the circuit court of their respective counties.
21    (Source: P.A. 91-352, eff. 1-1-00; revised 2-23-00.)

22        Section  10.2.   The  State  Library  Act  is  amended by
23    changing Section 7 as follows:

24        (15 ILCS 320/7) (from Ch. 128, par. 107)
25        Sec. 7.  Purposes of the  State  Library.   The  Illinois
26    State Library shall:
27        (a)  Maintain  a  library  for officials and employees of
28    the State, consisting of informational material and resources
29    pertaining to the phases of their  work,  and  serve  as  the
30    State's  library  by  extending  its resources to citizens of
31    Illinois.
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -48-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1        (b)  Maintain and provide research library  services  for
 2    all State agencies.
 3        (c)  Administer the Illinois Library System Act.
 4        (d)  Promote   and   administer   the   law  relating  to
 5    Interstate Library Compacts.
 6        (e)  Enter into interagency agreements, pursuant  to  the
 7    Intergovernmental  Cooperation  Act,  including agreements to
 8    promote access to information by Illinois  students  and  the
 9    general public.
10        (f)  Promote  and  develop  a cooperative library network
11    operating regionally or  statewide  for  providing  effective
12    coordination  of  the  library resources of public, academic,
13    school, and special libraries.
14        (g)  Administer grants of federal library funds  pursuant
15    to federal law and requirements.
16        (h)  Assist   libraries   in   their  plans  for  library
17    services, including funding the State-funded library  systems
18    for the purpose of local library development and networking.
19        (i)  Assist  local  library groups in developing programs
20    by which library services can be established and enhanced  in
21    areas without those services.
22        (j)  Be  a  clearing  house, in an advisory capacity, for
23    questions and problems pertaining to the  administration  and
24    functioning  of libraries in Illinois and to publish booklets
25    and pamphlets to implement this service.
26        (k)  To Seek the opinion  of  the  Attorney  General  for
27    legal  questions  pertaining  to  public  libraries and their
28    function as governmental agencies.
29        (l)  Contract with any other library or library agency to
30    carry out the purposes of the State  Library.   If  any  such
31    contract  requires  payments  by user libraries for goods and
32    services, the State  Library  may  distribute  billings  from
33    contractors  to applicable user libraries and may receive and
34    distribute  payments  from  user  libraries  to  contractors.
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -49-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    There is hereby created in the  State  Treasury  the  Library
 2    Trust  Fund,  into  which  all  moneys payable to contractors
 3    which are received from user libraries under  this  paragraph
 4    (l)  shall  be  paid.   The Treasurer shall pay such funds to
 5    contractors at the direction of the State Librarian.
 6        (m)  Compile,  preserve  and   publish   public   library
 7    statistical information.
 8        (n)  Compile  the annual report of local public libraries
 9    and library systems submitted to the State Librarian pursuant
10    to law.
11        (o)  Conduct and arrange for  library  training  programs
12    for  library personnel, library directors and others involved
13    in library services.
14        (p)  Prepare an annual report for each fiscal year.
15        (q)  Make available to the public, by means of access  by
16    way  of  the  largest  nonproprietary  nonprofit  cooperative
17    public computer network, certain records of State agencies.
18        As  used  in this subdivision (q), "State agencies" means
19    all officers, boards, commissions and agencies created by the
20    Constitution; all officers, departments, boards, commissions,
21    agencies, institutions, authorities, universities, and bodies
22    politic and corporate of the State; administrative  units  or
23    corporate  outgrowths  of  the  State  government  which  are
24    created  by or pursuant to statute, other than units of local
25    government and their officers, school districts and boards of
26    election commissioners;  and  all  administrative  units  and
27    corporate  outgrowths  of  the above and as may be created by
28    executive order of the Governor;  however,  "State  agencies"
29    does  not include any agency, officer, or other entity of the
30    judicial or legislative branch.
31        As used in this subdivision (q), "records"  means  public
32    records,  as  defined in the Freedom of Information Act, that
33    are not exempt from inspection and copying under that Act.
34        The State Librarian and  each  appropriate  State  agency
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -50-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    shall  specify the types and categories of records that shall
 2    be accessible through the public  computer  network  and  the
 3    types  and  categories of records that shall be inaccessible.
 4    Records currently held by a State agency and  documents  that
 5    are  required to be provided to the Illinois State Library in
 6    accordance with Section 21 shall be provided to the  Illinois
 7    State  Library  in  an  appropriate  electronic  format  when
 8    feasible.   The  cost  to each State agency of making records
 9    accessible  through  the  public  computer  network   or   of
10    providing  records  in an appropriate electronic format shall
11    be   considered   in    making    determinations    regarding
12    accessibility.
13        As soon as possible and no later than 18 months after the
14    effective  date of this amendatory Act of 1995, the types and
15    categories of information, specified by the  State  Librarian
16    and each appropriate State agency, shall be made available to
17    the  public  by  means  of  access  by  way  of  the  largest
18    nonproprietary,   nonprofit   cooperative   public   computer
19    network.   The  information shall be made available in one or
20    more formats and by one or more means in order to provide the
21    greatest feasible access to the general public in this State.
22    Any person who accesses the information may access all or any
23    part of the information.  The information may  also  be  made
24    available  by any other means of access that would facilitate
25    public access to the information.  The information  shall  be
26    made  available  in  the  shortest  feasible time after it is
27    publicly available.
28        Any documentation that describes the  electronic  digital
29    formats  of  the information shall be made available by means
30    of access by way of the same public computer network.
31        Personal information concerning a person who accesses the
32    information  may  be  maintained  only  for  the  purpose  of
33    providing service to the person.
34        The electronic public  access  provided  by  way  of  the
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -51-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    public  computer  network  shall  be  in  addition  to  other
 2    electronic or print distribution of the information.
 3        No  action  taken  under  this  subdivision  (q) shall be
 4    deemed  to  alter  or  relinquish  any  copyright  or   other
 5    proprietary  interest or entitlement of the State of Illinois
 6    relating to any of the information made available under  this
 7    subdivision (q).
 8        (r)  Coordinate  literacy  programs  for the Secretary of
 9    State.
10        (s)  Provide  coordination  of   statewide   preservation
11    planning,  act  as  a  focal point for preservation advocacy,
12    assess statewide needs and  establish  specific  programs  to
13    meet  those  needs,  and  manage state funds appropriated for
14    preservation work relating to the preservation of the library
15    and archival resources of Illinois.
16        (t)  Create  and  maintain  a  State  Government   Report
17    Distribution  Center  for  the  General Assembly.  The Center
18    shall receive all reports in all formats  available  required
19    by  law  or  resolution to be filed with the General Assembly
20    and shall furnish copies of such reports on the same  day  on
21    which  the  report  is  filed  with the Clerk of the House of
22    Representatives and the Secretary of the Senate, as  required
23    by  the  General Assembly Organization Act, without charge to
24    members of the General Assembly upon request.  This paragraph
25    does not affect the requirements of Section 21  of  this  Act
26    relating  to the deposit of State publications with the State
27    library.
28    (Source: P.A. 91-507, eff. 8-13-99; revised 2-25-00.)

29        Section 10.4.  The State  Treasurer  Act  is  amended  by
30    changing Section 16.5 as follows:

31        (15 ILCS 505/16.5)
32        Sec.  16.5.  College  Savings  Pool.  The State Treasurer
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -52-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    may establish  and  administer  a  College  Savings  Pool  to
 2    supplement and enhance the investment opportunities otherwise
 3    available  to  persons seeking to finance the costs of higher
 4    education.  The State Treasurer, in administering the College
 5    Savings Pool, may receive moneys paid  into  the  pool  by  a
 6    participant  and  may  serve  as  the  fiscal  agent  of that
 7    participant for the purpose of holding  and  investing  those
 8    moneys.
 9        "Participant",  as used in this Section, means any person
10    that  makes   investments   in   the   pool.      "Designated
11    beneficiary",  as  used  in this Section, means any person on
12    whose behalf an account is established in the College Savings
13    Pool by a participant. Both in-state and out-of-state persons
14    may be  participants  and  designated  beneficiaries  in  the
15    College Savings Pool.
16        New  accounts  in  the  College  Savings  Pool  shall  be
17    processed   through   participating  financial  institutions.
18    "Participating  financial  institution",  as  used  in   this
19    Section,  means  any  financial  institution  insured  by the
20    Federal Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  and  lawfully  doing
21    business  in  the  State  of  Illinois  and  any credit union
22    approved by the State Treasurer and lawfully  doing  business
23    in  the State of Illinois that agrees to process new accounts
24    in  the  College  Savings  Pool.    Participating   financial
25    institutions  may  charge a processing fee to participants to
26    open an account in the pool that shall not exceed  $30  until
27    the  year 2001.  Beginning in 2001 and every year thereafter,
28    the maximum fee limit shall  be  adjusted  by  the  Treasurer
29    based  on  the  Consumer  Price  Index  for the North Central
30    Region as published by the United States Department of Labor,
31    Bureau of Labor  Statistics  for  the  immediately  preceding
32    calendar  year.   Every  contribution received by a financial
33    institution for investment in the College Savings Pool  shall
34    be  transferred  from the financial institution to a location
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -53-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    selected by the  State  Treasurer  within  one  business  day
 2    following  the  day  that the funds must be made available in
 3    accordance with federal law.   All  communications  from  the
 4    State   Treasurer   to   participants   shall  reference  the
 5    participating financial institution at which the account  was
 6    processed.
 7        The  Treasurer  may  invest  the  moneys  in  the College
 8    Savings Pool in  the  same  manner,  in  the  same  types  of
 9    investments, and subject to the same limitations provided for
10    the  investment  of  moneys  by  the  Illinois State Board of
11    Investment. To  enhance  the  safety  and  liquidity  of  the
12    College  Savings  Pool,  to ensure the diversification of the
13    investment portfolio of the pool, and in an  effort  to  keep
14    investment  dollars  in  the  State  of  Illinois,  the State
15    Treasurer shall make a percentage of each  account  available
16    for  investment in participating financial institutions doing
17    business in the State.  The  State  Treasurer  shall  deposit
18    with  the  participating  financial  institution at which the
19    account  was  processed  the  following  percentage  of  each
20    account at a prevailing  rate  offered  by  the  institution,
21    provided  that  the  deposit  is  federally  insured or fully
22    collateralized and the institution accepts the  deposit:  10%
23    of the total amount of each account for which the current age
24    of  the  beneficiary  is less than 7 years of age, 20% of the
25    total amount of each account for which the beneficiary is  at
26    least  7  years of age and less than 12 years of age, and 50%
27    of the total amount of each account for which the current age
28    of the beneficiary is at least 12 years of  age.   The  State
29    Treasurer  shall  adjust  each  account  at least annually to
30    ensure compliance with this Section.    The  Treasurer  shall
31    develop, publish, and implement an investment policy covering
32    the investment of the moneys in the College Savings Pool. The
33    policy  shall  be published (i) at least once each year in at
34    least  one  newspaper  of   general   circulation   in   both
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -54-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    Springfield  and  Chicago  and  (ii) each year as part of the
 2    audit of the College Savings Pool  by  the  Auditor  General,
 3    which shall be distributed to all participants. The Treasurer
 4    shall  notify  all participants in writing, and the Treasurer
 5    shall publish in a newspaper of general circulation  in  both
 6    Chicago  and  Springfield,  any  changes  to  the  previously
 7    published  investment policy at least 30 calendar days before
 8    implementing the policy. Any investment policy adopted by the
 9    Treasurer shall be reviewed and updated if  necessary  within
10    90  days  following  the  date that the State Treasurer takes
11    office.
12        Participants shall be required to use moneys  distributed
13    from  the  College  Savings  Pool  for  qualified expenses at
14    eligible educational institutions. "Qualified  expenses",  as
15    used in this Section, means the following: (i) tuition, fees,
16    and  the costs of books, supplies, and equipment required for
17    enrollment  or  attendance   at   an   eligible   educational
18    institution and (ii) certain room and board expenses incurred
19    while  attending an eligible educational institution at least
20    half-time. "Eligible educational institutions",  as  used  in
21    this  Section,  means  public  and  private  colleges, junior
22    colleges,   graduate   schools,   and   certain    vocational
23    institutions  that are described in Section 481 of the Higher
24    Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1088) and that are  eligible
25    to   participate  in  Department  of  Education  student  aid
26    programs. A student shall be considered  to  be  enrolled  at
27    least  half-time if the student is enrolled for at least half
28    the full-time academic work load for the course of study  the
29    student  is pursuing as determined under the standards of the
30    institution at which the student is  enrolled.  Distributions
31    made  from  the  pool  for  qualified  expenses shall be made
32    directly to the eligible educational institution, directly to
33    a vendor, or in the form of  a  check  payable  to  both  the
34    beneficiary  and  the  institution or vendor. Any moneys that
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -55-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    are distributed in any other manner  or  that  are  used  for
 2    expenses   other  than  qualified  expenses  at  an  eligible
 3    educational institution shall be subject to a penalty of  10%
 4    of   the   earnings  unless  the  beneficiary  dies,  becomes
 5    disabled, or receives a scholarship that  equals  or  exceeds
 6    the distribution. Penalties shall be withheld at the time the
 7    distribution is made.
 8        The  Treasurer  shall limit the contributions that may be
 9    made on behalf  of  a  designated  beneficiary  based  on  an
10    actuarial  estimate of what is required to pay tuition, fees,
11    and room and board for 5 undergraduate years at  the  highest
12    cost eligible educational institution. The contributions made
13    on  behalf  of  a beneficiary who is also a beneficiary under
14    the  Illinois  Prepaid  Tuition  Program  shall  be   further
15    restricted  to ensure that the contributions in both programs
16    combined do not exceed the limit established for the  College
17    Savings  Pool.  The  Treasurer  shall  provide  the  Illinois
18    Student  Assistance Commission each year at a time designated
19    by the Commission, an electronic report  of  all  participant
20    accounts  in  the  Treasurer's  College Savings Pool, listing
21    total contributions and disbursements  from  each  individual
22    account   during   the   previous  calendar  year.   As  soon
23    thereafter  as  is  possible   following   receipt   of   the
24    Treasurer's   report,   the   Illinois   Student   Assistance
25    Commission  shall,  in  turn,  provide  the Treasurer with an
26    electronic  report  listing  those   College   Savings   Pool
27    participants  who  also  participate  in  the State's prepaid
28    tuition  program,  administered  by  the   Commission.    The
29    Commission  shall  be responsible for filing any combined tax
30    reports regarding State qualified savings  programs  required
31    by the United States Internal Revenue Service.  The Treasurer
32    shall work with the Illinois Student Assistance Commission to
33    coordinate  the marketing of the College Savings Pool and the
34    Illinois Prepaid Tuition Program when  considered  beneficial
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -56-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    by  the  Treasurer  and  the Director of the Illinois Student
 2    Assistance  Commission.  The  Treasurer's  office  shall  not
 3    publicize or otherwise market the  College  Savings  Pool  or
 4    accept  any  moneys  into  the  College Savings Pool prior to
 5    March  1,  2000.  The  Treasurer  shall  provide  a  separate
 6    accounting  for   each   designated   beneficiary   to   each
 7    participant,  the Illinois Student Assistance Commission, and
 8    the participating financial institution at which the  account
 9    was  processed.  No interest in the program may be pledged as
10    security for a loan.
11        The assets of the College Savings Pool and its income and
12    operation shall be exempt from all taxation by the  State  of
13    Illinois  and  any of its subdivisions.  The accrued earnings
14    on investments in the Pool once  disbursed  on  behalf  of  a
15    designated  beneficiary  shall  be  similarly exempt from all
16    taxation by the State of Illinois and  its  subdivisions,  so
17    long as they are used for qualified expenses.  The provisions
18    of this paragraph are exempt from Section 250 of the Illinois
19    Income Tax Act.
20        The  Treasurer  shall  adopt  rules  he  or she considers
21    necessary for the efficient  administration  of  the  College
22    Savings  Pool.  The  rules  shall provide whatever additional
23    parameters and restrictions are necessary to ensure that  the
24    College  Savings  Pool  meets  all  of the requirements for a
25    qualified state tuition program  under  Section  529  of  the
26    Internal  Revenue  Code  (26  U.S.C. 529 52). The rules shall
27    provide for the administration expenses of  the  pool  to  be
28    paid  from  its  earnings  and for the investment earnings in
29    excess of the expenses and all moneys collected as  penalties
30    to be credited or paid monthly to the several participants in
31    the  pool  in a manner which equitably reflects the differing
32    amounts of their respective investments in the pool  and  the
33    differing periods of time for which those amounts were in the
34    custody  of  the  pool.  Also,  the  rules  shall require the
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -57-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    maintenance of records that enable the Treasurer's office  to
 2    produce  a  report  for  each  account  in  the pool at least
 3    annually that documents the account  balance  and  investment
 4    earnings.  Notice of any proposed amendments to the rules and
 5    regulations shall be provided to all  participants  prior  to
 6    adoption.  Amendments  to  rules  and regulations shall apply
 7    only  to  contributions  made  after  the  adoption  of   the
 8    amendment.
 9        Upon   creating  the  College  Savings  Pool,  the  State
10    Treasurer shall give bond with 2 or more sufficient sureties,
11    payable to and for the benefit of  the  participants  in  the
12    College  Savings  Pool,  in  the  penal  sum  of  $1,000,000,
13    conditioned  upon the faithful discharge of his or her duties
14    in relation to the College Savings Pool.
15    (Source: P.A.  91-607,  eff.  1-1-00;  91-829,  eff.  1-1-01;
16    revised 7-3-00.)

17        Section 11.  The Civil Administrative Code of Illinois is
18    amended  by changing the heading to Article 1, adding Section
19    1-2 and changing Sections 1-5, 5-300,  5-310,  5-315,  5-320,
20    5-325,  5-330,  5-335,  5-340,  5-345,  5-350,  5-355, 5-360,
21    5-365, 5-370,  5-375,  5-385,  5-390,  5-395,  5-400,  5-410,
22    5-415, 5-420, and 5-550 as follows:

23        (20 ILCS 5/Art. 1 heading)
24            ARTICLE 1. SHORT TITLE AND GENERAL PROVISIONS

25        (20 ILCS 5/1-2 new)
26        Sec. 1-2. Article short title.  This Article may be cited
27    as the General Provisions Article of the Civil Administrative
28    Code of Illinois.

29        (20 ILCS 5/1-5)
30        Sec.  1-5.  Articles.   The  Civil Administrative Code of
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -58-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    Illinois consists of the following Articles:
 2        Article 1. Short title and General  Provisions  (20  ILCS
 3    5/1-1 and following).
 4        Article  5.  Departments of State Government Law (20 ILCS
 5    5/5-1 and following).
 6        Article 50. State Budget Law (15 ILCS 20/ 50/).
 7        Article 110. Department on Aging Law (20 ILCS 110/).
 8        Article 205.  Department  of  Agriculture  Law  (20  ILCS
 9    205/).
10        Article  250.   State Fair Grounds Title Law (5 ILCS 620/
11    250/).
12        Article 310. Department of Human Services (Alcoholism and
13    Substance Abuse) Law (20 ILCS 310/).
14        Article 405. Department of  Central  Management  Services
15    Law (20 ILCS 405/).
16        Article  510.  Department of Children and Family Services
17    Powers Law (20 ILCS 510/).
18        Article 605. Department of Commerce and Community Affairs
19    Law (20 ILCS 605/).
20        Article   805.   Department    of    Natural    Resources
21    (Conservation) Law (20 ILCS 805/).
22        Article  1005.  Department of Employment Security Law (20
23    ILCS 1005/).
24        Article  1405.  Department  of  Insurance  Law  (20  ILCS
25    1405/).
26        Article 1505. Department of Labor Law (20 ILCS 1505/).
27        Article 1710. Department of Human Services (Mental Health
28    and Developmental Disabilities) Law (20 ILCS 1710/).
29        Article 1905. Department of Natural Resources (Mines  and
30    Minerals) Law (20 ILCS 1905/).
31        Article  2005.  Department of Nuclear Safety Law (20 ILCS
32    2005/).
33        Article 2105. Department of Professional  Regulation  Law
34    (20 ILCS 2105/).
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -59-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1        Article  2205.  Department  of  Public  Aid  Law (20 ILCS
 2    2205/).
 3        Article 2310. Department  of  Public  Health  Powers  and
 4    Duties Law (20 ILCS 2310/).
 5        Article 2505. Department of Revenue Law (20 ILCS 2505/).
 6        Article  2605.  Department  of  State Police Law (20 ILCS
 7    2605/).
 8        Article 2705. Department of Transportation Law  (20  ILCS
 9    2705/).
10        Article   3000.   University   of  Illinois  Exercise  of
11    Functions and Duties Law (110 ILCS 355/).
12    (Source: P.A. 91-239, eff. 1-1-00; revised 7-27-99.)

13        (20 ILCS 5/5-300) (was 20 ILCS 5/9)
14        Sec. 5-300. Officers' qualifications and  salaries.   The
15    executive  and  administrative  officers,  whose  offices are
16    created by this Act, must have the qualifications  prescribed
17    by  law  and  shall receive annual salaries, payable in equal
18    monthly installments, as designated in the Sections following
19    this Section and preceding Section 5-500 9.31.  If set by the
20    Governor, those annual salaries may not  exceed  85%  of  the
21    Governor's annual salary.
22    (Source:  P.A.  91-25,  eff.  6-9-99;  91-239,  eff.  1-1-00;
23    revised 8-2-99.)

24        (20 ILCS 5/5-310) (was 20 ILCS 5/9.21)
25        Sec.  5-310. In the Department on Aging.  The Director of
26    Aging shall receive an annual salary as set by  the  Governor
27    from time to time or as set by the Compensation Review Board,
28    whichever is greater.
29    (Source:  P.A.  91-25,  eff.  6-9-99;   91-239,  eff. 1-1-00;
30    revised 8-1-99.)

31        (20 ILCS 5/5-315) (was 20 ILCS 5/9.02)
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -60-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1        Sec.  5-315.  In  the  Department  of  Agriculture.   The
 2    Director of Agriculture shall receive an annual salary as set
 3    by  the  Governor  from  time  to  time  or  as  set  by  the
 4    Compensation Review Board, whichever is greater.
 5        The Assistant Director of Agriculture  shall  receive  an
 6    annual  salary as set by the Governor from time to time or as
 7    set by the Compensation Review Board, whichever is greater.
 8    (Source: P.A.  91-25,  eff.  6-9-99;   91-239,  eff.  1-1-00;
 9    revised 8-1-99.)

10        (20 ILCS 5/5-320) (was 20 ILCS 5/9.19)
11        Sec.  5-320.   In  the  Department  of Central Management
12    Services.  The Director of Central Management Services  shall
13    receive  an annual salary as set by the Governor from time to
14    time or an amount  set  by  the  Compensation  Review  Board,
15    whichever is greater.
16        Each  Assistant  Director  of Central Management Services
17    shall receive an annual salary as set by  the  Governor  from
18    time  to  time  or  an  amount set by the Compensation Review
19    Board, whichever is greater.
20    (Source: P.A.  91-25,  eff.  6-9-99;   91-239,  eff.  1-1-00;
21    revised 8-1-99.)

22        (20 ILCS 5/5-325) (was 20 ILCS 5/9.16)
23        Sec.  5-325.  In  the  Department  of Children and Family
24    Services.  The Director of Children and Family Services shall
25    receive an annual salary as set by the Governor from time  to
26    time or as set by the Compensation Review Board, whichever is
27    greater.
28    (Source:  P.A.  91-25,  eff.  6-9-99;   91-239,  eff. 1-1-00;
29    revised 8-1-99.)

30        (20 ILCS 5/5-330) (was 20 ILCS 5/9.18)
31        Sec. 5-330. In the Department of Commerce  and  Community
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -61-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    Affairs.   The  Director  of  Commerce  and Community Affairs
 2    shall receive an annual salary as set by  the  Governor  from
 3    time  to  time  or  as  set by the Compensation Review Board,
 4    whichever is greater.
 5        The Assistant Director of Commerce and Community  Affairs
 6    shall  receive  an  annual salary as set by the Governor from
 7    time to time or as set  by  the  Compensation  Review  Board,
 8    whichever is greater.
 9    (Source:  P.A.  91-25,  eff.  6-9-99;   91-239,  eff. 1-1-00;
10    revised 8-1-99.)

11        (20 ILCS 5/5-335) (was 20 ILCS 5/9.11a)
12        Sec.  5-335.  In  the  Department  of  Corrections.   The
13    Director of Corrections shall receive an annual salary as set
14    by  the  Governor  from  time  to  time  or  as  set  by  the
15    Compensation Review Board, whichever is greater.
16        The Assistant Director of Corrections - Juvenile Division
17    shall receive an annual salary as set by  the  Governor  from
18    time  to  time  or  as  set by the Compensation Review Board,
19    whichever is greater.
20        The Assistant Director of Corrections  -  Adult  Division
21    shall  receive  an  annual salary as set by the Governor from
22    time to time or as set  by  the  Compensation  Review  Board,
23    whichever is greater.
24    (Source:  P.A.  91-25,  eff.  6-9-99;   91-239,  eff. 1-1-00;
25    revised 8-1-99.)

26        (20 ILCS 5/5-340) (was 20 ILCS 5/9.30)
27        Sec. 5-340. In the  Department  of  Employment  Security.
28    The  Director  of Employment Security shall receive an annual
29    salary of as set by the Governor from  time  to  time  or  an
30    amount  set  by  the  Compensation Review Board, whichever is
31    greater.
32        Each member of the Board of Review shall receive $15,000.
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -62-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    (Source: P.A.  91-25,  eff.  6-9-99;   91-239,  eff.  1-1-00;
 2    revised 8-1-99.)

 3        (20 ILCS 5/5-345) (was 20 ILCS 5/9.15)
 4        Sec. 5-345.  In the Department of Financial Institutions.
 5    The  Director  of  Financial  Institutions  shall  receive an
 6    annual salary as set by the Governor from time to time or  as
 7    set by the Compensation Review Board, whichever is greater.
 8        The  Assistant  Director  of Financial Institutions shall
 9    receive an annual salary as set by the Governor from time  to
10    time or as set by the Compensation Review Board, whichever is
11    greater.
12    (Source:  P.A.  91-25,  eff.  6-9-99;   91-239,  eff. 1-1-00;
13    revised 8-1-99.)

14        (20 ILCS 5/5-350) (was 20 ILCS 5/9.24)
15        Sec. 5-350. In  the  Department  of  Human  Rights.   The
16    Director  of  Human  Rights shall receive an annual salary as
17    set by the Governor from time  to  time  or  as  set  by  the
18    Compensation Review Board, whichever is greater.
19    (Source:  P.A.  91-25,  eff.  6-9-99;   91-239,  eff. 1-1-00;
20    revised 8-1-99.)

21        (20 ILCS 5/5-355) (was 20 ILCS 5/9.05a)
22        Sec. 5-355. In the Department  of  Human  Services.   The
23    Secretary of Human Services shall receive an annual salary as
24    set by the Governor from time to time 5-335 Law or such other
25    amount  as  may  be  set  by  the  Compensation Review Board,
26    whichever is greater.
27        The Assistant Secretaries of Human  Services  shall  each
28    receive  an annual salary as set by the Governor from time to
29    time 5-395 Law or such other amount as  may  be  set  by  the
30    Compensation Review Board, whichever is greater.
31    (Source:  P.A.  91-25,  eff.  6-9-99;   91-239,  eff. 1-1-00;
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -63-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    revised 8-1-99.)

 2        (20 ILCS 5/5-360) (was 20 ILCS 5/9.10)
 3        Sec. 5-360. In the Department of Insurance.  The Director
 4    of Insurance shall receive an annual salary  as  set  by  the
 5    Governor  from  time  to  time  or as set by the Compensation
 6    Review Board, whichever is greater.
 7        The Assistant Director  of  Insurance  shall  receive  an
 8    annual  salary as set by the Governor from time to time or as
 9    set by the Compensation Review Board, whichever is greater.
10    (Source: P.A.  91-25,  eff.  6-9-99;   91-239,  eff.  1-1-00;
11    revised 8-1-99.)

12        (20 ILCS 5/5-365) (was 20 ILCS 5/9.03)
13        Sec.  5-365. In the Department of Labor.  The Director of
14    Labor shall receive an annual salary as set by  the  Governor
15    from time to time or as set by the Compensation Review Board,
16    whichever is greater.
17        The  Assistant  Director of Labor shall receive an annual
18    salary as set by the Governor from time to time or as set  by
19    the Compensation Review Board, whichever is greater.
20        The  Chief  Factory  Inspector shall receive $24,700 from
21    the third Monday in January, 1979  to  the  third  Monday  in
22    January,  1980,  and  $25,000  thereafter,  or  as set by the
23    Compensation Review Board, whichever is greater.
24        The Superintendent of  Safety  Inspection  and  Education
25    shall  receive  $27,500, or as set by the Compensation Review
26    Board, whichever is greater.
27        The Superintendent of Women's and  Children's  Employment
28    shall  receive $22,000 from the third Monday in January, 1979
29    to the third Monday in January, 1980, and $22,500 thereafter,
30    or as set by the  Compensation  Review  Board,  whichever  is
31    greater.
32    (Source:  P.A.  91-25,  eff.  6-9-99;   91-239,  eff. 1-1-00;
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -64-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    revised 8-1-99.)

 2        (20 ILCS 5/5-370) (was 20 ILCS 5/9.31)
 3        Sec. 5-370.  In  the  Department  of  the  Lottery.   The
 4    Director of the Lottery shall receive an annual salary as set
 5    by  the  Governor  from  time to time or an amount set by the
 6    Compensation Review Board, whichever is greater.
 7    (Source: P.A.  91-25,  eff.  6-9-99;   91-239,  eff.  1-1-00;
 8    revised 8-1-99.)

 9        (20 ILCS 5/5-375) (was 20 ILCS 5/9.09)
10        Sec.  5-375. In the Department of Natural Resources.  The
11    Director of Natural Resources shall continue to  receive  the
12    annual  salary  set  by  law for the Director of Conservation
13    until January 20, 1997.  Beginning on that date, the Director
14    of Natural Resources shall receive an annual salary as set by
15    the Governor from time to time  or  the  amount  set  by  the
16    Compensation Review Board, whichever is greater.
17        The   Assistant   Director  of  Natural  Resources  shall
18    continue to receive the annual salary  set  by  law  for  the
19    Assistant  Director  of  Conservation until January 20, 1997.
20    Beginning on that date, the  Assistant  Director  of  Natural
21    Resources  shall  receive  an  annual  salary  as  set by the
22    Governor  from  time  to  time  or  the  amount  set  by  the
23    Compensation Review Board, whichever is greater.
24    (Source: P.A.  91-25,  eff.  6-9-99;   91-239,  eff.  1-1-00;
25    revised 8-1-99.)

26        (20 ILCS 5/5-385) (was 20 ILCS 5/9.25)
27        Sec.  5-385.  In  the  Department of Nuclear Safety.  The
28    Director of Nuclear Safety shall receive an annual salary  as
29    set  by  the  Governor  from  time  to  time or as set by the
30    Compensation Review Board, whichever is greater.
31    (Source: P.A.  91-25,  eff.  6-9-99;   91-239,  eff.  1-1-00;
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -65-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    revised 8-1-99.)

 2        (20 ILCS 5/5-390) (was 20 ILCS 5/9.08)
 3        Sec. 5-390. In the Department of Professional Regulation.
 4    The  Director  of  Professional  Regulation  shall receive an
 5    annual salary as set by the Governor from time to time or  as
 6    set by the Compensation Review Board, whichever is greater.
 7    (Source:  P.A.  91-25,  eff.  6-9-99;   91-239,  eff. 1-1-00;
 8    revised 8-1-99.)

 9        (20 ILCS 5/5-395) (was 20 ILCS 5/9.17)
10        Sec.  5-395.  In  the  Department  of  Public  Aid.   The
11    Director of Public Aid shall receive an annual salary as  set
12    by  the  Governor  from  time  to  time  or  as  set  by  the
13    Compensation Review Board, whichever is greater.
14        The  Assistant  Director  of  Public Aid shall receive an
15    annual salary as set by the Governor from time to time or  as
16    set by the Compensation Review Board, whichever is greater.
17    (Source:  P.A.  91-25,  eff.  6-9-99;   91-239,  eff. 1-1-00;
18    revised 8-1-99.)

19        (20 ILCS 5/5-400) (was 20 ILCS 5/9.07)
20        Sec. 5-400. In the Department  of  Public  Health.    The
21    Director  of  Public Health shall receive an annual salary as
22    set by the Governor from time  to  time  or  as  set  by  the
23    Compensation Review Board, whichever is greater.
24        The  Assistant Director of Public Health shall receive an
25    annual salary as set by the Governor from time to time or  as
26    set by the Compensation Review Board, whichever is greater.
27    (Source:  P.A.  91-25,  eff.  6-9-99;   91-239,  eff. 1-1-00;
28    revised 8-1-99.)

29        (20 ILCS 5/5-410) (was 20 ILCS 5/9.11)
30        Sec. 5-410.  In the  Department  of  State  Police.   The
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -66-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    Director  of  State  Police shall receive an annual salary as
 2    set by the Governor from time  to  time  or  as  set  by  the
 3    Compensation Review Board, whichever is greater.
 4        The  Assistant  Director of State Police shall receive an
 5    annual salary as set by the Governor from time to time or  as
 6    set by the Compensation Review Board, whichever is greater.
 7    (Source:  P.A.  91-25,  eff.  6-9-99;   91-239,  eff. 1-1-00;
 8    revised 8-1-99.)

 9        (20 ILCS 5/5-415) (was 20 ILCS 5/9.05)
10        Sec. 5-415. In the  Department  of  Transportation.   The
11    Secretary of Transportation shall receive an annual salary as
12    set  by  the  Governor  from  time  to  time or as set by the
13    Compensation Review Board, whichever is greater.
14        The Assistant Secretary of Transportation  shall  receive
15    an  annual salary as set by the Governor from time to time or
16    as  set  by  the  Compensation  Review  Board,  whichever  is
17    greater.
18    (Source: P.A.  91-25,  eff.  6-9-99;   91-239,  eff.  1-1-00;
19    revised 8-1-99.)

20        (20 ILCS 5/5-420) (was 20 ILCS 5/9.22)
21        Sec.  5-420. In the Department of Veterans' Affairs.  The
22    Director of Veterans' Affairs shall receive an annual  salary
23    as  set  by  the  Governor from time to time or as set by the
24    Compensation Review Board, whichever is greater.
25        The Assistant Director of Veterans' Affairs shall receive
26    an annual salary as set by the Governor from time to time  or
27    as  set  by  the  Compensation  Review  Board,  whichever  is
28    greater.
29    (Source:  P.A.  91-25,  eff.  6-9-99;   91-239,  eff. 1-1-00;
30    revised 8-1-99.)

31        (20 ILCS 5/5-550) (was 20 ILCS 5/6.23)
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -67-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1        Sec. 5-550.  In the  Department  of  Human  Services.   A
 2    State  Rehabilitation Council, hereinafter referred to as the
 3    Council, is hereby established for the  purpose  of  advising
 4    the Secretary and the vocational rehabilitation administrator
 5    of  the  provisions of the federal Rehabilitation Act of 1973
 6    and the Americans with Disabilities Act of  1990  in  matters
 7    concerning individuals with disabilities and the provision of
 8    rehabilitation  services.   The  Council  shall consist of 25
 9    members  appointed   by   the   Governor   after   soliciting
10    recommendations   from   representatives   of   organizations
11    representing  a  broad range of individuals with disabilities
12    and   organizations   interested    in    individuals    with
13    disabilities.  The Governor shall appoint to this Council the
14    following:
15             (1)  One  representative of a parent training center
16        established in accordance with  the  federal  Individuals
17        with Disabilities Education Act.
18             (2)  One  representative  of  the  client assistance
19        program.
20             (3)  One vocational rehabilitation counselor who has
21        knowledge   of    and    experience    with    vocational
22        rehabilitation   programs.   (If   an   employee  of  the
23        Department is appointed, that appointee shall serve as an
24        ex officio, nonvoting member.)
25             (4)  One representative of community  rehabilitation
26        program service providers.
27             (5)  Four representatives of business, industry, and
28        labor.
29             (6)  Eight  representatives  of  disability advocacy
30        groups representing a cross section of the following:
31                  (A)  individuals  with   physical,   cognitive,
32             sensory, and mental disabilities; and
33                  (B)  parents,    family   members,   guardians,
34             advocates,   or   authorized    representative    of
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -68-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1             individuals with disabilities who have difficulty in
 2             representing  themselves  or  who are unable, due to
 3             their disabilities, to represent themselves.
 4             (7)  One  current  or  former  applicant   for,   or
 5        recipient of, vocational rehabilitation services.
 6             (8)  Three  representatives from secondary or higher
 7        education.
 8             (9)  One  representative  of  the  State   Workforce
 9        Investment Board.
10             (10)  One representative of the Illinois State Board
11        of  Education  who is knowledgeable about the Individuals
12        with Disabilities Education Act.
13    The chairperson of, or a member designated by, the  Statewide
14    Independent  Living  Council created under Section 12a of the
15    Disabled Persons Rehabilitation Act, the chairperson  of  the
16    Blind  Services Planning Council created under the Bureau for
17    the   Blind   Act,   and   the   vocational    rehabilitation
18    administrator    shall  serve  as  ex  officio  members.  The
19    vocational rehabilitation administrator shall have no vote.
20        The Council shall select a Chairperson.
21        The  Chairperson  and  at  least  12 other members of the
22    Council shall have a recognized disability. One member  shall
23    be  a  senior  citizen  age  60  or  over.  A majority of the
24    Council members shall not be employees of the  Department  of
25    Human  Services.    Current  members  of  the  Rehabilitation
26    Services  Council  shall  serve  until  members  of the newly
27    created Council are appointed.
28        The terms of all members appointed before  the  effective
29    date  of  Public Act 88-10 shall expire on July 1, 1993.  The
30    members first appointed  under  Public  Act  88-10  shall  be
31    appointed  to  serve  for  staggered  terms beginning July 1,
32    1993, as follows:  7 members shall be appointed for terms  of
33    3  years,  7 members shall be appointed for terms of 2 years,
34    and 6 members shall be  appointed  for  terms  of  one  year.
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -69-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    Thereafter,  all  appointments shall be for terms of 3 years.
 2    Vacancies  shall  be   filled   for   the   unexpired   term.
 3    Appointments  to  fill  vacancies  in unexpired terms and new
 4    terms shall be filled by the Governor or by  the  Council  if
 5    the Governor delegates that power to the Council by executive
 6    order.     Members  shall  serve  until  their successors are
 7    appointed   and   qualified.    No   member,    except    the
 8    representative  of the client assistance program, shall serve
 9    for more than 2 full terms.
10        Members shall be reimbursed  for  their  actual  expenses
11    incurred  in  the  performance  of  their  duties,  including
12    expenses  for  travel,  child  care,  and personal assistance
13    services, and a member  who  is  not  employed  or  who  must
14    forfeit  wages from other employment shall be paid reasonable
15    compensation for each day the member is engaged in performing
16    the duties of the Council.
17        The Council shall meet at least 4 times per year at times
18    and places designated by the Chairman upon  10  days  written
19    notice to the members.  Special meetings may be called by the
20    Chairperson  or  7 members of the Council upon 7 days written
21    notice to the other members.  Nine members shall constitute a
22    quorum. No member of the Council shall cast  a  vote  on  any
23    matter  that  would  provide  direct financial benefit to the
24    member or otherwise give the  appearance  of  a  conflict  of
25    interest under Illinois law.
26        The  Council  shall  prepare and submit to the vocational
27    rehabilitation administrator the reports  and  findings  that
28    the   vocational  rehabilitation  administrator  or  she  may
29    request or that the Council  deems  fit.  The  Council  shall
30    select    jointly    with   the   vocational   rehabilitation
31    administrator  a  pool  of  qualified  persons  to  serve  as
32    impartial hearing  officers.  The  Council  shall,  with  the
33    vocational  rehabilitation  unit  in  the Department, jointly
34    develop, agree  to,  and  review  annually  State  goals  and
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -70-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    priorities  and  jointly submit annual reports of progress to
 2    the  federal  Commissioner  of  the  Rehabilitation  Services
 3    Administration.
 4        To the extent that there is a  disagreement  between  the
 5    Council  and the unit within the Department of Human Services
 6    responsible  for  the  administration   of   the   vocational
 7    rehabilitation  program, regarding the resources necessary to
 8    carry out the functions of the Council as set forth  in  this
 9    Section, the disagreement shall be resolved by the Governor.
10    (Source:  P.A.  90-453,  eff.  8-16-97;  91-239, eff. 1-1-00;
11    91-540, eff. 8-13-99; revised 8-25-99.)

12        Section 13.  The Department of  Agriculture  Law  of  the
13    Civil   Administrative   Code   of  Illinois  is  amended  by
14    renumbering Section 40.43  and  changing  Section  205-60  as
15    follows:

16        (20 ILCS 205/205-47) (was 20 ILCS 205/40.43)
17        Sec. 205-47. 40.43. Value Added Agricultural Products.
18        (a)  To  expend  funds  appropriated to the Department of
19    Agriculture to develop and  implement  a  grant  program  for
20    value added agricultural products, to be called the "Illinois
21    Value-Added Agriculture Enhancement Program".  The grants are
22    to  provide  50%  of (i)  the cost of undertaking feasibility
23    studies,   competitive   assessments,   and   consulting   or
24    productivity services  that  the  Department  determines  may
25    result  in  enhancement  of value added agricultural products
26    and (ii)  seed money for new or expanding agribusiness.
27        (b)  "Agribusiness"  means   any   sole   proprietorship,
28    limited    partnership,    copartnership,    joint   venture,
29    corporation, or cooperative that operates or will  operate  a
30    facility located within the State of Illinois that is related
31    to  the  processing  of  agricultural commodities (including,
32    without limitation, the products of aquaculture, hydroponics,
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -71-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    and  silviculture)  or  the  manufacturing,  production,   or
 2    construction    of    agricultural   buildings,   structures,
 3    equipment, implements, and  supplies, or any other facilities
 4    or processes used in agricultural  production.   Agribusiness
 5    includes but is not limited to the following:
 6             (1)  grain  handling and processing, including grain
 7        storage, drying, treatment,  conditioning,  milling,  and
 8        packaging;
 9             (2)  seed and feed grain development and processing;
10             (3)  fruit   and   vegetable  processing,  including
11        preparation, canning, and packaging;
12             (4)  processing of livestock and livestock products,
13        dairy products, poultry and poultry  products,  fish,  or
14        apiarian   products,   including   slaughter,   shearing,
15        collecting, preparation, canning, and packaging;
16             (5)  fertilizer     and     agricultural    chemical
17        manufacturing, processing, application, and supplying;
18             (6)  farm  machinery,   equipment,   and   implement
19        manufacturing and supplying;
20             (7)  manufacturing  and  supplying  of  agricultural
21        commodity  processing  machinery and equipment, including
22        machinery and equipment  used  in  slaughter,  treatment,
23        handling,  collecting, preparation, canning, or packaging
24        of agricultural commodities;
25             (8)  farm building and farm structure manufacturing,
26        construction, and supplying;
27             (9)  construction,  manufacturing,   implementation,
28        supplying, or servicing of irrigation, drainage, and soil
29        and water conservation devices or equipment;
30             (10)  fuel  processing  and  development  facilities
31        that   produce  fuel  from  agricultural  commodities  or
32        by-products;
33             (11)  facilities and equipment  for  processing  and
34        packaging   agricultural   commodities  specifically  for
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -72-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1        export;
 2             (12)  facilities and equipment for forestry  product
 3        processing    and    supplying,    including   sawmilling
 4        operations,  wood  chip  operations,  timber   harvesting
 5        operations, and manufacturing of prefabricated buildings,
 6        paper,  furniture, or other goods from forestry products;
 7        and
 8             (13)  facilities  and  equipment  for  research  and
 9        development of products, processes, and equipment for the
10        production,  processing,  preparation,  or  packaging  of
11        agricultural commodities and by-products.
12        (c)  The "Illinois  Value-Added  Agriculture  Enhancement
13    Program  Fund"  is  created  as  a  special fund in the State
14    Treasury to provide grants to Illinois' small agribusinesses,
15    subject to  appropriation  for  that  purpose.    Each  grant
16    awarded  under  this  program shall provide funding for up to
17    50% of the cost  of  (i)  the  development  of  valued  added
18    agricultural products or (ii) seed money for new or expanding
19    agribusiness,  not  to  exceed  50%  of  appropriated  funds.
20    Notwithstanding  the  other provisions of this paragraph, the
21    fund shall not be used to provide seed money to  an  Illinois
22    small  agribusiness  for  the  purpose of compliance with the
23    provisions of the Livestock Management Facilities Act.
24        (d)  For the purposes of this  Section,  "Illinois  small
25    agribusiness"  means a "small business concern" as defined in
26    Title 15 United States  Code,  Section  632,  that  primarily
27    conducts its business in Illinois.
28        (e)  The Department shall make such rules and regulations
29    as may be necessary to carry out its statutory duties.  Among
30    other duties, the Department, through the program, may do all
31    of the following:
32             (1)  Make  and  enter  into contracts, including but
33        not limited to making grants  specified  by  the  General
34        Assembly   pursuant  to  appropriations  by  the  General
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -73-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1        Assembly  from  the  Illinois   Value-Added   Agriculture
 2        Enhancement  Program  Fund,  and generally to do all such
 3        things as, in its judgment, may be necessary, proper, and
 4        expedient in accomplishing its duties.
 5             (2)  Provide for, staff, and administer a program in
 6        which the Department  shall  plan  and  coordinate  State
 7        efforts  designed to aid and stimulate the development of
 8        value-added agribusiness.
 9             (3)  Make grants on the terms  and  conditions  that
10        the Department shall determine, except that no grant made
11        under the provisions of this item (3) shall exceed 50% of
12        the direct costs.
13             (4)  Act  as  the State Agriculture Planning Agency,
14        and accept and use planning  grants  or  other  financial
15        assistance  from the federal government (i) for statewide
16        comprehensive  planning  work  including   research   and
17        coordination  activity  directly  related  to agriculture
18        needs; and (ii) for state and  inter-state  comprehensive
19        planning  and  research and coordination activity related
20        thereto.  All such grants shall be subject to  the  terms
21        and conditions prescribed by the federal government.
22        (f)  The  Illinois  Value-Added  Agricultural Enhancement
23    Fund is subject to the provisions of the Illinois Grant Funds
24    Recovery Act (GFRA).
25    (Source: P.A. 91-560, eff. 8-14-99; revised 10-25-99.)

26        (20 ILCS 205/205-60) (was 20 ILCS 205/40.35)
27        Sec. 205-60.  Aquaculture. The Department has  the  power
28    to develop and implement a program to promote aquaculture and
29    to  make  grants  to an aquaculture cooperative in this State
30    pursuant to the Aquaculture Development  Act,  to  promulgate
31    the  necessary  rules  and regulations, and to cooperate with
32    and  seek  the  assistance  of  the  Department  of   Natural
33    Resources   and  the  Department  of  Transportation  in  the
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -74-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    implementation and enforcement of that Act.
 2    (Source: P.A. 91-239,  eff.  1-1-00;  91-530,  eff.  8-13-99;
 3    revised 10-25-99.)

 4        Section  13.5.   The  Alcoholism and Other Drug Abuse and
 5    Dependency Act  is  amended  by  changing  Section  10-45  as
 6    follows:

 7        (20 ILCS 301/10-45)
 8        Sec.  10-45.   Membership.  The Board shall consist of 16
 9    members:
10             (a)  The Director of Aging.
11             (b)  The State Superintendent of Education.
12             (c)  The Director of Corrections.
13             (d)  The Director of State Police.
14             (e)  The Director of Professional Regulation.
15             (f)  (Blank).
16             (g)  The Director of Children and Family Services.
17             (h)  (Blank).
18             (i)  The Director of Public Aid.
19             (j)  The Director of Public Health.
20             (k)  The Secretary of State.
21             (l)  The Secretary of Transportation.
22             (m)  The Director of Insurance.
23             (n)  The Director of the  Administrative  Office  of
24        the Illinois Courts.
25             (o)  The Chairman of the Board of Higher Education.
26             (p)  The Director of Revenue.
27             (q)  The  Executive Director of the Criminal Justice
28        Information Authority.
29             (r)  A  chairman  who  shall  be  appointed  by  the
30        Governor for a term of 3 years.
31    Each member may designate a representative to serve in his or
32    her place by written notice to the Department.
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -75-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    (Source: P.A. 88-80; 89-507, eff. 7-1-97; revised 2-23-00.)

 2        Section 15.   The   Department  of  Children  and  Family
 3    Services  Powers  Law  of  the  Civil  Administrative Code of
 4    Illinois is amended by changing Section 510-5 as follows:

 5        (20 ILCS 510/510-5)
 6        Sec. 510-5.  Definition.  As used in this Article 510 30,
 7    "Department" means the  Department  of  Children  and  Family
 8    Services.
 9    (Source: P.A. 91-239, eff. 1-1-00; revised 11-5-99.)

10        Section  16.   The  Department  of Commerce and Community
11    Affairs Law of the Civil Administrative Code of  Illinois  is
12    amended   by  changing  Sections  605-55,  605-385,  605-415,
13    605-615, 605-705, 605-850, 605-855, 605-860, and 605-940  and
14    renumbering  Sections  46.19k,  46.34a, 46.34b, 46.70, 46.71,
15    and 46.76 as follows:

16        (20 ILCS 605/605-55) (was 20 ILCS 605/46.21)
17        Sec. 605-55.  Contracts  and  other  acts  to  accomplish
18    Department's  duties.   To  make  and  enter  into contracts,
19    including but not limited to making grants and loans to units
20    of local government,  private  agencies  as  defined  in  the
21    Illinois   State   Auditing   Act,  non-profit  corporations,
22    educational  institutions,  and  for-profit   businesses   as
23    authorized pursuant to appropriations by the General Assembly
24    from  the  Build  Illinois  Bond  Fund,  the  Build  Illinois
25    Purposes  Fund,  the  Fund  for Illinois' Future, the Capital
26    Development Fund, and the General Revenue Fund, and generally
27    to do all things that, in its  judgment,  may  be  necessary,
28    proper, and expedient in accomplishing its duties.
29    (Source:  P.A.  91-34,  eff.  7-1-99;  91-239,  eff.  1-1-00;
30    revised 8-3-99.)
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -76-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1        (20 ILCS 605/605-111) (was 20 ILCS 605/46.34a)
 2        Sec.  605-111.   Transfer  relating  to the Illinois Main
 3    Street Program.  46.34a. To assume from  the  Office  of  the
 4    Lieutenant  Governor  on  July 1, 1999, all personnel, books,
 5    records, papers, documents, property both real and  personal,
 6    and  pending  business  in any way pertaining to the Illinois
 7    Main Street Program.  All personnel transferred  pursuant  to
 8    this   Section  shall  receive  certified  status  under  the
 9    Personnel Code.
10    (Source: P.A. 91-25, eff. 6-9-99; revised 8-2-99.)

11        (20 ILCS 605/605-112) (was 20 ILCS 605/46.34b)
12        Sec.  605-112.   Transfer  relating  to  the  State  Data
13    Center.  46.34b. To assume from the Executive Office  of  the
14    Governor,  Bureau  of  the  Budget,  on  July  1,  1999,  all
15    personnel,  books,  records, papers, documents, property both
16    real and personal, and pending business in any way pertaining
17    to  the  State  Data  Center,  established  pursuant   to   a
18    Memorandum  of  Understanding  entered  into  with the Census
19    Bureau pursuant to 15 U.S.C.  Section  1525.   All  personnel
20    transferred  pursuant to this Section shall receive certified
21    status under the Personnel Code.
22    (Source: P.A. 91-25, eff. 6-9-99; revised 8-2-99.)

23        (20 ILCS 605/605-323) (was 20 ILCS 605/46.76)
24        Sec.  605-323.  46.76.   Energy  Assistance  Contribution
25    Fund.
26        (a)  The Department may  accept  gifts,  grants,  awards,
27    matching  contributions, interest income, appropriations, and
28    cost sharings from individuals, businesses, governments,  and
29    other  third-party  sources, on terms that the Director deems
30    advisable,  to  assist   eligible   households,   businesses,
31    industries,  educational institutions, hospitals, health care
32    facilities,  and  not-for-profit  entities  to   obtain   and
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -77-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    maintain  reliable  and efficient energy related services, or
 2    to improve the efficiency of such services.
 3        (b)  The Energy Assistance Contribution Fund  is  created
 4    as  a  special  fund  in  the  State Treasury, and all moneys
 5    received under this Section  shall  be  deposited  into  that
 6    Fund.   Moneys in the Energy Assistance Contribution Fund may
 7    be expended for purposes consistent with the conditions under
 8    which those moneys are received,  subject  to  appropriations
 9    made by the General Assembly for those purposes.
10    (Source: P.A. 91-34, eff. 7-1-99; revised 8-3-99.)

11        (20 ILCS 605/605-385) (was 20 ILCS 605/46.62)
12        Sec.   605-385.   Technology   Challenge  Grant  Program;
13    Illinois  Advanced  Technology  Enterprise  Development   and
14    Investment Program.  To establish and administer a Technology
15    Challenge Grant Program and an Illinois Technology Enterprise
16    Development   and  Investment  Program  as  provided  by  the
17    Technology Advancement and  Development  Act  and  to  expend
18    appropriations in accordance therewith.
19    (Source:  P.A.  91-239,  eff.  1-1-00;  91-476, eff. 8-11-99;
20    revised 10-20-99.)

21        (20 ILCS 605/605-415)
22        Sec.  605-415.  Job  Training  and  Economic  Development
23    Grant Program.
24        (a)  Legislative findings.  The  General  Assembly  finds
25    that:
26             (1)  Despite  the  large  number  of  unemployed job
27        seekers, many employers are  having  difficulty  matching
28        the  skills  they  require  with the skills of workers; a
29        similar  problem  exists  in  industries  where   overall
30        employment  may  not  be  expanding but there is an acute
31        need for skilled workers in particular occupations.
32             (2)  The  State  of  Illinois  should  foster  local
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -78-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1        economic development  by  linking  the  job  training  of
 2        unemployed  disadvantaged  citizens  with  the  workforce
 3        needs of local business and industry.
 4             (3)  Employers  often  need assistance in developing
 5        training resources that will provide  work  opportunities
 6        for disadvantaged populations.
 7        (b)  Definitions.  As used in this Section:
 8        "Community   based   provider"   means  a  not-for-profit
 9    organization, with local boards of directors,  that  directly
10    provides job training services.
11        "Disadvantaged persons" has the same meaning as in Titles
12    II-A and II-C of the federal Job Training Partnership Act.
13        "Training  partners" means a community-based provider and
14    one or more  employers  who  have  established  training  and
15    placement linkages.
16        (c)  From   funds  appropriated  for  that  purpose,  the
17    Department of Commerce and Community Affairs shall administer
18    a Job Training and Economic Development Grant  Program.   The
19    Director shall make grants to community-based providers.  The
20    grants shall be made to support the following:
21             (1)  Partnerships  between community-based providers
22        and employers for the  customized  training  of  existing
23        low-skilled,   low-wage   employees   and   newly   hired
24        disadvantaged persons.
25             (2)  Partnerships  between community-based providers
26        and employers to develop and  operate  training  programs
27        that link the work force needs of local industry with the
28        job training of disadvantaged persons.
29        (d)  For   projects   created   under  paragraph  (1)  of
30    subsection (c):
31             (1)  The  Department  shall  give  a   priority   to
32        projects  that include an in-kind match by an employer in
33        partnership with a community-based provider and  projects
34        that use instructional materials and training instructors
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -79-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1        directly  used  in  the  specific  industry sector of the
 2        partnership employer.
 3             (2)  The partnership  employer  must  be  an  active
 4        participant  in  the  curriculum  development  and  train
 5        primarily disadvantaged populations.
 6        (e)  For   projects   created   under  paragraph  (2)  of
 7    subsection (c):
 8             (1)  Community based organizations shall assess  the
 9        employment barriers and needs of local residents and work
10        in    partnership   with   local   economic   development
11        organizations to identify the priority workforce needs of
12        the local industry.
13             (2)  Training  partners  (that  is,  community-based
14        organizations  and  employers)  shall  work  together  to
15        design  programs   with   maximum   benefits   to   local
16        disadvantaged persons and local employers.
17             (3)  Employers   must  be  involved  in  identifying
18        specific  skill-training  needs,   planning   curriculum,
19        assisting   in   training   activities,   providing   job
20        opportunities,  and coordinating job retention for people
21        hired after training through this program  and  follow-up
22        support.
23             (4)  The  community-based  organizations shall serve
24        disadvantaged persons, including welfare recipients.
25        (f)  The Department  shall  adopt  rules  for  the  grant
26    program  and shall create a competitive application procedure
27    for those grants to be awarded beginning in fiscal year 1998.
28    Grants shall be based  on  a  performance  based  contracting
29    system.   Each  grant shall be based on the cost of providing
30    the training services and the goals  negotiated  and  made  a
31    part  of the contract between the Department and the training
32    partners.  The goals shall include the number of people to be
33    trained, the number who stay in the program, the  number  who
34    complete  the program, the number who enter employment, their
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -80-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    wages, and the number who retain employment.   The  level  of
 2    success  in  achieving  employment, wage, and retention goals
 3    shall be a primary  consideration  for  determining  contract
 4    renewals  and  subsequent  funding  levels.   In  setting the
 5    goals, due consideration shall be  given  to  the  education,
 6    work  experience,  and  job  readiness of the trainees; their
 7    barriers to employment; and the local job  market.   Periodic
 8    payments  under the contracts shall be based on the degree to
 9    which the relevant negotiated goals have been met during  the
10    payment period.
11    (Source:  P.A.  90-474,  eff.  1-1-98;  90-655, eff. 7-30-98;
12    90-758,  eff.  8-14-98;  91-34,  eff.  7-1-99;  91-239,  eff.
13    1-1-00; revised 8-3-99.)

14        (20 ILCS 605/605-512) (was 20 ILCS 605/46.70)
15        (Section scheduled to be repealed on December 31, 2004)
16        Sec. 605-512. 46.70.  Small business incubator grants.
17        (a)  Subject  to  availability  of  funds  in  the  Small
18    Business  Incubator  Fund,  the  Director  of  Commerce   and
19    Community  Affairs may make grants to eligible small business
20    incubators in an amount not to exceed  50%  of  State  income
21    taxes  paid in the previous calendar year by qualified tenant
22    businesses subject to the restrictions of this Section.
23        (b)  There  is  created  a  special  fund  in  the  State
24    Treasury known as the Small  Business  Incubator  Fund.   The
25    money  in  the  Fund may be used only for making grants under
26    subsection (a) of this Section.  The  Department  of  Revenue
27    shall    certify  by  March  1  of  each  year to the General
28    Assembly the amount of State income taxes paid  by  qualified
29    tenant  businesses  in  the previous year.  The Department of
30    Revenue may, by rule, prescribe forms necessary  to  identify
31    qualified  tenant  businesses  under this Section.  An amount
32    equal to 50% of the amount certified  by  the  Department  of
33    Revenue shall be appropriated into the Fund annually.
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -81-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1        (c)  Eligible  small  business  incubators that receive a
 2    grant under this Section may use the grant only  for  capital
 3    improvements  on  the  building  housing  the  eligible small
 4    business incubator.  Each small business incubator  shall  be
 5    eligible  for a grant equal to no more than 50% of the amount
 6    of State income taxes paid in the previous year by  qualified
 7    tenant  businesses  of  the  small  business incubator, minus
 8    administrative costs.  The eligible small business  incubator
 9    must keep written records of the use of the grant money for a
10    period of 5 years from disbursement.
11        (d)  By  April 1 of each year, an eligible small business
12    incubator may apply for a grant under this Section  on  forms
13    developed  by  the  Department.   The  Department may require
14    applicants to provide proof of eligibility.  Upon  review  of
15    the  applications,  the  Director  of  Commerce and Community
16    Affairs shall approve or disapprove the application.  At  the
17    start  of each fiscal year or upon approval of the budget for
18    that fiscal year, whichever  is  later,  the  Director  shall
19    determine the amount of funds available for grants under this
20    Section and shall then approve the grants.
21        (e)  For purposes of this Section:
22             (1)  "Eligible  small  business  incubator" means an
23        entity that is dedicated to the successful development of
24        entrepreneurial companies, has a specific written  policy
25        identifying  requirements  for  a  business "to graduate"
26        from the incubator, either owns or leases real estate  in
27        which  qualified  tenant businesses operate, and provides
28        all  of  the  following  services:  management  guidance,
29        rental   spaces,   shared   basic   business   equipment,
30        technology support services, and assistance in  obtaining
31        financing.
32             (2)  "Qualified  tenant  business"  means a business
33        that  currently  leases  space  from  an  eligible  small
34        business incubator, is less than 5 years old, and  either
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -82-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1        has not fulfilled the eligible small business incubator's
 2        graduation    requirements   or   has   fulfilled   these
 3        requirements within the last 5 years.
 4        (f)  Five percent of  the  amount  that  is  appropriated
 5    annually  into  the  Small  Business  Incubator Fund shall be
 6    allotted to the Department of Commerce and Community  Affairs
 7    for  the purpose of administering, overseeing, and evaluating
 8    the grant process and outcome.
 9        (g)  This Section is repealed on December 31, 2004.
10        The evaluation of the effectiveness of the grant  process
11    and  subsequent  outcome  of  job and business creation shall
12    recommend the continuation or the repeal of this Section  and
13    shall  be  submitted to the Governor and the General Assembly
14    before December 31, 2003.
15    (Source: P.A. 91-592, eff. 8-14-99; revised 10-26-99.)

16        (20 ILCS 605/605-550) (was 20 ILCS 605/46.71)
17        Sec. 605-550. 46.71.  Model domestic violence and  sexual
18    assault employee awareness and assistance policy.
19        (a)  The  Department shall convene a task force including
20    members  of  the  business  community,  employees,   employee
21    organizations,  representatives from the Department of Labor,
22    and  directors  of  domestic  violence  and  sexual   assault
23    programs,  including  representatives  of  statewide advocacy
24    organizations for the prevention  of  domestic  violence  and
25    sexual  assault,  to  develop  a  model domestic violence and
26    sexual assault employee awareness and assistance  policy  for
27    businesses.
28        The  Department  shall  give  due  consideration  to  the
29    recommendations of the Governor, the President of the Senate,
30    and   the   Speaker  of  the  House  of  Representatives  for
31    participation by any person on the task force, and shall make
32    reasonable efforts to assure regional balance in membership.
33        (b)  The purpose of  the  model  employee  awareness  and
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -83-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    assistance  policy  shall  be  to provide businesses with the
 2    best practices, policies, protocols, and procedures in  order
 3    that  they  ascertain  domestic  violence  and sexual assault
 4    awareness in the workplace, assist  affected  employees,  and
 5    provide  a safe and helpful working environment for employees
 6    currently or potentially experiencing the effects of domestic
 7    violence or sexual assault.  The model plan shall include but
 8    not be limited to:
 9             (1)  the  establishment  of  a  definite   corporate
10        policy statement recognizing domestic violence and sexual
11        assault as workplace issues as well as promoting the need
12        to  maintain  job  security for those employees currently
13        involved in domestic violence or sexual assault disputes;
14             (2)  policy and  service  publication  requirements,
15        including posting these policies and service availability
16        pamphlets  in  break  rooms,  on  bulletin boards, and in
17        restrooms,   and   transmitting   them   through    other
18        communication methods;
19             (3)  a  listing  of  current  domestic  violence and
20        sexual assault  community  resources  such  as  shelters,
21        crisis   intervention   programs,   counseling  and  case
22        management programs, and legal  assistance  and  advocacy
23        opportunities for affected employees;
24             (4)  measures  to ensure workplace safety including,
25        where  appropriate,  designated  parking  areas,   escort
26        services, and other affirmative safeguards;
27             (5)  training  programs  and  protocols  designed to
28        educate employees  and  managers  in  how  to  recognize,
29        approach,  and  assist  employees  experiencing  domestic
30        violence  or  sexual  assault, including both victims and
31        batterers; and
32             (6)  other  issues  as  shall  be  appropriate   and
33        relevant  for  the  task  force  in  developing the model
34        policy.
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -84-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1        (c)  The model policy shall be reviewed by the task force
 2    to assure consistency with existing law and shall be made the
 3    subject  of  public  hearings  convened  by  the   Department
 4    throughout  the  State  at  places  and  at  times  which are
 5    convenient for attendance by  the  public,  after  which  the
 6    policy  shall  be  reviewed  by the task force and amended as
 7    necessary to reflect concerns raised  at  the  hearings.   If
 8    approved  by  the  task  force,  the  model  policy  shall be
 9    provided as approved with explanation of  its  provisions  to
10    the Governor and the General Assembly not later than one year
11    after  the  effective date of this amendatory Act of the 91st
12    General Assembly.  The Department shall make every effort  to
13    notify  businesses  of the availability of the model domestic
14    violence and sexual assault employee awareness and assistance
15    policy.
16        (d)  The Department, in consultation with the task force,
17    providers of services, the advisory council,  the  Department
18    of   Labor,   and   representatives   of  statewide  advocacy
19    organizations for the prevention  of  domestic  violence  and
20    sexual assault, shall provide technical support, information,
21    and  encouragement  to businesses to implement the provisions
22    of the model.
23        (e)  Nothing contained in this Section shall be deemed to
24    prevent businesses from adopting their own domestic  violence
25    and sexual assault employee awareness and assistance policy.
26        (f)  The  Department  shall  survey  businesses  within 4
27    years of the effective date of this  amendatory  Act  of  the
28    91st  General Assembly to determine the level of model policy
29    adoption amongst businesses and shall take steps necessary to
30    promote the further adoption of such policy.
31    (Source: P.A. 91-592, eff. 8-14-99; revised 10-26-99.)

32        (20 ILCS 605/605-615) (was 20 ILCS 605/46.19e)
33        Sec. 605-615. Assistance with  exports.   The  Department
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -85-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    shall  have  the  following  duties  and  responsibilities in
 2    regard to the Civil Administrative Code of Illinois:
 3        (1)  To establish  or  cosponsor  mentoring  conferences,
 4    utilizing experienced manufacturing exporters, to explain and
 5    provide  information  to prospective export manufacturers and
 6    businesses  concerning  the  process  of  exporting  to  both
 7    domestic and international opportunities.
 8        (2)  To  provide  technical  assistance  to   prospective
 9    export  manufacturers  and  businesses  seeking  to establish
10    domestic and international export opportunities.
11        (3)  To coordinate with the Department's  Small  Business
12    Development  Centers  to  link buyers with prospective export
13    manufacturers and businesses.
14        (4)  To promote, both domestically and  abroad,  products
15    made  in Illinois in order to inform and advise consumers and
16    buyers of their high quality standards and craftsmanship.
17        (5)  To provide technical assistance toward establishment
18    of export trade corporations in the private sector.
19        (6)  To  develop  an  electronic  data  base  to  compile
20    information on international trade and investment  activities
21    in   Illinois  companies,  provide  access  to  research  and
22    business  opportunities  through  external  data  bases,  and
23    connect this data base  through  international  communication
24    systems  with  appropriate  domestic  and  worldwide networks
25    users.
26        (7)  To collect  and  distribute  to  foreign  commercial
27    libraries   directories,   catalogs,   brochures,  and  other
28    information of value to foreign businesses considering  doing
29    business in this State.
30        (8)  To  establish an export finance awareness program to
31    provide information to banking  organizations  about  methods
32    used  by banks to provide financing for businesses engaged in
33    exporting and about  other  State  and  federal  programs  to
34    promote and expedite export financing.
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -86-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1        (9)  To  undertake  a  survey  of Illinois' businesses to
 2    identify exportable products and the businesses interested in
 3    exporting.
 4    (Source: P.A. 91-239,  eff.  1-1-00;  91-357,  eff.  7-29-99;
 5    revised 8-5-99.)

 6        (20 ILCS 605/605-705) (was 20 ILCS 605/46.6a)
 7        Sec.  605-705.  Grants  to  local  tourism and convention
 8    bureaus.
 9        (a)  To establish a grant program for local  tourism  and
10    convention   bureaus.    The   Department  will  develop  and
11    implement a program for the use of funds, as authorized under
12    this Act, by local tourism and convention bureaus.   For  the
13    purposes  of  this Act, bureaus eligible to receive funds are
14    defined as those bureaus in legal existence as of January  1,
15    1985   that   are  either  a  unit  of  local  government  or
16    incorporated as a not-for-profit organization, are affiliated
17    with at least one municipality or county, and employ one full
18    time staff person whose purpose is to promote  tourism.  Each
19    bureau  receiving  funds  under this Act will be certified by
20    the Department as the designated recipient to serve  an  area
21    of  the  State. These funds may not be used in support of the
22    Chicago World's Fair.
23        (b)  To distribute grants to local tourism and convention
24    bureaus from appropriations made from the Local Tourism  Fund
25    for  that  purpose.   Of the amounts appropriated annually to
26    the Department for expenditure under this Section,  one-third
27    of  those  monies  shall be used for grants to convention and
28    tourism bureaus in cities  with  a  population  greater  than
29    500,000.     The   remaining   two-thirds   of   the   annual
30    appropriation shall be used  for  grants  to  convention  and
31    tourism  bureaus in the remainder of the State, in accordance
32    with  a  formula  based  upon  the  population  served.   The
33    Department may reserve up to 10% of the total appropriated to
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -87-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    conduct audits of grants, to provide incentive funds to those
 2    bureaus that will conduct promotional activities designed  to
 3    further  the  Department's statewide advertising campaign, to
 4    fund special statewide promotional activities,  and  to  fund
 5    promotional  activities  that support an increased use of the
 6    State's parks or historic sites.
 7    (Source:  P.A.  90-26,  eff.  7-1-97;  91-239,  eff.  1-1-00;
 8    91-357, eff. 7-29-99; revised 8-4-99.)

 9        (20 ILCS 605/605-817) (was 20 ILCS 605/46.19k)
10        Sec. 605-817. 46.19k.  Family loan program.
11        (a)  From amounts  appropriated  for  such  purpose,  the
12    Department  in  consultation  with  the  Department  of Human
13    Services shall solicit proposals to establish programs to  be
14    known  as  family loan programs.  Such programs shall provide
15    small, no-interest loans to  custodial  parents  with  income
16    below 200% of the federal poverty level an who are working or
17    enrolled  in  a  post-secondary  education program, to aid in
18    covering  the  costs  of  unexpected  expenses   that   could
19    interfere  with  their  ability  to  maintain  employment  or
20    continue  education.   Loans  awarded  through  a family loan
21    program may be paid directly to a third party on behalf of  a
22    loan recipient and in either case shall not constitute income
23    or  resources  for the purposes of public assistance and care
24    so long as the funds are used for the intended purpose.
25        (b)  The Director shall  enter  into  written  agreements
26    with   not-for-profit   organizations   or  local  government
27    agencies to administer  loan  pools.    Agreements  shall  be
28    entered  into  with no more than 4 organizations or agencies,
29    no more than one of which shall be located  in  the  city  of
30    Chicago.
31        (c)  Program   sites  shall  be  approved  based  on  the
32    demonstrated ability  of  the  organization  or  governmental
33    agency  to  secure  funding  from  private  or public sources
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -88-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    sufficient to establish a loan pool to be maintained  through
 2    repayment  agreements  entered  into  by  eligible low-income
 3    families.   Funds  awarded  by  the  Department  to  approved
 4    program sites shall be  used  for  the  express  purposes  of
 5    covering  staffing  and  administration costs associated with
 6    administering the loan pool.
 7    (Source: P.A. 91-372, eff. 1-1-00; revised 8-11-99.)

 8        (20 ILCS 605/605-850) (was 20 ILCS 605/46.32a in part)
 9        Sec.   605-850.   Labor-management-community   relations;
10    Labor-Management-Community    Labor-Management    Cooperation
11    Committee.
12        (a)  Because  economic  development  investment  programs
13    must be supplemented with  efforts  to  maintain  a  skilled,
14    stable,  and  diverse workforce able to meet the needs of new
15    and  growing  business  enterprises,  the  Department   shall
16    promote   better  labor-management-community  and  government
17    operations by providing  assistance  in  the  development  of
18    local  labor-management-community  committees  and coalitions
19    established to address employment issues facing families  and
20    by helping Illinois current and prospective employers attract
21    and  retain  a  diverse  and productive workforce through the
22    promotion and support of dependent care policies and programs
23    in the workplace and community.
24        (b)  In    the    Department    there    shall    be    a
25    Labor-Management-Community Cooperation Committee composed  of
26    18  public  members appointed by the Governor with the advice
27    and consent of  the  Senate.   Six  members  shall  represent
28    executive  level  management  of  businesses, 6 members shall
29    represent major labor union leadership, and 6  members  shall
30    represent community leadership.  The Governor shall designate
31    one  1 business representative and one 1 labor representative
32    as cochairmen.  Appointed members shall not be represented at
33    a meeting by another person.  There shall  be  9  ex  officio
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -89-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    nonvoting   members:   the   Director,  who  shall  serve  as
 2    Secretary, the Director of  Labor,  the  Secretary  of  Human
 3    Services,  the  Director  of  Public  Health, the Director of
 4    Employment  Security,  the  President  of  the  Senate,   the
 5    Minority  Leader  of  the Senate, the Speaker of the House of
 6    Representatives, and the Minority  Leader  of  the  House  of
 7    Representatives.   Each  ex officio member shall serve during
 8    the term of his or her office.  Ex  officio  members  may  be
 9    represented by duly authorized substitutes.
10        In  making  the initial public member appointments to the
11    Committee, 3 of the business representatives  and  3  of  the
12    labor  union  representatives  shall  be  appointed for terms
13    expiring July 1, 1987.  The remaining public members shall be
14    appointed for  terms  expiring  July  1,  1988.   The  public
15    members  appointed  under  this  amendatory  Act  of the 91st
16    General Assembly shall be divided  into  2  groups  with  the
17    first  group having terms that expire on July 1, 2002 and the
18    second group having  terms  that  expire  on  July  1,  2003.
19    Thereafter,   public   members  of  the  Committee  shall  be
20    appointed for terms of 2 years expiring on July 1,  or  until
21    their  successors  are appointed and qualified.  The Governor
22    may at any time, with the advice and consent of  the  Senate,
23    make  appointments  to  fill  vacancies for the balance of an
24    unexpired  term.   Public   members   shall   serve   without
25    compensation  but  shall  be reimbursed by the Department for
26    necessary expenses  incurred  in  the  performance  of  their
27    duties.  The Department shall provide staff assistance to the
28    Committee.
29        (c)  The Committee shall have the following duties:
30             (1)  To   improve   communications   between  labor,
31        management,  and  communities  on  significant   economic
32        problems  facing  the  State,  especially with respect to
33        identifying new ways to attract and retain employees  and
34        provide  an  environment  in which employees can do their
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -90-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1        best work.
 2             (2)  To encourage and  support  the  development  of
 3        local  labor, management, and community committees at the
 4        plant, industry and area  levels  across  the  State  and
 5        encourage and support the development of local coalitions
 6        to support the implementation of family-friendly policies
 7        in the workplace.
 8             (3)  To     assess     the    progress    of    area
 9        labor-management-community    committees    and     local
10        coalitions  that  have  been  formed across the State and
11        provide  input  to  the  Governor  and  General  Assembly
12        concerning grant programs established in this Act.
13             (4)  To   convene   a   statewide   conference    on
14        labor-management-community concerns at least once every 2
15        years  and  to convene a series of regional work, family,
16        and community planning conferences throughout  the  State
17        for  employers,  unions,  and  community  leaders to form
18        local coalitions to share  information,  pool  resources,
19        and  address  work  and  family  concerns  in  their  own
20        communities.
21             (5)  To issue a report on labor-management-community
22        and  employment-related  family  concerns to the Governor
23        and the General Assembly  every  2  years.   This  report
24        shall  outline  the  accomplishments of the Committee and
25        specific   recommendations   for   improving    statewide
26        labor-management-community  relations  and supporting the
27        adoption of family-friendly work practices throughout the
28        State.;
29             (6)  To advise the Department on dependent care  and
30        other employment-related family initiatives.; and
31             (7)  To  advise  the Department on other initiatives
32        to foster  maintenance  and  development  of  productive,
33        stable,  and diverse workforces to supplement and advance
34        community and State investment-based economic development
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -91-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1        programs.
 2    (Source: P.A. 91-239,  eff.  1-1-00;  91-357,  eff.  7-29-99;
 3    91-476, eff. 8-11-99; revised 10-20-99.)

 4        (20 ILCS 605/605-855) (was 20 ILCS 605/46.32a in part)
 5        Sec.    605-855.   Grants   to   local   coalitions   and
 6    labor-management-community labor-management committees.
 7        (a)  The   Director,   with    the    advice    of    the
 8    Labor-Management-Community  Cooperation Committee, shall have
 9    the authority to provide grants  to  employee  coalitions  or
10    other  coalitions  that  enhance  or  promote work and family
11    programs and address  specific  community  concerns,  and  to
12    provide  matching  grants,  grants,  and  other  resources to
13    establish   or   assist    area    labor-management-community
14    committees   and   other   projects  that  serve  to  enhance
15    labor-management-community relations.  The  Department  shall
16    have    the    authority,    with    the    advice   of   the
17    Labor-Management-Community Cooperation  Committee,  to  award
18    grants  or  matching  grants  in  the  following  4  areas as
19    provided in subsections (b) through (g) (e).
20        (b)  To provide 60% Matching  grants  to  existing  local
21    labor-management-community  committees.   To  be eligible for
22    matching  grants   pursuant   to   this   subsection,   local
23    labor-management-community  committees  shall meet all of the
24    following criteria:
25             (1)  Be  a   formal,   not-for-profit   organization
26        structured   for   continuing   service   with  voluntary
27        membership.
28             (2)  Be composed of labor, management, and community
29        representatives.
30             (3)  Service a distinct and identifiable  geographic
31        region.
32             (4)  Be  staffed  by  a professional chief executive
33        officer.
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -92-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1             (5)  Have been established with the  Department  for
 2        at least 2 years.
 3             (6)  Operate  in  compliance with rules set forth by
 4        the    Department    with    the    advice     of     the
 5        Labor-Management-Community Cooperation Committee.
 6             (7)  Ensure  that  their  efforts and activities are
 7        coordinated with relevant  agencies,  including  but  not
 8        limited to the following:
 9                  Department of Commerce and Community Affairs
10                  Illinois Department of Labor
11                  Economic development agencies
12                  Planning agencies
13                  Colleges, universities, and community colleges
14                  U.S. Department of Labor
15                  Statewide Job Training Partnership Act entities
16             or  entities  under  any successor federal workforce
17             training and development legislation.
18        Further,     the      purpose      of      the      local
19    labor-management-community  committees  will include, but not
20    be limited to, the following:
21             (i)  (8)        Enhancing        the        positive
22        labor-management-community relationship within the State,
23        region, community, and/or work place.
24             (ii)  (9) Assisting in the retention, expansion, and
25        attraction  of  businesses  and  jobs  within  the  State
26        through  special   training   programs,   gathering   and
27        disseminating  information,  and  providing assistance in
28        local economic development efforts as appropriate.
29             (iii)  (10)  Creating  and  maintaining  a   regular
30        nonadversarial  forum for ongoing dialogue between labor,
31        management, and community representatives to discuss  and
32        resolve issues of mutual concern outside the realm of the
33        traditional collective bargaining process.
34             (iv)  (11)  Acting as an intermediary for initiating
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -93-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1        local programs between unions and  employers  that  would
 2        generally improve economic conditions in a region.
 3             (v)  (12)  Encouraging,  assisting, and facilitating
 4        the    development    of    work-site    and     industry
 5        labor-management-community committees in the region.
 6        Any  local  labor-management-community  committee meeting
 7    these  criteria  may  apply  to  the  Department  for  annual
 8    matching  grants,   provided   that   the   local   committee
 9    contributes  at least 25% in matching funds, of which no more
10    than 50% shall be "in-kind" services.  Funds  received  by  a
11    local committee pursuant to this subsection shall be used for
12    the ordinary operating expenses of the local committee.
13        (c)  To    provide   20%   Matching   grants   to   local
14    labor-management-community committees that do not meet all of
15    the  eligibility  criteria  set  forth  in  subsection   (b).
16    However,  to  be  eligible  to  apply  for a grant under this
17    subsection   (c),   the   local    labor-management-community
18    committee,  at  a  minimum,  shall  meet all of the following
19    criteria:
20             (1)  Be composed of labor, management, and community
21        representatives.
22             (2)  Service a distinct and identifiable  geographic
23        region.
24             (3)  Operate  in compliance with the rules set forth
25        by   the   Department   with   the    advice    of    the
26        Labor-Management-Community Cooperation Committee.
27             (4)  Ensure  that  its  efforts  and  activities are
28        directed toward enhancing the  labor-management-community
29        relationship  within the State, region, community, and/or
30        work place.
31        Any local  labor-management-community  committee  meeting
32    these  criteria  may  apply  to  the Department for an annual
33    matching grant, provided that the local committee contributes
34    at least 25% in matching funds of  which  no  more  than  50%
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -94-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    shall  be  "in-kind"  services.   Funds  received  by a local
 2    committee pursuant to this subsection (c) shall be  used  for
 3    the  ordinary  and operating expenses of the local committee.
 4    Eligible committees shall be limited to 3  years  of  funding
 5    under  this  subsection.   With  respect  to those committees
 6    participating in this program  prior  to  enactment  of  this
 7    amendatory  Act  of 1988 that fail to qualify under paragraph
 8    (1) of this subsection (c), previous years' funding shall  be
 9    counted  in determining whether those committees have reached
10    their funding limit under this subsection (c) paragraph (2).
11        (d)  To  provide  10%  Grants  to  develop  and   conduct
12    specialized education and training programs of direct benefit
13    to       representatives      of      labor,      management,
14    labor-management-community  committees  and/or  their  staff.
15    The type of education and training programs to  be  developed
16    and  offered  will  be determined and prioritized annually by
17    the    Department,     with     the     advice     of     the
18    Labor-Management-Community    Cooperation   Committee.    The
19    Department will develop  and  issue  an  annual  request  for
20    proposals detailing the program specifications.
21        (e)  To  provide  10% Grants for research and development
22    projects    related    to    labor-management-community    or
23    employment-related family issues.  The Department,  with  the
24    advice    of   the   Labor-Management-Community   Cooperation
25    Committee, will develop and prioritize annually the type  and
26    scope   of  the  research  and  development  projects  deemed
27    necessary.
28        (f)  (5) To provide Grants of up to a maximum  of  $5,000
29    to  support  the  planning  of  regional  work,  family,  and
30    community planning conferences that will be based on specific
31    community concerns.
32        (g)  (6)   To  provide  Grants  to  initiate  or  support
33    recently created employer-led coalitions to  establish  pilot
34    projects  that  promote  the  understanding  of  the work and
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -95-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    family issues and  support  local  workforce  dependent  care
 2    services.
 3        (h)  (f)   The  Department  is  authorized  to  establish
 4    applications and application procedures  and  promulgate  any
 5    rules deemed necessary in the administration of the grants.
 6    (Source: P.A.  91-239,  eff.  1-1-00;  91-357,  eff. 7-29-99;
 7    91-476, eff. 8-11-99; revised 10-20-99.)

 8        (20 ILCS 605/605-860) (was 20 ILCS 605/46.32a in part)
 9        Sec. 605-860. Office of  Work  and  Family  Issues  Labor
10    Management  Corporation.   To  administer  the grant programs
11    created by this Law, the Department shall establish an Office
12    of Work and Family Issues. The purpose of this  office  shall
13    include, but not be limited to the following:
14             (1)  To  administer  the  grant  programs, including
15        developing grant applications and requests for proposals,
16        program monitoring, and evaluation.
17             (2)  To serve as State  liaison  with  other  state,
18        regional, and national organizations devoted to promoting
19        labor-management-community         cooperation        and
20        employment-related  family  issues;  and  to  disseminate
21        pertinent  information  secured  through   these   State,
22        regional,    and    national    affiliations   to   local
23        labor-management-community        committees,         the
24        Labor-Management-Community     Cooperation     Committee,
25        employer  coalitions,  Illinois  Employment  and Training
26        Centers, and  other  interested  parties  throughout  the
27        State.
28             (3)  To   provide   technical  assistance  to  area,
29        industry,   or    work-site    labor-management-community
30        committees as requested.
31             (4)  To  serve  as  a  clearinghouse for information
32        related to labor-management-community cooperation.
33             (5)  To  serve  as  a  catalyst  to  developing  and
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -96-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1        strengthening a partnership among local, State, regional,
 2        and  national  organizations  and  agencies  devoted   to
 3        enhancing   labor-management-community   cooperation  and
 4        employment-related family issues.
 5             (6)  To provide any other programs or services  that
 6        enhance  labor-management-community  cooperation  or that
 7        may promote the  adoption  of  family-friendly  workplace
 8        practices  at  companies  located  within  the  State  of
 9        Illinois as determined by the Director with the advice of
10        the Labor-Management-Community Cooperation Committee.
11             (7)  To   establish  an  Illinois  Work  and  Family
12        Clearinghouse  to  disseminate  best-practice  work   and
13        family  policies  and  practices  throughout  the  State,
14        including  through  the  Illinois Employment and Training
15        Centers; to provide and develop a  computerized  database
16        listing dependent care information and referral services;
17        to  help employers by providing information about options
18        for dependent care assistance;, to  conduct  and  compile
19        research   on   elder   care,   child   care,  and  other
20        employment-related family  issues  in  Illinois;  and  to
21        compile and disseminate any other information or services
22        that  support  the  adoption of family-friendly workplace
23        practices at companies located in the State.
24    (Source: P.A. 91-239,  eff.  1-1-00;  91-357,  eff.  7-29-99;
25    91-467, eff. 8-11-99; revised 10-20-99.)

26        (20 ILCS 605/605-940) (was 20 ILCS 605/46.37)
27        Sec.   605-940.   Clearing  house  for  local  government
28    problems; aid with financial and administrative matters.  The
29    Department shall provide for a  central  clearing  house  for
30    information  concerning local government problems and various
31    solutions to those problems and shall assist  and  aid  local
32    governments  of  the  State  in  matters relating to budgets,
33    fiscal procedures, and administration.   In  performing  this
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -97-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1    responsibility  the  Department shall have the power and duty
 2    to do the following:
 3             (1)  Maintain   communication   with    all    local
 4        governments and assist them, at their request, to improve
 5        their   administrative   procedures   and  to  facilitate
 6        improved local government and development.
 7             (2)  Assemble and disseminate information concerning
 8        State and federal programs, grants, gifts, and  subsidies
 9        available to local governments and to provide counsel and
10        technical  services  and other assistance in applying for
11        those programs, grants, gifts, and subsidies.
12             (3)  Assist in coordinating activities by  obtaining
13        information,  on  forms  provided by the Department or by
14        receipt of proposals and applications,  concerning  State
15        and   federal   assisted  programs,  grants,  gifts,  and
16        subsidies  applied  for  and  received   by   all   local
17        governments.
18             (4)  Provide  direct  consultative services to local
19        governments upon request and provide  staff  services  to
20        special   commissions,   the  Governor,  or  the  General
21        Assembly or its committees.
22             (5)  Render advice and assistance  with  respect  to
23        the  establishment  and  maintenance  of programs for the
24        training  of  local  government   officials   and   other
25        personnel.
26             (6)  Act  as  the  official  State  agency  for  the
27        receipt and distribution of federal funds that are or may
28        be  provided  to  the  State  on  a  flat grant basis for
29        distribution to local governments or in the event federal
30        law  requires  a  State  agency  to  implement   programs
31        affecting  local governments and for State funds that are
32        or may be provided  for  the  use  of  local  governments
33        unless otherwise provided by law.
34             (7)  Administer  laws  relating  to local government
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -98-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1        affairs as the General Assembly may direct.
 2             (8)  Provide all advice and  assistance  to  improve
 3        local  government  administration,  ensure the economical
 4        and efficient provision of local government services, and
 5        make the Civil Administrative Code of Illinois effective.
 6             (9)  Give advice and counsel on fiscal  problems  of
 7        local   governments   of   the   State   to  those  local
 8        governments.
 9             (10)  Prepare uniform budgetary forms for use by the
10        local governments of the State.
11             (11)  Assist and advise the local governments of the
12        State in matters  pertaining  to  budgets,  appropriation
13        requests  and  ordinances,  the determination of property
14        tax levies and rates, and other matters  of  a  financial
15        nature.
16             (12)  Be  a  repository  for  financial  reports and
17        statements required by law of local  governments  of  the
18        State,  and  publish financial summaries of those reports
19        and statements.
20             (13)  (Blank).
21             (14)  Prepare proposals and advise on the investment
22        of idle local government funds.
23             (15)  Administer the program of grants,  loans,  and
24        loan  guarantees  under  the  federal  Public  Works  and
25        Economic  Development  Act  of  1965,  42 U.S.C. 3121 and
26        following, and receive and  disburse  State  and  federal
27        funds  provided  for  that program and moneys received as
28        repayments of loans made under the program.
29             (16)  After January 1, 1985,  upon  the  request  of
30        local  governments,  prepare  and provide model financial
31        statement forms designed  to  communicate  to  taxpayers,
32        service consumers, voters, government employees, and news
33        media,   in   a  non-technical  manner,  all  significant
34        financial  information  regarding  a   particular   local
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -99-               LRB9203186EGfg
 1        government,   and   to   prepare  and  provide  to  local
 2        governments a summary of local  governments'  obligations
 3        concerning  the  adoption  of an annual operating budget.
 4        The summary shall be set forth in a non-technical  manner
 5        and  shall  be  designed principally for distribution to,
 6        and the use of,  taxpayers,  service  consumers,  voters,
 7        government employees, and news media.
 8    (Source:  P.A.  91-239,  eff.  1-1-00;  91-583,  eff. 1-1-00;
 9    revised 10-26-99.)

10        Section  16.5.   The  Illinois  Enterprise  Zone  Act  is
11    amended by changing Section 5.3 as follows:

12        (20 ILCS 655/5.3) (from Ch. 67 1/2, par. 608)
13        Sec. 5.3.  Certification of Enterprise  Zones;  Effective
14    date.
15        (a)  Approval  of  designated  Enterprise  Zones shall be
16    made by the Department by certification  of  the  designating
17    ordinance.  The Department shall promptly issue a certificate
18    for each Enterprise Zone upon its approval.  The  certificate
19    shall be signed by the Director of the Department, shall make
20    specific  reference to the designating ordinance, which shall
21    be attached thereto, and shall be filed in the office of  the
22    Secretary  of  State. A certified copy of the Enterprise Zone
23    Certificate,  or  a  duplicate  original  thereof,  shall  be
24    recorded in the office of recorder of deeds of the county  in
25    which the Enterprise Zone lies.
26        (b)  An  Enterprise  Zone  shall  be  effective  upon its
27    certification. The Department shall transmit a  copy  of  the
28    certification  to  the  Department  of  Revenue,  and  to the
29    designating municipality or county.
30        Upon certification of an Enterprise Zone, the  terms  and
31    provisions  of  the designating ordinance shall be in effect,
32    and may not be amended or repealed except in accordance  with
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -100-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    Section 5.4.
 2        (c)  An  Enterprise  Zone  shall  be  in  effect  for  30
 3    calendar  years, or for a lesser number of years specified in
 4    the certified designating ordinance. Enterprise  Zones  shall
 5    terminate  at  midnight  of December 31 of the final calendar
 6    year of the certified term, except  as  provided  in  Section
 7    5.4.   In Vermilion County, however, an enterprise zone shall
 8    be in effect for 30 calendar years or for a lesser number  of
 9    years  specified in the certified designating ordinance.  The
10    Whiteside County/Carroll  County  Enterprise  Zone,  however,
11    solely with respect to industrial purposes and uses, shall be
12    in  effect  for  30  calendar years or for a lesser number of
13    years specified in the certified designating  ordinance.
14        (d)  No more than 12 Enterprise Zones may be certified by
15    the Department  in  calendar  year  1984,  no  more  than  12
16    Enterprise  Zones  may  be  certified  by  the  Department in
17    calendar year 1985, no more than 13 Enterprise Zones  may  be
18    certified  by  the  Department in calendar year 1986, no more
19    than 15 Enterprise Zones may be certified by  the  Department
20    in  calendar  year 1987, and no more than 20 Enterprise Zones
21    may be certified by the Department in calendar year 1990.  In
22    other calendar years, no more than 13 Enterprise Zones may be
23    certified   by   the  Department.  The  Department  may  also
24    designate up to 8 additional  Enterprise  Zones  outside  the
25    regular   application  cycle  if  warranted  by  the  extreme
26    economic circumstances as determined by the Department.   The
27    Department  may also designate one additional Enterprise Zone
28    outside  the  regular  application  cycle  if   an   aircraft
29    manufacturer  agrees  to  locate  an  aircraft  manufacturing
30    facility  in  the  proposed Enterprise Zone.  Notwithstanding
31    any other provision of this Act, no more than  89  Enterprise
32    Zones  may be certified by the Department for the 10 calendar
33    years commencing with 1983. The 7 additional Enterprise Zones
34    authorized  by  Public  Act  86-15  shall  not   lie   within
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -101-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    municipalities  or unincorporated areas of counties that abut
 2    or are contiguous to Enterprise Zones certified  pursuant  to
 3    this  Section  prior  to  June  30,  1989.   The 7 additional
 4    Enterprise Zones (excluding the  additional  Enterprise  Zone
 5    which  may  be  designated  outside  the  regular application
 6    cycle) authorized by Public Act 86-1030 shall not lie  within
 7    municipalities  or unincorporated areas of counties that abut
 8    or are contiguous to Enterprise Zones certified  pursuant  to
 9    this  Section  prior  to  February  28, 1990. In any calendar
10    year, the Department  may  not  certify  more  than  3  Zones
11    located  within  the  same  municipality.  The Department may
12    certify Enterprise Zones in each of  the  10  calendar  years
13    commencing  with  1983.  The  Department may not certify more
14    than a total of 18 Enterprise Zones located within  the  same
15    county    (whether    within    municipalities    or   within
16    unincorporated  territory)  for   the   10   calendar   years
17    commencing  with  1983.  Thereafter,  the  Department may not
18    certify any additional Enterprise Zones, but  may  amend  and
19    rescind   certifications  of  existing  Enterprise  Zones  in
20    accordance with Section 5.4.
21        (e)  Notwithstanding any other provision of law,  if  (i)
22    the  county  board  of any county in which a current military
23    base is located, in part or in whole, or in which a  military
24    base  that  has  been closed within 20 years of the effective
25    date of this amendatory Act of 1998 is located, in part or in
26    whole, adopts a  designating  ordinance  in  accordance  with
27    Section  5 of this Act to designate the military base in that
28    county as an enterprise zone and (ii) the property  otherwise
29    meets the qualifications for an enterprise zone as prescribed
30    in Section 4 of this Act, then the Department may certify the
31    designating ordinance or ordinances, as the case may be.
32    (Source: P.A.  90-657,  eff.  7-30-98;  91-567, eff. 8-14-99;
33    91-937, eff. 1-11-01; revised 1-15-01.)
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -102-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        Section 17.  The Department of Employment Security Law of
 2    the Civil Administrative  Code  of  Illinois  is  amended  by
 3    changing Sections 1005-110 and 1005-130 as follows:

 4        (20 ILCS 1005/1005-110) (was 20 ILCS 1005/44a)
 5        Sec.  1005-110.  Board of Review.  The Board of Review in
 6    the Department shall exercise all powers and  be  subject  to
 7    all  duties  conferred  or  imposed  upon  the  Board  by the
 8    provisions of the Unemployment Insurance Act, in its own name
 9    and without any direction, supervision,  or  control  by  the
10    Director.
11    (Source:  P.A.  91-239,  eff.  1-1-00;  91-357, eff. 7-29-99;
12    revised 8-5-99.)

13        (20 ILCS 1005/1005-130) (was 20 ILCS 1005/43a.14)
14        Sec. 1005-130.  Exchange of information for child support
15    enforcement.
16        (a)  The Department has the power to  exchange  with  the
17    Illinois  Department  of  Public  Aid information that may be
18    necessary for the enforcement of child support orders entered
19    pursuant to  the  Illinois  Public  Aid  Code,  the  Illinois
20    Marriage  and Dissolution of Marriage Act, the Non-Support of
21    Spouse and Children Act, the Non-Support Punishment Act,  the
22    Revised  Uniform  Reciprocal  Enforcement of Support Act, the
23    Uniform  Interstate  Family  Support  Act,  or  the  Illinois
24    Parentage Act of 1984.
25        (b)  Notwithstanding  any   provisions   in   the   Civil
26    Administrative   Code   of  Illinois  to  the  contrary,  the
27    Department of Employment Security shall not be liable to  any
28    person  for  any  disclosure  of  information to the Illinois
29    Department of Public Aid under  subsection  (a)  or  for  any
30    other   action  taken  in  good  faith  to  comply  with  the
31    requirements of subsection (a).
32    (Source:  P.A.  90-18,  eff.  7-1-97;  91-239,  eff.  1-1-00;
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -103-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    91-613, eff. 10-1-99; revised 8-5-99.)

 2        Section 18.  The Department of Insurance Law of the Civil
 3    Administrative Code of Illinois  is  amended  by  renumbering
 4    Section 56.3 (as added by Public Act 91-406) as follows:

 5        (20 ILCS 1405/1405-20) (was 20 ILCS 1405/56.3)
 6        Sec.  1405-20.  56.3.  Investigational cancer treatments;
 7    study.
 8        (a)  The  Department  of  Insurance  shall   conduct   an
 9    analysis  and  study  of  costs and benefits derived from the
10    implementation   of    the    coverage    requirements    for
11    investigational  cancer  treatments established under Section
12    356y of the Illinois Insurance Code. The  study  shall  cover
13    the  years  2000, 2001, and 2002.  The study shall include an
14    analysis of the effect of the coverage  requirements  on  the
15    cost  of  insurance  and  health  care,  the  results  of the
16    treatments to  patients,  the  mortality  rate  among  cancer
17    patients,  any  improvements  in  care  of  patients, and any
18    improvements in the quality of life of patients.
19        (b)  The Department shall report the results of its study
20    to the General Assembly and the Governor on or  before  March
21    1, 2003.
22    (Source: P.A. 91-406, eff. 1-1-00; revised 10-18-99.)

23        Section  19.   The  Department of Professional Regulation
24    Law of the Civil Administrative Code of Illinois  is  amended
25    by  changing Sections 2105-5, 2105-15, 2105-75, 2105-120, and
26    2105-150  and renumbering Section 60p as follows:

27        (20 ILCS 2105/2105-5) (was 20 ILCS 2105/60b)
28        Sec. 2105-5. Definitions.
29        (a)  In this Law:
30        "Department"  means  the   Department   of   Professional
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -104-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    Regulation.
 2        "Director" means the Director of Professional Regulation.
 3        (b)  In  the  construction  of  this Section and Sections
 4    2105-10, 2105-15,  2105-100,  2105-105,  2105-110,  2105-115,
 5    2105-120,  2105-125,  2105-175,  and  2105-325, the following
 6    definitions shall govern unless the context otherwise clearly
 7    indicates:
 8        "Board" means the  board  of  persons  designated  for  a
 9    profession,  trade, or occupation under the provisions of any
10    Act now or hereafter in force  whereby  the  jurisdiction  of
11    that  profession,  trade,  or  occupation  is devolved on the
12    Department.
13        "Certificate"   means   a   license,    certificate    of
14    registration,  permit,  or  other  authority purporting to be
15    issued or conferred by the Department by virtue or  authority
16    of  which the registrant has or claims the right to engage in
17    a profession, trade, occupation, or operation  of  which  the
18    Department has jurisdiction.
19        "Registrant" means a person who holds or claims to hold a
20    certificate.
21    (Source:  P.A.  91-239,  eff.  1-1-00;  91-357, eff. 7-29-99;
22    revised 8-6-99.)

23        (20 ILCS 2105/2105-15) (was 20 ILCS 2105/60)
24        Sec. 2105-15.  General powers and duties.
25        (a)  The Department has, subject to the provisions of the
26    Civil Administrative Code of Illinois, the  following  powers
27    and duties:
28             (1)  To   authorize   examinations   in  English  to
29        ascertain the qualifications and fitness of applicants to
30        exercise the profession, trade, or occupation  for  which
31        the examination is held.
32             (2)  To  prescribe  rules and regulations for a fair
33        and wholly impartial method of examination of  candidates
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -105-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        to   exercise  the  respective  professions,  trades,  or
 2        occupations.
 3             (3)  To pass upon the qualifications  of  applicants
 4        for  licenses,  certificates, and authorities, whether by
 5        examination, by reciprocity, or by endorsement.
 6             (4)  To prescribe rules  and  regulations  defining,
 7        for  the respective professions, trades, and occupations,
 8        what shall constitute a school, college,  or  university,
 9        or  department  of  a  university,  or other institution,
10        reputable and in good  standing,  and  to  determine  the
11        reputability  and  good standing of a school, college, or
12        university, or  department  of  a  university,  or  other
13        institution, reputable and in good standing, by reference
14        to   a  compliance  with  those  rules  and  regulations;
15        provided, that no  school,  college,  or  university,  or
16        department  of  a  university,  or other institution that
17        refuses admittance to applicants  solely  on  account  of
18        race,  color,  creed,  sex,  or  national origin shall be
19        considered reputable and in good standing.
20             (5)  To conduct hearings on proceedings  to  revoke,
21        suspend,  refuse  to renew, place on probationary status,
22        or take other disciplinary action as  authorized  in  any
23        licensing  Act administered by the Department with regard
24        to licenses,  certificates,  or  authorities  of  persons
25        exercising   the   respective   professions,  trades,  or
26        occupations and to  revoke,  suspend,  refuse  to  renew,
27        place  on probationary status, or take other disciplinary
28        action as authorized in any licensing Act administered by
29        the   Department   with   regard   to   those   licenses,
30        certificates, or authorities.  The Department shall issue
31        a monthly disciplinary report.  The Department shall deny
32        any  license  or  renewal   authorized   by   the   Civil
33        Administrative  Code  of  Illinois  to any person who has
34        defaulted on an educational loan or scholarship  provided
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -106-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        by  or  guaranteed  by  the  Illinois  Student Assistance
 2        Commission or any  governmental  agency  of  this  State;
 3        however, the Department may issue a license or renewal if
 4        the    aforementioned    persons   have   established   a
 5        satisfactory  repayment  record  as  determined  by   the
 6        Illinois   Student   Assistance   Commission   or   other
 7        appropriate    governmental   agency   of   this   State.
 8        Additionally, beginning June 1, 1996, any license  issued
 9        by  the  Department  may  be  suspended or revoked if the
10        Department, after the opportunity for a hearing under the
11        appropriate licensing Act, finds that  the  licensee  has
12        failed  to  make  satisfactory  repayment to the Illinois
13        Student  Assistance  Commission  for  a   delinquent   or
14        defaulted   loan.  For  the  purposes  of  this  Section,
15        "satisfactory repayment record" shall be defined by rule.
16        The Department shall refuse to issue or renew  a  license
17        to,  or  shall suspend or revoke a license of, any person
18        who, after receiving  notice,  fails  to  comply  with  a
19        subpoena  or  warrant  relating  to  a paternity or child
20        support proceeding.  However, the Department may issue  a
21        license  or  renewal upon compliance with the subpoena or
22        warrant.
23             The Department, without further process or hearings,
24        shall revoke, suspend, or deny  any  license  or  renewal
25        authorized  by  the Civil Administrative Code of Illinois
26        to a person who is certified by the  Illinois  Department
27        of  Public  Aid  as being more than 30 days delinquent in
28        complying with a child support order or who is  certified
29        by  a  court  as being in violation of the Non-Support of
30        Punishment Act for more than  60  days.   The  Department
31        may,  however,  issue  a license or renewal if the person
32        has  established  a  satisfactory  repayment  record   as
33        determined by the Illinois Department of Public Aid or if
34        the person is determined by the court to be in compliance
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -107-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        with  the Non-Support Punishment Act.  The Department may
 2        implement this paragraph as  added  by  Public  Act  89-6
 3        through  the  use  of  emergency rules in accordance with
 4        Section 5-45 of  the  Illinois  Administrative  Procedure
 5        Act.    For   purposes  of  the  Illinois  Administrative
 6        Procedure Act, the adoption of rules  to  implement  this
 7        paragraph  shall be considered an emergency and necessary
 8        for the public interest, safety, and welfare.
 9             (6)  To transfer jurisdiction of  any  realty  under
10        the  control of the Department to any other department of
11        the State Government or  to  acquire  or  accept  federal
12        lands  when  the  transfer, acquisition, or acceptance is
13        advantageous to the State and is approved in  writing  by
14        the Governor.
15             (7)  To  formulate  rules  and regulations necessary
16        for the  enforcement  of  any  Act  administered  by  the
17        Department.
18             (8)  To  exchange  with  the  Illinois Department of
19        Public Aid information that  may  be  necessary  for  the
20        enforcement  of  child support orders entered pursuant to
21        the Illinois Public Aid Code, the Illinois  Marriage  and
22        Dissolution  of  Marriage  Act, the Non-Support of Spouse
23        and Children Act, the  Non-Support  Punishment  Act,  the
24        Revised  Uniform  Reciprocal  Enforcement of Support Act,
25        the  Uniform  Interstate  Family  Support  Act,  or   the
26        Illinois  Parentage  Act  of  1984.   Notwithstanding any
27        provisions in this Code to the contrary,  the  Department
28        of  Professional Regulation shall not be liable under any
29        federal or State law to any person for any disclosure  of
30        information  to  the  Illinois  Department  of Public Aid
31        under this paragraph (8) or for any other action taken in
32        good faith  to  comply  with  the  requirements  of  this
33        paragraph (8).
34             (9)  To perform other duties prescribed by law.
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -108-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        (b)  The  Department  may,  when  a fee is payable to the
 2    Department for a wall certificate of registration provided by
 3    the Department of Central Management Services,  require  that
 4    portion of the payment for printing and distribution costs be
 5    made  directly or through the Department to the Department of
 6    Central Management Services for deposit into  the  Paper  and
 7    Printing  Revolving  Fund.   The remainder shall be deposited
 8    into the General Revenue Fund.
 9        (c)  For the purpose of securing and preparing  evidence,
10    and  for  the purchase of controlled substances, professional
11    services, and equipment necessary for enforcement activities,
12    recoupment  of  investigative  costs,  and  other  activities
13    directed at suppressing the misuse and  abuse  of  controlled
14    substances,  including those activities set forth in Sections
15    504 and 508 of the Illinois Controlled  Substances  Act,  the
16    Director  and agents appointed and authorized by the Director
17    may expend sums from  the  Professional  Regulation  Evidence
18    Fund  that  the  Director  deems  necessary  from the amounts
19    appropriated for that purpose.  Those sums may be advanced to
20    the agent when the Director deems that procedure to be in the
21    public  interest.   Sums  for  the  purchase  of   controlled
22    substances,  professional  services,  and equipment necessary
23    for enforcement activities and other activities as set  forth
24    in this Section shall be advanced to the agent who is to make
25    the  purchase  from the Professional Regulation Evidence Fund
26    on vouchers signed by the Director.  The Director  and  those
27    agents  are  authorized  to  maintain  one or more commercial
28    checking accounts  with  any  State  banking  corporation  or
29    corporations  organized  under  or  subject  to  the Illinois
30    Banking Act for the deposit and withdrawal of  moneys  to  be
31    used  for  the  purposes set forth in this Section; provided,
32    that no check may be written nor any withdrawal made from any
33    such account except upon the written signatures of 2  persons
34    designated  by  the  Director  to write those checks and make
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -109-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    those withdrawals.  Vouchers for those expenditures  must  be
 2    signed  by  the  Director.   All  such  expenditures shall be
 3    audited by the Director, and the audit shall be submitted  to
 4    the Department of Central Management Services for approval.
 5        (d)  Whenever the Department is authorized or required by
 6    law  to  consider  some  aspect  of  criminal  history record
 7    information for the purpose of  carrying  out  its  statutory
 8    powers  and  responsibilities, then, upon request and payment
 9    of fees in  conformance  with  the  requirements  of  Section
10    2605-400  of  the  Department  of  State  Police Law (20 ILCS
11    2605/2605-400), the Department of State Police is  authorized
12    to   furnish,   pursuant   to  positive  identification,  the
13    information contained in State files  that  is  necessary  to
14    fulfill the request.
15        (e)  The  provisions  of  this  Section  do  not apply to
16    private business and vocational schools as defined by Section
17    1 of the Private Business and Vocational Schools Act.
18        (f)  Beginning July 1, 1995, this Section does not  apply
19    to  those professions, trades, and occupations licensed under
20    the Real Estate License Act of 2000, nor does it apply to any
21    permits, certificates, or other authorizations to do business
22    provided for in the Land Sales Registration Act  of  1989  or
23    the Illinois Real Estate Time-Share Act.
24    (Source:  P.A.  90-18,  eff.  7-1-97;  91-239,  eff.  1-1-00;
25    91-245,   eff.   12-31-99;   91-613,  eff.  10-1-99;  revised
26    9-29-99.)

27        (20 ILCS 2105/2105-30) (was 20 ILCS 2105/60p)
28        Sec. 2105-30. 60p. License forms; notification of  abuse.
29    Beginning January 1, 2000, each license or permit application
30    or  renewal  form  the Department provides to a person who is
31    required by law to report child abuse  or  elder  abuse  must
32    include  a  notification  that  the  applicant or licensee is
33    required by  law  to  report  that  abuse  and  must  include
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -110-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    telephone numbers the licensee may call to report the abuse.
 2    (Source: P.A. 91-244, eff. 1-1-00; revised 11-3-99.)

 3        (20 ILCS 2105/2105-75) (was 20 ILCS 2105/61f)
 4        Sec.  2105-75.  Design Professionals Dedicated Employees.
 5    There are established within the  Department  certain  design
 6    professionals  dedicated employees.  These employees shall be
 7    devoted exclusively to the administration and enforcement  of
 8    the   Illinois   Architecture   Practice  Act,  the  Illinois
 9    Professional Land Surveyor  Act  of  1989,  the  Professional
10    Engineering   Practice   Act  of  1989,  and  the  Structural
11    Engineering Practice Act of 1989.  The  design  professionals
12    dedicated  employees  that  the  Director  shall  employ,  in
13    conformity  with  the  Personnel  Code,  at  a  minimum shall
14    consist of one full-time design  licensing  Coordinator,  one
15    full-time   Assistant   Coordinator,  4  full-time  licensing
16    clerks,   one   full-time   attorney,   and    2    full-time
17    investigators.  These employees shall work exclusively in the
18    licensing and enforcement of the design profession  Acts  set
19    forth in this Section and shall not be used for the licensing
20    and  enforcement  of  any  other  Act  or other duties in the
21    Department.
22    (Source:  P.A.  91-91,  eff.  7-9-99;  91-239,  eff.  1-1-00;
23    91-357, eff. 7-29-99; revised 8-6-99.)

24        (20 ILCS 2105/2105-120) (was 20 ILCS 2105/60g)
25        Sec. 2105-120. Board's report;  registrant's  motion  for
26    rehearing.
27        (a)  The  board shall present to the Director its written
28    report of its findings and recommendations.  A  copy  of  the
29    report shall be served upon the registrant, either personally
30    or by registered mail as provided in Section 2105-100 60c for
31    the service of the citation.
32        (b)  Within  20  days  after  the  service required under
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -111-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    subsection (a), the registrant may present to the  Department
 2    a  motion  in  writing  for  a rehearing.  The written motion
 3    shall specify the particular grounds for a rehearing.  If the
 4    registrant orders and pays for a transcript of the record  as
 5    provided   in   Section   2105-115  60f,  the  time  elapsing
 6    thereafter and before the transcript is ready for delivery to
 7    the registrant shall not be counted as part of the 20 days.
 8    (Source: P.A. 91-239,  eff.  1-1-00;  91-357,  eff.  7-29-99;
 9    revised 8-6-99.)

10        (20 ILCS 2105/2105-150) (was 20 ILCS 2105/60m)
11        Sec.   2105-150.  Violations  of  Medical  Practice  Act.
12    Notwithstanding any of  the  provisions  of  Section  2105-5,
13    2105-15,  2105-100,  2105-105,  2105-110, 2105-115, 2105-120,
14    2105-125, 2105-175, 2105-200, or 2105-325 60a, 60d,  60g,  of
15    this  Law,  for  violations  of  Section  22  of  the Medical
16    Practice Act of 1987, the Department shall  suspend,  revoke,
17    place  on  probationary  status,  or  take other disciplinary
18    action as it deems proper  with  regard  to  licenses  issued
19    under  that  Act  only  in  accordance with Sections 7 and 36
20    through 46 of that Act.
21    (Source: P.A. 91-239,  eff.  1-1-00;  91-357,  eff.  7-29-99;
22    revised 8-6-99.)

23        Section  20.   The Department of Public Health Powers and
24    Duties Law of the Civil Administrative Code  of  Illinois  is
25    amended  by  changing  Sections 2310-205, 2310-350, 2310-370,
26    2310-397,  and  2310-430  and  renumbering  Sections  55.56a,
27    55.58a, 55.75a, 55.95, and multiple versions of Section 55.91
28    as follows:

29        (20 ILCS 2310/2310-205) (was 20 ILCS 2310/55.57)
30        Sec.  2310-205.   Community   health   centers.      From
31    appropriations  from the Community Health Center Care Fund, a
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -112-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    special fund in the State treasury which is  hereby  created,
 2    the  Department shall provide financial assistance (i) (a) to
 3    migrant  health  centers   and   community   health   centers
 4    established  pursuant  to  Sections 329 or 330 of the federal
 5    Public  Health  Service  Act  or  that  meet  the   standards
 6    contained  in  either  of  those  Sections  and  (ii) for the
 7    purpose  of  establishing  new  migrant  health  centers   or
 8    community health centers in areas of need.
 9    (Source:  P.A.  91-239,  eff.  1-1-00;  91-357, eff. 7-29-99;
10    revised 8-6-99.)

11        (20 ILCS 2310/2310-227) (was 20 ILCS 2310/55.58a)
12        Sec. 2310-227. 55.58a. Study; nurse  assistant  incentive
13    program.    The  Department, in cooperation with the Illinois
14    Health Care Association, Life Services Network  of  Illinois,
15    the  Illinois  Council  on Long Term Care, the County Nursing
16    Home Association, organized  labor,  the  Illinois  Community
17    College Board, the Southern Illinois University at Carbondale
18    Department  of  Workforce Education, the Illinois State Board
19    of Education, and the Department on Aging Ombudsman  Program,
20    shall undertake a study to determine what incentives might be
21    necessary  to  attract and retain nurse assistants to work in
22    Illinois long-term care facilities.  Based on  any  available
23    research  and  the experience of other states and the private
24    sector, a variety of incentive programs shall be examined for
25    their feasibility and possible development and implementation
26    in Illinois.  Based  upon  the  results  of  the  study,  the
27    Department   shall  implement  a  nurse  assistant  incentive
28    program no later than January 1, 2001, subject  to  available
29    appropriations.
30    (Source: P.A. 91-574, eff. 8-14-99; revised 10-25-99.)

31        (20 ILCS 2310/2310-322) (was 20 ILCS 2310/55.56a)
32        Sec.  2310-322. 55.56a.  AIDS awareness; senior citizens.
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -113-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    The  Department  must  include  within  its   public   health
 2    promotion  programs  and  materials  information  targeted to
 3    persons 50 years of age and more concerning  the  dangers  of
 4    HIV and AIDS and sexually transmitted diseases.
 5    (Source: P.A. 91-106, eff. 1-1-00; revised 8-6-99.)

 6        (20 ILCS 2310/2310-337) (was 20 ILCS 2310/55.95)
 7        Sec. 2310-337. 55.95.  Asthma information.
 8        (a)  The Department of Public Health, in conjunction with
 9    representatives   of   State  and  community  based  agencies
10    involved with asthma, shall develop and implement  an  asthma
11    information program targeted at population groups in Illinois
12    with  high  risk  of suffering from asthma, including but not
13    limited to the following:
14             (1)  African Americans.
15             (2)  Hispanics.
16             (3)  The elderly.
17             (4)  Children.
18             (5)  Those   exposed   to   environmental    factors
19        associated with high risk of asthma.
20             (6)  Those with a family history of asthma.
21             (7)  Those with allergies.
22        (b)  The  Department's  asthma  information program shall
23    include but need not be limited to information about:
24             (1)  The causes and prevention of asthma.
25             (2)  The types of treatment for asthma.
26             (3)  The availability of treatment for asthma.
27             (4)  Possible  funding  sources  for  treatment   of
28        asthma.
29        (c)  The  Department shall report to the General Assembly
30    by January 1, 2000 upon its development and implementation of
31    the asthma information program.
32    (Source: P.A. 91-515, eff. 8-13-99; revised 10-21-99.)
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -114-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        (20 ILCS 2310/2310-350) (was 20 ILCS 2310/55.70)
 2        Sec. 2310-350. Penny Severns Breast and  Cervical  Cancer
 3    Research  Fund.    From  funds  appropriated  from  the Penny
 4    Severns  Breast  and  Cervical  Cancer  Research  Fund,   the
 5    Department   shall   award  grants  to  eligible  physicians,
 6    hospitals, laboratories, education  institutions,  and  other
 7    organizations and persons to enable organizations and persons
 8    to  conduct  research.   For  the  purposes  of this Section,
 9    "research" includes, but is not limited to,  expenditures  to
10    develop   and  advance  the  understanding,  techniques,  and
11    modalities effective in early  detection,  prevention,  cure,
12    screening,  and  treatment  of breast and cervical cancer and
13    may include clinical trials.
14        Moneys  received  for  the  purposes  of  this   Section,
15    including but not limited to income tax checkoff receipts and
16    gifts, grants, and awards from private foundations, nonprofit
17    organizations, other governmental entities, and persons shall
18    be  deposited  into  the  Penny  Severns  Breast and Cervical
19    Cancer Research Fund, which is hereby created  as  a  special
20    fund in the State treasury.
21        The  Department  shall  create an advisory committee with
22    members from, but not limited to, the Illinois Chapter of the
23    American Cancer Society, Y-Me, the Susan G. Komen Foundation,
24    and the State Board of Health for  the  purpose  of  awarding
25    research  grants under this Section.  Members of the advisory
26    committee  shall  not   be   eligible   for   any   financial
27    compensation or reimbursement.
28    (Source: P.A.  91-107,  eff.  7-13-99;  91-239,  eff. 1-1-00;
29    revised 8-6-99.)

30        (20 ILCS 2310/2310-351) (was 20 ILCS 2310/55.91)
31        Sec. 2310-351. 55.91.  Ovarian cancer; Cancer Information
32    Service.  The Department of  Public  Health,  in  cooperation
33    with  the  Cancer  Information  Service,  shall  promote  the
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -115-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    services  of  the  Cancer  Information Service in relation to
 2    ovarian cancer.
 3    (Source: P.A. 91-108, eff. 7-13-99; revised 8-6-99.)

 4        (20 ILCS 2310/2310-370) (was 20 ILCS 2310/55.76)
 5        Sec. 2310-370.  Heart Disease  Treatment  and  Prevention
 6    Fund; grants.  From funds appropriated from the Heart Disease
 7    Treatment  and Prevention Fund, a special fund created in the
 8    State treasury, the Department shall make  grants  to  public
 9    and private agencies for the purposes of funding (i) research
10    into  causes,  prevention, and treatment of heart disease and
11    (ii) public education relating to treatment and prevention of
12    heart disease within the State of Illinois.
13    (Source: P.A. 91-239,  eff.  1-1-00;  91-357,  eff.  7-29-99;
14    revised 8-6-99.)

15        (20 ILCS 2310/2310-397) (was 20 ILCS 2310/55.90)
16        Sec. 2310-397.  Prostate and testicular cancer program.
17        (a)  The  Department,  subject  to appropriation or other
18    available  funding,  shall  conduct  a  program  to   promote
19    awareness  and  early  detection  of  prostate and testicular
20    cancer.  The program may include, but need not be limited to:
21             (1)  Dissemination  of  information  regarding   the
22        incidence  of  prostate  and  testicular cancer, the risk
23        factors associated with prostate and  testicular  cancer,
24        and the benefits of early detection and treatment.
25             (2)  Promotion  of  information and counseling about
26        treatment options.
27             (3)  Establishment   and   promotion   of   referral
28        services and screening programs.
29        (b)  Subject to appropriation or other available funding,
30    a Prostate Cancer Screening Program shall be  established  in
31    the Department of Public Health.
32             (1) The Program shall apply to the following persons
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -116-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        and entities:
 2                  (A)  uninsured and underinsured men 50 years of
 3             age and older;
 4                  (B)  uninsured  and underinsured men between 40
 5             and 50 years  of  age  who  are  at  high  risk  for
 6             prostate  cancer,  upon the advice of a physician or
 7             upon the request of the patient; and
 8                  (C)  non-profit     organizations     providing
 9             assistance to persons described in subparagraphs (A)
10             and (B).
11             (2)  Any  entity  funded  by   the   Program   shall
12        coordinate  with other local providers of prostate cancer
13        screening, diagnostic, follow-up, education, and advocacy
14        services to avoid  duplication  of  effort.   Any  entity
15        funded  by  the  Program shall comply with any applicable
16        State and federal  standards  regarding  prostate  cancer
17        screening.
18             (3)  Administrative  costs  of  the Department shall
19        not exceed 10% of the funds  allocated  to  the  Program.
20        Indirect  costs  of  the  entities funded by this Program
21        shall  not  exceed  12%.   The  Department  shall  define
22        "indirect costs" in accordance with applicable State  and
23        federal law.
24             (4)  Any  entity funded by the Program shall collect
25        data and maintain records  that  are  determined  by  the
26        Department to be necessary to facilitate the Department's
27        ability  to monitor and evaluate the effectiveness of the
28        entities and the Program. Commencing with  the  Program's
29        second  year of operation, the Department shall submit an
30        Annual Report to the General Assembly and  the  Governor.
31        The    report   shall   describe   the   activities   and
32        effectiveness of the Program and shall include,  but  not
33        be   limited  to,  the  following  types  of  information
34        regarding those served by the Program:
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -117-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1                  (A)  the number;
 2                  (B)  the ethnic, geographic, and age breakdown;
 3                  (C)  the stages of presentation; and
 4                  (D)  the diagnostic and treatment status.
 5             (5)  The Department or  any  entity  funded  by  the
 6        Program  shall  collect  personal and medical information
 7        necessary to administer the Program from  any  individual
 8        applying   for   services   under   the  Program.     The
 9        information  shall  be  confidential  and  shall  not  be
10        disclosed other than for purposes directly connected with
11        the administration of the Program or except as  otherwise
12        provided  by  law or pursuant to prior written consent of
13        the subject of the information.
14             (6)  The Department or  any  entity  funded  by  the
15        program  may  disclose  the  confidential  information to
16        medical personnel and fiscal intermediaries of the  State
17        to the extent necessary to administer the Program, and to
18        other State public health agencies or medical researchers
19        if the confidential information is necessary to carry out
20        the  duties  of  those  agencies  or  researchers  in the
21        investigation,  control,  or  surveillance  of   prostate
22        cancer.
23        (c)  The  Department  shall  adopt rules to implement the
24    Prostate Cancer Screening  Program  in  accordance  with  the
25    Illinois Administrative Procedure Act.
26    (Source:  P.A.  90-599,  eff.  1-1-99;  91-109,  eff. 1-1-00;
27    91-239, eff. 1-1-00; revised 8-6-99.)

28        (20 ILCS 2310/2310-398) (was 20 ILCS 2310/55.91)
29        Sec. 2310-398.  55.91.  Prostate  Cancer  Research  Fund;
30    grants.   From  funds  appropriated  from the Prostate Cancer
31    Research Fund, a special fund created in the State  treasury,
32    the  Department  of Public Health shall make grants to public
33    or private entities in Illinois, which may include the  Lurie
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -118-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    Comprehensive  Cancer  Center  at the Northwestern University
 2    Medical  School  and  the  Kellogg  Cancer  Care  Center   at
 3    Evanston/Glenbrook  Hospitals,  for  the  purpose  of funding
 4    research applicable to prostate cancer patients.   The  grant
 5    funds  may  not  be  used  for  institutional overhead costs,
 6    indirect costs, other  organizational  levies,  or  costs  of
 7    community-based support services.
 8    (Source: P.A. 91-104, eff. 7-13-99; revised 8-6-99.)

 9        (20 ILCS 2310/2310-430) (was 20 ILCS 2310/55.69)
10        Sec. 2310-430.  Women's health issues.
11        (a)  The Department shall designate a member of its staff
12    to  handle  women's health issues not currently or adequately
13    addressed by the Department.
14        (b)  The staff person's  duties  shall  include,  without
15    limitation:
16             (1)  Assisting in the assessment of the health needs
17        of women in the State.
18             (2)  Recommending  treatment  methods  and  programs
19        that   are   sensitive   and   relevant   to  the  unique
20        characteristics of women.
21             (3)  Promoting awareness of women's health  concerns
22        and   encouraging,   promoting,   and   aiding   in   the
23        establishment of women's services.
24             (4)  Providing  adequate and effective opportunities
25        for women to express their views on  Departmental  policy
26        development and program implementation.
27             (5)  Providing  information  to  the  members of the
28        public, patients, and  health  care  providers  regarding
29        women's  gynecological cancers, including but not limited
30        to the signs and symptoms, risk factors, the benefits  of
31        early  detection  through appropriate diagnostic testing,
32        and treatment options.
33             (6)  Publishing the  health  care  summary  required
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -119-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        under Section 2310-425 55.66 of this Act.
 2        (c)  The   information   provided   under   item  (5)  of
 3    subsection (b) of  this  Section  may  include,  but  is  not
 4    limited to, the following:
 5             (1)  Educational   and  informational  materials  in
 6        print, audio, video, electronic, or other media.
 7             (2)  Public     service      announcements       and
 8        advertisements.
 9             (3)  The  health care summary required under Section
10        2310-425 55.66 of this Act.
11        The Department may develop or  contract  with  others  to
12    develop,  as  the  Director  deems appropriate, the materials
13    described in this subsection  (c)  or  may  survey  available
14    publications  from,  among other sources, the National Cancer
15    Institute and the American Cancer Society.  The staff  person
16    designated  under  this  Section shall collect the materials,
17    formulate a distribution plan, and disseminate the  materials
18    according  to  the  plan.   These  materials  shall  be  made
19    available to the public free of charge.
20        In  exercising  its powers under this subsection (c), the
21    Department  shall  consult  with  appropriate   health   care
22    professionals  and  providers,  patients,  and  organizations
23    representing  health  care  professionals  and  providers and
24    patients.
25    (Source: P.A.  91-106,  eff.  1-1-00;  91-239,  eff.  1-1-00;
26    revised 8-6-99.)

27        (20 ILCS 2310/2310-537) (was 20 ILCS 2310/55.75a)
28        Sec.  2310-537.  55.75a.   Review of inspection programs.
29    The  Department  of  Public  Health  shall,   utilizing   the
30    expertise  and  membership  of  the  Hospital Licensing Board
31    created pursuant to Section 10 of the Hospital Licensing Act,
32    conduct a review of the hospital inspection programs  of  the
33    Department  under  the  Hospital  Licensing Act and any other
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -120-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    hospital program operated by the  Department.   The  required
 2    review  should  include  (i)  a  study  of the basis for, and
 3    establishment of,  standards  by  the  various  entities  who
 4    regulate  hospitals;  (ii) the survey activities of any other
 5    public or private agency inspecting hospitals; and (iii)  the
 6    interpretation  and  application  of the adopted standards by
 7    each of the entities.
 8        The Department shall issue a report of the review and any
 9    recommendations regarding the feasibility of development of a
10    consolidated or  consistent  set  of  regulations  among  the
11    various  entities.   The  Department shall seek the input and
12    participation   of   the   various   federal   and    private
13    organizations  that  establish  standards  for  hospitals.  A
14    report shall be  issued  to  the  Governor  and  the  General
15    Assembly by July 1, 2000.
16    (Source: P.A. 91-154, eff. 7-16-99; revised 8-6-99.)

17        Section  21.   The Disabled Persons Rehabilitation Act is
18    amended by changing Section 12a as follows:

19        (20 ILCS 2405/12a) (from Ch. 23, par. 3443a)
20        Sec. 12a.  Centers for independent living.
21        (a)  Purpose.  Recognizing that persons with  significant
22    disabilities  deserve  a  high  quality  of life within their
23    communities regardless of their disabilities, the Department,
24    working with the Statewide Independent Living Council,  shall
25    develop a State plan for submission on an annual basis to the
26    Commissioner.    The   Department   shall   adopt  rules  for
27    implementing the State plan in accordance  with  the  federal
28    Act,  including rules adopted under the federal Act governing
29    the award of grants.
30        (b)  Definitions.  As used in this  Section,  unless  the
31    context clearly requires otherwise:
32        "Federal  Act"  means  the  federal Rehabilitation Act of
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -121-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    1973, as amended.
 2        "Center  for  independent  living"   means   a   consumer
 3    controlled,      community      based,      cross-disability,
 4    non-residential, private non-profit agency that is designated
 5    and  operated  within  a  local community by individuals with
 6    disabilities and provides  an  array  of  independent  living
 7    services.
 8        "Consumer   controlled"   means   that   the  center  for
 9    independent living vests power and authority  in  individuals
10    with  disabilities  and that at least 51% of the directors of
11    the center are persons  with  one  or  more  disabilities  as
12    defined by this Act.
13        "Commissioner"    means    the    Commissioner   of   the
14    Rehabilitation Services Administration in the  United  States
15    Department of Education.
16        "Council"  means the Statewide Independent Living Council
17    appointed under subsection (d).
18        "Individual with a disability" means any  individual  who
19    has a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits
20    a major life activity, has a record of such an impairment, or
21    is regarded as having such an impairment.
22        "Individual  with  a  significant  disability"  means  an
23    individual  with a significant physical or mental impairment,
24    whose ability to function  independently  in  the  family  or
25    community or whose ability to obtain, maintain, or advance in
26    employment is substantially limited and for whom the delivery
27    of  independent  living  services will improve the ability to
28    function, continue functioning, or  move  toward  functioning
29    independently  in  the  family or community or to continue in
30    employment.
31        "State  plan"  means  the  materials  submitted  by   the
32    Department  to  the  Commissioner  on  an  annual  basis that
33    contain the State's proposal for:
34             (1)  The provision of statewide  independent  living
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -122-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        services.
 2             (2)  The  development  and  support  of  a statewide
 3        network of centers for independent living.
 4             (3)  Working  relationships  between  (i)   programs
 5        providing  independent  living  services  and independent
 6        living centers and  (ii)  the  vocational  rehabilitation
 7        program  administered by the Department under the federal
 8        Act and other programs providing services for individuals
 9        with disabilities.
10        (c) Authority.  The unit of the Department headed by  the
11    vocational  rehabilitation  administrator shall be designated
12    the State unit under Title VII of the federal Act  and  shall
13    have the following responsibilities:
14             (1)  To  receive,  account  for,  and disburse funds
15        received by the State under the federal Act based on  the
16        State plan.
17             (2)  To  provide  administrative support services to
18        centers for independent living programs.
19             (3)  To keep records, and  take  such  actions  with
20        respect to those records, as the Commissioner finds to be
21        necessary with respect to the programs.
22             (4)  To  submit  additional  information  or provide
23        assurances the Commissioner may require with  respect  to
24        the programs.
25    The   vocational   rehabilitation   administrator   and   the
26    Chairperson  of  the  Council  are  responsible  for  jointly
27    developing and signing the State plan required by Section 704
28    of  the  federal  Act.  The  State  plan shall conform to the
29    requirements of Section 704 of the federal Act.
30        (d)  Statewide Independent Living Council.
31        The Governor shall appoint a Statewide Independent Living
32    Council, comprised of 18 members, which shall be  established
33    as  an entity separate and distinct from the Department.  The
34    composition of the Council shall include the following:
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -123-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1             (1)  At  least  one  director  of   a   center   for
 2        independent living chosen by the directors of centers for
 3        independent living within the State.
 4             (2)  A   representative   from   the   unit  of  the
 5        Department  of  Human  Services   responsible   for   the
 6        administration  of  the vocational rehabilitation program
 7        and a representative from another unit in the  Department
 8        of  Human Services that provides services for individuals
 9        with disabilities and  a  representative  each  from  the
10        Department  on  Aging,  the State Board of Education, and
11        the Department of Children and Family  Services,  all  as
12        ex-officio,  non-voting  members who shall not be counted
13        in the 18 members appointed by the Governor.
14        In addition, the Council may include the following:
15             (A)  One or  more  representatives  of  centers  for
16        independent living.
17             (B)  One or more parents or guardians of individuals
18        with disabilities.
19             (C)  One  or  more  advocates  for  individuals with
20        disabilities.
21             (D)  One  or   more   representatives   of   private
22        business.
23             (E)  One  or  more  representatives of organizations
24        that provide services for individuals with disabilities.
25             (F)  Other appropriate individuals.
26        After  soliciting  recommendations   from   organizations
27    representing  a  broad range of individuals with disabilities
28    and   organizations   interested    in    individuals    with
29    disabilities,  the  Governor  shall  appoint  members  of the
30    Council for terms beginning July 1, 1993.  The Council  shall
31    be   composed   of   members   (i)   who   provide  statewide
32    representation;  (ii)  who  represent  a   broad   range   of
33    individuals with disabilities from diverse backgrounds; (iii)
34    who  are  knowledgeable  about centers for independent living
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -124-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    and independent living services; and (iv) a majority of  whom
 2    are persons who are individuals with disabilities and are not
 3    employed  by  any  State  agency  or  center  for independent
 4    living.
 5        The council shall elect  a  chairperson  from  among  its
 6    voting membership.
 7        Each  member  of  the  Council shall serve for terms of 3
 8    years, except that (i) a member appointed to fill  a  vacancy
 9    occurring  before  the  expiration  of the term for which the
10    predecessor  was  appointed  shall  be  appointed   for   the
11    remainder  of  that  term  and  (ii)  terms  of  the  members
12    initially   appointed   after  the  effective  date  of  this
13    amendatory Act of 1993 shall be as follows:  6 of the initial
14    members shall be appointed for terms of one year, 6 shall  be
15    appointed  for terms of 2 years, and 6 shall be appointed for
16    terms of 3 years.  No member of the council  may  serve  more
17    than 2 consecutive full terms.
18        Appointments to fill vacancies in unexpired terms and new
19    terms  shall  be  filled by the Governor or by the Council if
20    the Governor delegates that power to the Council by executive
21    order.  The  vacancy  shall  not  affect  the  power  of  the
22    remaining  members  to  execute  the powers and duties of the
23    Council.  The Council shall have  the  duties  enumerated  in
24    subsections  (c),  (d), and (e) of Section 705 of the federal
25    Act.
26        Members shall be reimbursed  for  their  actual  expenses
27    incurred  in  the  performance  of  their  duties,  including
28    expenses  for  travel,  child  care,  and personal assistance
29    services, and a member  who  is  not  employed  or  who  must
30    forfeit  wages from other employment shall be paid reasonable
31    compensation for each day the member is engaged in performing
32    the duties of the Council.  The reimbursement or compensation
33    shall be paid from moneys made available  to  the  Department
34    under Part B of Title VII of the federal Act.
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -125-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        In  addition to the powers and duties granted to advisory
 2    boards  by  Section  5-505  of  the  Departments   of   State
 3    Government  Law (20 ILCS 5/5-505), the Council shall have the
 4    authority   to   appoint   jointly   with   the    vocational
 5    rehabilitation  administrator  a  peer  review  committee  to
 6    consider  and  make  recommendations  for  grants to eligible
 7    centers for independent living.
 8        (e)  Grants to  centers  for  independent  living.   Each
 9    center  for  independent living that receives assistance from
10    the Department under  this  Section  shall  comply  with  the
11    standards and provide and comply with the assurances that are
12    set  forth  in the State plan and consistent with Section 725
13    of the federal  Act.   Each  center  for  independent  living
14    receiving  financial  assistance  from  the  Department shall
15    provide satisfactory assurances at the time and in the manner
16    the vocational rehabilitation administrator  requires.
17        Beginning October 1, 1994, the vocational  rehabilitation
18    administrator  may  award  grants  to any eligible center for
19    independent living that is receiving funds under Title VII of
20    the  federal  Act,  unless  the   vocational   rehabilitation
21    administrator makes a finding that the center for independent
22    living  fails to comply with the standards and assurances set
23    forth in Section 725 of the federal Act.
24        If there is no center for independent  living  serving  a
25    region  of  the  State  or the region is underserved, and the
26    State receives a federal increase in its allotment sufficient
27    to support one or more  additional  centers  for  independent
28    living   in   the   State,   the   vocational  rehabilitation
29    administrator may award a grant under this subsection to  one
30    or  more eligible agencies, consistent with the provisions of
31    the State plan setting forth the  design  of  the  State  for
32    establishing  a statewide network for centers for independent
33    living.
34        In selecting from among eligible agencies in  awarding  a
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -126-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    grant  under this subsection for a new center for independent
 2    living, the vocational rehabilitation administrator  and  the
 3    chairperson  of  (or  other  individual  designated  by)  the
 4    Council  acting  on  behalf  of  and  at the direction of the
 5    Council shall jointly appoint a peer  review  committee  that
 6    shall  rank applications in accordance with the standards and
 7    assurances set forth in Section 725 of the  federal  Act  and
 8    criteria jointly established by the vocational rehabilitation
 9    administrator  and  the chairperson or designated individual.
10    The peer review committee shall consider the ability  of  the
11    applicant  to  operate  a  center  for independent living and
12    shall recommend an applicant to receive a  grant  under  this
13    subsection based on the following:
14             (1)  Evidence   of   the   need  for  a  center  for
15        independent living, consistent with the State plan.
16             (2)  Any  past  performance  of  the  applicant   in
17        providing   services  comparable  to  independent  living
18        services.
19             (3)  The applicant's plan  for  complying  with,  or
20        demonstrated success in complying with, the standards and
21        assurances set forth in Section 725 of the federal Act.
22             (4)  The  quality  of key personnel of the applicant
23        and  the  involvement  of  individuals  with  significant
24        disabilities by the applicant.
25             (5)  The  budgets  and  cost  effectiveness  of  the
26        applicant.
27             (6)  The evaluation plan of the applicant.
28             (7)  The ability of the applicant to carry  out  the
29        plan.
30        The  vocational  rehabilitation administrator shall award
31    the grant on the basis of  the  recommendation  of  the  peer
32    review   committee  if  the  actions  of  the  committee  are
33    consistent with federal and State law.
34        (f)  Evaluation    and    review.      The     vocational
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -127-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    rehabilitation  administrator  shall periodically review each
 2    center for independent living that receives  funds  from  the
 3    Department  under  Title  VII  of  the federal Act, or moneys
 4    appropriated from the  General  Revenue  Fund,  to  determine
 5    whether  the  center  is in compliance with the standards and
 6    assurances set forth in Section 725 of the federal  Act.   If
 7    the  vocational  rehabilitation administrator determines that
 8    any center receiving those federal or State funds is  not  in
 9    compliance  with  the  standards  and assurances set forth in
10    Section  725,  the  vocational  rehabilitation  administrator
11    shall immediately  notify  the  center  that  it  is  out  of
12    compliance.    The  vocational  rehabilitation  administrator
13    shall terminate all funds to that center 90  days  after  the
14    date  of  notification  or,  in  the  case  of  a center that
15    requests an appeal, the date of any  final  decision,  unless
16    the  center  submits  a  plan to achieve compliance within 90
17    days  and  that  plan   is   approved   by   the   vocational
18    rehabilitation   administrator  or  (if  on  appeal)  by  the
19    Commissioner.
20    (Source:  P.A.  89-507,  eff.  7-1-97;  90-14,  eff.  7-1-97;
21    90-372, eff.  7-1-98;  90-453,  eff.  8-16-97;  91-239,  eff.
22    1-1-00; 91-540, eff. 8-13-99; revised 10-25-99.)

23        Section  22.   The Department of Revenue Law of the Civil
24    Administrative  Code  of  Illinois  is  amended  by  changing
25    Section 2505-65 as follows:

26        (20 ILCS 2505/2505-65) (was 20 ILCS 2505/39b12)
27        Sec. 2505-65. Exchange of information.
28        (a)  The Department has the power to  exchange  with  any
29    state,  with any local subdivisions of any state, or with the
30    federal government, except when  specifically  prohibited  by
31    law,  any  information that may be necessary to efficient tax
32    administration and that may be acquired as a  result  of  the
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -128-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    administration   of  the  laws  set  forth  in  the  Sections
 2    following Section 95-10 and preceding Section 2505-60.
 3        (b)  The Department has the power to  exchange  with  the
 4    Illinois  Department  of  Public  Aid information that may be
 5    necessary for the enforcement of child support orders entered
 6    pursuant to  the  Illinois  Public  Aid  Code,  the  Illinois
 7    Marriage  and Dissolution of Marriage Act, the Non-Support of
 8    Spouse and Children Act, the Non-Support Punishment Act,  the
 9    Revised  Uniform  Reciprocal  Enforcement of Support Act, the
10    Uniform  Interstate  Family  Support  Act,  or  the  Illinois
11    Parentage Act of 1984. Notwithstanding any provisions in this
12    Code to the contrary, the Department of Revenue shall not  be
13    liable to any person for any disclosure of information to the
14    Illinois  Department  of Public Aid under this subsection (b)
15    or for any other action taken in good faith  to  comply  with
16    the requirements of this subsection (b).
17    (Source:  P.A.  90-18,  eff.  7-1-97;  91-239,  eff.  1-1-00;
18    91-613, eff. 10-1-99; revised 8-5-99.)

19        Section  23.   The  Department of State Police Law of the
20    Civil Administrative Code of Illinois is amended by  changing
21    and resectioning material added to Section 55a as follows:

22        (20 ILCS 2605/2605-302) (was 20 ILCS 2605/55a in part)
23        Sec. 2605-302.  Arrest reports.
24        (a)  5.5.  Provide,  When an individual is arrested, that
25    the following information must be made available to the  news
26    media for inspection and copying:
27             (1)  (a)  Information that identifies the individual
28        person, including the name, age, address, and photograph,
29        when and if available.
30             (2) (b)  Information detailing any charges  relating
31        to the arrest.
32             (3) (c)  The time and location of the arrest.
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -129-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1             (4)  (d)  The name of the investigating or arresting
 2        law enforcement agency.
 3             (5) (e)  If  the  individual  is  incarcerated,  the
 4        amount of any bail or bond.
 5             (6) (f)  If the individual is incarcerated, the time
 6        and date that the individual was received, discharged, or
 7        transferred from the arresting agency's custody.
 8        (b)   (1)  The   information  required  by  this  Section
 9    paragraph must be  made  available  to  the  news  media  for
10    inspection  and  copying  as  soon  as practicable, but in no
11    event shall the time period exceed 72 hours from the  arrest.
12    The  information described in items (3), (4), (5), and (6) of
13    subsection (a) subparagraphs (c), (d), (e), and (f)  of  this
14    paragraph,  however, may be withheld if it is determined that
15    disclosure would (i) interfere with pending or  actually  and
16    reasonably contemplated law enforcement proceedings conducted
17    by  any law enforcement or correctional agency; (ii) endanger
18    the  life  or  physical  safety   of   law   enforcement   or
19    correctional   personnel   or  any  other  person;  or  (iii)
20    compromise the security of any correctional facility.
21        (c) (2)  For the purposes of this Section paragraph,  the
22    term  "news  media"  means  personnel of a newspaper or other
23    periodical issued at regular intervals,  a  news  service,  a
24    radio  station,  a  television  station,  a community antenna
25    television service, or a person  or  corporation  engaged  in
26    making  news  reels  or  other motion picture news for public
27    showing.
28        (d) (3)  Each law enforcement or correctional agency  may
29    charge  fees  for  arrest records, but in no instance may the
30    fee exceed the actual cost of copying and reproduction.   The
31    fees  may not include the cost of the labor used to reproduce
32    the arrest record.
33        (e) (4)  The provisions of this Section paragraph do  not
34    supersede  the  confidentiality provisions for arrest records
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -130-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    of the Juvenile Court Act of 1987.
 2    (Source: P.A. 91-309, eff. 7-29-99; revised 11-3-99.)

 3        (20 ILCS 2605/2605-330) (was 20 ILCS 2605/55a in part)
 4        Sec. 2605-330.   Firefighter  background  investigations.
 5    37.  Upon  the  request  of  the  chief  of  a volunteer fire
 6    department, the Department shall conduct criminal  background
 7    investigations  of prospective firefighters and report to the
 8    requesting chief any record of convictions maintained in  the
 9    Department's  files  about those persons.  The Department may
10    charge a fee, based on actual costs, for the dissemination of
11    conviction information under  this  Section  paragraph.   The
12    Department  may  prescribe the form and manner for requesting
13    and furnishing  conviction  information  under  this  Section
14    paragraph.
15    (Source: P.A. 91-371, eff. 1-1-00; revised 11-3-99.)

16        (20 ILCS 2605/2605-475) (was 20 ILCS 2605/55a in part)
17        Sec.  2605-475.  Wireless Emergency Telephone Safety Act.
18    37.  To  exercise  the  powers   and   perform   the   duties
19    specifically  assigned  to  the Department under the Wireless
20    Emergency  Telephone  Safety  Act   with   respect   to   the
21    development   and  improvement  of  emergency  communications
22    procedures and facilities in such a manner as to facilitate a
23    quick response to  any  person  calling  the  number  "9-1-1"
24    seeking  police,  fire,  medical, or other emergency services
25    through a wireless carrier as defined in Section  10  of  the
26    Wireless  Emergency  Telephone  Safety  Act.   Nothing in the
27    Wireless Emergency Telephone Safety  Act  shall  require  the
28    Illinois  State  Police  to  provide  wireless enhanced 9-1-1
29    services.
30    (Source: P.A. 91-660, eff. 12-22-99; revised 1-17-00.)

31        Section 24.  The Criminal Identification Act  is  amended
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -131-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    by changing Section 3 as follows:

 2        (20 ILCS 2630/3) (from Ch. 38, par. 206-3)
 3        Sec.  3.  Information  to be furnished peace officers and
 4    commanding officers  of  certain  military  installations  in
 5    Illinois.
 6        (A)  The  Department  shall file or cause to be filed all
 7    plates,   photographs,   outline   pictures,    measurements,
 8    descriptions and information which shall be received by it by
 9    virtue of its office and shall make a complete and systematic
10    record  and  index of the same, providing thereby a method of
11    convenient reference and  comparison.  The  Department  shall
12    furnish,  upon application, all information pertaining to the
13    identification of any person or persons, a plate, photograph,
14    outline picture, description, measurements, or  any  data  of
15    which there is a record in its office. Such information shall
16    be furnished to peace officers of the United States, of other
17    states  or  territories,  of  the  Insular possessions of the
18    United  States,  of  foreign  countries  duly  authorized  to
19    receive the same, to all  peace  officers  of  the  State  of
20    Illinois,  to  investigators  of the Illinois Law Enforcement
21    Training Standards Board and, conviction information only, to
22    units of  local  government,  school  districts  and  private
23    organizations,  under  the  provisions  of  Section  2605-10,
24    2605-15,  2605-75,  2605-100,  2605-105,  2605-110, 2605-115,
25    2605-120, 2605-130, 2605-140, 2605-190,  2605-200,  2605-205,
26    2605-210,  2605-215,  2605-250, 2605-275, 2605-300, 2605-305,
27    2605-315, 2605-325, 2605-335, 2605-340,  2605-350,  2605-355,
28    2605-360,  2605-365,  2605-375, 2605-390, 2605-400, 2605-405,
29    2605-420, 2605-430, 2605-435, 2605-500, 2605-525, or 2605-550
30    of the Department of State Police Law (20 ILCS  2605/2605-10,
31    2605/2605-15,   2605/2605-75,  2605/2605-100,  2605/2605-105,
32    2605/2605-110, 2605/2605-115,  2605/2605-120,  2605/2605-130,
33    2605/2605-140,  2605/2605-190,  2605/2605-200, 2605/2605-205,
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -132-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    2605/2605-210, 2605/2605-215,  2605/2605-250,  2605/2605-275,
 2    2605/2605-300,  2605/2605-305,  2605/2605-315, 2605/2605-325,
 3    2605/2605-335, 2605/2605-340,  2605/2605-350,  2605/2605-355,
 4    2605/2605-360,  2605/2605-365,  2605/2605-375, 2605/2605-390,
 5    2605/2605-400, 2605/2605-405,  2605/2605-420,  2605/2605-430,
 6    2605/2605-435,      2605/2605-500,      2605/2605-525,     or
 7    2605/2605-550).  Applications  shall  be   in   writing   and
 8    accompanied  by a certificate, signed by the peace officer or
 9    chief administrative officer  or  his  designee  making  such
10    application,  to  the effect that the information applied for
11    is necessary in the interest of and will be  used  solely  in
12    the  due  administration  of  the  criminal  laws  or for the
13    purpose of evaluating the  qualifications  and  character  of
14    employees,  prospective employees, volunteers, or prospective
15    volunteers of units of local  government,  school  districts,
16    and private organizations.
17        For    the    purposes   of   this   subsection,   "chief
18    administrative officer" is defined as follows:
19             a)  The city manager of a city or, if  a  city  does
20        not employ a city manager, the mayor of the city.
21             b)  The  manager  of a village or, if a village does
22        not employ a manager, the president of the village.
23             c)  The chairman or president of a county board  or,
24        if  a  county  has  adopted  the county executive form of
25        government, the chief executive officer of the county.
26             d)  The president of the school board  of  a  school
27        district.
28             e)  The supervisor of a township.
29             f)  The   official  granted  general  administrative
30        control  of  a  special  district,   an   authority,   or
31        organization of government establishment by law which may
32        issue  obligations  and  which either may levy a property
33        tax or may expend funds of the  district,  authority,  or
34        organization   independently   of   any  parent  unit  of
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -133-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        government.
 2             g)  The   executive    officer    granted    general
 3        administrative  control of a private organization defined
 4        in Section 2605-335 of the Department of State Police Law
 5        (20 ILCS 2605/2605-335).
 6        (B)  Upon  written  application  and  payment   of   fees
 7    authorized  by  this  subsection, State agencies and units of
 8    local  government,  not  including  school   districts,   are
 9    authorized  to  submit fingerprints of employees, prospective
10    employees and license applicants to the  Department  for  the
11    purpose of obtaining conviction information maintained by the
12    Department and the Federal Bureau of Investigation about such
13    persons.   The  Department  shall submit such fingerprints to
14    the  Federal  Bureau  of  Investigation  on  behalf  of  such
15    agencies and units of local government.  The Department shall
16    charge an application fee, based on  actual  costs,  for  the
17    dissemination  of  conviction  information  pursuant  to this
18    subsection.  The Department is empowered  to  establish  this
19    fee  and  shall  prescribe the form and manner for requesting
20    and  furnishing  conviction  information  pursuant  to   this
21    subsection.
22        (C)  Upon  payment of fees authorized by this subsection,
23    the Department shall furnish to the commanding officer  of  a
24    military  installation  in  Illinois  having  an arms storage
25    facility, upon written request of such commanding officer  or
26    his  designee,  and  in the form and manner prescribed by the
27    Department,   all   criminal   history   record   information
28    pertaining to any individual seeking access to such a storage
29    facility, where such information  is  sought  pursuant  to  a
30    federally-mandated security or criminal history check.
31        The  Department  shall establish and charge a fee, not to
32    exceed actual costs, for providing  information  pursuant  to
33    this subsection.
34    (Source:  P.A.  91-176,  eff.  7-16-99;  91-239, eff. 1-1-00;
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -134-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    revised 10-12-99.)

 2        Section 25.  The Department of Transportation Law of  the
 3    Civil  Administrative Code of Illinois is amended by changing
 4    Section 2705-200 as follows:

 5        (20 ILCS 2705/2705-200) (was 20 ILCS 2705/49.16)
 6        Sec. 2705-200.  Master plan; reporting requirements.
 7        (a)  The Department has the power to develop and maintain
 8    a continuing, comprehensive, and integrated planning  process
 9    that shall develop and periodically revise a statewide master
10    plan  for  transportation to guide program development and to
11    foster efficient and economical  transportation  services  in
12    ground,  air,  water,  and  all other modes of transportation
13    throughout the State.  The Department  shall  coordinate  its
14    transportation  planning activities with those of other State
15    agencies and authorities and shall supervise and  review  any
16    transportation planning performed by other Executive agencies
17    under  the  direction  of the Governor.  The Department shall
18    cooperate and participate with federal, regional, interstate,
19    State, and local agencies, in accordance with Sections  5-301
20    and  7-301  of the Illinois Highway Code, and with interested
21    private individuals and organizations in the coordination  of
22    plans   and   policies   for   development   of  the  state's
23    transportation system.
24        To meet the provisions of this  Section,  the  Department
25    shall  publish  and  deliver  to  the  Governor  and  General
26    Assembly by January 1, 1982 and every 2 years thereafter, its
27    master   plan   for   highway,   waterway,  aeronautic,  mass
28    transportation,  and  railroad  systems.   The   plan   shall
29    identify  priority  subsystems  or  components of each system
30    that are critical to the economic and general welfare of this
31    the State regardless of public jurisdictional  responsibility
32    or private ownership.
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -135-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        The  master  plan  shall  provide particular emphasis and
 2    detail of the 5 year period in the immediate future.
 3        Annual and 5 year project programs for each State  system
 4    in  this Section shall be published and furnished the General
 5    Assembly on the first Wednesday in April of each year.
 6        Identified needs included in the project  programs  shall
 7    be  listed  and  mapped  in  a distinctive fashion to clearly
 8    identify the priority status of the projects: (1) projects to
 9    be committed for execution; (2) tentative projects  that  are
10    dependent  upon  funding or other constraints; and (3) needed
11    projects that are not programmed due to lack  of  funding  or
12    other constraints.
13        All  projects shall be related to the priority systems of
14    the master plan, and the priority criteria identified.   Cost
15    and  estimated  completion  dates  shall be included for work
16    required to complete a useable segment  or  component  beyond
17    the 5 year period of the program.
18        (b)  The  Department  shall  publish  and  deliver to the
19    Governor and General Assembly on the first Wednesday in April
20    of each year a 5-year Highway Improvement  Program  reporting
21    the  number of fiscal years each project has been on previous
22    5-year plans submitted by the Department.
23        (c)  The Department shall  publish  and  deliver  to  the
24    Governor  and the General Assembly by November 1 of each year
25    a For the Record report that shall include the following:
26             (1)  All the projects accomplished in  the  previous
27        fiscal   year  listed  by  each  Illinois  Department  of
28        Transportation District.
29             (2)  The award cost and the beginning dates of  each
30        listed project.
31    (Source:  P.A.  90-277,  eff.  1-1-98;  91-239,  eff. 1-1-00;
32    91-357, eff. 7-29-99; revised 8-12-99.)

33        Section 25.5.  The Illinois Capital Budget Act is amended
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -136-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    by changing Section 3 as follows:

 2        (20 ILCS 3010/3) (from Ch. 127, par. 3103)
 3        Sec. 3.  Each capital improvement program shall  include,
 4    but  not  be limited to, roads, bridges, buildings, including
 5    schools, prisons, recreational  facilities  and  conservation
 6    areas,  and other infrastructure facilities that are owned by
 7    the State of Illinois.
 8        Each capital improvement program shall  include  a  needs
 9    assessment  of  the  State's  capital facilities.  Each needs
10    assessment shall include where possible the  inventory,  age,
11    condition,   use,  sources  of  financing,  past  investment,
12    maintenance  history,  trends  in  condition,  financing  and
13    investment, and projected dollar amount of need in the next 5
14    years,  10  ten  years,  and  until  the  year  2000.   Needs
15    assessment of State facilities  shall  use,  to  the  fullest
16    extent   possible,  existing  studies  and  data  from  other
17    agencies such as the Illinois Department  of  Transportation,
18    the  Illinois  Environmental  Protection Agency, the Illinois
19    Economic  and  Fiscal  Commission,  the  Capital  Development
20    Board, the Governor's Task Force on the Future  of  Illinois,
21    and  relevant  federal  agencies,  so  that  studies  can  be
22    completed  as  efficiently as possible, and so information on
23    needs can be used to seek federal funds as soon as possible.
24        Each  capital  improvement  program  shall   include   an
25    identification  and analysis of factors that affect estimated
26    capital investment  needs,  including  but  not  limited  to,
27    economic  assumptions,  engineering  standards,  estimates of
28    spending for operations and maintenance,  federal  and  State
29    regulations, and estimation of demand for services.
30        Each   capital   improvement  program  shall  include  an
31    identification and analysis of the principal principle policy
32    issues  that  affect  estimated  capital  investment   needs,
33    including  but  not  limited to, economic development policy,
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -137-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    equity   considerations,   policies   regarding   alternative
 2    technologies,   political   jurisdiction    over    different
 3    infrastructure systems, and the role of the private sector in
 4    planning for and investing in infrastructure.
 5    (Source: P.A. 84-838; revised 9-22-00.)

 6        Section 26.  The Capital Development Board Act is amended
 7    by changing Section 16 as follows:

 8        (20 ILCS 3105/16) (from Ch. 127, par. 783b)
 9        Sec.  16.   (a) In addition to any other power granted in
10    this Act to adopt rules or regulations, the Board  may  adopt
11    regulations  or  rules relating to the issuance or renewal of
12    the prequalification of an architect, engineer or  contractor
13    or  the suspension or modification of the prequalification of
14    any such person or entity including, without  limitation,  an
15    interim  or  emergency  suspension  or modification without a
16    hearing founded on any one or more of the bases set forth  in
17    this Section.
18        (b)  Among   the   bases  for  an  interim  or  emergency
19    suspension or modification of prequalification are:
20        (1)  A finding by the Board  that  the  public  interest,
21    safety   or   welfare   requires   a  summary  suspension  or
22    modification of a prequalification without hearings.
23        (2)  The occurrence of  an  event  or  series  of  events
24    which,  in the Board's opinion, warrants a summary suspension
25    or modification  of  a  prequalification  without  a  hearing
26    including,  without  limitation,  (i)  the  indictment of the
27    holder of the prequalification by a State or  federal  agency
28    or   other  branch  of  government  for  a  crime;  (ii)  the
29    suspension or modification of a license  or  prequalification
30    by  another State agency or federal agency or other branch of
31    government after hearings;  (iii)  a  material  breach  of  a
32    contract made between the Board and an architect, engineer or
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -138-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    contractor;  and  (iv)  the  failure to comply with State law
 2    including,  without  limitation,  the  Minority  and   Female
 3    Business Enterprise for Minorities, Females, and Persons with
 4    Disabilities  Act,  the prevailing wage requirements, and the
 5    Steel Products Procurement Act.
 6        (c)  If a prequalification is suspended  or  modified  by
 7    the  Board  without hearings for any reason set forth in this
 8    Section or in Section 10-65 of  the  Illinois  Administrative
 9    Procedure  Act, as amended, the Board shall within 30 days of
10    the issuance of an order of suspension or modification  of  a
11    prequalification  initiate  proceedings for the suspension or
12    modification of or other action upon the prequalification.
13    (Source: P.A. 88-45; revised 8-23-99.)

14        Section 26.2.  The Illinois Emergency  Management  Agency
15    Act is amended by changing Section 10 as follows:

16        (20 ILCS 3305/10) (from Ch. 127, par. 1060)
17        Sec. 10.  Emergency Services and Disaster Agencies.
18        (a)  Each  political  subdivision within this State shall
19    be within the jurisdiction of  and  served  by  the  Illinois
20    Emergency  Management Agency and by an emergency services and
21    disaster  agency   responsible   for   emergency   management
22    programs.   A township, if the township is in a county having
23    a population of more than 2,000,000, must  have  approval  of
24    the  county  coordinator  before  establishment of a township
25    emergency services and disaster agency.
26        (b)  Each county shall maintain an emergency services and
27    disaster agency that has jurisdiction  over  and  serves  the
28    entire  county,  except  as otherwise provided under this Act
29    and except that in any  county  with  a  population  of  over
30    3,000,000 containing a municipality with a population of over
31    500,000  the  jurisdiction  of  the  county  agency shall not
32    extend  to  the  municipality  when  the   municipality   has
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -139-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    established its own agency.
 2        (c)  Each  municipality with a population of over 500,000
 3    shall maintain an  emergency  services  and  disaster  agency
 4    which   has   jurisdiction   over   and   serves  the  entire
 5    municipality.  A municipality with  a  population  less  than
 6    500,000  may establish, by ordinance, an agency or department
 7    responsible   for    emergency    management    within    the
 8    municipality's corporate limits.
 9        (d)  The   Governor   shall   determine  which  municipal
10    corporations, other than those specified in paragraph (c)  of
11    this  Section,  need emergency services and disaster agencies
12    of their  own  and  require  that  they  be  established  and
13    maintained.  He shall make his determinations on the basis of
14    the  municipality's  disaster vulnerability and capability of
15    response related to population size and  concentration.   The
16    emergency  services  and  disaster  agency  of  a  county  or
17    township,  shall  not  have a jurisdiction within a political
18    subdivision having its own emergency  services  and  disaster
19    agency,  but  shall cooperate with the emergency services and
20    disaster agency of  a  city,  village  or  incorporated  town
21    within  their  borders.   The  Illinois  Emergency Management
22    Agency shall publish  and  furnish  a  current  list  to  the
23    municipalities  required  to  have  an emergency services and
24    disaster agency under this subsection.
25        (e)  Each municipality that is not required to  and  does
26    not have an emergency services and disaster agency shall have
27    a  liaison  officer  designated to facilitate the cooperation
28    and protection of that municipal corporation with the  county
29    emergency services and disaster agency in which it is located
30    in  the  work of disaster mitigation, preparedness, response,
31    and recovery.
32        (f)  The principal executive officer or his  designee  of
33    each political subdivision in the State shall annually notify
34    the  Illinois  Emergency  Management  Agency of the manner in
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -140-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    which the political  subdivision  is  providing  or  securing
 2    emergency  management,  identify  the  executive  head of the
 3    agency or the department from which the service is  obtained,
 4    or  the  liaison  officer in accordance with paragraph (d) of
 5    this Section  and  furnish  additional  information  relating
 6    thereto as the Illinois Emergency Management Agency requires.
 7        (g)  Each  emergency  services  and disaster agency shall
 8    prepare and  submit  to  the  Illinois  Emergency  Management
 9    Agency  for  review and approval an emergency operations plan
10    for its geographic boundaries  that  complies  with  planning
11    standards  developed  by  the  Illinois  Emergency Management
12    Agency.   The  Illinois  Emergency  Management  Agency  shall
13    determine which jurisdictions will  be  required  to  include
14    earthquake  preparedness  in their local emergency operations
15    plans.
16        (h)  The emergency services  and  disaster  agency  shall
17    prepare  and  distribute  to  all  appropriate  officials  in
18    written  form a clear and complete statement of the emergency
19    responsibilities of all local departments and  officials  and
20    of the disaster chain of command.
21        (i)  Each  emergency  services  and disaster agency shall
22    have a Coordinator who shall be appointed  by  the  principal
23    executive  officer  of  the political subdivision in the same
24    manner as are the heads of regular governmental  departments.
25    If  the  political  subdivision is a county and the principal
26    executive officer appoints the sheriff  as  the  Coordinator,
27    the  sheriff  may,  in  addition to his regular compensation,
28    receive compensation at the same level as provided in Section
29    3 of "An Act in relation to the regulation of  motor  vehicle
30    traffic  and  the  promotion  of safety on public highways in
31    counties",  approved  August  9,  1951,  as   amended.    The
32    Coordinator   shall   have   direct  responsibility  for  the
33    organization, administration, training, and operation of  the
34    emergency  services  and  disaster  agency,  subject  to  the
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -141-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    direction  and  control  of that principal executive officer.
 2    Each emergency services and disaster agency shall  coordinate
 3    and  may  perform  emergency  management functions within the
 4    territorial limits of the political subdivision within  which
 5    it  is  organized  as  are  prescribed  in  and  by the State
 6    Emergency Operations Plan, and programs,  orders,  rules  and
 7    regulations  as  may be promulgated by the Illinois Emergency
 8    Management Agency and by local ordinance  and,  in  addition,
 9    shall  conduct  such  functions  outside of those territorial
10    limits as may be required under  mutual  aid  agreements  and
11    compacts  as  are  entered  into  under  subparagraph  (5) of
12    paragraph (c) of Section 6.
13        (j)  In carrying out the provisions  of  this  Act,  each
14    political  subdivision  may  enter  into  contracts and incur
15    obligations necessary to place it in a  position  effectively
16    to  combat  the  disasters  as are described in Section 4, to
17    protect  the  health  and  safety  of  persons,  to   protect
18    property,  and  to provide emergency assistance to victims of
19    those  disasters.   If  a  disaster  occurs,  each  political
20    subdivision may exercise the powers vested under this Section
21    in the light of the exigencies of the disaster and, excepting
22    mandatory constitutional requirements, without regard to  the
23    procedures   and   formalities  normally  prescribed  by  law
24    pertaining to the performance of public work,  entering  into
25    contracts,  the  incurring  of obligations, the employment of
26    temporary workers, the rental of equipment, the  purchase  of
27    supplies  and  materials, and the appropriation, expenditure,
28    and disposition of public funds and property.
29        (k)  Emergency services  and  disaster  agency  personnel
30    who,  while  engaged  in  a  disaster  or  disaster  training
31    exercise,  suffer  disease,  injury  or death, shall, for the
32    purposes of benefits under the Workers' Compensation  Act  or
33    Workers'  Occupational  Diseases  Act  only,  be deemed to be
34    employees of the  State,  if  (1)  the  claimant  is  a  duly
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -142-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    qualified  and  enrolled  (sworn  in)  as  a volunteer of the
 2    Illinois Emergency Management Agency or an emergency services
 3    and disaster agency  accredited  by  the  Illinois  Emergency
 4    Management  Agency, and (2) if the claimant was participating
 5    in an actual disaster as defined in paragraph (e) of  Section
 6    4   of   this   Act  or  the  exercise  participated  in  was
 7    specifically and expressly approved by the Illinois Emergency
 8    Management Agency. Illinois Emergency Management Agency shall
 9    use the same criteria for approving an exercise and utilizing
10    State volunteers as required for any  political  subdivision.
11    The  computation  of  benefits  payable under either of those
12    Acts  shall  be  based  on  the  income   commensurate   with
13    comparable State employees doing the same type work or income
14    from the person's regular employment, whichever is greater.
15        (l)  If  any  person  who is entitled to receive benefits
16    through  the  application  of  this  Section   receives,   in
17    connection  with  the disease, injury or death giving rise to
18    such entitlement,  benefits  under  an  Act  of  Congress  or
19    federal program, benefits payable under this Section shall be
20    reduced  to  the  extent  of the benefits received under that
21    other Act or program.
22        (m) (1)  Prior  to   conducting   a   disaster   training
23        exercise,  the principal executive officer of a political
24        subdivision or his designee shall provide area media with
25        written notification of the disaster  training  exercise.
26        The notification shall indicate that information relating
27        to  the  disaster training exercise shall not be released
28        to the public until the commencement of the exercise. The
29        notification shall also contain a request that the notice
30        be so posted to ensure that all relevant media  personnel
31        are  advised  of the disaster training exercise before it
32        begins.
33             (2)  During  the  conduct  of  a  disaster  training
34        exercise, all  messages,  two-way  radio  communications,
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -143-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        briefings,  status reports, news releases, and other oral
 2        or written communications shall begin and  end  with  the
 3        following statement:  "This is an exercise message".
 4    (Source: P.A. 87-168; 88-606, eff. 1-1-95; revised 2-9-00.)

 5        Section  26.4.   The Illinois Research Park Authority Act
 6    is amended by changing Section 1-130 as follows:

 7        (20 ILCS 3850/1-130)
 8        Sec.  1-130.   Complete,  additional,   and   alternative
 9    methods.   The  foregoing  Sections of this Act are deemed to
10    provide a complete, additional, and alternative  methods  for
11    the  doing  of  the  things  authorized  thereby and shall be
12    regarded as supplemental and additional to  powers  conferred
13    by  other  laws,  provided  that  the  issuance  of bonds and
14    refunding bonds under this  Act  need  not  comply  with  the
15    requirements  of  any other law applicable to the issuance of
16    bonds.  Except as otherwise expressly provided in  this  Act,
17    none  of  the  powers granted to the Authority under this Act
18    shall be subject to the supervision or regulation or  require
19    the  approval  or  consent  of  any municipality or political
20    subdivision or any department, division,  commission,  board,
21    body, bureau, official, or agency thereof or of the State.
22    (Source: P.A. 88-669, eff. 11-29-94; revised 2-23-00.)

23        Section  26.6.   The  Correctional Budget and Impact Note
24    Act is amended by changing Sections 3 and 9 as follows:

25        (25 ILCS 70/3) (from Ch. 63, par. 42.83)
26        Sec. 3.  Upon the request of  the  sponsor  of  any  bill
27    described in subsection (a) of Section 2, the Director of the
28    Department   of   Corrections,   or  any  person  within  the
29    Department whom the Director may designate, shall  prepare  a
30    written  statement setting forth the information specified in
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -144-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    subsection (a) of Section 2.  Upon the request of the sponsor
 2    of any bill described in subsection (b)  of  Section  2,  the
 3    Director of the Administrative Office of the Illinois Courts,
 4    or  any  person  the  Director may designate, shall prepare a
 5    written statement setting forth the information specified  in
 6    subsection (b) of Section 2.
 7        The  statement prepared by the Director of Corrections or
 8    Director of Administrative Office of the Illinois Courts,  as
 9    the  case  may  be, shall be designated a Correctional Budget
10    and Impact Note and shall be furnished to the sponsor  within
11    10 calendar days thereafter, except that whenever, because of
12    the  complexity  of the bill, additional time is required for
13    the preparation of the note, the Department of Corrections or
14    Administrative Office of the Illinois Courts  may  so  notify
15    the  sponsor and request an extension of time not to exceed 5
16    additional days within which such note is  to  be  furnished.
17    Such  extension  shall not extend beyond May 15 following the
18    date of the request.
19    (Source: P.A. 89-198, eff. 7-21-95; revised 2-23-00.)

20        (25 ILCS 70/9) (from Ch. 63, par. 42.89)
21        Sec. 9.  The subject matter of  bills  submitted  to  the
22    Director  of the Department of Corrections or the Director of
23    the Administrative Office of the  Illinois  Courts  shall  be
24    kept in strict confidence and no information relating thereto
25    or relating to the budget or impact thereof shall be divulged
26    by   an  official  or  employee  of  the  Department  or  the
27    Administrative Office of the Illinois Courts, except  to  the
28    bill's   sponsor   or  his  designee,  prior  to  the  bill's
29    introduction in the General Assembly.
30    (Source: P.A. 89-198, eff. 7-21-95; revised 2-23-00.)

31        Section 27.  The State Finance Act is amended by changing
32    Section 6z-43 and setting forth,  changing,  and  renumbering
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -145-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    multiple  versions  of  Sections  5.490, 5.491, 5.492, 5.505,
 2    5.540, 5.541, 5.542, and 8.36 as follows:

 3        (30 ILCS 105/5.490)
 4        Sec. 5.490.  The Horse Racing Equity Fund.
 5    (Source:  P.A. 91-40, eff. 6-25-99.)

 6        (30 ILCS 105/5.491)
 7        Sec. 5.491.  The Illinois  Racing  Quarterhorse  Breeders
 8    Fund.
 9    (Source: P.A. 91-40, eff. 6-25-99.)

10        (30 ILCS 105/5.492)
11        Sec. 5.492.  The Horse Racing Fund.
12    (Source:  P.A. 91-40, eff. 6-25-99.)

13        (30 ILCS 105/5.493)
14        Sec.  5.493.  5.490.   The  Federal Workforce Development
15    Fund.
16    (Source: P.A. 91-34, eff. 7-1-99; revised 11-12-99.)

17        (30 ILCS 105/5.494)
18        Sec. 5.494. 5.491.  The  Energy  Assistance  Contribution
19    Fund.
20    (Source: P.A. 91-34, eff. 7-1-99; revised 11-12-99.)

21        (30 ILCS 105/5.497)
22        Sec. 5.497. 5.491.  The Motor Vehicle License Plate Fund.
23    (Source: P.A. 91-37, eff. 7-1-99; revised 11-12-99.)

24        (30 ILCS 105/5.498)
25        Sec. 5.498. 5.490.  The Fund for Illinois' Future.
26    (Source:  P.A. 91-38, eff. 6-15-99; revised 11-12-99.)
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -146-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        (30 ILCS 105/5.499)
 2        Sec. 5.499. 5.490.  The Video Conferencing User Fund.
 3    (Source:  P.A. 91-44, eff. 7-1-99; revised 11-12-99.)

 4        (30 ILCS 105/5.501)
 5        Sec.  5.501. 5.505.  The School Technology Revolving Loan
 6    Fund.
 7    (Source: P.A. 90-548, eff. 1-1-98; revised 12-18-99.)

 8        (30 ILCS 105/5.502)
 9        Sec. 5.502.  5.491.   The  Electronic  Commerce  Security
10    Certification Fund.
11    (Source: P.A. 91-58, eff. 7-1-99; revised 11-12-99.)

12        (30 ILCS 105/5.503)
13        Sec. 5.503. 5.490.  The Prostate Cancer Research Fund.
14    (Source:  P.A. 91-104, eff. 7-13-99; revised 11-12-99.)

15        (30 ILCS 105/5.504)
16        (Section scheduled to be repealed on July 16, 2003)
17        Sec.  5.504.  5.490.   The State Board of Education Fund.
18    This Section is repealed 4 years after the effective date  of
19    this amendatory Act of the 91st General Assembly.
20    (Source:  P.A. 91-143, eff. 7-16-99; revised 11-12-99.)

21        (30 ILCS 105/5.505)
22        (Section scheduled to be repealed on July 16, 2003)
23        Sec.  5.505. 5.491.  The State Board of Education Special
24    Purpose Trust Fund.  This Section is repealed 4  years  after
25    the effective date of this amendatory Act of the 91st General
26    Assembly.
27    (Source: P.A. 91-143, eff. 7-16-99; revised 11-12-99.)

28        (30 ILCS 105/5.506)
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -147-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        (Section scheduled to be repealed on July 16, 2003)
 2        Sec.  5.506.  5.492.  The Private Business and Vocational
 3    Schools Fund.  This Section is repealed  4  years  after  the
 4    effective  date  of  this  amendatory Act of the 91st General
 5    Assembly.
 6    (Source: P.A. 91-143, eff. 7-16-99; revised 11-12-99.)

 7        (30 ILCS 105/5.507)
 8        Sec. 5.507. 5.490.  The Open Lands Loan Fund.
 9    (Source:  P.A. 91-220, eff. 7-21-99; revised 11-12-99.)

10        (30 ILCS 105/5.508)
11        Sec. 5.508. 5.490.  The Diesel Emissions Testing Fund.
12    (Source:  P.A. 91-254, eff. 7-1-99; revised 11-12-99.)

13        (30 ILCS 105/5.509)
14        Sec. 5.509. 5.490.  The Death Certificate Surcharge Fund.
15    (Source:  P.A. 91-382, eff. 7-30-99; revised 11-12-99.)

16        (30 ILCS 105/5.510)
17        Sec. 5.510. 5.490.  The Charter  Schools  Revolving  Loan
18    Fund.
19    (Source:  P.A. 91-407, eff. 8-3-99; revised 11-12-99.)

20        (30 ILCS 105/5.511)
21        Sec.  5.511.  5.490.   The Illinois Adoption Registry and
22    Medical Information Exchange Fund.
23    (Source:  P.A. 91-417, eff. 1-1-00; revised 11-12-99.)

24        (30 ILCS 105/5.512)
25        Sec.  5.512.  5.490.   The  Economic  Development  for  a
26    Growing Economy Fund.
27    (Source:  P.A. 91-476, eff. 8-11-99; revised 11-12-99.)
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -148-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        (30 ILCS 105/5.513)
 2        Sec. 5.513. 5.490.  The Illinois Aquaculture  Development
 3    Fund.
 4    (Source:  P.A. 91-530, eff. 8-13-99; revised 11-12-99.)

 5        (30 ILCS 105/5.514)
 6        Sec.  5.514.   The 5.490. Motor Carrier Safety Inspection
 7    Fund.
 8    (Source:  P.A. 91-537, eff. 8-13-99; revised 11-12-99.)

 9        (30 ILCS 105/5.515)
10        Sec. 5.515. 5.490.  The Airport Land Loan Revolving Fund.
11    (Source:  P.A. 91-543, eff. 8-14-99; revised 11-12-99.)

12        (30 ILCS 105/5.516)
13        Sec. 5.516. 5.490.  The Illinois Value-Added  Agriculture
14    Enhancement Program Fund.
15    (Source:  P.A. 91-560, eff. 8-14-99; revised 11-12-99.)

16        (30 ILCS 105/5.517)
17        Sec.  5.517.  5.490.   The  Illinois  Building Commission
18    Revolving Fund.
19    (Source:  P.A. 91-581, eff. 8-14-99; revised 11-12-99.)

20        (30 ILCS 105/5.518)
21        Sec. 5.518.  The 5.490.  Capital Litigation Trust Fund.
22    (Source:  P.A. 91-589, eff. 1-1-00; revised 11-12-99.)

23        (30 ILCS 105/5.519)
24        Sec.  5.519. 5.490.  The Small Business Incubator Fund.
25    (Source:  P.A. 91-592, eff. 8-14-99; revised 11-12-99.)

26        (30 ILCS 105/5.520)
27        Sec. 5.520. 5.490.  The Auction Regulation Administration
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -149-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    Fund.
 2    (Source:  P.A. 91-603, eff. 1-1-00; revised 11-12-99.)

 3        (30 ILCS 105/5.521)
 4        Sec. 5.521. 5.491.  The Auction Recovery Fund.
 5    (Source: P.A. 91-603, eff. 1-1-00; revised 11-12-99.)

 6        (30 ILCS 105/5.522)
 7        Sec. 5.522. 5.492.  The Auction Education Fund.
 8    (Source:  P.A. 91-603, eff. 1-1-00; revised 11-12-99.)

 9        (30 ILCS 105/5.523)
10        Sec. 5.523. 5.490.  The International Tourism Fund.
11    (Source:  P.A. 91-604, eff. 8-16-99; revised 11-12-99.)

12        (30 ILCS 105/5.524)
13        Sec. 5.524. 5.490.  The NOx Trading System Fund.
14    (Source:  P.A. 91-631, eff. 8-19-99; revised 11-12-99.)

15        (30 ILCS 105/5.525)
16        Sec. 5.525.  The 5.490. John Joseph Kelly Home Fund.
17    (Source:  P.A. 91-634, eff. 8-19-99; revised 11-12-99.)

18        (30 ILCS 105/5.526)
19        Sec. 5.526. 5.490.   The  Insurance  Premium  Tax  Refund
20    Fund.
21    (Source:  P.A. 91-643, eff. 8-20-99; revised 11-12-99.)

22        (30 ILCS 105/5.527)
23        Sec.   5.527.  5.490.  The  Assisted  Living  and  Shared
24    Housing Regulatory Fund.
25    (Source: P.A. 91-656, eff. 1-1-01; revised 1-19-00.)

26        (30 ILCS 105/5.528)
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -150-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        Sec. 5.528. 5.490.  The Academic Improvement  Trust  Fund
 2    for Community College Foundations.
 3    (Source: P.A. 91-664, eff. 12-22-99; revised 1-19-99.)

 4        (30 ILCS 105/5.529)
 5        Sec. 5.529.  The 5.490. Wireless Service Emergency Fund.
 6    (Source: P.A. 91-660, eff. 12-22-99; revised 1-19-00.)

 7        (30 ILCS 105/5.530)
 8        Sec.  5.530.  The  5.491.  State  Police Wireless Service
 9    Emergency Fund.
10    (Source: P.A. 91-660, eff. 12-22-99; revised 1-19-00.)

11        (30 ILCS 105/5.531)
12        Sec. 5.531.  The 5.492.  Wireless  Carrier  Reimbursement
13    Fund.
14    (Source: P.A. 91-660, eff. 12-22-99; revised 1-19-00.)

15        (30 ILCS 105/5.532)
16        Sec. 5.532. 5.541.  The Spinal Cord Injury Paralysis Cure
17    Research Trust Fund.
18    (Source: P.A. 91-737, eff. 6-2-00; revised 7-13-00.)

19        (30 ILCS 105/5.533)
20        Sec.  5.533.  5.542.  The  Brain  Injury  and Spinal Cord
21    Injury Trust Fund.
22    (Source: P.A. 91-737, eff. 6-2-00; revised 7-13-00.)

23        (30 ILCS 105/5.534)
24        Sec. 5.534. 5.541.  The Organ Donor Awareness Fund.
25    (Source: P.A. 91-805, eff. 1-1-01; revised 7-13-00.)

26        (30 ILCS 105/5.535)
27        Sec. 5.535. 5.540.  The National World  War  II  Memorial
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -151-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    Fund.
 2    (Source:  P.A.  91-833,  eff.  1-1-01;  91-836,  eff. 1-1-01;
 3    revised 7-13-00.)

 4        (30 ILCS 105/5.536)
 5        Sec. 5.536. 5.541.  The Post Transplant  Maintenance  and
 6    Retention Fund.
 7    (Source: P.A. 91-873, eff. 7-1-00; revised 7-13-00.)

 8        (30 ILCS 105/5.540)
 9        Sec. 5.540.  The Tobacco Settlement Recovery Fund.
10    (Source: P.A. 91-646, eff. 11-19-99.)

11        (30 ILCS 105/5.541)
12        Sec. 5.541.  The Homeowners' Tax Relief Fund.
13    (Source: P.A. 91-703, eff. 5-16-00.)

14        (30 ILCS 105/5.542)
15        Sec. 5.542.  The Budget Stabilization Fund.
16    (Source: P.A. 91-703, eff. 5-16-00.)

17        (30 ILCS 105/6z-43)
18        Sec. 6z-43. Tobacco Settlement Recovery Fund.
19        (a)  There  is  created  in  the State Treasury a special
20    fund to be known as the  Tobacco  Settlement  Recovery  Fund,
21    into  which  shall  be deposited all monies paid to the State
22    pursuant to (1) the Master Settlement  Agreement  entered  in
23    the case of People of the State of Illinois v. Philip Morris,
24    et  al. (Circuit Court of Cook County, No. 96-L13146) and (2)
25    any settlement with or judgment against any  tobacco  product
26    manufacturer  other  than  one  participating  in  the Master
27    Settlement Agreement in satisfaction of any released claim as
28    defined in the Master Settlement Agreement, as  well  as  any
29    other  monies  as  provided  by  law.   All  earnings on Fund
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -152-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    investments shall be  deposited  into  the  Fund.   Upon  the
 2    creation  of  the Fund, the State Comptroller shall order the
 3    State Treasurer to transfer into the Fund any monies paid  to
 4    the  State  as  described  in item (1) or (2) of this Section
 5    before the creation of the Fund plus any interest  earned  on
 6    the investment of those monies.  The Treasurer may invest the
 7    moneys  in  the Fund in the same manner, in the same types of
 8    investments, and subject to the same limitations provided  in
 9    the Illinois Pension Code for the investment of pension funds
10    other  than  those  established  under  Article 3 or 4 of the
11    Code.
12        (b)  As soon as may be practical after June 30, 2001, the
13    State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer  shall
14    transfer  the  unencumbered balance in the Tobacco Settlement
15    Recovery  Fund  as  of  June  30,  2001   into   the   Budget
16    Stabilization  Fund.   The Treasurer may invest the moneys in
17    the Budget Stabilization Fund in the same manner, in the same
18    types of investments, and subject  to  the  same  limitations
19    provided  in  the Illinois Pension Code for the investment of
20    pension funds other than those established under Article 3 or
21    4 of the Code.
22    (Source: P.A. 91-646, eff.  11-19-99;  91-704,  eff.  7-1-00;
23    91-797, eff. 6-9-00; revised 6-28-00.)

24        (30 ILCS 105/8.36)
25        Sec.    8.36.  Airport    Land   Loan   Revolving   Fund.
26    Appropriations for loans to  public  airport  owners  by  the
27    Department  of  Transportation pursuant to Section 34b of the
28    Illinois Aeronautics Act shall be payable  from  the  Airport
29    Land Loan Revolving Fund.
30    (Source: P.A. 91-543, eff. 8-14-99.)

31        (30 ILCS 105/8.37)
32        Sec. 8.37. 8.36.  State Police Wireless Service Emergency
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -153-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    Fund.
 2        (a)  The  State Police Wireless Service Emergency Fund is
 3    created as a special fund in the State Treasury.
 4        (b)  Grants to the Department of State  Police  from  the
 5    Wireless  Service  Emergency Fund shall be deposited into the
 6    State Police Wireless Service Emergency  Fund  and  shall  be
 7    used  in accordance with Section 20 of the Wireless Emergency
 8    Telephone Safety Act.
 9        (c)  On July 1, 1999, the  State  Comptroller  and  State
10    Treasurer  shall transfer $1,300,000 from the General Revenue
11    Fund to the State Police Wireless Service Emergency Fund.  On
12    June 30, 2003 the State Comptroller and State Treasurer shall
13    transfer $1,300,000 from the State  Police  Wireless  Service
14    Emergency Fund to the General Revenue Fund.
15    (Source: P.A. 91-660, eff. 12-22-99; revised 1-17-00.)

16        Section  28.   The General Obligation Bond Act is amended
17    by changing Section 9 as follows:

18        (30 ILCS 330/9) (from Ch. 127, par. 659)
19        Sec. 9.  Conditions for Issuance  and  Sale  of  Bonds  -
20    Requirements  for Bonds.  Bonds shall be issued and sold from
21    time to time, in one or more series, in such amounts  and  at
22    such  prices  as  may  be  directed  by  the  Governor,  upon
23    recommendation  by  the Director of the Bureau of the Budget.
24    Bonds shall be in such form  (either  coupon,  registered  or
25    book  entry),  in such denominations, payable within 30 years
26    from their date, subject to such terms of redemption with  or
27    without  premium,  bear interest payable at such times and at
28    such fixed rate or rates, and the Bond Authorization  Act  be
29    dated as shall be fixed and determined by the Director of the
30    Bureau  of  the  Budget in the order authorizing the issuance
31    and sale of  any  series  of  Bonds,  which  order  shall  be
32    approved  by  the  Governor and is herein called a "Bond Sale
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -154-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    Order"; provided however, that interest shall not exceed that
 2    permitted in the Bond Authorization Act, as now or  hereafter
 3    amended.   Said  Bonds  shall  be  payable  at  such place or
 4    places, within or without the State of Illinois, and  may  be
 5    made  registrable  as  to  either  principal  or  as  to both
 6    principal and interest, as shall be  specified  in  the  Bond
 7    Sale Order.  Bonds may be callable or subject to purchase and
 8    retirement as fixed and determined in the Bond Sale Order.,
 9    (Source:  P.A.  91-39,  eff.  6-15-99;  91-357, eff. 7-29-99;
10    revised 8-23-99.)

11        Section 30.  The Downstate Public Transportation  Act  is
12    amended by changing Section 2-7 as follows:

13        (30 ILCS 740/2-7) (from Ch. 111 2/3, par. 667)
14        Sec. 2-7. Quarterly reports; annual audit.
15        (a)  Any  Metro-East  Transit District participant shall,
16    no later than 30 days following the end of each month of  any
17    fiscal  year,  file  with the Department on forms provided by
18    the Department for that  purpose,  a  report  of  the  actual
19    operating  deficit  experienced  during  that  quarter.   The
20    Department  shall,  upon receipt of the quarterly report, and
21    upon determining that such operating  deficits were  incurred
22    in  conformity  with  the  program  of  proposed expenditures
23    approved by the Department pursuant to Section 2-11,  pay  to
24    any  Metro-East  Transit District participant such portion of
25    such operating deficit as funds have been transferred to  the
26    Metro-East  Transit  Public Transportation Fund and allocated
27    to that Metro-East Transit District participant.
28        (b)  Each participant other than any  Metro-East  Transit
29    District  participant  shall,  30 days before the end of each
30    quarter, file with the Department on forms  provided  by  the
31    Department  for  such  purposes  a  report  of  the projected
32    eligible operating  expenses  to  be  incurred  in  the  next
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -155-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    quarter  and  30 days before the third and fourth quarters of
 2    any fiscal year a  statement  of  actual  eligible  operating
 3    expenses  incurred in the preceding quarters.  Within 45 days
 4    of receipt by the Department of such  quarterly  report,  the
 5    Comptroller shall order paid and the Treasurer shall pay from
 6    the  Downstate Public Transportation Fund to each participant
 7    an amount equal to one-third of such  participant's  eligible
 8    operating  expenses;  provided,  however, that in Fiscal Year
 9    1997, the amount paid to each participant from the  Downstate
10    Public Transportation Fund shall be an amount equal to 47% of
11    such  participant's  eligible operating expenses and shall be
12    increased to 49% in Fiscal Year  1998,  51%  in  Fiscal  Year
13    1999,  53%  in  Fiscal Year 2000, and 55% in Fiscal Year 2001
14    and thereafter; however,  in  any  year  that  a  participant
15    receives  funding under subsection (i) of Section 2705-305 of
16    the Department of Transportation Law (20 ILCS 2705/2705-305),
17    that participant shall be eligible only for assistance  equal
18    to   the  following  percentage  of  its  eligible  operating
19    expenses: 42% in Fiscal Year 1997, 44% in Fiscal  Year  1998,
20    46%  in Fiscal Year 1999, 48% in Fiscal Year 2000, and 50% in
21    Fiscal Year 2001 and thereafter.  Any such  payment  for  the
22    third  and  fourth  quarters  of  any  fiscal  year  shall be
23    adjusted to reflect actual eligible  operating  expenses  for
24    preceding   quarters   of   such  fiscal  year.  However,  no
25    participant shall receive an amount less than that which  was
26    received  in  the immediate prior year, provided in the event
27    of a shortfall in the fund those participants receiving  less
28    than  their  full  allocation pursuant to Section 2-6 of this
29    Article shall be the first participants to receive an  amount
30    not less than that received in the immediate prior year.
31        (c)  No later than 180 days following the last day of the
32    Fiscal  Year  each  participant  shall provide the Department
33    with an audit  prepared  by  a  Certified  Public  Accountant
34    covering  that  Fiscal  Year.   Any  discrepancy  between the
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -156-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    grants paid and one-third of the eligible operating  expenses
 2    or  in  the  case  of  the  Bi-State Metropolitan Development
 3    District the approved program amount shall be  reconciled  by
 4    appropriate payment or credit. Beginning in Fiscal Year 1985,
 5    for  those  participants other than the Bi-State Metropolitan
 6    Development District, any discrepancy between the grants paid
 7    and  the  percentage  of  the  eligible  operating   expenses
 8    provided  for  by  paragraph  (b)  of  this  Section shall be
 9    reconciled by appropriate payment or credit.
10    (Source: P.A. 91-239,  eff.  1-1-00;  91-357,  eff.  7-29-99;
11    revised 8-9-99.)

12        Section  31.   The  State  Mandates  Act  is  amended  by
13    changing Sections 8.23 and 8.24 as follows:

14        (30 ILCS 805/8.23)
15        Sec. 8.23.  Exempt mandates mandate.
16        (a)  Notwithstanding  Sections  6  and  8 of this Act, no
17    reimbursement by the State is required for the implementation
18    of any mandate created by Public Act  91-17,  91-56,  91-254,
19    91-401,  91-466,  91-474,  91-478,  91-486,  91-523,  91-578,
20    91-617,  91-635,  or  91-651  this amendatory Act of the 91st
21    General Assembly 1999.
22        (b)  Notwithstanding Sections 6 and 8  of  this  Act  and
23    except  for the payment provided in subsection (k) of Section
24    21-14 of the School Code, no reimbursement by  the  State  is
25    required  for  the  implementation  of any mandate created by
26    Public Act 91-102 this amendatory Act  of  the  91st  General
27    Assembly.
28    (Source:  P.A.  91-17,  eff.  6-4-99;  91-56,  eff.  6-30-99;
29    91-102,  eff.  7-12-99;  91-254,  eff.  7-1-00;  91-401, eff.
30    1-1-00; 91-466, eff. 8-6-99; 91-474,  eff.  11-1-99;  91-478,
31    eff.  11-1-99;  91-486,  eff.  1-1-00;  91-523,  eff. 1-1-00;
32    91-578, eff.  8-14-99;  91-617,  eff.  1-1-00;  91-635,  eff.
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -157-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    8-20-99; 91-651, eff. 1-1-00; revised 1-19-00.)

 2        (30 ILCS 805/8.24)
 3        Sec.  8.24.  Exempt  mandate.  Notwithstanding Sections 6
 4    and 8 of this Act, no reimbursement by the State is  required
 5    for  the  implementation of any mandate created by Public Act
 6    91-699, 91-722, 91-834, 91-852, 91-870,  91-885,  91-887,  or
 7    91-897. this amendatory Act of the 91st General Assembly.
 8    (Source:  P.A.  91-699,  eff.  1-1-01;  91-722,  eff. 6-2-00;
 9    91-834, eff.  1-1-01;  91-852,  eff.  6-22-00;  91-870,  eff.
10    6-22-00;  91-885,  eff.  7-6-00; 91-887, eff. 7-6-00; 91-897,
11    eff. 7-6-00; revised 9-7-00.)

12        Section 32.  The Illinois Income Tax Act  is  amended  by
13    changing Sections 201, 203, 703, and 901 as follows:

14        (35 ILCS 5/201) (from Ch. 120, par. 2-201)
15        Sec. 201.  Tax Imposed.
16        (a)  In  general.  A tax measured by net income is hereby
17    imposed on every individual, corporation,  trust  and  estate
18    for  each  taxable  year  ending  after  July 31, 1969 on the
19    privilege of earning or receiving income in or as a  resident
20    of  this  State.  Such  tax shall be in addition to all other
21    occupation or privilege taxes imposed by this State or by any
22    municipal corporation or political subdivision thereof.
23        (b)  Rates. The tax imposed by  subsection  (a)  of  this
24    Section shall be determined as follows, except as adjusted by
25    subsection (d-1):
26             (1)  In  the case of an individual, trust or estate,
27        for taxable years ending prior to July 1, 1989, an amount
28        equal to 2 1/2% of the  taxpayer's  net  income  for  the
29        taxable year.
30             (2)  In  the case of an individual, trust or estate,
31        for taxable years beginning prior to  July  1,  1989  and
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -158-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        ending after June 30, 1989, an amount equal to the sum of
 2        (i)  2  1/2%  of the taxpayer's net income for the period
 3        prior to July 1, 1989, as calculated under Section 202.3,
 4        and (ii) 3% of the taxpayer's net income for  the  period
 5        after June 30, 1989, as calculated under Section 202.3.
 6             (3)  In  the case of an individual, trust or estate,
 7        for taxable years  beginning  after  June  30,  1989,  an
 8        amount  equal  to 3% of the taxpayer's net income for the
 9        taxable year.
10             (4)  (Blank).
11             (5)  (Blank).
12             (6)  In the case of a corporation, for taxable years
13        ending prior to July 1, 1989, an amount equal  to  4%  of
14        the taxpayer's net income for the taxable year.
15             (7)  In the case of a corporation, for taxable years
16        beginning prior to July 1, 1989 and ending after June 30,
17        1989,  an  amount  equal  to  the  sum  of  (i) 4% of the
18        taxpayer's net income for the period  prior  to  July  1,
19        1989, as calculated under Section 202.3, and (ii) 4.8% of
20        the  taxpayer's  net income for the period after June 30,
21        1989, as calculated under Section 202.3.
22             (8)  In the case of a corporation, for taxable years
23        beginning after June 30, 1989, an amount equal to 4.8% of
24        the taxpayer's net income for the taxable year.
25        (c)  Beginning  on  July  1,  1979  and  thereafter,   in
26    addition to such income tax, there is also hereby imposed the
27    Personal  Property Tax Replacement Income Tax measured by net
28    income  on  every   corporation   (including   Subchapter   S
29    corporations),  partnership  and trust, for each taxable year
30    ending after June 30, 1979.  Such taxes are  imposed  on  the
31    privilege  of earning or receiving income in or as a resident
32    of this State.  The Personal Property Tax Replacement  Income
33    Tax  shall  be  in  addition  to  the  income  tax imposed by
34    subsections (a) and (b) of this Section and  in  addition  to
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -159-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    all other occupation or privilege taxes imposed by this State
 2    or  by  any  municipal  corporation  or political subdivision
 3    thereof.
 4        (d)  Additional Personal Property Tax Replacement  Income
 5    Tax  Rates.  The personal property tax replacement income tax
 6    imposed by this subsection and subsection (c) of this Section
 7    in the case of a  corporation,  other  than  a  Subchapter  S
 8    corporation and except as adjusted by subsection (d-1), shall
 9    be an additional amount equal to 2.85% of such taxpayer's net
10    income for the taxable year, except that beginning on January
11    1,  1981, and thereafter, the rate of 2.85% specified in this
12    subsection shall be reduced to 2.5%, and in  the  case  of  a
13    partnership,  trust or a Subchapter S corporation shall be an
14    additional amount equal to 1.5% of such taxpayer's net income
15    for the taxable year.
16        (d-1)  Rate reduction for certain foreign  insurers.   In
17    the case of a foreign insurer, as defined by Section 35A-5 of
18    the  Illinois  Insurance  Code,  whose  state  or  country of
19    domicile  imposes  on  insurers  domiciled  in   Illinois   a
20    retaliatory  tax  (excluding  any insurer whose premiums from
21    reinsurance assumed are 50% or more of  its  total  insurance
22    premiums  as determined under paragraph (2) of subsection (b)
23    of  Section  304,  except   that   for   purposes   of   this
24    determination   premiums  from  reinsurance  do  not  include
25    premiums  from  inter-affiliate  reinsurance   arrangements),
26    beginning  with taxable years ending on or after December 31,
27    1999, the sum of the rates of tax imposed by subsections  (b)
28    and  (d)  shall be reduced (but not increased) to the rate at
29    which the total amount of tax imposed under this Act, net  of
30    all credits allowed under this Act, shall equal (i) the total
31    amount  of tax that would be imposed on the foreign insurer's
32    net income allocable to Illinois for the taxable year by such
33    foreign insurer's state or country of domicile  if  that  net
34    income were subject to all income taxes and taxes measured by
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -160-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    net income imposed by such foreign insurer's state or country
 2    of  domicile,  net  of  all credits allowed or (ii) a rate of
 3    zero if no such tax is imposed on such income by the  foreign
 4    insurer's  state  of  domicile.  For  the  purposes  of  this
 5    subsection   (d-1),  an  inter-affiliate  includes  a  mutual
 6    insurer under common management.
 7             (1)  For the purposes of  subsection  (d-1),  in  no
 8        event  shall  the  sum  of  the  rates  of tax imposed by
 9        subsections (b) and (d) be  reduced  below  the  rate  at
10        which the sum of:
11                  (A)  the  total  amount  of tax imposed on such
12             foreign insurer under this Act for a  taxable  year,
13             net of all credits allowed under this Act, plus
14                  (B)  the  privilege  tax imposed by Section 409
15             of the Illinois Insurance Code, the  fire  insurance
16             company  tax  imposed  by  Section  12  of  the Fire
17             Investigation Act, and  the  fire  department  taxes
18             imposed   under  Section  11-10-1  of  the  Illinois
19             Municipal Code,
20        equals 1.25% of the net taxable premiums written for  the
21        taxable  year,  as described by subsection (1) of Section
22        409 of the Illinois Insurance Code.  This paragraph  will
23        in  no event increase the rates imposed under subsections
24        (b) and (d).
25             (2)  Any reduction in the rates of  tax  imposed  by
26        this  subsection shall be applied first against the rates
27        imposed by subsection (b) and only after the tax  imposed
28        by  subsection  (a) net of all credits allowed under this
29        Section other than the credit  allowed  under  subsection
30        (i)  has  been reduced to zero, against the rates imposed
31        by subsection (d).
32        This subsection (d-1) is exempt from  the  provisions  of
33    Section 250.
34        (e)  Investment  credit.   A  taxpayer shall be allowed a
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -161-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    credit against the Personal Property Tax  Replacement  Income
 2    Tax for investment in qualified property.
 3             (1)  A  taxpayer  shall be allowed a credit equal to
 4        .5% of the basis of qualified property placed in  service
 5        during the taxable year, provided such property is placed
 6        in  service  on  or  after  July 1, 1984.  There shall be
 7        allowed an additional credit equal to .5% of the basis of
 8        qualified property placed in service during  the  taxable
 9        year,  provided  such property is placed in service on or
10        after July 1, 1986, and the  taxpayer's  base  employment
11        within  Illinois  has  increased  by  1% or more over the
12        preceding year as determined by the taxpayer's employment
13        records filed with the Illinois Department of  Employment
14        Security.   Taxpayers  who  are  new to Illinois shall be
15        deemed to have met the 1% growth in base  employment  for
16        the first year in which they file employment records with
17        the  Illinois  Department  of  Employment  Security.  The
18        provisions added to this Section by  Public  Act  85-1200
19        (and restored by Public Act 87-895) shall be construed as
20        declaratory  of  existing law and not as a new enactment.
21        If, in any year, the increase in base  employment  within
22        Illinois  over  the  preceding  year is less than 1%, the
23        additional credit shall be  limited  to  that  percentage
24        times  a  fraction, the numerator of which is .5% and the
25        denominator of which is 1%, but  shall  not  exceed  .5%.
26        The  investment credit shall not be allowed to the extent
27        that it would reduce a taxpayer's liability  in  any  tax
28        year  below  zero,  nor  may  any  credit  for  qualified
29        property  be  allowed for any year other than the year in
30        which the property was placed in service in Illinois. For
31        tax years ending on or after December 31, 1987, and on or
32        before December 31, 1988, the credit shall be allowed for
33        the tax year in which the property is placed in  service,
34        or, if the amount of the credit exceeds the tax liability
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -162-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        for  that year, whether it exceeds the original liability
 2        or the liability as later amended,  such  excess  may  be
 3        carried forward and applied to the tax liability of the 5
 4        taxable  years  following  the excess credit years if the
 5        taxpayer (i) makes investments which cause  the  creation
 6        of  a  minimum  of  2,000  full-time  equivalent  jobs in
 7        Illinois,  (ii)  is  located  in   an   enterprise   zone
 8        established  pursuant to the Illinois Enterprise Zone Act
 9        and (iii) is certified by the Department of Commerce  and
10        Community  Affairs  as  complying  with  the requirements
11        specified in clause (i) and (ii) by July  1,  1986.   The
12        Department of Commerce and Community Affairs shall notify
13        the  Department  of  Revenue  of  all such certifications
14        immediately. For tax  years  ending  after  December  31,
15        1988,  the  credit  shall  be allowed for the tax year in
16        which the property is  placed  in  service,  or,  if  the
17        amount  of  the credit exceeds the tax liability for that
18        year, whether it exceeds the original  liability  or  the
19        liability  as  later  amended, such excess may be carried
20        forward and applied to the tax liability of the 5 taxable
21        years following the excess credit years. The credit shall
22        be applied to the earliest year  for  which  there  is  a
23        liability. If there is credit from more than one tax year
24        that  is  available to offset a liability, earlier credit
25        shall be applied first.
26             (2)  The term "qualified  property"  means  property
27        which:
28                  (A)  is   tangible,   whether   new   or  used,
29             including buildings  and  structural  components  of
30             buildings  and signs that are real property, but not
31             including land or improvements to real property that
32             are not a structural component of a building such as
33             landscaping,  sewer  lines,  local   access   roads,
34             fencing, parking lots, and other appurtenances;
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -163-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1                  (B)  is  depreciable pursuant to Section 167 of
 2             the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  except  that  "3-year
 3             property" as defined in Section 168(c)(2)(A) of that
 4             Code is not eligible for the credit provided by this
 5             subsection (e);
 6                  (C)  is acquired  by  purchase  as  defined  in
 7             Section 179(d) of the Internal Revenue Code;
 8                  (D)  is  used  in Illinois by a taxpayer who is
 9             primarily engaged in  manufacturing,  or  in  mining
10             coal or fluorite, or in retailing; and
11                  (E)  has  not  previously been used in Illinois
12             in such a manner and  by  such  a  person  as  would
13             qualify  for  the credit provided by this subsection
14             (e) or subsection (f).
15             (3)  For   purposes   of   this   subsection    (e),
16        "manufacturing" means the material staging and production
17        of  tangible  personal  property  by  procedures commonly
18        regarded as manufacturing,  processing,  fabrication,  or
19        assembling  which changes some existing material into new
20        shapes, new qualities, or new combinations.  For purposes
21        of this subsection (e) the term "mining" shall  have  the
22        same  meaning  as  the term "mining" in Section 613(c) of
23        the  Internal  Revenue  Code.   For  purposes   of   this
24        subsection  (e),  the  term "retailing" means the sale of
25        tangible  personal  property  or  services  rendered   in
26        conjunction  with  the sale of tangible consumer goods or
27        commodities.
28             (4)  The basis of qualified property  shall  be  the
29        basis  used  to  compute  the  depreciation deduction for
30        federal income tax purposes.
31             (5)  If the basis of the property for federal income
32        tax depreciation purposes is increased after it has  been
33        placed in service in Illinois by the taxpayer, the amount
34        of  such  increase  shall  be  deemed  property placed in
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -164-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        service on the date of such increase in basis.
 2             (6)  The term "placed in  service"  shall  have  the
 3        same  meaning as under Section 46 of the Internal Revenue
 4        Code.
 5             (7)  If during any taxable year, any property ceases
 6        to be qualified property in the  hands  of  the  taxpayer
 7        within  48  months  after being placed in service, or the
 8        situs of any qualified property is moved outside Illinois
 9        within 48 months  after  being  placed  in  service,  the
10        Personal  Property  Tax  Replacement  Income Tax for such
11        taxable year shall be increased.  Such increase shall  be
12        determined by (i) recomputing the investment credit which
13        would  have been allowed for the year in which credit for
14        such property was originally allowed by eliminating  such
15        property from such computation and, (ii) subtracting such
16        recomputed  credit  from  the amount of credit previously
17        allowed. For  the  purposes  of  this  paragraph  (7),  a
18        reduction  of  the  basis of qualified property resulting
19        from a redetermination of the  purchase  price  shall  be
20        deemed  a disposition of qualified property to the extent
21        of such reduction.
22             (8)  Unless the investment  credit  is  extended  by
23        law,  the  basis  of qualified property shall not include
24        costs incurred after December 31, 2003, except for  costs
25        incurred  pursuant  to a binding contract entered into on
26        or before December 31, 2003.
27             (9)  Each taxable year ending  before  December  31,
28        2000,  a  partnership  may  elect  to pass through to its
29        partners the credits to which the partnership is entitled
30        under this  subsection  (e)  for  the  taxable  year.   A
31        partner  may use the credit allocated to him or her under
32        this  paragraph  only  against   the   tax   imposed   in
33        subsections   (c)  and  (d)  of  this  Section.   If  the
34        partnership makes that election, those credits  shall  be
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -165-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        allocated  among  the  partners  in  the  partnership  in
 2        accordance  with the rules set forth in Section 704(b) of
 3        the Internal Revenue  Code,  and  the  rules  promulgated
 4        under  that  Section,  and  the  allocated  amount of the
 5        credits shall be allowed to the partners for that taxable
 6        year.  The partnership shall make this  election  on  its
 7        Personal  Property  Tax Replacement Income Tax return for
 8        that taxable year.  The  election  to  pass  through  the
 9        credits shall be irrevocable.
10             For  taxable  years  ending on or after December 31,
11        2000, a partner that  qualifies  its  partnership  for  a
12        subtraction  under  subparagraph  (I) of paragraph (2) of
13        subsection (d) of  Section  203  or  a  shareholder  that
14        qualifies  a  Subchapter  S corporation for a subtraction
15        under subparagraph (S) of paragraph (2) of subsection (b)
16        of Section 203 shall  be  allowed  a  credit  under  this
17        subsection  (e)  equal  to its share of the credit earned
18        under this subsection (e) during the taxable year by  the
19        partnership  or  Subchapter  S corporation, determined in
20        accordance  with  the   determination   of   income   and
21        distributive  share  of income under Sections 702 and 704
22        and Subchapter S of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code.   This
23        paragraph is exempt from the provisions of Section 250.
24          (f)  Investment credit; Enterprise Zone.
25             (1)  A  taxpayer  shall  be allowed a credit against
26        the tax imposed  by  subsections  (a)  and  (b)  of  this
27        Section  for  investment  in  qualified property which is
28        placed in service in an Enterprise Zone created  pursuant
29        to  the  Illinois  Enterprise  Zone  Act.  For  partners,
30        shareholders  of Subchapter S corporations, and owners of
31        limited liability companies, if the liability company  is
32        treated  as  a  partnership  for  purposes of federal and
33        State income taxation, there shall be  allowed  a  credit
34        under  this subsection (f) to be determined in accordance
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -166-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        with the determination of income and  distributive  share
 2        of  income under Sections 702 and 704 and Subchapter S of
 3        the Internal Revenue Code. The credit shall be .5% of the
 4        basis for such property.  The credit shall  be  available
 5        only  in the taxable year in which the property is placed
 6        in service in  the  Enterprise  Zone  and  shall  not  be
 7        allowed  to  the extent that it would reduce a taxpayer's
 8        liability for the tax imposed by subsections (a) and  (b)
 9        of this Section to below zero. For tax years ending on or
10        after  December 31, 1985, the credit shall be allowed for
11        the tax year in which the property is placed in  service,
12        or, if the amount of the credit exceeds the tax liability
13        for  that year, whether it exceeds the original liability
14        or the liability as later amended,  such  excess  may  be
15        carried forward and applied to the tax liability of the 5
16        taxable  years  following  the  excess  credit  year. The
17        credit shall be applied to the earliest  year  for  which
18        there  is  a liability. If there is credit from more than
19        one tax year that is available to offset a liability, the
20        credit accruing first in time shall be applied first.
21             (2)  The  term  qualified  property  means  property
22        which:
23                  (A)  is  tangible,   whether   new   or   used,
24             including  buildings  and  structural  components of
25             buildings;
26                  (B)  is depreciable pursuant to Section 167  of
27             the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  except  that  "3-year
28             property" as defined in Section 168(c)(2)(A) of that
29             Code is not eligible for the credit provided by this
30             subsection (f);
31                  (C)  is  acquired  by  purchase  as  defined in
32             Section 179(d) of the Internal Revenue Code;
33                  (D)  is used in  the  Enterprise  Zone  by  the
34             taxpayer; and
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -167-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1                  (E)  has  not  been previously used in Illinois
 2             in such a manner and  by  such  a  person  as  would
 3             qualify  for  the credit provided by this subsection
 4             (f) or subsection (e).
 5             (3)  The basis of qualified property  shall  be  the
 6        basis  used  to  compute  the  depreciation deduction for
 7        federal income tax purposes.
 8             (4)  If the basis of the property for federal income
 9        tax depreciation purposes is increased after it has  been
10        placed in service in the Enterprise Zone by the taxpayer,
11        the  amount  of  such  increase  shall be deemed property
12        placed in service on the date of such increase in basis.
13             (5)  The term "placed in  service"  shall  have  the
14        same  meaning as under Section 46 of the Internal Revenue
15        Code.
16             (6)  If during any taxable year, any property ceases
17        to be qualified property in the  hands  of  the  taxpayer
18        within  48  months  after being placed in service, or the
19        situs of any qualified  property  is  moved  outside  the
20        Enterprise  Zone  within  48 months after being placed in
21        service, the tax imposed under subsections (a) and (b) of
22        this Section for such taxable year  shall  be  increased.
23        Such  increase shall be determined by (i) recomputing the
24        investment credit which would have been allowed  for  the
25        year  in  which  credit  for such property was originally
26        allowed  by   eliminating   such   property   from   such
27        computation,  and (ii) subtracting such recomputed credit
28        from the amount of credit previously  allowed.   For  the
29        purposes  of this paragraph (6), a reduction of the basis
30        of qualified property resulting from a redetermination of
31        the purchase price  shall  be  deemed  a  disposition  of
32        qualified property to the extent of such reduction.
33          (g)  Jobs Tax Credit; Enterprise Zone and Foreign Trade
34    Zone or Sub-Zone.
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -168-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1             (1)  A taxpayer conducting a trade or business in an
 2        enterprise  zone  or a High Impact Business designated by
 3        the  Department  of  Commerce   and   Community   Affairs
 4        conducting  a trade or business in a federally designated
 5        Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone shall be allowed a  credit
 6        against  the  tax  imposed  by subsections (a) and (b) of
 7        this Section in the amount of $500 per eligible  employee
 8        hired to work in the zone during the taxable year.
 9             (2)  To qualify for the credit:
10                  (A)  the  taxpayer must hire 5 or more eligible
11             employees to work in an enterprise zone or federally
12             designated Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone during the
13             taxable year;
14                  (B)  the taxpayer's total employment within the
15             enterprise  zone  or  federally  designated  Foreign
16             Trade Zone or Sub-Zone must increase by  5  or  more
17             full-time  employees  beyond  the  total employed in
18             that zone at the end of the previous  tax  year  for
19             which  a  jobs  tax  credit  under  this Section was
20             taken, or beyond the total employed by the  taxpayer
21             as of December 31, 1985, whichever is later; and
22                  (C)  the  eligible  employees  must be employed
23             180 consecutive days in order to be deemed hired for
24             purposes of this subsection.
25             (3)  An "eligible employee" means  an  employee  who
26        is:
27                  (A)  Certified  by  the  Department of Commerce
28             and Community Affairs  as  "eligible  for  services"
29             pursuant  to  regulations  promulgated in accordance
30             with Title II of the Job Training  Partnership  Act,
31             Training Services for the Disadvantaged or Title III
32             of  the Job Training Partnership Act, Employment and
33             Training Assistance for Dislocated Workers Program.
34                  (B)  Hired  after  the   enterprise   zone   or
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -169-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1             federally  designated Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone
 2             was designated or the trade or business was  located
 3             in that zone, whichever is later.
 4                  (C)  Employed in the enterprise zone or Foreign
 5             Trade  Zone  or Sub-Zone. An employee is employed in
 6             an enterprise zone or federally  designated  Foreign
 7             Trade  Zone or Sub-Zone if his services are rendered
 8             there or it  is  the  base  of  operations  for  the
 9             services performed.
10                  (D)  A  full-time  employee  working 30 or more
11             hours per week.
12             (4)  For tax years ending on or after  December  31,
13        1985  and prior to December 31, 1988, the credit shall be
14        allowed for the tax year in which the eligible  employees
15        are hired.  For tax years ending on or after December 31,
16        1988,  the  credit  shall  be  allowed  for  the tax year
17        immediately following the tax year in which the  eligible
18        employees are hired.  If the amount of the credit exceeds
19        the  tax  liability for that year, whether it exceeds the
20        original liability or the  liability  as  later  amended,
21        such excess may be carried forward and applied to the tax
22        liability  of  the  5  taxable years following the excess
23        credit year.  The credit shall be applied to the earliest
24        year for which there is a liability. If there  is  credit
25        from more than one tax year that is available to offset a
26        liability, earlier credit shall be applied first.
27             (5)  The Department of Revenue shall promulgate such
28        rules and regulations as may be deemed necessary to carry
29        out the purposes of this subsection (g).
30             (6)  The  credit  shall  be  available  for eligible
31        employees hired on or after January 1, 1986.
32             (h)  Investment credit; High Impact Business.
33             (1)  Subject to subsection (b) of Section 5.5 of the
34        Illinois Enterprise Zone Act, a taxpayer shall be allowed
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -170-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        a credit against the tax imposed by subsections  (a)  and
 2        (b)  of this Section for investment in qualified property
 3        which is placed in service by a  Department  of  Commerce
 4        and  Community  Affairs  designated High Impact Business.
 5        The credit shall be .5% of the basis for  such  property.
 6        The  credit  shall  not  be  available  until the minimum
 7        investments in qualified property set  forth  in  Section
 8        5.5  of  the  Illinois  Enterprise  Zone  Act  have  been
 9        satisfied  and shall not be allowed to the extent that it
10        would reduce a taxpayer's liability for the  tax  imposed
11        by subsections (a) and (b) of this Section to below zero.
12        The  credit  applicable to such minimum investments shall
13        be taken in  the  taxable  year  in  which  such  minimum
14        investments   have   been   completed.   The  credit  for
15        additional investments beyond the minimum investment by a
16        designated high impact business shall be  available  only
17        in  the  taxable  year in which the property is placed in
18        service and shall not be allowed to the  extent  that  it
19        would  reduce  a taxpayer's liability for the tax imposed
20        by subsections (a) and (b) of this Section to below zero.
21        For tax years ending on or after December 31,  1987,  the
22        credit  shall  be  allowed  for the tax year in which the
23        property is placed in service, or, if the amount  of  the
24        credit  exceeds  the tax liability for that year, whether
25        it exceeds the original liability  or  the  liability  as
26        later  amended,  such  excess  may be carried forward and
27        applied to the tax  liability  of  the  5  taxable  years
28        following  the  excess  credit year.  The credit shall be
29        applied to  the  earliest  year  for  which  there  is  a
30        liability.   If  there  is  credit from more than one tax
31        year that is available to offset a liability, the  credit
32        accruing first in time shall be applied first.
33             Changes  made  in  this subdivision (h)(1) by Public
34        Act 88-670 restore changes made by Public Act 85-1182 and
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -171-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        reflect existing law.
 2             (2)  The  term  qualified  property  means  property
 3        which:
 4                  (A)  is  tangible,   whether   new   or   used,
 5             including  buildings  and  structural  components of
 6             buildings;
 7                  (B)  is depreciable pursuant to Section 167  of
 8             the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  except  that  "3-year
 9             property" as defined in Section 168(c)(2)(A) of that
10             Code is not eligible for the credit provided by this
11             subsection (h);
12                  (C)  is  acquired  by  purchase  as  defined in
13             Section 179(d) of the Internal Revenue Code; and
14                  (D)  is not eligible for  the  Enterprise  Zone
15             Investment Credit provided by subsection (f) of this
16             Section.
17             (3)  The  basis  of  qualified property shall be the
18        basis used to  compute  the  depreciation  deduction  for
19        federal income tax purposes.
20             (4)  If the basis of the property for federal income
21        tax  depreciation purposes is increased after it has been
22        placed in service in a federally designated Foreign Trade
23        Zone or Sub-Zone located in Illinois by the taxpayer, the
24        amount of such increase shall be deemed  property  placed
25        in service on the date of such increase in basis.
26             (5)  The  term  "placed  in  service" shall have the
27        same meaning as under Section 46 of the Internal  Revenue
28        Code.
29             (6)  If  during any taxable year ending on or before
30        December 31, 1996, any property ceases  to  be  qualified
31        property  in  the  hands of the taxpayer within 48 months
32        after being placed  in  service,  or  the  situs  of  any
33        qualified  property  is  moved outside Illinois within 48
34        months after being placed in  service,  the  tax  imposed
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -172-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        under  subsections  (a)  and (b) of this Section for such
 2        taxable year shall be increased.  Such increase shall  be
 3        determined by (i) recomputing the investment credit which
 4        would  have been allowed for the year in which credit for
 5        such property was originally allowed by eliminating  such
 6        property from such computation, and (ii) subtracting such
 7        recomputed  credit  from  the amount of credit previously
 8        allowed.  For the  purposes  of  this  paragraph  (6),  a
 9        reduction  of  the  basis of qualified property resulting
10        from a redetermination of the  purchase  price  shall  be
11        deemed  a disposition of qualified property to the extent
12        of such reduction.
13             (7)  Beginning with tax years ending after  December
14        31,  1996,  if  a taxpayer qualifies for the credit under
15        this  subsection  (h)  and  thereby  is  granted  a   tax
16        abatement  and the taxpayer relocates its entire facility
17        in violation of the explicit  terms  and  length  of  the
18        contract  under  Section 18-183 of the Property Tax Code,
19        the tax imposed under subsections (a)  and  (b)  of  this
20        Section  shall be increased for the taxable year in which
21        the taxpayer relocated its facility by an amount equal to
22        the amount of credit received by the taxpayer under  this
23        subsection (h).
24        (i)  A credit shall be allowed against the tax imposed by
25    subsections  (a)  and (b) of this Section for the tax imposed
26    by subsections (c) and (d)  of  this  Section.   This  credit
27    shall   be   computed  by  multiplying  the  tax  imposed  by
28    subsections (c) and (d) of this Section by  a  fraction,  the
29    numerator  of  which is base income allocable to Illinois and
30    the denominator of which is Illinois base income, and further
31    multiplying  the  product  by  the  tax   rate   imposed   by
32    subsections (a) and (b) of this Section.
33        Any  credit  earned  on  or after December 31, 1986 under
34    this subsection which is unused in the  year  the  credit  is
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -173-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    computed  because  it  exceeds  the  tax liability imposed by
 2    subsections (a) and (b) for that year (whether it exceeds the
 3    original liability or the liability as later amended) may  be
 4    carried  forward  and applied to the tax liability imposed by
 5    subsections (a) and (b) of the 5 taxable years following  the
 6    excess  credit  year.   This credit shall be applied first to
 7    the earliest year for which there is a liability.   If  there
 8    is a credit under this subsection from more than one tax year
 9    that  is  available to offset a liability the earliest credit
10    arising under this subsection shall be applied first.
11        If, during any taxable year ending on or  after  December
12    31,  1986, the tax imposed by subsections (c) and (d) of this
13    Section for which a taxpayer has claimed a credit under  this
14    subsection  (i) is reduced, the amount of credit for such tax
15    shall also be reduced.  Such reduction shall be determined by
16    recomputing the credit to take into account the  reduced  tax
17    imposed  by  subsection  (c)  and (d).  If any portion of the
18    reduced amount of credit has  been  carried  to  a  different
19    taxable  year,  an  amended  return  shall  be filed for such
20    taxable year to reduce the amount of credit claimed.
21        (j)  Training expense credit.  Beginning with  tax  years
22    ending  on  or  after  December 31, 1986, a taxpayer shall be
23    allowed a credit against the tax imposed  by  subsection  (a)
24    and  (b)  under this Section for all amounts paid or accrued,
25    on behalf of all persons employed by the taxpayer in Illinois
26    or Illinois residents  employed  outside  of  Illinois  by  a
27    taxpayer,   for   educational   or   vocational  training  in
28    semi-technical or technical fields or semi-skilled or skilled
29    fields,  which  were  deducted  from  gross  income  in   the
30    computation  of  taxable  income.  The credit against the tax
31    imposed by subsections (a) and (b)  shall  be  1.6%  of  such
32    training  expenses.  For partners, shareholders of subchapter
33    S corporations, and owners of limited liability companies, if
34    the  liability  company  is  treated  as  a  partnership  for
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -174-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    purposes of federal and State income taxation, there shall be
 2    allowed a credit under this subsection (j) to  be  determined
 3    in   accordance   with   the   determination  of  income  and
 4    distributive share of income under Sections 702 and  704  and
 5    subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code.
 6        Any  credit allowed under this subsection which is unused
 7    in the year the credit is earned may be  carried  forward  to
 8    each  of the 5 taxable years following the year for which the
 9    credit is first computed until it is used.  This credit shall
10    be applied first to the earliest year for which  there  is  a
11    liability.   If  there is a credit under this subsection from
12    more than  one  tax  year  that  is  available  to  offset  a
13    liability  the  earliest credit arising under this subsection
14    shall be applied first.
15        (k)  Research and development credit.
16        Beginning with tax years ending after  July  1,  1990,  a
17    taxpayer shall be allowed a credit against the tax imposed by
18    subsections  (a)  and  (b)  of  this  Section  for increasing
19    research  activities  in  this  State.   The  credit  allowed
20    against the tax imposed by subsections (a) and (b)  shall  be
21    equal to 6 1/2% of the qualifying expenditures for increasing
22    research activities in this State. For partners, shareholders
23    of subchapter S corporations, and owners of limited liability
24    companies,   if   the  liability  company  is  treated  as  a
25    partnership  for  purposes  of  federal  and   State   income
26    taxation,   there  shall  be  allowed  a  credit  under  this
27    subsection  to  be  determined   in   accordance   with   the
28    determination  of  income  and  distributive  share of income
29    under Sections 702 and 704 and subchapter S of  the  Internal
30    Revenue Code.
31        For    purposes    of    this   subsection,   "qualifying
32    expenditures" means the qualifying  expenditures  as  defined
33    for  the  federal  credit  for increasing research activities
34    which would be allowable under Section  41  of  the  Internal
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -175-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    Revenue   Code   and  which  are  conducted  in  this  State,
 2    "qualifying expenditures for increasing  research  activities
 3    in  this  State"  means the excess of qualifying expenditures
 4    for the  taxable  year  in  which  incurred  over  qualifying
 5    expenditures  for  the  base period, "qualifying expenditures
 6    for the base period" means  the  average  of  the  qualifying
 7    expenditures  for  each  year  in  the base period, and "base
 8    period" means the 3 taxable years immediately  preceding  the
 9    taxable year for which the determination is being made.
10        Any credit in excess of the tax liability for the taxable
11    year may be carried forward. A taxpayer may elect to have the
12    unused  credit  shown  on  its final completed return carried
13    over as a credit against the tax liability for the  following
14    5  taxable  years  or until it has been fully used, whichever
15    occurs first.
16        If an unused credit is carried forward to  a  given  year
17    from  2  or  more  earlier  years, that credit arising in the
18    earliest year will be applied first against the tax liability
19    for the given year.  If a tax liability for  the  given  year
20    still  remains,  the  credit from the next earliest year will
21    then be applied, and so on, until all credits have been  used
22    or  no  tax  liability  for  the  given  year  remains.   Any
23    remaining  unused  credit  or  credits  then  will be carried
24    forward to the next following year in which a  tax  liability
25    is  incurred, except that no credit can be carried forward to
26    a year which is more than 5 years after the year in which the
27    expense for which the credit is given was incurred.
28        Unless extended by law,  the  credit  shall  not  include
29    costs  incurred  after  December  31,  2004, except for costs
30    incurred pursuant to a binding contract entered  into  on  or
31    before December 31, 2004.
32        No  inference  shall be drawn from this amendatory Act of
33    the 91st General Assembly  in  construing  this  Section  for
34    taxable years beginning before January 1, 1999.
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -176-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        (l)  Environmental Remediation Tax Credit.
 2             (i)  For  tax   years ending after December 31, 1997
 3        and on or before December 31, 2001, a taxpayer  shall  be
 4        allowed  a  credit against the tax imposed by subsections
 5        (a) and (b) of this Section for certain amounts paid  for
 6        unreimbursed  eligible remediation costs, as specified in
 7        this  subsection.   For   purposes   of   this   Section,
 8        "unreimbursed  eligible  remediation  costs"  means costs
 9        approved by the Illinois Environmental Protection  Agency
10        ("Agency")  under  Section  58.14  of  the  Environmental
11        Protection Act that were paid in performing environmental
12        remediation  at a site for which a No Further Remediation
13        Letter was  issued  by  the  Agency  and  recorded  under
14        Section  58.10  of the Environmental Protection Act.  The
15        credit must be claimed for  the  taxable  year  in  which
16        Agency  approval  of  the  eligible  remediation costs is
17        granted.  The credit is not available to any taxpayer  if
18        the  taxpayer  or any related party caused or contributed
19        to, in any  material  respect,  a  release  of  regulated
20        substances  on, in, or under the site that was identified
21        and addressed by the remedial action pursuant to the Site
22        Remediation Program of the Environmental Protection  Act.
23        After  the  Pollution  Control  Board  rules  are adopted
24        pursuant to the Illinois Administrative Procedure Act for
25        the administration and enforcement of Section 58.9 of the
26        Environmental Protection Act, determinations as to credit
27        availability for purposes of this Section shall  be  made
28        consistent  with  those  rules.   For  purposes  of  this
29        Section,   "taxpayer"   includes   a   person  whose  tax
30        attributes the taxpayer has succeeded  to  under  Section
31        381  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code and "related party"
32        includes the persons disallowed a deduction for losses by
33        paragraphs (b), (c), and (f)(1) of  Section  267  of  the
34        Internal  Revenue  Code  by  virtue  of  being  a related
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -177-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        taxpayer, as well as any of  its  partners.   The  credit
 2        allowed  against  the  tax imposed by subsections (a) and
 3        (b) shall be equal to 25% of  the  unreimbursed  eligible
 4        remediation  costs in excess of $100,000 per site, except
 5        that the $100,000 threshold shall not apply to  any  site
 6        contained  in  an  enterprise  zone  as determined by the
 7        Department of Commerce and Community Affairs.  The  total
 8        credit  allowed  shall not exceed $40,000 per year with a
 9        maximum total of $150,000 per  site.   For  partners  and
10        shareholders of subchapter S corporations, there shall be
11        allowed  a  credit under this subsection to be determined
12        in  accordance  with  the  determination  of  income  and
13        distributive share of income under Sections 702  and  704
14        and of subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code.
15             (ii)  A credit allowed under this subsection that is
16        unused  in  the  year the credit is earned may be carried
17        forward to each of the 5 taxable years following the year
18        for which the credit is first earned until  it  is  used.
19        The  term "unused credit" does not include any amounts of
20        unreimbursed eligible remediation costs in excess of  the
21        maximum  credit  per site authorized under paragraph (i).
22        This credit shall be applied first to the  earliest  year
23        for  which  there  is  a liability.  If there is a credit
24        under this subsection from more than one tax year that is
25        available to offset  a  liability,  the  earliest  credit
26        arising  under this subsection shall be applied first.  A
27        credit allowed under this subsection may  be  sold  to  a
28        buyer as part of a sale of all or part of the remediation
29        site  for which the credit was granted.  The purchaser of
30        a remediation site and the tax credit  shall  succeed  to
31        the  unused  credit and remaining carry-forward period of
32        the seller.  To perfect the transfer, the assignor  shall
33        record  the  transfer  in the chain of title for the site
34        and  provide  written  notice  to  the  Director  of  the
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -178-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        Illinois Department of Revenue of the  assignor's  intent
 2        to  sell  the  remediation site and the amount of the tax
 3        credit to be transferred as a portion of the sale.  In no
 4        event may a credit be transferred to any taxpayer if  the
 5        taxpayer  or  a related party would not be eligible under
 6        the provisions of subsection (i).
 7             (iii)  For purposes of this Section, the term "site"
 8        shall have the same meaning as under Section 58.2 of  the
 9        Environmental Protection Act.
10        (m)  Education expense credit.
11        Beginning  with tax years ending after December 31, 1999,
12    a taxpayer who is the custodian of  one  or  more  qualifying
13    pupils  shall  be allowed a credit against the tax imposed by
14    subsections  (a)  and  (b)  of  this  Section  for  qualified
15    education expenses  incurred  on  behalf  of  the  qualifying
16    pupils.   The  credit  shall  be  equal  to  25% of qualified
17    education expenses, but in no  event  may  the  total  credit
18    under  this Section claimed by a family that is the custodian
19    of qualifying pupils exceed $500. In no event shall a  credit
20    under  this  subsection reduce the taxpayer's liability under
21    this Act to less than zero. This subsection  is  exempt  from
22    the provisions of Section 250 of this Act.
23        For purposes of this subsection;
24        "Qualifying   pupils"   means  individuals  who  (i)  are
25    residents of the State of Illinois, (ii) are under the age of
26    21 at the close of the school year  for  which  a  credit  is
27    sought,  and  (iii) during the school year for which a credit
28    is sought were full-time pupils enrolled  in  a  kindergarten
29    through  twelfth  grade  education  program at any school, as
30    defined in this subsection.
31        "Qualified education expense" means the  amount  incurred
32    on  behalf  of  a  qualifying  pupil  in  excess  of $250 for
33    tuition, book fees, and lab fees at the school in  which  the
34    pupil is enrolled during the regular school year.
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -179-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        "School"  means  any  public  or  nonpublic elementary or
 2    secondary school in Illinois that is in compliance with Title
 3    VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and  attendance  at  which
 4    satisfies  the  requirements  of  Section  26-1 of the School
 5    Code, except that nothing shall be  construed  to  require  a
 6    child  to attend any particular public or nonpublic school to
 7    qualify for the credit under this Section.
 8        "Custodian" means, with respect to qualifying pupils,  an
 9    Illinois  resident  who  is  a  parent,  the parents, a legal
10    guardian, or the legal guardians of the qualifying pupils.
11    (Source: P.A. 90-123, eff.  7-21-97;  90-458,  eff.  8-17-97;
12    90-605,  eff.  6-30-98;  90-655,  eff.  7-30-98; 90-717, eff.
13    8-7-98; 90-792, eff. 1-1-99; 91-9, eff. 1-1-00; 91-357,  eff.
14    7-29-99;  91-643, eff. 8-20-99; 91-644, eff. 8-20-99; 91-860,
15    eff. 6-22-00; 91-913, eff. 1-1-01; revised 10-24-00.)

16        (35 ILCS 5/203) (from Ch. 120, par. 2-203)
17        Sec. 203.  Base income defined.
18        (a)  Individuals.
19             (1)  In general.  In the case of an individual, base
20        income means an amount equal to the  taxpayer's  adjusted
21        gross   income  for  the  taxable  year  as  modified  by
22        paragraph (2).
23             (2)  Modifications.   The  adjusted   gross   income
24        referred  to in paragraph (1) shall be modified by adding
25        thereto the sum of the following amounts:
26                  (A)  An amount equal to  all  amounts  paid  or
27             accrued  to  the  taxpayer  as interest or dividends
28             during the taxable year to the extent excluded  from
29             gross  income  in  the computation of adjusted gross
30             income, except stock dividends of  qualified  public
31             utilities   described   in  Section  305(e)  of  the
32             Internal Revenue Code;
33                  (B)  An amount  equal  to  the  amount  of  tax
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -180-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1             imposed  by  this  Act  to  the extent deducted from
 2             gross income in the computation  of  adjusted  gross
 3             income for the taxable year;
 4                  (C)  An  amount  equal  to  the amount received
 5             during the taxable year as a recovery or  refund  of
 6             real   property  taxes  paid  with  respect  to  the
 7             taxpayer's principal residence under the Revenue Act
 8             of 1939 and for which  a  deduction  was  previously
 9             taken  under  subparagraph (L) of this paragraph (2)
10             prior to July 1, 1991, the retrospective application
11             date of Article 4 of Public Act 87-17.  In the  case
12             of  multi-unit  or  multi-use  structures  and  farm
13             dwellings,  the  taxes  on  the taxpayer's principal
14             residence shall be that portion of the  total  taxes
15             for  the  entire  property  which is attributable to
16             such principal residence;
17                  (D)  An amount  equal  to  the  amount  of  the
18             capital  gain deduction allowable under the Internal
19             Revenue Code, to  the  extent  deducted  from  gross
20             income in the computation of adjusted gross income;
21                  (D-5)  An amount, to the extent not included in
22             adjusted  gross income, equal to the amount of money
23             withdrawn by the taxpayer in the taxable year from a
24             medical care savings account and the interest earned
25             on the account in the taxable year of  a  withdrawal
26             pursuant  to  subsection  (b)  of  Section 20 of the
27             Medical Care Savings Account Act or  subsection  (b)
28             of  Section  20  of the Medical Care Savings Account
29             Act of 2000; and
30                  (D-10)  For taxable years ending after December
31             31,  1997,  an  amount   equal   to   any   eligible
32             remediation  costs  that  the individual deducted in
33             computing adjusted gross income and  for  which  the
34             individual  claims  a credit under subsection (l) of
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -181-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1             Section 201;
 2        and by deducting from the total so obtained  the  sum  of
 3        the following amounts:
 4                  (E)  Any  amount  included  in  such  total  in
 5             respect  of  any  compensation  (including  but  not
 6             limited  to  any  compensation  paid or accrued to a
 7             serviceman while a prisoner of  war  or  missing  in
 8             action)  paid  to  a  resident by reason of being on
 9             active duty in the Armed Forces of the United States
10             and in respect of any compensation paid  or  accrued
11             to  a  resident who as a governmental employee was a
12             prisoner of war or missing in action, and in respect
13             of any compensation paid to a resident  in  1971  or
14             thereafter for annual training performed pursuant to
15             Sections  502  and 503, Title 32, United States Code
16             as a member of the Illinois National Guard;
17                  (F)  An amount equal to all amounts included in
18             such total pursuant to the  provisions  of  Sections
19             402(a),  402(c), 403(a), 403(b), 406(a), 407(a), and
20             408 of the Internal Revenue  Code,  or  included  in
21             such  total as distributions under the provisions of
22             any retirement or disability plan for  employees  of
23             any  governmental  agency  or  unit,  or  retirement
24             payments  to  retired  partners,  which payments are
25             excluded  in  computing  net  earnings   from   self
26             employment  by  Section 1402 of the Internal Revenue
27             Code and regulations adopted pursuant thereto;
28                  (G)  The valuation limitation amount;
29                  (H)  An amount equal to the amount of  any  tax
30             imposed  by  this  Act  which  was  refunded  to the
31             taxpayer and included in such total for the  taxable
32             year;
33                  (I)  An amount equal to all amounts included in
34             such total pursuant to the provisions of Section 111
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -182-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1             of  the Internal Revenue Code as a recovery of items
 2             previously deducted from adjusted  gross  income  in
 3             the computation of taxable income;
 4                  (J)  An   amount   equal   to  those  dividends
 5             included  in  such  total  which  were  paid  by   a
 6             corporation which conducts business operations in an
 7             Enterprise  Zone or zones created under the Illinois
 8             Enterprise Zone Act, and conducts substantially  all
 9             of its operations in an Enterprise Zone or zones;
10                  (K)  An   amount   equal   to  those  dividends
11             included  in  such  total  that  were  paid   by   a
12             corporation  that  conducts business operations in a
13             federally designated Foreign Trade Zone or  Sub-Zone
14             and  that  is  designated  a  High  Impact  Business
15             located   in   Illinois;   provided  that  dividends
16             eligible for the deduction provided in  subparagraph
17             (J) of paragraph (2) of this subsection shall not be
18             eligible  for  the  deduction  provided  under  this
19             subparagraph (K);
20                  (L)  For  taxable  years  ending after December
21             31, 1983, an amount equal  to  all  social  security
22             benefits  and  railroad retirement benefits included
23             in such total pursuant to Sections 72(r) and  86  of
24             the Internal Revenue Code;
25                  (M)  With   the   exception   of   any  amounts
26             subtracted under subparagraph (N), an  amount  equal
27             to  the  sum of all amounts disallowed as deductions
28             by (i)  Sections  171(a)  (2),  and  265(2)  of  the
29             Internal  Revenue  Code of 1954, as now or hereafter
30             amended, and all amounts of  expenses  allocable  to
31             interest  and   disallowed  as deductions by Section
32             265(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as  now
33             or  hereafter  amended;  and  (ii) for taxable years
34             ending  on  or  after  August  13,  1999,   Sections
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -183-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1             171(a)(2),  265,  280C,  and  832(b)(5)(B)(i) of the
 2             Internal  Revenue  Code;  the  provisions  of   this
 3             subparagraph  are  exempt  from  the  provisions  of
 4             Section 250;
 5                  (N)  An amount equal to all amounts included in
 6             such  total  which  are exempt from taxation by this
 7             State  either  by  reason   of   its   statutes   or
 8             Constitution  or  by  reason  of  the  Constitution,
 9             treaties  or statutes of the United States; provided
10             that, in the case of any statute of this State  that
11             exempts   income   derived   from   bonds  or  other
12             obligations from the tax imposed under this Act, the
13             amount exempted shall be the interest  net  of  bond
14             premium amortization;
15                  (O)  An  amount  equal to any contribution made
16             to a job training project  established  pursuant  to
17             the Tax Increment Allocation Redevelopment Act;
18                  (P)  An  amount  equal  to  the  amount  of the
19             deduction used to compute  the  federal  income  tax
20             credit  for  restoration of substantial amounts held
21             under claim of right for the taxable  year  pursuant
22             to  Section  1341  of  the  Internal Revenue Code of
23             1986;
24                  (Q)  An amount equal to any amounts included in
25             such  total,  received  by  the   taxpayer   as   an
26             acceleration  in  the  payment of life, endowment or
27             annuity benefits in advance of the time  they  would
28             otherwise  be payable as an indemnity for a terminal
29             illness;
30                  (R)  An amount  equal  to  the  amount  of  any
31             federal  or  State  bonus  paid  to  veterans of the
32             Persian Gulf War;
33                  (S)  An  amount,  to  the  extent  included  in
34             adjusted gross income, equal  to  the  amount  of  a
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -184-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1             contribution  made  in the taxable year on behalf of
 2             the taxpayer  to  a  medical  care  savings  account
 3             established  under  the Medical Care Savings Account
 4             Act or the Medical Care Savings Account Act of  2000
 5             to  the  extent  the contribution is accepted by the
 6             account administrator as provided in that Act;
 7                  (T)  An  amount,  to  the  extent  included  in
 8             adjusted  gross  income,  equal  to  the  amount  of
 9             interest earned in the taxable  year  on  a  medical
10             care  savings  account established under the Medical
11             Care Savings Account Act or the Medical Care Savings
12             Account Act of 2000 on behalf of the taxpayer, other
13             than interest added pursuant to item (D-5)  of  this
14             paragraph (2);
15                  (U)  For one taxable year beginning on or after
16             January 1, 1994, an amount equal to the total amount
17             of  tax  imposed  and paid under subsections (a) and
18             (b) of Section 201 of  this  Act  on  grant  amounts
19             received  by  the  taxpayer  under  the Nursing Home
20             Grant Assistance Act during the  taxpayer's  taxable
21             years 1992 and 1993;
22                  (V)  Beginning  with  tax  years  ending  on or
23             after December 31, 1995 and ending  with  tax  years
24             ending  on  or  before  December 31, 2004, an amount
25             equal to the amount paid by  a  taxpayer  who  is  a
26             self-employed  taxpayer, a partner of a partnership,
27             or a shareholder in a Subchapter S  corporation  for
28             health  insurance  or  long-term  care insurance for
29             that  taxpayer  or   that   taxpayer's   spouse   or
30             dependents,  to  the extent that the amount paid for
31             that health insurance or  long-term  care  insurance
32             may  be  deducted  under Section 213 of the Internal
33             Revenue Code of 1986, has not been deducted  on  the
34             federal  income tax return of the taxpayer, and does
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -185-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1             not exceed the taxable income attributable  to  that
 2             taxpayer's   income,   self-employment   income,  or
 3             Subchapter S  corporation  income;  except  that  no
 4             deduction  shall  be  allowed under this item (V) if
 5             the taxpayer  is  eligible  to  participate  in  any
 6             health insurance or long-term care insurance plan of
 7             an  employer  of  the  taxpayer  or  the  taxpayer's
 8             spouse.   The  amount  of  the  health insurance and
 9             long-term care insurance subtracted under this  item
10             (V)  shall be determined by multiplying total health
11             insurance and long-term care insurance premiums paid
12             by the taxpayer times a number that  represents  the
13             fractional  percentage  of eligible medical expenses
14             under Section 213 of the Internal  Revenue  Code  of
15             1986 not actually deducted on the taxpayer's federal
16             income tax return;
17                  (W)  For  taxable  years  beginning on or after
18             January  1,  1998,  all  amounts  included  in   the
19             taxpayer's  federal gross income in the taxable year
20             from amounts converted from a regular IRA to a  Roth
21             IRA. This paragraph is exempt from the provisions of
22             Section 250; and
23                  (X)  For  taxable  year 1999 and thereafter, an
24             amount equal to the amount of any (i) distributions,
25             to the extent includible in gross income for federal
26             income tax purposes, made to the taxpayer because of
27             his or her status as a  victim  of  persecution  for
28             racial  or  religious reasons by Nazi Germany or any
29             other Axis regime or as an heir of  the  victim  and
30             (ii)  items  of  income, to the extent includible in
31             gross  income  for  federal  income  tax   purposes,
32             attributable  to, derived from or in any way related
33             to assets stolen from,  hidden  from,  or  otherwise
34             lost  to  a  victim  of  persecution  for  racial or
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -186-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1             religious reasons by Nazi Germany or any other  Axis
 2             regime immediately prior to, during, and immediately
 3             after  World  War II, including, but not limited to,
 4             interest on the  proceeds  receivable  as  insurance
 5             under policies issued to a victim of persecution for
 6             racial  or  religious reasons by Nazi Germany or any
 7             other Axis regime by  European  insurance  companies
 8             immediately  prior  to  and  during  World  War  II;
 9             provided,  however,  this  subtraction  from federal
10             adjusted gross  income  does  not  apply  to  assets
11             acquired  with such assets or with the proceeds from
12             the sale of such  assets;  provided,  further,  this
13             paragraph shall only apply to a taxpayer who was the
14             first  recipient of such assets after their recovery
15             and who is a victim of  persecution  for  racial  or
16             religious  reasons by Nazi Germany or any other Axis
17             regime or as an heir of the victim.  The  amount  of
18             and  the  eligibility  for  any  public  assistance,
19             benefit,  or  similar entitlement is not affected by
20             the  inclusion  of  items  (i)  and  (ii)  of   this
21             paragraph  in  gross  income  for federal income tax
22             purposes.    This  paragraph  is  exempt  from   the
23             provisions of Section 250.

24        (b)  Corporations.
25             (1)  In general.  In the case of a corporation, base
26        income  means  an  amount equal to the taxpayer's taxable
27        income for the taxable year as modified by paragraph (2).
28             (2)  Modifications.  The taxable income referred  to
29        in  paragraph (1) shall be modified by adding thereto the
30        sum of the following amounts:
31                  (A)  An amount equal to  all  amounts  paid  or
32             accrued   to   the  taxpayer  as  interest  and  all
33             distributions  received  from  regulated  investment
34             companies during the  taxable  year  to  the  extent
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -187-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1             excluded  from  gross  income  in the computation of
 2             taxable income;
 3                  (B)  An amount  equal  to  the  amount  of  tax
 4             imposed  by  this  Act  to  the extent deducted from
 5             gross income in the computation  of  taxable  income
 6             for the taxable year;
 7                  (C)  In  the  case  of  a  regulated investment
 8             company, an amount equal to the excess  of  (i)  the
 9             net  long-term  capital  gain  for the taxable year,
10             over (ii) the amount of the capital  gain  dividends
11             designated   as  such  in  accordance  with  Section
12             852(b)(3)(C) of the Internal Revenue  Code  and  any
13             amount  designated under Section 852(b)(3)(D) of the
14             Internal Revenue Code, attributable to  the  taxable
15             year (this amendatory Act of 1995 (Public Act 89-89)
16             is  declarative  of  existing  law  and is not a new
17             enactment);
18                  (D)  The  amount  of  any  net  operating  loss
19             deduction taken in arriving at taxable income, other
20             than a net operating loss  carried  forward  from  a
21             taxable year ending prior to December 31, 1986;
22                  (E)  For taxable years in which a net operating
23             loss  carryback  or carryforward from a taxable year
24             ending prior to December 31, 1986 is an  element  of
25             taxable income under paragraph (1) of subsection (e)
26             or  subparagraph  (E) of paragraph (2) of subsection
27             (e), the  amount  by  which  addition  modifications
28             other  than  those provided by this subparagraph (E)
29             exceeded subtraction modifications in  such  earlier
30             taxable year, with the following limitations applied
31             in the order that they are listed:
32                       (i)  the addition modification relating to
33                  the  net operating loss carried back or forward
34                  to the  taxable  year  from  any  taxable  year
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -188-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1                  ending  prior  to  December  31,  1986 shall be
 2                  reduced by the amount of addition  modification
 3                  under  this  subparagraph  (E) which related to
 4                  that net operating loss  and  which  was  taken
 5                  into  account in calculating the base income of
 6                  an earlier taxable year, and
 7                       (ii)  the addition  modification  relating
 8                  to  the  net  operating  loss  carried  back or
 9                  forward to the taxable year  from  any  taxable
10                  year  ending  prior  to December 31, 1986 shall
11                  not exceed the  amount  of  such  carryback  or
12                  carryforward;
13                  For  taxable  years  in  which  there  is a net
14             operating loss carryback or carryforward  from  more
15             than one other taxable year ending prior to December
16             31, 1986, the addition modification provided in this
17             subparagraph  (E)  shall  be  the sum of the amounts
18             computed   independently   under    the    preceding
19             provisions  of  this  subparagraph (E) for each such
20             taxable year; and
21                  (E-5)  For taxable years ending after  December
22             31,   1997,   an   amount   equal  to  any  eligible
23             remediation costs that the corporation  deducted  in
24             computing  adjusted  gross  income and for which the
25             corporation claims a credit under subsection (l)  of
26             Section 201;
27        and  by  deducting  from the total so obtained the sum of
28        the following amounts:
29                  (F)  An amount equal to the amount of  any  tax
30             imposed  by  this  Act  which  was  refunded  to the
31             taxpayer and included in such total for the  taxable
32             year;
33                  (G)  An  amount equal to any amount included in
34             such total under Section 78 of the Internal  Revenue
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -189-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1             Code;
 2                  (H)  In  the  case  of  a  regulated investment
 3             company, an amount equal to  the  amount  of  exempt
 4             interest  dividends as defined in subsection (b) (5)
 5             of Section 852 of the Internal Revenue Code, paid to
 6             shareholders for the taxable year;
 7                  (I)  With  the   exception   of   any   amounts
 8             subtracted  under  subparagraph (J), an amount equal
 9             to the sum of all amounts disallowed  as  deductions
10             by  (i)  Sections  171(a)  (2),  and  265(a)(2)  and
11             amounts  disallowed  as  interest expense by Section
12             291(a)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code,  as  now  or
13             hereafter  amended,  and  all  amounts  of  expenses
14             allocable  to  interest and disallowed as deductions
15             by Section 265(a)(1) of the Internal  Revenue  Code,
16             as  now  or  hereafter amended; and (ii) for taxable
17             years ending on or after August 13,  1999,  Sections
18             171(a)(2), 265, 280C, 291(a)(3), and 832(b)(5)(B)(i)
19             of the Internal Revenue Code; the provisions of this
20             subparagraph  are  exempt  from  the  provisions  of
21             Section 250;
22                  (J)  An amount equal to all amounts included in
23             such  total  which  are exempt from taxation by this
24             State  either  by  reason   of   its   statutes   or
25             Constitution  or  by  reason  of  the  Constitution,
26             treaties  or statutes of the United States; provided
27             that, in the case of any statute of this State  that
28             exempts   income   derived   from   bonds  or  other
29             obligations from the tax imposed under this Act, the
30             amount exempted shall be the interest  net  of  bond
31             premium amortization;
32                  (K)  An   amount   equal   to  those  dividends
33             included  in  such  total  which  were  paid  by   a
34             corporation which conducts business operations in an
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -190-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1             Enterprise  Zone or zones created under the Illinois
 2             Enterprise Zone Act and conducts  substantially  all
 3             of its operations in an Enterprise Zone or zones;
 4                  (L)  An   amount   equal   to  those  dividends
 5             included  in  such  total  that  were  paid   by   a
 6             corporation  that  conducts business operations in a
 7             federally designated Foreign Trade Zone or  Sub-Zone
 8             and  that  is  designated  a  High  Impact  Business
 9             located   in   Illinois;   provided  that  dividends
10             eligible for the deduction provided in  subparagraph
11             (K)  of  paragraph 2 of this subsection shall not be
12             eligible  for  the  deduction  provided  under  this
13             subparagraph (L);
14                  (M)  For  any  taxpayer  that  is  a  financial
15             organization within the meaning of Section 304(c) of
16             this Act,  an  amount  included  in  such  total  as
17             interest  income  from  a loan or loans made by such
18             taxpayer to a borrower, to the extent  that  such  a
19             loan  is  secured  by property which is eligible for
20             the Enterprise Zone Investment Credit.  To determine
21             the portion of a loan or loans that  is  secured  by
22             property   eligible  for  a  Section  201(f)  201(h)
23             investment  credit  to  the  borrower,  the   entire
24             principal  amount  of  the loan or loans between the
25             taxpayer and the borrower should be divided into the
26             basis of the Section 201(f) 201(h) investment credit
27             property which secures the loan or loans, using  for
28             this  purpose the original basis of such property on
29             the date that  it  was  placed  in  service  in  the
30             Enterprise   Zone.    The  subtraction  modification
31             available  to  taxpayer  in  any  year  under   this
32             subsection  shall  be  that  portion  of  the  total
33             interest  paid  by the borrower with respect to such
34             loan  attributable  to  the  eligible  property   as
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -191-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1             calculated under the previous sentence;
 2                  (M-1)  For  any  taxpayer  that  is a financial
 3             organization within the meaning of Section 304(c) of
 4             this Act,  an  amount  included  in  such  total  as
 5             interest  income  from  a loan or loans made by such
 6             taxpayer to a borrower, to the extent  that  such  a
 7             loan  is  secured  by property which is eligible for
 8             the High  Impact  Business  Investment  Credit.   To
 9             determine  the  portion  of  a loan or loans that is
10             secured by property eligible for  a  Section  201(h)
11             201(i) investment credit to the borrower, the entire
12             principal  amount  of  the loan or loans between the
13             taxpayer and the borrower should be divided into the
14             basis of the Section 201(h) 201(i) investment credit
15             property which secures the loan or loans, using  for
16             this  purpose the original basis of such property on
17             the  date  that  it  was  placed  in  service  in  a
18             federally designated Foreign Trade Zone or  Sub-Zone
19             located  in  Illinois.  No taxpayer that is eligible
20             for the deduction provided in  subparagraph  (M)  of
21             paragraph  (2)  of this subsection shall be eligible
22             for the deduction provided under  this  subparagraph
23             (M-1).   The  subtraction  modification available to
24             taxpayers in any year under this subsection shall be
25             that portion of  the  total  interest  paid  by  the
26             borrower  with  respect to such loan attributable to
27             the  eligible  property  as  calculated  under   the
28             previous sentence;
29                  (N)  Two times any contribution made during the
30             taxable  year  to  a designated zone organization to
31             the extent that the contribution (i) qualifies as  a
32             charitable  contribution  under  subsection  (c)  of
33             Section  170  of  the Internal Revenue Code and (ii)
34             must, by its terms, be used for a  project  approved
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -192-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1             by  the Department of Commerce and Community Affairs
 2             under Section 11 of  the  Illinois  Enterprise  Zone
 3             Act;
 4                  (O)  An  amount  equal  to: (i) 85% for taxable
 5             years ending on or before December 31, 1992,  or,  a
 6             percentage  equal  to the percentage allowable under
 7             Section 243(a)(1) of the Internal  Revenue  Code  of
 8             1986  for  taxable  years  ending after December 31,
 9             1992, of the amount by which dividends  included  in
10             taxable  income and received from a corporation that
11             is not created or organized under the  laws  of  the
12             United  States or any state or political subdivision
13             thereof, including, for taxable years ending  on  or
14             after  December  31,  1988,  dividends  received  or
15             deemed   received  or  paid  or  deemed  paid  under
16             Sections 951 through 964  of  the  Internal  Revenue
17             Code, exceed the amount of the modification provided
18             under  subparagraph  (G)  of  paragraph  (2) of this
19             subsection (b) which is related to  such  dividends;
20             plus  (ii)  100%  of  the amount by which dividends,
21             included in taxable income and received,  including,
22             for  taxable  years  ending on or after December 31,
23             1988, dividends received or deemed received or  paid
24             or deemed paid under Sections 951 through 964 of the
25             Internal  Revenue  Code,  from  any such corporation
26             specified in clause  (i)  that  would  but  for  the
27             provisions  of  Section 1504 (b) (3) of the Internal
28             Revenue  Code  be  treated  as  a  member   of   the
29             affiliated   group   which   includes  the  dividend
30             recipient, exceed the  amount  of  the  modification
31             provided  under subparagraph (G) of paragraph (2) of
32             this  subsection  (b)  which  is  related  to   such
33             dividends;
34                  (P)  An  amount  equal to any contribution made
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -193-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1             to a job training project  established  pursuant  to
 2             the Tax Increment Allocation Redevelopment Act;
 3                  (Q)  An  amount  equal  to  the  amount  of the
 4             deduction used to compute  the  federal  income  tax
 5             credit  for  restoration of substantial amounts held
 6             under claim of right for the taxable  year  pursuant
 7             to  Section  1341  of  the  Internal Revenue Code of
 8             1986;
 9                  (R)  In the case of  an  attorney-in-fact  with
10             respect  to  whom  an  interinsurer  or a reciprocal
11             insurer has made the election under Section  835  of
12             the  Internal Revenue Code, 26 U.S.C. 835, an amount
13             equal to the excess, if any, of the amounts paid  or
14             incurred  by that interinsurer or reciprocal insurer
15             in the taxable year to the attorney-in-fact over the
16             deduction allowed to that interinsurer or reciprocal
17             insurer with respect to the  attorney-in-fact  under
18             Section  835(b) of the Internal Revenue Code for the
19             taxable year; and
20                  (S)  For  taxable  years  ending  on  or  after
21             December 31, 1997, in the case  of  a  Subchapter  S
22             corporation,  an  amount  equal  to  all  amounts of
23             income allocable to a  shareholder  subject  to  the
24             Personal Property Tax Replacement Income Tax imposed
25             by  subsections  (c)  and (d) of Section 201 of this
26             Act, including amounts  allocable  to  organizations
27             exempt  from federal income tax by reason of Section
28             501(a)  of  the   Internal   Revenue   Code.    This
29             subparagraph  (S)  is  exempt from the provisions of
30             Section 250.
31             (3)  Special rule.  For purposes  of  paragraph  (2)
32        (A),  "gross  income"  in  the  case  of a life insurance
33        company, for tax years ending on and after  December  31,
34        1994,  shall  mean  the  gross  investment income for the
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -194-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        taxable year.

 2        (c)  Trusts and estates.
 3             (1)  In general.  In the case of a trust or  estate,
 4        base  income  means  an  amount  equal  to the taxpayer's
 5        taxable income  for  the  taxable  year  as  modified  by
 6        paragraph (2).
 7             (2)  Modifications.   Subject  to  the provisions of
 8        paragraph  (3),  the  taxable  income  referred   to   in
 9        paragraph (1) shall be modified by adding thereto the sum
10        of the following amounts:
11                  (A)  An  amount  equal  to  all amounts paid or
12             accrued to the taxpayer  as  interest  or  dividends
13             during  the taxable year to the extent excluded from
14             gross income in the computation of taxable income;
15                  (B)  In the case of (i) an estate, $600; (ii) a
16             trust which,  under  its  governing  instrument,  is
17             required  to distribute all of its income currently,
18             $300; and (iii) any other trust, $100, but  in  each
19             such  case,  only  to  the  extent  such  amount was
20             deducted in the computation of taxable income;
21                  (C)  An amount  equal  to  the  amount  of  tax
22             imposed  by  this  Act  to  the extent deducted from
23             gross income in the computation  of  taxable  income
24             for the taxable year;
25                  (D)  The  amount  of  any  net  operating  loss
26             deduction taken in arriving at taxable income, other
27             than  a  net  operating  loss carried forward from a
28             taxable year ending prior to December 31, 1986;
29                  (E)  For taxable years in which a net operating
30             loss carryback or carryforward from a  taxable  year
31             ending  prior  to December 31, 1986 is an element of
32             taxable income under paragraph (1) of subsection (e)
33             or subparagraph (E) of paragraph (2)  of  subsection
34             (e),  the  amount  by  which  addition modifications
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -195-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1             other than those provided by this  subparagraph  (E)
 2             exceeded  subtraction  modifications in such taxable
 3             year, with the following limitations applied in  the
 4             order that they are listed:
 5                       (i)  the addition modification relating to
 6                  the  net operating loss carried back or forward
 7                  to the  taxable  year  from  any  taxable  year
 8                  ending  prior  to  December  31,  1986 shall be
 9                  reduced by the amount of addition  modification
10                  under  this  subparagraph  (E) which related to
11                  that net operating loss  and  which  was  taken
12                  into  account in calculating the base income of
13                  an earlier taxable year, and
14                       (ii)  the addition  modification  relating
15                  to  the  net  operating  loss  carried  back or
16                  forward to the taxable year  from  any  taxable
17                  year  ending  prior  to December 31, 1986 shall
18                  not exceed the  amount  of  such  carryback  or
19                  carryforward;
20                  For  taxable  years  in  which  there  is a net
21             operating loss carryback or carryforward  from  more
22             than one other taxable year ending prior to December
23             31, 1986, the addition modification provided in this
24             subparagraph  (E)  shall  be  the sum of the amounts
25             computed   independently   under    the    preceding
26             provisions  of  this  subparagraph (E) for each such
27             taxable year;
28                  (F)  For  taxable  years  ending  on  or  after
29             January 1, 1989, an amount equal to the tax deducted
30             pursuant to Section 164 of the Internal Revenue Code
31             if the trust or estate is claiming the same tax  for
32             purposes  of  the  Illinois foreign tax credit under
33             Section 601 of this Act;
34                  (G)  An amount  equal  to  the  amount  of  the
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -196-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1             capital  gain deduction allowable under the Internal
 2             Revenue Code, to  the  extent  deducted  from  gross
 3             income in the computation of taxable income; and
 4                  (G-5)  For  taxable years ending after December
 5             31,  1997,  an  amount   equal   to   any   eligible
 6             remediation  costs that the trust or estate deducted
 7             in computing adjusted gross income and for which the
 8             trust or estate claims a credit under subsection (l)
 9             of Section 201;
10        and by deducting from the total so obtained  the  sum  of
11        the following amounts:
12                  (H)  An amount equal to all amounts included in
13             such  total  pursuant  to the provisions of Sections
14             402(a), 402(c), 403(a), 403(b), 406(a),  407(a)  and
15             408 of the Internal Revenue Code or included in such
16             total  as  distributions under the provisions of any
17             retirement or disability plan for employees  of  any
18             governmental  agency or unit, or retirement payments
19             to retired partners, which payments are excluded  in
20             computing  net  earnings  from  self  employment  by
21             Section  1402  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  and
22             regulations adopted pursuant thereto;
23                  (I)  The valuation limitation amount;
24                  (J)  An  amount  equal to the amount of any tax
25             imposed by  this  Act  which  was  refunded  to  the
26             taxpayer  and included in such total for the taxable
27             year;
28                  (K)  An amount equal to all amounts included in
29             taxable income as  modified  by  subparagraphs  (A),
30             (B),  (C),  (D),  (E),  (F) and (G) which are exempt
31             from taxation by this State either by reason of  its
32             statutes   or  Constitution  or  by  reason  of  the
33             Constitution, treaties or  statutes  of  the  United
34             States; provided that, in the case of any statute of
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -197-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1             this State that exempts income derived from bonds or
 2             other  obligations  from  the tax imposed under this
 3             Act, the amount exempted shall be the  interest  net
 4             of bond premium amortization;
 5                  (L)  With   the   exception   of   any  amounts
 6             subtracted under subparagraph (K), an  amount  equal
 7             to  the  sum of all amounts disallowed as deductions
 8             by (i) Sections 171(a)  (2)  and  265(a)(2)  of  the
 9             Internal  Revenue Code, as now or hereafter amended,
10             and all amounts of expenses  allocable  to  interest
11             and  disallowed  as  deductions by Section 265(1) of
12             the  Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1954,  as  now  or
13             hereafter amended; and (ii) for taxable years ending
14             on or after August  13,  1999,  Sections  171(a)(2),
15             265,  280C,  and  832(b)(5)(B)(i)  of  the  Internal
16             Revenue  Code;  the  provisions of this subparagraph
17             are exempt from the provisions of Section 250;
18                  (M)  An  amount  equal   to   those   dividends
19             included   in  such  total  which  were  paid  by  a
20             corporation which conducts business operations in an
21             Enterprise Zone or zones created under the  Illinois
22             Enterprise  Zone  Act and conducts substantially all
23             of its operations in an Enterprise Zone or Zones;
24                  (N)  An amount equal to any  contribution  made
25             to  a  job  training project established pursuant to
26             the Tax Increment Allocation Redevelopment Act;
27                  (O)  An  amount  equal   to   those   dividends
28             included   in   such  total  that  were  paid  by  a
29             corporation that conducts business operations  in  a
30             federally  designated Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone
31             and  that  is  designated  a  High  Impact  Business
32             located  in  Illinois;   provided   that   dividends
33             eligible  for the deduction provided in subparagraph
34             (M) of paragraph (2) of this subsection shall not be
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -198-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1             eligible  for  the  deduction  provided  under  this
 2             subparagraph (O);
 3                  (P)  An amount  equal  to  the  amount  of  the
 4             deduction  used  to  compute  the federal income tax
 5             credit for restoration of substantial  amounts  held
 6             under  claim  of right for the taxable year pursuant
 7             to Section 1341 of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  of
 8             1986; and
 9                  (Q)  For  taxable  year 1999 and thereafter, an
10             amount equal to the amount of any (i) distributions,
11             to the extent includible in gross income for federal
12             income tax purposes, made to the taxpayer because of
13             his or her status as a  victim  of  persecution  for
14             racial  or  religious reasons by Nazi Germany or any
15             other Axis regime or as an heir of  the  victim  and
16             (ii)  items  of  income, to the extent includible in
17             gross  income  for  federal  income  tax   purposes,
18             attributable  to, derived from or in any way related
19             to assets stolen from,  hidden  from,  or  otherwise
20             lost  to  a  victim  of  persecution  for  racial or
21             religious reasons by Nazi Germany or any other  Axis
22             regime immediately prior to, during, and immediately
23             after  World  War II, including, but not limited to,
24             interest on the  proceeds  receivable  as  insurance
25             under policies issued to a victim of persecution for
26             racial  or  religious reasons by Nazi Germany or any
27             other Axis regime by  European  insurance  companies
28             immediately  prior  to  and  during  World  War  II;
29             provided,  however,  this  subtraction  from federal
30             adjusted gross  income  does  not  apply  to  assets
31             acquired  with such assets or with the proceeds from
32             the sale of such  assets;  provided,  further,  this
33             paragraph shall only apply to a taxpayer who was the
34             first  recipient of such assets after their recovery
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -199-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1             and who is a victim of  persecution  for  racial  or
 2             religious  reasons by Nazi Germany or any other Axis
 3             regime or as an heir of the victim.  The  amount  of
 4             and  the  eligibility  for  any  public  assistance,
 5             benefit,  or  similar entitlement is not affected by
 6             the  inclusion  of  items  (i)  and  (ii)  of   this
 7             paragraph  in  gross  income  for federal income tax
 8             purposes.  This  paragraph  is   exempt   from   the
 9             provisions of Section 250.
10             (3)  Limitation.   The  amount  of  any modification
11        otherwise required under  this  subsection  shall,  under
12        regulations  prescribed by the Department, be adjusted by
13        any amounts included therein which  were  properly  paid,
14        credited,  or  required to be distributed, or permanently
15        set aside for charitable purposes pursuant   to  Internal
16        Revenue Code Section 642(c) during the taxable year.

17        (d)  Partnerships.
18             (1)  In  general. In the case of a partnership, base
19        income means an amount equal to  the  taxpayer's  taxable
20        income for the taxable year as modified by paragraph (2).
21             (2)  Modifications.  The  taxable income referred to
22        in paragraph (1) shall be modified by adding thereto  the
23        sum of the following amounts:
24                  (A)  An  amount  equal  to  all amounts paid or
25             accrued to the taxpayer  as  interest  or  dividends
26             during  the taxable year to the extent excluded from
27             gross income in the computation of taxable income;
28                  (B)  An amount  equal  to  the  amount  of  tax
29             imposed  by  this  Act  to  the extent deducted from
30             gross income for the taxable year;
31                  (C)  The amount of deductions  allowed  to  the
32             partnership  pursuant  to  Section  707  (c)  of the
33             Internal Revenue Code  in  calculating  its  taxable
34             income; and
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -200-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1                  (D)  An  amount  equal  to  the  amount  of the
 2             capital gain deduction allowable under the  Internal
 3             Revenue  Code,  to  the  extent  deducted from gross
 4             income in the computation of taxable income;
 5        and by deducting from the total so obtained the following
 6        amounts:
 7                  (E)  The valuation limitation amount;
 8                  (F)  An amount equal to the amount of  any  tax
 9             imposed  by  this  Act  which  was  refunded  to the
10             taxpayer and included in such total for the  taxable
11             year;
12                  (G)  An amount equal to all amounts included in
13             taxable  income  as  modified  by subparagraphs (A),
14             (B), (C) and (D) which are exempt from  taxation  by
15             this  State  either  by  reason  of  its statutes or
16             Constitution  or  by  reason  of  the  Constitution,
17             treaties or statutes of the United States;  provided
18             that,  in the case of any statute of this State that
19             exempts  income  derived   from   bonds   or   other
20             obligations from the tax imposed under this Act, the
21             amount  exempted  shall  be the interest net of bond
22             premium amortization;
23                  (H)  Any  income  of  the   partnership   which
24             constitutes  personal  service  income as defined in
25             Section 1348 (b) (1) of the  Internal  Revenue  Code
26             (as  in  effect  December  31, 1981) or a reasonable
27             allowance  for  compensation  paid  or  accrued  for
28             services rendered by partners  to  the  partnership,
29             whichever is greater;
30                  (I)  An  amount  equal to all amounts of income
31             distributable to an entity subject to  the  Personal
32             Property  Tax  Replacement  Income  Tax  imposed  by
33             subsections  (c)  and (d) of Section 201 of this Act
34             including  amounts  distributable  to  organizations
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -201-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1             exempt from federal income tax by reason of  Section
 2             501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code;
 3                  (J)  With   the   exception   of   any  amounts
 4             subtracted under subparagraph (G), an  amount  equal
 5             to  the  sum of all amounts disallowed as deductions
 6             by (i)  Sections  171(a)  (2),  and  265(2)  of  the
 7             Internal  Revenue  Code of 1954, as now or hereafter
 8             amended, and all amounts of  expenses  allocable  to
 9             interest  and  disallowed  as  deductions by Section
10             265(1) of the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  as  now  or
11             hereafter amended; and (ii) for taxable years ending
12             on  or  after  August  13, 1999, Sections 171(a)(2),
13             265,  280C,  and  832(b)(5)(B)(i)  of  the  Internal
14             Revenue Code; the provisions  of  this  subparagraph
15             are exempt from the provisions of Section 250;
16                  (K)  An   amount   equal   to  those  dividends
17             included  in  such  total  which  were  paid  by   a
18             corporation which conducts business operations in an
19             Enterprise  Zone or zones created under the Illinois
20             Enterprise Zone Act, enacted  by  the  82nd  General
21             Assembly, and which does not conduct such operations
22             other than in an Enterprise Zone or Zones;
23                  (L)  An  amount  equal to any contribution made
24             to a job training project  established  pursuant  to
25             the   Real   Property   Tax   Increment   Allocation
26             Redevelopment Act;
27                  (M)  An   amount   equal   to  those  dividends
28             included  in  such  total  that  were  paid   by   a
29             corporation  that  conducts business operations in a
30             federally designated Foreign Trade Zone or  Sub-Zone
31             and  that  is  designated  a  High  Impact  Business
32             located   in   Illinois;   provided  that  dividends
33             eligible for the deduction provided in  subparagraph
34             (K) of paragraph (2) of this subsection shall not be
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -202-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1             eligible  for  the  deduction  provided  under  this
 2             subparagraph (M); and
 3                  (N)  An  amount  equal  to  the  amount  of the
 4             deduction used to compute  the  federal  income  tax
 5             credit  for  restoration of substantial amounts held
 6             under claim of right for the taxable  year  pursuant
 7             to  Section  1341  of  the  Internal Revenue Code of
 8             1986.

 9        (e)  Gross income; adjusted gross income; taxable income.
10             (1)  In  general.   Subject  to  the  provisions  of
11        paragraph (2) and subsection (b)  (3),  for  purposes  of
12        this  Section  and  Section  803(e),  a  taxpayer's gross
13        income, adjusted gross income, or taxable income for  the
14        taxable  year  shall  mean  the  amount  of gross income,
15        adjusted  gross  income  or   taxable   income   properly
16        reportable  for  federal  income  tax  purposes  for  the
17        taxable year under the provisions of the Internal Revenue
18        Code.  Taxable income may be less than zero. However, for
19        taxable years ending on or after December 31,  1986,  net
20        operating  loss  carryforwards  from taxable years ending
21        prior to December 31, 1986, may not  exceed  the  sum  of
22        federal  taxable  income  for the taxable year before net
23        operating loss deduction, plus  the  excess  of  addition
24        modifications  over  subtraction  modifications  for  the
25        taxable year.  For taxable years ending prior to December
26        31, 1986, taxable income may never be an amount in excess
27        of the net operating loss for the taxable year as defined
28        in subsections (c) and (d) of Section 172 of the Internal
29        Revenue  Code,  provided  that  when  taxable income of a
30        corporation (other  than  a  Subchapter  S  corporation),
31        trust,   or   estate  is  less  than  zero  and  addition
32        modifications, other than those provided by  subparagraph
33        (E)  of  paragraph (2) of subsection (b) for corporations
34        or subparagraph (E) of paragraph (2)  of  subsection  (c)
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -203-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        for trusts and estates, exceed subtraction modifications,
 2        an   addition  modification  must  be  made  under  those
 3        subparagraphs for any other taxable  year  to  which  the
 4        taxable  income  less  than  zero (net operating loss) is
 5        applied under Section 172 of the Internal Revenue Code or
 6        under  subparagraph  (E)  of  paragraph   (2)   of   this
 7        subsection (e) applied in conjunction with Section 172 of
 8        the Internal Revenue Code.
 9             (2)  Special rule.  For purposes of paragraph (1) of
10        this  subsection,  the taxable income properly reportable
11        for federal income tax purposes shall mean:
12                  (A)  Certain life insurance companies.  In  the
13             case  of a life insurance company subject to the tax
14             imposed by Section 801 of the Internal Revenue Code,
15             life insurance  company  taxable  income,  plus  the
16             amount  of  distribution  from pre-1984 policyholder
17             surplus accounts as calculated under Section 815a of
18             the Internal Revenue Code;
19                  (B)  Certain other insurance companies.  In the
20             case of mutual insurance companies  subject  to  the
21             tax  imposed  by Section 831 of the Internal Revenue
22             Code, insurance company taxable income;
23                  (C)  Regulated investment  companies.   In  the
24             case  of  a  regulated investment company subject to
25             the tax imposed  by  Section  852  of  the  Internal
26             Revenue Code, investment company taxable income;
27                  (D)  Real  estate  investment  trusts.   In the
28             case of a real estate investment  trust  subject  to
29             the  tax  imposed  by  Section  857  of the Internal
30             Revenue Code, real estate investment  trust  taxable
31             income;
32                  (E)  Consolidated corporations.  In the case of
33             a  corporation  which  is  a member of an affiliated
34             group of corporations filing a  consolidated  income
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -204-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1             tax  return  for the taxable year for federal income
 2             tax purposes, taxable income determined as  if  such
 3             corporation  had filed a separate return for federal
 4             income tax purposes for the taxable  year  and  each
 5             preceding  taxable year for which it was a member of
 6             an  affiliated   group.   For   purposes   of   this
 7             subparagraph, the taxpayer's separate taxable income
 8             shall  be  determined as if the election provided by
 9             Section 243(b) (2) of the Internal Revenue Code  had
10             been in effect for all such years;
11                  (F)  Cooperatives.     In   the   case   of   a
12             cooperative corporation or association, the  taxable
13             income of such organization determined in accordance
14             with  the provisions of Section 1381 through 1388 of
15             the Internal Revenue Code;
16                  (G)  Subchapter S corporations.   In  the  case
17             of:  (i)  a Subchapter S corporation for which there
18             is in effect an election for the taxable year  under
19             Section  1362  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code, the
20             taxable income of  such  corporation  determined  in
21             accordance  with  Section  1363(b)  of  the Internal
22             Revenue Code, except that taxable income shall  take
23             into  account  those  items  which  are  required by
24             Section 1363(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue  Code  to
25             be  separately  stated;  and  (ii)  a  Subchapter  S
26             corporation  for  which there is in effect a federal
27             election  to  opt  out  of  the  provisions  of  the
28             Subchapter S Revision Act of 1982 and  have  applied
29             instead  the  prior federal Subchapter S rules as in
30             effect on July 1, 1982, the taxable income  of  such
31             corporation   determined   in  accordance  with  the
32             federal Subchapter S rules as in effect on  July  1,
33             1982; and
34                  (H)  Partnerships.     In   the   case   of   a
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -205-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1             partnership, taxable income determined in accordance
 2             with Section  703  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code,
 3             except  that  taxable income shall take into account
 4             those items which are required by Section  703(a)(1)
 5             to  be  separately  stated  but which would be taken
 6             into account by an  individual  in  calculating  his
 7             taxable income.

 8        (f)  Valuation limitation amount.
 9             (1)  In  general.   The  valuation limitation amount
10        referred to in subsections (a) (2) (G), (c) (2)  (I)  and
11        (d)(2) (E) is an amount equal to:
12                  (A)  The   sum   of   the  pre-August  1,  1969
13             appreciation amounts (to the  extent  consisting  of
14             gain reportable under the provisions of Section 1245
15             or  1250  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code)  for all
16             property in respect of which such gain was  reported
17             for the taxable year; plus
18                  (B)  The   lesser   of   (i)  the  sum  of  the
19             pre-August 1,  1969  appreciation  amounts  (to  the
20             extent  consisting of capital gain) for all property
21             in respect of  which  such  gain  was  reported  for
22             federal income tax purposes for the taxable year, or
23             (ii)  the  net  capital  gain  for the taxable year,
24             reduced in either case by any amount  of  such  gain
25             included  in  the amount determined under subsection
26             (a) (2) (F) or (c) (2) (H).
27             (2)  Pre-August 1, 1969 appreciation amount.
28                  (A)  If  the  fair  market  value  of  property
29             referred   to   in   paragraph   (1)   was   readily
30             ascertainable on August 1, 1969, the  pre-August  1,
31             1969  appreciation  amount  for such property is the
32             lesser of (i) the excess of such fair  market  value
33             over the taxpayer's basis (for determining gain) for
34             such  property  on  that  date (determined under the
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -206-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1             Internal Revenue Code as in effect on that date), or
 2             (ii) the total  gain  realized  and  reportable  for
 3             federal  income tax purposes in respect of the sale,
 4             exchange or other disposition of such property.
 5                  (B)  If  the  fair  market  value  of  property
 6             referred  to  in  paragraph  (1)  was  not   readily
 7             ascertainable  on  August 1, 1969, the pre-August 1,
 8             1969 appreciation amount for such property  is  that
 9             amount  which bears the same ratio to the total gain
10             reported in respect  of  the  property  for  federal
11             income  tax  purposes  for  the taxable year, as the
12             number of full calendar months in that part  of  the
13             taxpayer's  holding  period  for the property ending
14             July 31, 1969 bears to the number of  full  calendar
15             months  in  the taxpayer's entire holding period for
16             the property.
17                  (C)  The  Department   shall   prescribe   such
18             regulations  as  may  be  necessary to carry out the
19             purposes of this paragraph.

20        (g)  Double  deductions.   Unless  specifically  provided
21    otherwise, nothing in this Section shall permit the same item
22    to be deducted more than once.

23        (h)  Legislative intention.  Except as expressly provided
24    by  this  Section  there  shall  be   no   modifications   or
25    limitations on the amounts of income, gain, loss or deduction
26    taken  into  account  in  determining  gross income, adjusted
27    gross  income  or  taxable  income  for  federal  income  tax
28    purposes for the taxable year, or in the amount of such items
29    entering into the computation of base income and  net  income
30    under  this  Act for such taxable year, whether in respect of
31    property values as of August 1, 1969 or otherwise.
32    (Source: P.A.  90-491,  eff.  1-1-98;  90-717,  eff.  8-7-98;
33    90-770,  eff.  8-14-98;  91-192,  eff.  7-20-99; 91-205, eff.
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -207-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    7-20-99; 91-357, eff. 7-29-99; 91-541, eff. 8-13-99;  91-676,
 2    eff.  12-23-99;  91-845,  eff.  6-22-00; 91-913, eff. 1-1-01;
 3    revised 1-15-01.)

 4        (35 ILCS 5/703) (from Ch. 120, par. 7-703)
 5        Sec. 703.  Information statement. Every employer required
 6    to deduct and withhold tax under this Act  from  compensation
 7    of  an employee, or who would have been required so to deduct
 8    and withhold tax if the employee's withholding exemption were
 9    not in excess of the basic amount in  Section  204(b),  shall
10    furnish  in duplicate to each such employee in respect of the
11    compensation paid by such employer to  such  employee  during
12    the  calendar  year on or before January 31 of the succeeding
13    year, or, if his employment is terminated before the close of
14    such calendar year, on the date on which the last payment  of
15    compensation is made, a written statement in such form as the
16    Department  may by regulation prescribe showing the amount of
17    compensation paid by the employer to the employee, the amount
18    deducted  and  withheld  as  tax,   the   tax-exempt   amount
19    contributed  to  a  medical  savings  account, and such other
20    information as the Department shall prescribe. A copy of such
21    statement shall be filed by the employee with his return  for
22    his  taxable  year  to  which it relates (as determined under
23    Section 601(b)(1)).
24    (Source: P.A. 90-613,  eff.  7-9-98;  91-841,  eff.  6-22-00;
25    revised 9-1-00.)

26        (35 ILCS 5/901) (from Ch. 120, par. 9-901)
27        Sec. 901.  Collection Authority.
28        (a)  In general.
29        The  Department  shall  collect the taxes imposed by this
30    Act.  The Department shall collect certified past  due  child
31    support  amounts  under Section 2505-650 of the Department of
32    Revenue Law (20 ILCS 2505/2505-650).  Except as  provided  in
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -208-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    subsections  (c)  and  (e)  of  this Section, money collected
 2    pursuant to subsections (a) and (b) of Section  201  of  this
 3    Act  shall be paid into the General Revenue Fund in the State
 4    treasury; money collected pursuant to subsections (c) and (d)
 5    of Section 201 of this Act shall be paid  into  the  Personal
 6    Property  Tax  Replacement  Fund, a special fund in the State
 7    Treasury; and money collected under Section 2505-650  of  the
 8    Department  of  Revenue  Law (20 ILCS 2505/2505-650) shall be
 9    paid into the Child Support Enforcement Trust Fund, a special
10    fund outside the State Treasury, or to the State Disbursement
11    Unit established under Section 10-26 of the  Illinois  Public
12    Aid Code, as directed by the Department of Public Aid.
13        (b)  Local Governmental Distributive Fund.
14        Beginning August 1, 1969, and continuing through June 30,
15    1994,  the  Treasurer  shall  transfer  each  month  from the
16    General Revenue Fund to a special fund in the State treasury,
17    to be known as the "Local Government Distributive  Fund",  an
18    amount equal to 1/12 of the net revenue realized from the tax
19    imposed by subsections (a) and (b) of Section 201 of this Act
20    during  the  preceding  month.  Beginning  July  1, 1994, and
21    continuing  through  June  30,  1995,  the  Treasurer   shall
22    transfer  each  month  from  the  General Revenue Fund to the
23    Local Government Distributive Fund an amount equal to 1/11 of
24    the net revenue realized from the tax imposed by  subsections
25    (a)  and  (b) of Section 201 of this Act during the preceding
26    month.  Beginning July 1, 1995, the Treasurer shall  transfer
27    each  month  from  the  General  Revenue  Fund  to  the Local
28    Government Distributive Fund an amount equal to 1/10  of  the
29    net  revenue realized from the tax imposed by subsections (a)
30    and (b) of Section 201 of the Illinois Income Tax Act  during
31    the  preceding  month. Net revenue realized for a month shall
32    be defined as the revenue from the tax imposed by subsections
33    (a) and (b) of Section 201 of this Act which is deposited  in
34    the General Revenue Fund, the Educational Assistance Fund and
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -209-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    the  Income  Tax Surcharge Local Government Distributive Fund
 2    during the month minus the amount paid  out  of  the  General
 3    Revenue  Fund  in  State  warrants  during that same month as
 4    refunds to taxpayers for overpayment of liability  under  the
 5    tax imposed by subsections (a) and (b) of Section 201 of this
 6    Act.

 7        (c)  Deposits Into Income Tax Refund Fund.
 8             (1)  Beginning  on  January  1, 1989 and thereafter,
 9        the Department shall deposit a percentage of the  amounts
10        collected  pursuant  to  subsections (a) and (b)(1), (2),
11        and (3), of Section 201 of this Act into a  fund  in  the
12        State  treasury known as the Income Tax Refund Fund.  The
13        Department shall deposit 6% of such  amounts  during  the
14        period  beginning  January 1, 1989 and ending on June 30,
15        1989.  Beginning with State fiscal year 1990 and for each
16        fiscal year thereafter, the percentage deposited into the
17        Income Tax Refund Fund during a fiscal year shall be  the
18        Annual  Percentage.   For fiscal years 1999 through 2001,
19        the Annual Percentage  shall  be  7.1%.   For  all  other
20        fiscal  years,  the Annual Percentage shall be calculated
21        as a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the amount
22        of refunds approved for payment by the Department  during
23        the  preceding  fiscal year as a result of overpayment of
24        tax liability under subsections (a) and (b)(1), (2),  and
25        (3)  of  Section  201 of this Act plus the amount of such
26        refunds remaining approved but unpaid at the end  of  the
27        preceding  fiscal year, the denominator of which shall be
28        the  amounts  which  will  be   collected   pursuant   to
29        subsections  (a)  and (b)(1), (2), and (3) of Section 201
30        of this  Act  during  the  preceding  fiscal  year.   The
31        Director  of  Revenue shall certify the Annual Percentage
32        to the Comptroller on the last business day of the fiscal
33        year immediately preceding the fiscal year for  which  it
34        is to be effective.
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -210-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1             (2)  Beginning  on  January  1, 1989 and thereafter,
 2        the Department shall deposit a percentage of the  amounts
 3        collected  pursuant  to  subsections (a) and (b)(6), (7),
 4        and (8), (c) and (d) of Section 201 of this  Act  into  a
 5        fund in the State treasury known as the Income Tax Refund
 6        Fund.   The  Department shall deposit 18% of such amounts
 7        during the period beginning January 1, 1989 and ending on
 8        June 30, 1989.  Beginning with State fiscal year 1990 and
 9        for each fiscal year thereafter, the percentage deposited
10        into the Income Tax Refund  Fund  during  a  fiscal  year
11        shall  be  the Annual Percentage.  For fiscal years 1999,
12        2000, and 2001, the Annual Percentage shall be 19%.   For
13        all  other  fiscal  years, the Annual Percentage shall be
14        calculated as a fraction, the numerator of which shall be
15        the  amount  of  refunds  approved  for  payment  by  the
16        Department during the preceding fiscal year as  a  result
17        of overpayment of tax liability under subsections (a) and
18        (b)(6),  (7), and (8), (c) and (d) of Section 201 of this
19        Act plus the amount of such  refunds  remaining  approved
20        but  unpaid  at the end of the preceding fiscal year, the
21        denominator of which shall be the amounts which  will  be
22        collected  pursuant  to  subsections (a) and (b)(6), (7),
23        and (8), (c) and (d) of Section 201 of  this  Act  during
24        the preceding fiscal year.  The Director of Revenue shall
25        certify  the  Annual Percentage to the Comptroller on the
26        last  business  day  of  the  fiscal   year   immediately
27        preceding   the  fiscal  year  for  which  it  is  to  be
28        effective.
29             (3)  The Comptroller shall order transferred and the
30        Treasurer shall  transfer  from  the  Tobacco  Settlement
31        Recovery   Fund   to  the  Income  Tax  Refund  Fund  (i)
32        $35,000,000  in  January,  2001,  (ii)   $35,000,000   in
33        January, 2002, and (iii) $35,000,000 in January, 2003.

34        (d)  Expenditures from Income Tax Refund Fund.
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -211-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1             (1)  Beginning  January 1, 1989, money in the Income
 2        Tax Refund Fund shall be  expended  exclusively  for  the
 3        purpose  of  paying refunds resulting from overpayment of
 4        tax liability under Section 201 of this Act,  for  paying
 5        rebates under Section 208.1 in the event that the amounts
 6        in  the  Homeowners' Tax Relief Fund are insufficient for
 7        that purpose, and for making transfers pursuant  to  this
 8        subsection (d).
 9             (2)  The  Director  shall  order  payment of refunds
10        resulting from overpayment of tax liability under Section
11        201 of this Act from the Income Tax Refund Fund  only  to
12        the extent that amounts collected pursuant to Section 201
13        of this Act and transfers pursuant to this subsection (d)
14        and  item  (3)  of subsection (c) have been deposited and
15        retained in the Fund.
16             (3)  As soon as  possible  after  the  end  of  each
17        fiscal year, the Director shall order transferred and the
18        State Treasurer and State Comptroller shall transfer from
19        the  Income  Tax Refund Fund to the Personal Property Tax
20        Replacement Fund an amount, certified by the Director  to
21        the  Comptroller,  equal  to  the  excess  of  the amount
22        collected pursuant to subsections (c) and (d) of  Section
23        201 of this Act deposited into the Income Tax Refund Fund
24        during  the  fiscal  year  over  the  amount  of  refunds
25        resulting   from   overpayment  of  tax  liability  under
26        subsections (c) and (d) of Section 201 of this  Act  paid
27        from the Income Tax Refund Fund during the fiscal year.
28             (4)  As  soon  as  possible  after  the  end of each
29        fiscal year, the Director shall order transferred and the
30        State Treasurer and State Comptroller shall transfer from
31        the Personal Property Tax Replacement Fund to the  Income
32        Tax  Refund  Fund an amount, certified by the Director to
33        the Comptroller, equal to the excess  of  the  amount  of
34        refunds resulting from overpayment of tax liability under
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -212-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        subsections  (c)  and (d) of Section 201 of this Act paid
 2        from the Income Tax Refund Fund during  the  fiscal  year
 3        over the amount collected pursuant to subsections (c) and
 4        (d)  of Section 201 of this Act deposited into the Income
 5        Tax Refund Fund during the fiscal year.
 6             (4.5)  As soon as possible after the end  of  fiscal
 7        year  1999  and  of  each  fiscal  year  thereafter,  the
 8        Director  shall order transferred and the State Treasurer
 9        and State Comptroller shall transfer from the Income  Tax
10        Refund  Fund  to  the  General  Revenue  Fund any surplus
11        remaining in the Income Tax Refund Fund as of the end  of
12        such  fiscal year; excluding for fiscal years 2000, 2001,
13        and 2002 amounts attributable to transfers under item (3)
14        of subsection (c) less refunds resulting from the  earned
15        income tax credit.
16             (5)  This  Act  shall  constitute an irrevocable and
17        continuing appropriation from the Income Tax Refund  Fund
18        for  the  purpose of paying refunds upon the order of the
19        Director  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  this
20        Section.
21        (e)  Deposits into the Education Assistance Fund and  the
22    Income Tax Surcharge Local Government Distributive Fund.
23        On July 1, 1991, and thereafter, of the amounts collected
24    pursuant  to  subsections  (a) and (b) of Section 201 of this
25    Act, minus deposits into the  Income  Tax  Refund  Fund,  the
26    Department  shall  deposit 7.3% into the Education Assistance
27    Fund in the State Treasury.   Beginning  July  1,  1991,  and
28    continuing through January 31, 1993, of the amounts collected
29    pursuant  to  subsections  (a)  and (b) of Section 201 of the
30    Illinois Income Tax Act, minus deposits into the  Income  Tax
31    Refund  Fund,  the  Department  shall  deposit  3.0% into the
32    Income Tax Surcharge Local Government  Distributive  Fund  in
33    the   State   Treasury.    Beginning  February  1,  1993  and
34    continuing through June 30, 1993, of  the  amounts  collected
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -213-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    pursuant  to  subsections  (a)  and (b) of Section 201 of the
 2    Illinois Income Tax Act, minus deposits into the  Income  Tax
 3    Refund  Fund,  the  Department  shall  deposit  4.4% into the
 4    Income Tax Surcharge Local Government  Distributive  Fund  in
 5    the  State  Treasury.  Beginning July 1, 1993, and continuing
 6    through  June  30,  1994,  of  the  amounts  collected  under
 7    subsections (a) and (b) of Section 201  of  this  Act,  minus
 8    deposits  into  the  Income  Tax  Refund Fund, the Department
 9    shall deposit 1.475% into  the  Income  Tax  Surcharge  Local
10    Government Distributive Fund in the State Treasury.
11    (Source:  P.A.  90-613,  eff.  7-9-98;  90-655, eff. 7-30-98;
12    91-212, eff.  7-20-99;  91-239,  eff.  1-1-00;  91-700,  eff.
13    5-11-00;  91-704,  eff.  7-1-00; 91-712, eff. 7-1-00; revised
14    6-28-00.)

15        Section 33.  The Use  Tax  Act  is  amended  by  changing
16    Sections 3-55 and 9 as follows:

17        (35 ILCS 105/3-55) (from Ch. 120, par. 439.3-55)
18        Sec.  3-55.  Multistate  exemption.    The tax imposed by
19    this Act does not apply  to  the  use  of  tangible  personal
20    property in this State under the following circumstances:
21        (a)  The   use,  in  this  State,  of  tangible  personal
22    property  acquired  outside  this  State  by  a   nonresident
23    individual  and brought into this State by the individual for
24    his or her own use while temporarily  within  this  State  or
25    while passing through this State.
26        (b)  The   use,  in  this  State,  of  tangible  personal
27    property by an interstate carrier for hire as  rolling  stock
28    moving  in interstate commerce or by lessors under a lease of
29    one year or longer executed or  in  effect  at  the  time  of
30    purchase of tangible personal property by interstate carriers
31    for-hire  for  use  as  rolling  stock  moving  in interstate
32    commerce as long  as  so  used  by  the  interstate  carriers
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -214-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    for-hire,  and  equipment  operated  by  a telecommunications
 2    provider,  licensed  as  a  common  carrier  by  the  Federal
 3    Communications Commission, which is permanently installed  in
 4    or affixed to aircraft moving in interstate commerce.
 5        (c)  The  use,  in  this  State,  by  owners, lessors, or
 6    shippers of tangible personal property that  is  utilized  by
 7    interstate  carriers for hire for use as rolling stock moving
 8    in interstate commerce as long as so used by  the  interstate
 9    carriers    for   hire,   and   equipment   operated   by   a
10    telecommunications provider, licensed as a common carrier  by
11    the  Federal  Communications Commission, which is permanently
12    installed in or affixed  to  aircraft  moving  in  interstate
13    commerce.
14        (d)  The   use,  in  this  State,  of  tangible  personal
15    property that is acquired outside this State and caused to be
16    brought into this State by a person who has  already  paid  a
17    tax in another State in respect to the sale, purchase, or use
18    of  that  property,  to  the  extent of the amount of the tax
19    properly due and paid in the other State.
20        (e)  The temporary storage, in this  State,  of  tangible
21    personal  property  that  is  acquired outside this State and
22    that, after being brought into this  State  and  stored  here
23    temporarily,   is  used  solely  outside  this  State  or  is
24    physically attached to or incorporated  into  other  tangible
25    personal  property that is used solely outside this State, or
26    is  altered  by   converting,   fabricating,   manufacturing,
27    printing,  processing,  or  shaping, and, as altered, is used
28    solely outside this State.
29        (f)  The temporary storage  in  this  State  of  building
30    materials and fixtures that are acquired either in this State
31    or  outside  this State by an Illinois registered combination
32    retailer and construction contractor, and that the  purchaser
33    thereafter  uses  outside  this  State  by incorporating that
34    property into real estate located outside this State.
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -215-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        (g)  The use or purchase of tangible personal property by
 2    a common carrier by rail or motor that receives the  physical
 3    possession  of  the property in Illinois, and that transports
 4    the property, or shares with another common  carrier  in  the
 5    transportation of the property, out of Illinois on a standard
 6    uniform  bill of lading showing the seller of the property as
 7    the shipper or consignor of the  property  to  a  destination
 8    outside Illinois, for use outside Illinois.
 9        (h)  The  use, in this State, of a motor vehicle that was
10    sold in this State to a nonresident, even  though  the  motor
11    vehicle is delivered to the nonresident in this State, if the
12    motor  vehicle  is  not  to be titled in this State, and if a
13    driveaway decal permit is issued  to  the  motor  vehicle  as
14    provided  in Section 3-603 of the Illinois Vehicle Code or if
15    the nonresident purchaser has vehicle registration plates  to
16    transfer  to  the  motor vehicle upon returning to his or her
17    home state.  The issuance of the driveaway  decal  permit  or
18    having the out-of-state registration plates to be transferred
19    shall be prima facie evidence that the motor vehicle will not
20    be titled in this State.
21        (i)  Beginning  July  1, 1999, the use, in this State, of
22    fuel acquired outside this State and brought into this  State
23    in  the  fuel  supply tanks of locomotives engaged in freight
24    hauling and passenger service for interstate  commerce.  This
25    subsection is exempt from the provisions of Section 3-90.
26    (Source: P.A.  90-519,  eff.  6-1-98;  90-552, eff. 12-12-97;
27    91-51, eff.  6-30-99;  91-313,  eff.  7-29-99;  91-587,  eff.
28    8-14-99; revised 9-29-99.)

29        (35 ILCS 105/9) (from Ch. 120, par. 439.9)
30        Sec.   9.  Except   as  to  motor  vehicles,  watercraft,
31    aircraft, and trailers that are  required  to  be  registered
32    with  an  agency  of  this  State,  each retailer required or
33    authorized to collect the tax imposed by this Act  shall  pay
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -216-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    to the Department the amount of such tax (except as otherwise
 2    provided)  at the time when he is required to file his return
 3    for the period during which such tax was  collected,  less  a
 4    discount  of  2.1% prior to January 1, 1990, and 1.75% on and
 5    after January 1, 1990, or $5 per calendar year, whichever  is
 6    greater,  which  is  allowed  to  reimburse  the retailer for
 7    expenses incurred in collecting  the  tax,  keeping  records,
 8    preparing and filing returns, remitting the tax and supplying
 9    data  to the Department on request.  In the case of retailers
10    who report and pay the tax on a  transaction  by  transaction
11    basis,  as  provided  in this Section, such discount shall be
12    taken with each such tax  remittance  instead  of  when  such
13    retailer  files  his  periodic  return.   A retailer need not
14    remit that part of any tax collected by  him  to  the  extent
15    that  he  is required to remit and does remit the tax imposed
16    by the Retailers' Occupation Tax Act,  with  respect  to  the
17    sale of the same property.
18        Where  such  tangible  personal  property is sold under a
19    conditional sales contract, or under any other form  of  sale
20    wherein  the payment of the principal sum, or a part thereof,
21    is extended beyond the close of  the  period  for  which  the
22    return  is filed, the retailer, in collecting the tax (except
23    as to motor vehicles, watercraft, aircraft, and trailers that
24    are required to be registered with an agency of this  State),
25    may  collect  for  each  tax  return  period,  only  the  tax
26    applicable  to  that  part  of  the  selling  price  actually
27    received during such tax return period.
28        Except  as  provided  in  this  Section, on or before the
29    twentieth day of each calendar  month,  such  retailer  shall
30    file  a return for the preceding calendar month.  Such return
31    shall be filed on forms  prescribed  by  the  Department  and
32    shall   furnish   such  information  as  the  Department  may
33    reasonably require.
34        The Department may require  returns  to  be  filed  on  a
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -217-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    quarterly  basis.  If so required, a return for each calendar
 2    quarter shall be filed on or before the twentieth day of  the
 3    calendar  month  following  the end of such calendar quarter.
 4    The taxpayer shall also file a return with the Department for
 5    each of the first two months of each calendar quarter, on  or
 6    before  the  twentieth  day  of the following calendar month,
 7    stating:
 8             1.  The name of the seller;
 9             2.  The address of the principal place  of  business
10        from which he engages in the business of selling tangible
11        personal property at retail in this State;
12             3.  The total amount of taxable receipts received by
13        him  during  the  preceding  calendar month from sales of
14        tangible personal property by him during  such  preceding
15        calendar  month,  including receipts from charge and time
16        sales, but less all deductions allowed by law;
17             4.  The amount of credit provided in Section  2d  of
18        this Act;
19             5.  The amount of tax due;
20             5-5.  The signature of the taxpayer; and
21             6.  Such   other   reasonable   information  as  the
22        Department may require.
23        If a taxpayer fails to sign a return within 30 days after
24    the proper notice and demand for signature by the Department,
25    the return shall be considered valid and any amount shown  to
26    be due on the return shall be deemed assessed.
27        Beginning  October 1, 1993, a taxpayer who has an average
28    monthly tax liability of $150,000  or  more  shall  make  all
29    payments  required  by  rules of the Department by electronic
30    funds transfer. Beginning October 1, 1994, a taxpayer who has
31    an average monthly tax liability of $100,000  or  more  shall
32    make  all  payments  required  by  rules of the Department by
33    electronic funds  transfer.  Beginning  October  1,  1995,  a
34    taxpayer  who has an average monthly tax liability of $50,000
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -218-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    or more shall make all payments  required  by  rules  of  the
 2    Department by electronic funds transfer. Beginning October 1,
 3    2000,  a taxpayer who has an annual tax liability of $200,000
 4    or more shall make all payments  required  by  rules  of  the
 5    Department  by  electronic  funds transfer.  The term "annual
 6    tax liability" shall be the sum of the taxpayer's liabilities
 7    under  this  Act,  and  under  all  other  State  and   local
 8    occupation  and  use tax laws administered by the Department,
 9    for  the  immediately  preceding  calendar  year.  The   term
10    "average   monthly  tax  liability"  means  the  sum  of  the
11    taxpayer's liabilities under this Act, and  under  all  other
12    State  and  local occupation and use tax laws administered by
13    the Department, for the immediately preceding  calendar  year
14    divided by 12.
15        Before  August  1  of  each  year  beginning in 1993, the
16    Department  shall  notify  all  taxpayers  required  to  make
17    payments by electronic funds transfer. All taxpayers required
18    to make payments by  electronic  funds  transfer  shall  make
19    those payments for a minimum of one year beginning on October
20    1.
21        Any  taxpayer not required to make payments by electronic
22    funds transfer may make payments by electronic funds transfer
23    with the permission of the Department.
24        All taxpayers required  to  make  payment  by  electronic
25    funds  transfer  and  any taxpayers authorized to voluntarily
26    make payments by electronic funds transfer shall  make  those
27    payments in the manner authorized by the Department.
28        The Department shall adopt such rules as are necessary to
29    effectuate  a  program  of  electronic funds transfer and the
30    requirements of this Section.
31        Before October 1, 2000, if the taxpayer's average monthly
32    tax  liability  to  the  Department  under  this   Act,   the
33    Retailers'  Occupation  Tax  Act,  the Service Occupation Tax
34    Act, the Service Use Tax Act was $10,000 or more  during  the
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -219-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    preceding  4  complete  calendar  quarters,  he  shall file a
 2    return with the Department each month by the 20th day of  the
 3    month   next  following  the  month  during  which  such  tax
 4    liability  is  incurred  and  shall  make  payments  to   the
 5    Department  on  or before the 7th, 15th, 22nd and last day of
 6    the month during which such liability  is  incurred.  On  and
 7    after  October 1, 2000, if the taxpayer's average monthly tax
 8    liability to the Department under this  Act,  the  Retailers'
 9    Occupation  Tax  Act, the Service Occupation Tax Act, and the
10    Service Use Tax Act was $20,000 or more during the  preceding
11    4 complete calendar quarters, he shall file a return with the
12    Department  each  month  by  the  20th  day of the month next
13    following the  month  during  which  such  tax  liability  is
14    incurred  and  shall  make  payment  to  the Department on or
15    before the 7th, 15th, 22nd and last day of the  month  during
16    which  such  liability is incurred. If the month during which
17    such tax liability is incurred  began  prior  to  January  1,
18    1985,  each payment shall be in an amount equal to 1/4 of the
19    taxpayer's actual liability for the month or an amount set by
20    the Department not to  exceed  1/4  of  the  average  monthly
21    liability of the taxpayer to the Department for the preceding
22    4  complete calendar quarters (excluding the month of highest
23    liability and the month of lowest liability in such 4 quarter
24    period).  If the month during which  such  tax  liability  is
25    incurred  begins  on  or  after January 1, 1985, and prior to
26    January 1, 1987, each payment shall be in an amount equal  to
27    22.5%  of  the  taxpayer's  actual liability for the month or
28    27.5% of the taxpayer's liability for the same calendar month
29    of the preceding year.  If the month during  which  such  tax
30    liability is incurred begins on or after January 1, 1987, and
31    prior  to January 1, 1988, each payment shall be in an amount
32    equal to 22.5% of the taxpayer's  actual  liability  for  the
33    month  or  26.25%  of  the  taxpayer's liability for the same
34    calendar month of the preceding year.  If  the  month  during
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -220-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    which  such  tax  liability  is  incurred  begins on or after
 2    January 1, 1988, and prior to January 1, 1989, or  begins  on
 3    or  after January 1, 1996, each payment shall be in an amount
 4    equal to 22.5% of the taxpayer's  actual  liability  for  the
 5    month  or  25%  of  the  taxpayer's  liability  for  the same
 6    calendar month of the preceding year.  If  the  month  during
 7    which  such  tax  liability  is  incurred  begins on or after
 8    January 1, 1989, and prior to January 1, 1996,  each  payment
 9    shall be in an amount equal to 22.5% of the taxpayer's actual
10    liability  for  the  month or 25% of the taxpayer's liability
11    for the same calendar month of the preceding year or 100%  of
12    the  taxpayer's  actual  liability  for  the  quarter monthly
13    reporting  period.   The  amount  of  such  quarter   monthly
14    payments shall be credited against the final tax liability of
15    the  taxpayer's  return  for  that  month.  Before October 1,
16    2000, once applicable,  the  requirement  of  the  making  of
17    quarter  monthly  payments  to  the Department shall continue
18    until  such  taxpayer's  average  monthly  liability  to  the
19    Department during the preceding 4 complete calendar  quarters
20    (excluding  the  month  of highest liability and the month of
21    lowest  liability)  is  less  than  $9,000,  or  until   such
22    taxpayer's  average  monthly  liability  to the Department as
23    computed  for  each  calendar  quarter  of  the  4  preceding
24    complete  calendar  quarter  period  is  less  than  $10,000.
25    However, if  a  taxpayer  can  show  the  Department  that  a
26    substantial  change  in  the taxpayer's business has occurred
27    which causes the taxpayer  to  anticipate  that  his  average
28    monthly  tax  liability for the reasonably foreseeable future
29    will fall below the $10,000 threshold stated above, then such
30    taxpayer may petition  the  Department  for  change  in  such
31    taxpayer's  reporting  status.  On and after October 1, 2000,
32    once applicable, the requirement of  the  making  of  quarter
33    monthly  payments to the Department shall continue until such
34    taxpayer's average monthly liability to the Department during
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -221-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    the preceding 4 complete  calendar  quarters  (excluding  the
 2    month of highest liability and the month of lowest liability)
 3    is less than $19,000 or until such taxpayer's average monthly
 4    liability  to  the  Department  as computed for each calendar
 5    quarter of the 4 preceding complete calendar  quarter  period
 6    is  less  than  $20,000.  However, if a taxpayer can show the
 7    Department  that  a  substantial  change  in  the  taxpayer's
 8    business has occurred which causes the taxpayer to anticipate
 9    that his average monthly tax  liability  for  the  reasonably
10    foreseeable  future  will  fall  below  the $20,000 threshold
11    stated above, then such taxpayer may petition the  Department
12    for  a  change  in  such  taxpayer's  reporting  status.  The
13    Department shall  change  such  taxpayer's  reporting  status
14    unless  it  finds  that such change is seasonal in nature and
15    not likely to be long  term.  If  any  such  quarter  monthly
16    payment  is not paid at the time or in the amount required by
17    this Section, then the taxpayer shall be liable for penalties
18    and interest on the difference between the minimum amount due
19    and the amount of such quarter monthly payment  actually  and
20    timely  paid,  except  insofar as the taxpayer has previously
21    made payments for that month to the Department in  excess  of
22    the  minimum  payments  previously  due  as  provided in this
23    Section.  The Department  shall  make  reasonable  rules  and
24    regulations  to govern the quarter monthly payment amount and
25    quarter monthly payment dates for taxpayers who file on other
26    than a calendar monthly basis.
27        If any such payment provided for in this Section  exceeds
28    the  taxpayer's  liabilities  under  this Act, the Retailers'
29    Occupation Tax Act, the Service Occupation Tax  Act  and  the
30    Service  Use Tax Act, as shown by an original monthly return,
31    the  Department  shall  issue  to  the  taxpayer   a   credit
32    memorandum  no  later than 30 days after the date of payment,
33    which memorandum may be submitted  by  the  taxpayer  to  the
34    Department  in  payment  of  tax liability subsequently to be
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -222-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    remitted by the taxpayer to the Department or be assigned  by
 2    the  taxpayer  to  a  similar  taxpayer  under  this Act, the
 3    Retailers' Occupation Tax Act, the Service Occupation Tax Act
 4    or the Service Use Tax Act,  in  accordance  with  reasonable
 5    rules  and  regulations  to  be prescribed by the Department,
 6    except that if such excess payment is shown  on  an  original
 7    monthly return and is made after December 31, 1986, no credit
 8    memorandum shall be issued, unless requested by the taxpayer.
 9    If  no  such  request  is  made, the taxpayer may credit such
10    excess payment  against  tax  liability  subsequently  to  be
11    remitted  by  the  taxpayer to the Department under this Act,
12    the Retailers' Occupation Tax Act, the Service Occupation Tax
13    Act or the Service Use Tax Act, in accordance with reasonable
14    rules and regulations prescribed by the Department.   If  the
15    Department  subsequently  determines  that all or any part of
16    the credit taken was not actually due to  the  taxpayer,  the
17    taxpayer's  2.1%  or 1.75% vendor's discount shall be reduced
18    by 2.1% or 1.75% of the difference between the  credit  taken
19    and  that  actually due, and the taxpayer shall be liable for
20    penalties and interest on such difference.
21        If the retailer is otherwise required to file  a  monthly
22    return and if the retailer's average monthly tax liability to
23    the  Department  does  not  exceed  $200,  the Department may
24    authorize his returns to be filed on a quarter annual  basis,
25    with  the  return for January, February, and March of a given
26    year being due by April 20 of such year; with the return  for
27    April,  May  and June of a given year being due by July 20 of
28    such year; with the return for July, August and September  of
29    a  given  year being due by October 20 of such year, and with
30    the return for October, November and December of a given year
31    being due by January 20 of the following year.
32        If the retailer is otherwise required to file  a  monthly
33    or quarterly return and if the retailer's average monthly tax
34    liability   to  the  Department  does  not  exceed  $50,  the
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -223-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    Department may authorize his returns to be filed on an annual
 2    basis, with the return for a given year being due by  January
 3    20 of the following year.
 4        Such  quarter  annual  and annual returns, as to form and
 5    substance, shall be  subject  to  the  same  requirements  as
 6    monthly returns.
 7        Notwithstanding   any   other   provision   in  this  Act
 8    concerning the time within which  a  retailer  may  file  his
 9    return, in the case of any retailer who ceases to engage in a
10    kind  of  business  which  makes  him  responsible for filing
11    returns under this Act, such  retailer  shall  file  a  final
12    return  under  this Act with the Department not more than one
13    month after discontinuing such business.
14        In addition, with respect to motor vehicles,  watercraft,
15    aircraft,  and  trailers  that  are required to be registered
16    with an agency of this State,  every  retailer  selling  this
17    kind  of  tangible  personal  property  shall  file, with the
18    Department, upon a form to be prescribed and supplied by  the
19    Department,  a separate return for each such item of tangible
20    personal property which the retailer sells, except  that  if,
21    in   the  same  transaction,  (i)  a  retailer  of  aircraft,
22    watercraft, motor vehicles or trailers  transfers  more  than
23    one aircraft, watercraft, motor vehicle or trailer to another
24    aircraft,  watercraft,  motor vehicle or trailer retailer for
25    the purpose  of  resale  or  (ii)  a  retailer  of  aircraft,
26    watercraft,  motor  vehicles, or trailers transfers more than
27    one aircraft, watercraft, motor  vehicle,  or  trailer  to  a
28    purchaser  for  use as a qualifying rolling stock as provided
29    in Section 3-55 of this Act, then that seller may report  the
30    transfer  of  all the aircraft, watercraft, motor vehicles or
31    trailers involved in that transaction to  the  Department  on
32    the  same  uniform invoice-transaction reporting return form.
33    For purposes of this Section, "watercraft" means a  Class  2,
34    Class  3,  or Class 4 watercraft as defined in Section 3-2 of
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -224-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    the Boat Registration and Safety Act, a personal  watercraft,
 2    or any boat equipped with an inboard motor.
 3        The  transaction  reporting  return  in the case of motor
 4    vehicles or trailers that are required to be registered  with
 5    an  agency  of  this State, shall be the same document as the
 6    Uniform Invoice referred to in Section 5-402 of the  Illinois
 7    Vehicle  Code  and  must  show  the  name  and address of the
 8    seller; the name and address of the purchaser; the amount  of
 9    the  selling  price  including  the  amount  allowed  by  the
10    retailer  for  traded-in property, if any; the amount allowed
11    by the retailer for the traded-in tangible personal property,
12    if any, to the extent to which Section 2 of this  Act  allows
13    an exemption for the value of traded-in property; the balance
14    payable  after  deducting  such  trade-in  allowance from the
15    total selling price; the amount of tax due from the  retailer
16    with respect to such transaction; the amount of tax collected
17    from  the  purchaser  by the retailer on such transaction (or
18    satisfactory evidence that  such  tax  is  not  due  in  that
19    particular  instance, if that is claimed to be the fact); the
20    place and date of the sale; a  sufficient  identification  of
21    the  property  sold; such other information as is required in
22    Section 5-402 of the Illinois Vehicle Code,  and  such  other
23    information as the Department may reasonably require.
24        The   transaction   reporting   return  in  the  case  of
25    watercraft and aircraft must show the name and address of the
26    seller; the name and address of the purchaser; the amount  of
27    the  selling  price  including  the  amount  allowed  by  the
28    retailer  for  traded-in property, if any; the amount allowed
29    by the retailer for the traded-in tangible personal property,
30    if any, to the extent to which Section 2 of this  Act  allows
31    an exemption for the value of traded-in property; the balance
32    payable  after  deducting  such  trade-in  allowance from the
33    total selling price; the amount of tax due from the  retailer
34    with respect to such transaction; the amount of tax collected
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -225-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    from  the  purchaser  by the retailer on such transaction (or
 2    satisfactory evidence that  such  tax  is  not  due  in  that
 3    particular  instance, if that is claimed to be the fact); the
 4    place and date of the sale, a  sufficient  identification  of
 5    the   property  sold,  and  such  other  information  as  the
 6    Department may reasonably require.
 7        Such transaction reporting  return  shall  be  filed  not
 8    later  than  20  days  after the date of delivery of the item
 9    that is being sold, but may be filed by the retailer  at  any
10    time   sooner  than  that  if  he  chooses  to  do  so.   The
11    transaction reporting return and tax remittance or  proof  of
12    exemption  from  the  tax  that is imposed by this Act may be
13    transmitted to the Department by way of the State agency with
14    which, or State officer  with  whom,  the  tangible  personal
15    property   must  be  titled  or  registered  (if  titling  or
16    registration is required) if the Department and  such  agency
17    or  State officer determine that this procedure will expedite
18    the processing of applications for title or registration.
19        With each such transaction reporting return, the retailer
20    shall remit the proper amount of tax  due  (or  shall  submit
21    satisfactory evidence that the sale is not taxable if that is
22    the  case),  to  the  Department or its agents, whereupon the
23    Department shall  issue,  in  the  purchaser's  name,  a  tax
24    receipt  (or  a certificate of exemption if the Department is
25    satisfied that the particular sale is tax exempt) which  such
26    purchaser  may  submit  to  the  agency  with which, or State
27    officer with whom, he must title  or  register  the  tangible
28    personal   property   that   is   involved   (if  titling  or
29    registration is required)  in  support  of  such  purchaser's
30    application  for an Illinois certificate or other evidence of
31    title or registration to such tangible personal property.
32        No retailer's failure or refusal to remit tax under  this
33    Act  precludes  a  user,  who  has paid the proper tax to the
34    retailer, from obtaining his certificate of  title  or  other
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -226-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    evidence of title or registration (if titling or registration
 2    is  required)  upon  satisfying the Department that such user
 3    has paid the proper tax (if tax is due) to the retailer.  The
 4    Department shall adopt appropriate rules  to  carry  out  the
 5    mandate of this paragraph.
 6        If  the  user who would otherwise pay tax to the retailer
 7    wants the transaction reporting return filed and the  payment
 8    of  tax  or  proof of exemption made to the Department before
 9    the retailer is willing to take these actions and  such  user
10    has  not  paid the tax to the retailer, such user may certify
11    to the fact of such delay by the retailer, and may (upon  the
12    Department   being   satisfied   of   the   truth   of   such
13    certification)  transmit  the  information  required  by  the
14    transaction  reporting  return  and the remittance for tax or
15    proof of exemption directly to the Department and obtain  his
16    tax  receipt  or  exemption determination, in which event the
17    transaction reporting return and tax  remittance  (if  a  tax
18    payment  was required) shall be credited by the Department to
19    the  proper  retailer's  account  with  the  Department,  but
20    without the 2.1% or  1.75%  discount  provided  for  in  this
21    Section  being  allowed.  When the user pays the tax directly
22    to the Department, he shall pay the tax in  the  same  amount
23    and in the same form in which it would be remitted if the tax
24    had been remitted to the Department by the retailer.
25        Where  a  retailer  collects  the tax with respect to the
26    selling price of tangible personal property  which  he  sells
27    and  the  purchaser thereafter returns such tangible personal
28    property and the retailer refunds the selling  price  thereof
29    to  the  purchaser,  such  retailer shall also refund, to the
30    purchaser, the tax so  collected  from  the  purchaser.  When
31    filing his return for the period in which he refunds such tax
32    to  the  purchaser, the retailer may deduct the amount of the
33    tax so refunded by him to the purchaser from  any  other  use
34    tax  which  such  retailer may be required to pay or remit to
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -227-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    the Department, as shown by such return, if the amount of the
 2    tax to be deducted was previously remitted to the  Department
 3    by  such  retailer.   If  the  retailer  has  not  previously
 4    remitted  the  amount  of  such  tax to the Department, he is
 5    entitled to no deduction under this Act upon  refunding  such
 6    tax to the purchaser.
 7        Any  retailer  filing  a  return under this Section shall
 8    also include (for the purpose  of  paying  tax  thereon)  the
 9    total  tax  covered  by such return upon the selling price of
10    tangible personal property purchased by him at retail from  a
11    retailer, but as to which the tax imposed by this Act was not
12    collected  from  the  retailer  filing  such return, and such
13    retailer shall remit the amount of such tax to the Department
14    when filing such return.
15        If experience indicates such action  to  be  practicable,
16    the  Department  may  prescribe  and furnish a combination or
17    joint return which will enable retailers, who are required to
18    file  returns  hereunder  and  also  under   the   Retailers'
19    Occupation  Tax  Act,  to  furnish all the return information
20    required by both Acts on the one form.
21        Where the retailer has more than one business  registered
22    with  the  Department  under separate registration under this
23    Act, such retailer may not file each return that is due as  a
24    single  return  covering  all such registered businesses, but
25    shall  file  separate  returns  for  each   such   registered
26    business.
27        Beginning  January  1,  1990,  each  month the Department
28    shall pay into the State and Local Sales Tax Reform  Fund,  a
29    special  fund  in the State Treasury which is hereby created,
30    the net revenue realized for the preceding month from the  1%
31    tax  on  sales  of  food for human consumption which is to be
32    consumed off the  premises  where  it  is  sold  (other  than
33    alcoholic  beverages,  soft  drinks  and  food which has been
34    prepared for  immediate  consumption)  and  prescription  and
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -228-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    nonprescription  medicines,  drugs,  medical  appliances  and
 2    insulin,  urine  testing materials, syringes and needles used
 3    by diabetics.
 4        Beginning January 1,  1990,  each  month  the  Department
 5    shall  pay  into the County and Mass Transit District Fund 4%
 6    of the net revenue realized for the preceding month from  the
 7    6.25%  general rate on the selling price of tangible personal
 8    property which is purchased outside Illinois at retail from a
 9    retailer and which is titled or registered by  an  agency  of
10    this State's government.
11        Beginning  January  1,  1990,  each  month the Department
12    shall pay into the State and Local Sales Tax Reform  Fund,  a
13    special  fund  in  the State Treasury, 20% of the net revenue
14    realized for the preceding month from the 6.25% general  rate
15    on  the  selling  price  of tangible personal property, other
16    than tangible personal property which  is  purchased  outside
17    Illinois  at  retail  from  a retailer and which is titled or
18    registered by an agency of this State's government.
19        Beginning August 1, 2000, each month the Department shall
20    pay into the State and Local Sales Tax Reform  Fund  100%  of
21    the  net  revenue  realized  for the preceding month from the
22    1.25% rate on the selling price of motor fuel and gasohol.
23        Beginning January 1,  1990,  each  month  the  Department
24    shall  pay  into the Local Government Tax Fund 16% of the net
25    revenue realized for  the  preceding  month  from  the  6.25%
26    general  rate  on  the  selling  price  of  tangible personal
27    property which is purchased outside Illinois at retail from a
28    retailer and which is titled or registered by  an  agency  of
29    this State's government.
30        Of the remainder of the moneys received by the Department
31    pursuant  to  this  Act, (a) 1.75% thereof shall be paid into
32    the Build Illinois Fund and (b) prior to July 1,  1989,  2.2%
33    and  on  and  after  July 1, 1989, 3.8% thereof shall be paid
34    into the Build Illinois Fund; provided, however, that  if  in
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -229-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    any fiscal year the sum of (1) the aggregate of 2.2% or 3.8%,
 2    as  the case may be, of the moneys received by the Department
 3    and required to be paid into the Build Illinois Fund pursuant
 4    to Section 3 of the Retailers' Occupation Tax Act, Section  9
 5    of the Use Tax Act, Section 9 of the Service Use Tax Act, and
 6    Section  9 of the Service Occupation Tax Act, such Acts being
 7    hereinafter called the "Tax Acts" and such aggregate of  2.2%
 8    or  3.8%,  as  the  case  may be, of moneys being hereinafter
 9    called the "Tax Act Amount", and (2) the  amount  transferred
10    to the Build Illinois Fund from the State and Local Sales Tax
11    Reform  Fund  shall  be less than the Annual Specified Amount
12    (as defined in Section 3 of  the  Retailers'  Occupation  Tax
13    Act),  an amount equal to the difference shall be immediately
14    paid into the Build Illinois Fund from other moneys  received
15    by  the  Department  pursuant  to  the  Tax Acts; and further
16    provided, that if on the last business day of any  month  the
17    sum  of  (1) the Tax Act Amount required to be deposited into
18    the Build Illinois Bond Account in the  Build  Illinois  Fund
19    during  such month and (2) the amount transferred during such
20    month to the Build Illinois Fund from  the  State  and  Local
21    Sales  Tax  Reform Fund shall have been less than 1/12 of the
22    Annual Specified Amount, an amount equal  to  the  difference
23    shall  be  immediately paid into the Build Illinois Fund from
24    other moneys received by the Department pursuant to  the  Tax
25    Acts;  and,  further  provided,  that  in  no event shall the
26    payments required  under  the  preceding  proviso  result  in
27    aggregate  payments  into the Build Illinois Fund pursuant to
28    this clause (b) for any fiscal year in excess of the  greater
29    of (i) the Tax Act Amount or (ii) the Annual Specified Amount
30    for such fiscal year; and, further provided, that the amounts
31    payable  into  the  Build Illinois Fund under this clause (b)
32    shall be payable only until such time as the aggregate amount
33    on deposit under each trust indenture securing  Bonds  issued
34    and  outstanding  pursuant  to the Build Illinois Bond Act is
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -230-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    sufficient, taking into account any future investment income,
 2    to fully provide, in accordance with such indenture, for  the
 3    defeasance of or the payment of the principal of, premium, if
 4    any,  and interest on the Bonds secured by such indenture and
 5    on any Bonds expected to be issued thereafter  and  all  fees
 6    and  costs  payable with respect thereto, all as certified by
 7    the Director of the Bureau of the Budget.   If  on  the  last
 8    business  day  of  any  month  in which Bonds are outstanding
 9    pursuant to the Build Illinois Bond Act, the aggregate of the
10    moneys deposited in the Build Illinois Bond  Account  in  the
11    Build  Illinois  Fund  in  such  month shall be less than the
12    amount required to be transferred  in  such  month  from  the
13    Build  Illinois  Bond  Account  to  the  Build  Illinois Bond
14    Retirement and Interest Fund pursuant to Section  13  of  the
15    Build  Illinois  Bond Act, an amount equal to such deficiency
16    shall be immediately paid from other moneys received  by  the
17    Department  pursuant  to  the  Tax Acts to the Build Illinois
18    Fund; provided, however, that any amounts paid to  the  Build
19    Illinois  Fund  in  any fiscal year pursuant to this sentence
20    shall be deemed to constitute payments pursuant to clause (b)
21    of  the  preceding  sentence  and  shall  reduce  the  amount
22    otherwise payable for such fiscal year pursuant to clause (b)
23    of the  preceding  sentence.   The  moneys  received  by  the
24    Department  pursuant to this Act and required to be deposited
25    into the Build Illinois Fund are subject to the pledge, claim
26    and charge set forth in Section 12 of the Build Illinois Bond
27    Act.
28        Subject to payment of amounts  into  the  Build  Illinois
29    Fund  as  provided  in  the  preceding  paragraph  or  in any
30    amendment thereto hereafter enacted, the following  specified
31    monthly   installment   of   the   amount  requested  in  the
32    certificate of the Chairman  of  the  Metropolitan  Pier  and
33    Exposition  Authority  provided  under  Section  8.25f of the
34    State Finance Act, but not in excess of the  sums  designated
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -231-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    as  "Total Deposit", shall be deposited in the aggregate from
 2    collections under Section 9 of the Use Tax Act, Section 9  of
 3    the  Service Use Tax Act, Section 9 of the Service Occupation
 4    Tax Act, and Section 3 of the Retailers' Occupation  Tax  Act
 5    into  the  McCormick  Place  Expansion  Project  Fund  in the
 6    specified fiscal years.
 7             Fiscal Year                   Total Deposit
 8                 1993                            $0
 9                 1994                        53,000,000
10                 1995                        58,000,000
11                 1996                        61,000,000
12                 1997                        64,000,000
13                 1998                        68,000,000
14                 1999                        71,000,000
15                 2000                        75,000,000
16                 2001                        80,000,000
17                 2002                        84,000,000
18                 2003                        89,000,000
19                 2004                        93,000,000
20                 2005                        97,000,000
21                 2006                       102,000,000
22                 2007                       108,000,000
23                 2008                       115,000,000
24                 2009                       120,000,000
25                 2010                       126,000,000
26                 2011                       132,000,000
27                 2012                       138,000,000
28                 2013 and                   145,000,000
29        each fiscal year
30        thereafter that bonds
31        are outstanding under
32        Section 13.2 of the
33        Metropolitan Pier and
34        Exposition Authority
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -232-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        Act, but not after fiscal year 2029.
 2        Beginning July 20, 1993 and in each month of each  fiscal
 3    year  thereafter,  one-eighth  of the amount requested in the
 4    certificate of the Chairman  of  the  Metropolitan  Pier  and
 5    Exposition  Authority  for  that fiscal year, less the amount
 6    deposited into the McCormick Place Expansion Project Fund  by
 7    the  State Treasurer in the respective month under subsection
 8    (g) of Section 13 of the  Metropolitan  Pier  and  Exposition
 9    Authority  Act,  plus cumulative deficiencies in the deposits
10    required under this Section for previous  months  and  years,
11    shall be deposited into the McCormick Place Expansion Project
12    Fund,  until  the  full amount requested for the fiscal year,
13    but not in excess of the amount  specified  above  as  "Total
14    Deposit", has been deposited.
15        Subject  to  payment  of  amounts into the Build Illinois
16    Fund and the McCormick Place Expansion Project Fund  pursuant
17    to  the  preceding  paragraphs  or  in  any amendment thereto
18    hereafter enacted, each month the Department shall  pay  into
19    the Local Government Distributive Fund .4% of the net revenue
20    realized for the preceding month from the 5% general rate, or
21    .4%  of  80%  of  the  net revenue realized for the preceding
22    month from the 6.25% general rate, as the case may be, on the
23    selling price of  tangible  personal  property  which  amount
24    shall,  subject  to appropriation, be distributed as provided
25    in Section 2 of the State Revenue Sharing Act. No payments or
26    distributions pursuant to this paragraph shall be made if the
27    tax imposed  by  this  Act  on  photoprocessing  products  is
28    declared  unconstitutional,  or if the proceeds from such tax
29    are unavailable for distribution because of litigation.
30        Subject to payment of amounts  into  the  Build  Illinois
31    Fund,  the  McCormick  Place  Expansion Project Fund, and the
32    Local Government Distributive Fund pursuant to the  preceding
33    paragraphs  or  in  any amendments thereto hereafter enacted,
34    beginning July 1, 1993, the Department shall each  month  pay
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -233-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    into  the Illinois Tax Increment Fund 0.27% of 80% of the net
 2    revenue realized for  the  preceding  month  from  the  6.25%
 3    general  rate  on  the  selling  price  of  tangible personal
 4    property.
 5        Of the remainder of the moneys received by the Department
 6    pursuant to this Act, 75% thereof  shall  be  paid  into  the
 7    State Treasury and 25% shall be reserved in a special account
 8    and  used  only for the transfer to the Common School Fund as
 9    part of the monthly transfer from the General Revenue Fund in
10    accordance with Section 8a of the State Finance Act.
11        As soon as possible after the first day  of  each  month,
12    upon   certification   of  the  Department  of  Revenue,  the
13    Comptroller shall order transferred and the  Treasurer  shall
14    transfer  from the General Revenue Fund to the Motor Fuel Tax
15    Fund an amount equal to  1.7%  of  80%  of  the  net  revenue
16    realized  under  this  Act  for  the  second preceding month.
17    Beginning April 1, 2000, this transfer is no longer  required
18    and shall not be made.
19        Net  revenue  realized  for  a month shall be the revenue
20    collected by the State pursuant to this Act, less the  amount
21    paid  out  during  that  month  as  refunds  to taxpayers for
22    overpayment of liability.
23        For greater simplicity of administration,  manufacturers,
24    importers  and  wholesalers whose products are sold at retail
25    in Illinois by numerous retailers, and who wish to do so, may
26    assume the responsibility for accounting and  paying  to  the
27    Department  all  tax  accruing under this Act with respect to
28    such sales, if the retailers who are  affected  do  not  make
29    written objection to the Department to this arrangement.
30    (Source: P.A.  90-491,  eff.  1-1-99;  90-612,  eff.  7-8-98;
31    91-37,   eff.  7-1-99;  91-51,  eff.  6-30-99;  91-101,  eff.
32    7-12-99; 91-541, eff. 8-13-99; 91-872, eff.  7-1-00;  91-901,
33    eff. 1-1-01; revised 8-30-00.)
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -234-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        Section  34.   The  Service  Use  Tax  Act  is amended by
 2    changing Sections 3-5 and 3-45 as follows:

 3        (35 ILCS 110/3-5) (from Ch. 120, par. 439.33-5)
 4        Sec. 3-5.  Exemptions.  Use  of  the  following  tangible
 5    personal property is exempt from the tax imposed by this Act:
 6        (1)  Personal  property  purchased  from  a  corporation,
 7    society,    association,    foundation,    institution,    or
 8    organization, other than a limited liability company, that is
 9    organized and operated as a not-for-profit service enterprise
10    for  the  benefit  of persons 65 years of age or older if the
11    personal property was not purchased by the enterprise for the
12    purpose of resale by the enterprise.
13        (2)  Personal property purchased by a non-profit Illinois
14    county fair association for use in conducting, operating,  or
15    promoting the county fair.
16        (3)  Personal property purchased by a not-for-profit arts
17    or  cultural organization that establishes, by proof required
18    by the Department by rule, that it has received an  exemption
19    under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code and that
20    is  organized and operated for the presentation or support of
21    arts or cultural programming, activities, or services.  These
22    organizations include, but are  not  limited  to,  music  and
23    dramatic  arts  organizations such as symphony orchestras and
24    theatrical groups, arts and cultural  service  organizations,
25    local  arts  councils,  visual  arts organizations, and media
26    arts organizations.
27        (4)  Legal  tender,  currency,  medallions,  or  gold  or
28    silver  coinage  issued  by  the  State  of   Illinois,   the
29    government of the United States of America, or the government
30    of any foreign country, and bullion.
31        (5)  Graphic  arts  machinery  and  equipment,  including
32    repair   and  replacement  parts,  both  new  and  used,  and
33    including that manufactured on special order or purchased for
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -235-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    lease, certified by the purchaser to be  used  primarily  for
 2    graphic arts production.
 3        (6)  Personal property purchased from a teacher-sponsored
 4    student   organization   affiliated  with  an  elementary  or
 5    secondary school located in Illinois.
 6        (7)  Farm machinery and equipment,  both  new  and  used,
 7    including  that  manufactured  on special order, certified by
 8    the purchaser to be used primarily for production agriculture
 9    or  State  or  federal   agricultural   programs,   including
10    individual replacement parts for the machinery and equipment,
11    including  machinery  and  equipment purchased for lease, and
12    including implements of husbandry defined in Section 1-130 of
13    the Illinois Vehicle Code, farm  machinery  and  agricultural
14    chemical  and fertilizer spreaders, and nurse wagons required
15    to be registered under Section 3-809 of the Illinois  Vehicle
16    Code,  but  excluding  other  motor  vehicles  required to be
17    registered under the  Illinois  Vehicle  Code.  Horticultural
18    polyhouses  or  hoop houses used for propagating, growing, or
19    overwintering plants shall be considered farm  machinery  and
20    equipment  under  this item (7). Agricultural chemical tender
21    tanks and dry boxes shall include units sold separately  from
22    a  motor  vehicle  required  to  be  licensed  and units sold
23    mounted on a motor vehicle required to  be  licensed  if  the
24    selling price of the tender is separately stated.
25        Farm  machinery  and  equipment  shall  include precision
26    farming equipment  that  is  installed  or  purchased  to  be
27    installed  on farm machinery and equipment including, but not
28    limited  to,  tractors,   harvesters,   sprayers,   planters,
29    seeders,  or spreaders. Precision farming equipment includes,
30    but is not  limited  to,  soil  testing  sensors,  computers,
31    monitors,  software,  global positioning and mapping systems,
32    and other such equipment.
33        Farm machinery and  equipment  also  includes  computers,
34    sensors,  software,  and  related equipment used primarily in
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -236-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    the computer-assisted  operation  of  production  agriculture
 2    facilities,  equipment,  and  activities  such  as,  but  not
 3    limited  to,  the  collection, monitoring, and correlation of
 4    animal and crop data for the purpose  of  formulating  animal
 5    diets  and  agricultural  chemicals.  This item (7) is exempt
 6    from the provisions of Section 3-75.
 7        (8)  Fuel and petroleum products sold to or  used  by  an
 8    air  common  carrier, certified by the carrier to be used for
 9    consumption, shipment, or  storage  in  the  conduct  of  its
10    business  as an air common carrier, for a flight destined for
11    or returning from a location or locations outside the  United
12    States  without  regard  to  previous  or subsequent domestic
13    stopovers.
14        (9)  Proceeds of  mandatory  service  charges  separately
15    stated  on  customers' bills for the purchase and consumption
16    of food and beverages acquired as an incident to the purchase
17    of a service from  a  serviceman,  to  the  extent  that  the
18    proceeds  of  the  service  charge are in fact turned over as
19    tips or as  a  substitute  for  tips  to  the  employees  who
20    participate   directly  in  preparing,  serving,  hosting  or
21    cleaning up the food or beverage  function  with  respect  to
22    which the service charge is imposed.
23        (10)  Oil  field  exploration,  drilling,  and production
24    equipment, including (i) rigs and parts of rigs, rotary rigs,
25    cable tool rigs, and workover rigs,  (ii)  pipe  and  tubular
26    goods,  including  casing  and drill strings, (iii) pumps and
27    pump-jack units, (iv) storage tanks and flow lines,  (v)  any
28    individual   replacement  part  for  oil  field  exploration,
29    drilling, and production equipment, and  (vi)  machinery  and
30    equipment  purchased  for lease; but excluding motor vehicles
31    required to be registered under the Illinois Vehicle Code.
32        (11)  Proceeds from the sale of photoprocessing machinery
33    and equipment, including repair and replacement  parts,  both
34    new  and  used, including that manufactured on special order,
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -237-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    certified  by  the  purchaser  to  be  used   primarily   for
 2    photoprocessing,  and including photoprocessing machinery and
 3    equipment purchased for lease.
 4        (12)  Coal  exploration,  mining,   offhighway   hauling,
 5    processing, maintenance, and reclamation equipment, including
 6    replacement  parts  and  equipment,  and  including equipment
 7    purchased for lease, but excluding motor vehicles required to
 8    be registered under the Illinois Vehicle Code.
 9        (13)  Semen used for artificial insemination of livestock
10    for direct agricultural production.
11        (14)  Horses, or interests in horses, registered with and
12    meeting the requirements of any of  the  Arabian  Horse  Club
13    Registry  of  America, Appaloosa Horse Club, American Quarter
14    Horse Association, United  States  Trotting  Association,  or
15    Jockey Club, as appropriate, used for purposes of breeding or
16    racing for prizes.
17        (15)  Computers and communications equipment utilized for
18    any  hospital  purpose  and  equipment used in the diagnosis,
19    analysis, or treatment of hospital patients  purchased  by  a
20    lessor who leases the equipment, under a lease of one year or
21    longer  executed  or  in  effect at the time the lessor would
22    otherwise be subject to the tax imposed by  this  Act,  to  a
23    hospital  that  has  been  issued  an  active  tax  exemption
24    identification  number  by the Department under Section 1g of
25    the Retailers' Occupation Tax Act. If the equipment is leased
26    in a manner that does not qualify for this  exemption  or  is
27    used  in  any  other  non-exempt  manner, the lessor shall be
28    liable for the tax imposed under this Act or the Use Tax Act,
29    as the case may be, based on the fair  market  value  of  the
30    property  at  the  time  the  non-qualifying  use occurs.  No
31    lessor shall collect or attempt to collect an amount (however
32    designated) that purports to reimburse that  lessor  for  the
33    tax  imposed  by this Act or the Use Tax Act, as the case may
34    be, if the tax has not been paid by the lessor.  If a  lessor
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -238-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    improperly  collects  any  such  amount  from the lessee, the
 2    lessee shall have a legal right to claim  a  refund  of  that
 3    amount  from  the  lessor.   If,  however, that amount is not
 4    refunded to the lessee for any reason, the lessor  is  liable
 5    to pay that amount to the Department.
 6        (16)  Personal  property purchased by a lessor who leases
 7    the property, under a lease of one year or longer executed or
 8    in effect at the time the lessor would otherwise  be  subject
 9    to  the  tax imposed by this Act, to a governmental body that
10    has been issued an active tax exemption identification number
11    by  the  Department  under  Section  1g  of  the   Retailers'
12    Occupation  Tax  Act.   If the property is leased in a manner
13    that does not qualify for this exemption or is  used  in  any
14    other  non-exempt  manner, the lessor shall be liable for the
15    tax imposed under this Act or the Use Tax Act,  as  the  case
16    may be, based on the fair market value of the property at the
17    time  the non-qualifying use occurs.  No lessor shall collect
18    or attempt to collect an  amount  (however  designated)  that
19    purports to reimburse that lessor for the tax imposed by this
20    Act  or  the  Use Tax Act, as the case may be, if the tax has
21    not been paid by the lessor.  If a lessor improperly collects
22    any such amount from the lessee,  the  lessee  shall  have  a
23    legal right to claim a refund of that amount from the lessor.
24    If,  however,  that  amount is not refunded to the lessee for
25    any reason, the lessor is liable to pay that  amount  to  the
26    Department.
27        (17)  Beginning  with  taxable  years  ending on or after
28    December 31, 1995 and ending with taxable years ending on  or
29    before  December  31, 2004, personal property that is donated
30    for disaster relief to  be  used  in  a  State  or  federally
31    declared disaster area in Illinois or bordering Illinois by a
32    manufacturer  or retailer that is registered in this State to
33    a   corporation,   society,   association,   foundation,   or
34    institution that  has  been  issued  a  sales  tax  exemption
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -239-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    identification  number by the Department that assists victims
 2    of the disaster who reside within the declared disaster area.
 3        (18)  Beginning with taxable years  ending  on  or  after
 4    December  31, 1995 and ending with taxable years ending on or
 5    before December 31, 2004, personal property that is  used  in
 6    the  performance  of  infrastructure  repairs  in this State,
 7    including but not limited to  municipal  roads  and  streets,
 8    access  roads,  bridges,  sidewalks,  waste disposal systems,
 9    water and  sewer  line  extensions,  water  distribution  and
10    purification  facilities,  storm water drainage and retention
11    facilities, and sewage treatment facilities, resulting from a
12    State or federally declared disaster in Illinois or bordering
13    Illinois  when  such  repairs  are  initiated  on  facilities
14    located in the declared disaster area within 6  months  after
15    the disaster.
16        (19)  Beginning   July   1,  1999,  game  or  game  birds
17    purchased at a "game breeding and hunting preserve  area"  or
18    an  "exotic game hunting area" as those terms are used in the
19    Wildlife Code or at  a  hunting  enclosure  approved  through
20    rules  adopted  by the Department of Natural Resources.  This
21    paragraph is exempt from the provisions of Section 3-75.
22        (20) (19)  A motor vehicle, as that term  is  defined  in
23    Section  1-146  of the Illinois Vehicle Code, that is donated
24    to  a  corporation,  limited  liability   company,   society,
25    association, foundation, or institution that is determined by
26    the  Department  to be organized and operated exclusively for
27    educational purposes.  For purposes  of  this  exemption,  "a
28    corporation, limited liability company, society, association,
29    foundation, or institution organized and operated exclusively
30    for  educational  purposes"  means  all  tax-supported public
31    schools, private schools that offer systematic instruction in
32    useful branches of  learning  by  methods  common  to  public
33    schools  and  that  compare  favorably  in  their  scope  and
34    intensity with the course of study presented in tax-supported
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -240-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    schools,  and  vocational  or technical schools or institutes
 2    organized and operated exclusively to  provide  a  course  of
 3    study  of  not  less  than  6  weeks duration and designed to
 4    prepare individuals to follow a trade or to pursue a  manual,
 5    technical,  mechanical,  industrial,  business, or commercial
 6    occupation.
 7        (21) (20)  Beginning January 1, 2000,  personal property,
 8    including food, purchased through fundraising events for  the
 9    benefit  of  a  public  or  private  elementary  or secondary
10    school, a group of those  schools,  or  one  or  more  school
11    districts if the events are sponsored by an entity recognized
12    by  the school district that consists primarily of volunteers
13    and includes parents and teachers  of  the  school  children.
14    This  paragraph  does not apply to fundraising events (i) for
15    the benefit of private home instruction or (ii) for which the
16    fundraising entity purchases the personal  property  sold  at
17    the  events  from  another individual or entity that sold the
18    property for the purpose of resale by the fundraising  entity
19    and  that  profits  from  the sale to the fundraising entity.
20    This paragraph is exempt from the provisions of Section 3-75.
21        (22)  (19)  Beginning  January  1,  2000,  new  or   used
22    automatic  vending  machines  that prepare and serve hot food
23    and beverages, including coffee, soup, and other  items,  and
24    replacement  parts  for  these  machines.   This paragraph is
25    exempt from the provisions of Section 3-75.
26    (Source: P.A. 90-14,  eff.  7-1-97;  90-552,  eff.  12-12-97;
27    90-605,  eff.  6-30-98;  91-51,  eff.  6-30-99;  91-200, eff.
28    7-20-99; 91-439, eff. 8-6-99; 91-637, eff.  8-20-99;  91-644,
29    eff. 8-20-99; revised 9-29-99.)

30        (35 ILCS 110/3-45) (from Ch. 120, par. 439.33-45)
31        Sec.  3-45.   Multistate  exemption.   The tax imposed by
32    this Act does not apply  to  the  use  of  tangible  personal
33    property in this State under the following circumstances:
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -241-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        (a)  The use, in this State, of property acquired outside
 2    this  State by a nonresident individual and brought into this
 3    State by  the  individual  for  his  or  her  own  use  while
 4    temporarily  within  this State or while passing through this
 5    State.
 6        (b)  The use, in this State, of property that is acquired
 7    outside this State and that is moved into this State for  use
 8    as rolling stock moving in interstate commerce.
 9        (c)  The use, in this State, of property that is acquired
10    outside  this  State and caused to be brought into this State
11    by a person who has already paid a tax in  another  state  in
12    respect  to  the  sale, purchase, or use of that property, to
13    the extent of the amount of the tax properly due and paid  in
14    the other state.
15        (d)  The  temporary  storage,  in this State, of property
16    that is acquired outside this  State  and  that  after  being
17    brought  into this State and stored here temporarily, is used
18    solely outside this State or is  physically  attached  to  or
19    incorporated  into other property that is used solely outside
20    this  State,  or  is  altered  by  converting,   fabricating,
21    manufacturing,  printing,  processing,  or  shaping,  and, as
22    altered, is used solely outside this State.
23        (e)  Beginning July 1, 1999, the use, in this  State,  of
24    fuel  acquired outside this State and brought into this State
25    in the fuel supply tanks of locomotives  engaged  in  freight
26    hauling  and  passenger service for interstate commerce. This
27    subsection is exempt from the provisions of Section 3-75.
28    (Source: P.A. 91-51,  eff.  6-30-99;  91-313,  eff.  7-29-99;
29    91-587, eff. 8-14-99; revised 9-29-99.)

30        Section 35.  The Service Occupation Tax Act is amended by
31    changing Section 3-5 as follows:

32        (35 ILCS 115/3-5) (from Ch. 120, par. 439.103-5)
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -242-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        Sec.  3-5.   Exemptions.  The following tangible personal
 2    property is exempt from the tax imposed by this Act:
 3        (1)  Personal property sold by  a  corporation,  society,
 4    association,  foundation, institution, or organization, other
 5    than a limited  liability  company,  that  is  organized  and
 6    operated  as  a  not-for-profit  service  enterprise  for the
 7    benefit of persons 65 years of age or older if  the  personal
 8    property  was not purchased by the enterprise for the purpose
 9    of resale by the enterprise.
10        (2)  Personal  property  purchased  by  a  not-for-profit
11    Illinois county  fair  association  for  use  in  conducting,
12    operating, or promoting the county fair.
13        (3)  Personal  property  purchased  by any not-for-profit
14    arts or cultural  organization  that  establishes,  by  proof
15    required  by  the Department by rule, that it has received an
16    exemption  under Section 501(c)(3) of  the  Internal  Revenue
17    Code  and that is organized and operated for the presentation
18    or support of arts or cultural  programming,  activities,  or
19    services.   These  organizations include, but are not limited
20    to, music and dramatic arts organizations  such  as  symphony
21    orchestras  and  theatrical groups, arts and cultural service
22    organizations,   local    arts    councils,    visual    arts
23    organizations, and media arts organizations.
24        (4)  Legal  tender,  currency,  medallions,  or  gold  or
25    silver   coinage   issued  by  the  State  of  Illinois,  the
26    government of the United States of America, or the government
27    of any foreign country, and bullion.
28        (5)  Graphic  arts  machinery  and  equipment,  including
29    repair  and  replacement  parts,  both  new  and  used,   and
30    including that manufactured on special order or purchased for
31    lease,  certified  by  the purchaser to be used primarily for
32    graphic arts production.
33        (6)  Personal  property  sold  by   a   teacher-sponsored
34    student   organization   affiliated  with  an  elementary  or
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -243-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    secondary school located in Illinois.
 2        (7)  Farm machinery and equipment,  both  new  and  used,
 3    including  that  manufactured  on special order, certified by
 4    the purchaser to be used primarily for production agriculture
 5    or  State  or  federal   agricultural   programs,   including
 6    individual replacement parts for the machinery and equipment,
 7    including  machinery  and  equipment purchased for lease, and
 8    including implements of husbandry defined in Section 1-130 of
 9    the Illinois Vehicle Code, farm  machinery  and  agricultural
10    chemical  and fertilizer spreaders, and nurse wagons required
11    to be registered under Section 3-809 of the Illinois  Vehicle
12    Code,  but  excluding  other  motor  vehicles  required to be
13    registered under the  Illinois  Vehicle  Code.  Horticultural
14    polyhouses  or  hoop houses used for propagating, growing, or
15    overwintering plants shall be considered farm  machinery  and
16    equipment  under  this item (7). Agricultural chemical tender
17    tanks and dry boxes shall include units sold separately  from
18    a  motor  vehicle  required  to  be  licensed  and units sold
19    mounted on a motor vehicle required to  be  licensed  if  the
20    selling price of the tender is separately stated.
21        Farm  machinery  and  equipment  shall  include precision
22    farming equipment  that  is  installed  or  purchased  to  be
23    installed  on farm machinery and equipment including, but not
24    limited  to,  tractors,   harvesters,   sprayers,   planters,
25    seeders,  or spreaders. Precision farming equipment includes,
26    but is not  limited  to,  soil  testing  sensors,  computers,
27    monitors,  software,  global positioning and mapping systems,
28    and other such equipment.
29        Farm machinery and  equipment  also  includes  computers,
30    sensors,  software,  and  related equipment used primarily in
31    the computer-assisted  operation  of  production  agriculture
32    facilities,  equipment,  and  activities  such  as,  but  not
33    limited  to,  the  collection, monitoring, and correlation of
34    animal and crop data for the purpose  of  formulating  animal
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -244-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    diets  and  agricultural  chemicals.  This item (7) is exempt
 2    from the provisions of Section 3-55.
 3        (8)  Fuel and petroleum products sold to or  used  by  an
 4    air  common  carrier, certified by the carrier to be used for
 5    consumption, shipment, or  storage  in  the  conduct  of  its
 6    business  as an air common carrier, for a flight destined for
 7    or returning from a location or locations outside the  United
 8    States  without  regard  to  previous  or subsequent domestic
 9    stopovers.
10        (9)  Proceeds of  mandatory  service  charges  separately
11    stated  on  customers' bills for the purchase and consumption
12    of food and beverages, to the extent that the proceeds of the
13    service charge are in fact  turned  over  as  tips  or  as  a
14    substitute for tips to the employees who participate directly
15    in  preparing,  serving,  hosting  or cleaning up the food or
16    beverage function with respect to which the service charge is
17    imposed.
18        (10)  Oil field  exploration,  drilling,  and  production
19    equipment, including (i) rigs and parts of rigs, rotary rigs,
20    cable  tool  rigs,  and  workover rigs, (ii) pipe and tubular
21    goods, including casing and drill strings,  (iii)  pumps  and
22    pump-jack  units,  (iv) storage tanks and flow lines, (v) any
23    individual  replacement  part  for  oil  field   exploration,
24    drilling,  and  production  equipment, and (vi) machinery and
25    equipment purchased for lease; but excluding  motor  vehicles
26    required to be registered under the Illinois Vehicle Code.
27        (11)  Photoprocessing  machinery and equipment, including
28    repair and replacement parts, both new  and  used,  including
29    that   manufactured   on  special  order,  certified  by  the
30    purchaser to  be  used  primarily  for  photoprocessing,  and
31    including  photoprocessing  machinery and equipment purchased
32    for lease.
33        (12)  Coal  exploration,  mining,   offhighway   hauling,
34    processing, maintenance, and reclamation equipment, including
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -245-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    replacement  parts  and  equipment,  and  including equipment
 2    purchased for lease, but excluding motor vehicles required to
 3    be registered under the Illinois Vehicle Code.
 4        (13)  Food for human consumption that is to  be  consumed
 5    off  the  premises  where  it  is  sold (other than alcoholic
 6    beverages, soft drinks and food that has  been  prepared  for
 7    immediate  consumption) and prescription and non-prescription
 8    medicines, drugs,  medical  appliances,  and  insulin,  urine
 9    testing  materials,  syringes, and needles used by diabetics,
10    for human use, when purchased for use by a  person  receiving
11    medical assistance under Article 5 of the Illinois Public Aid
12    Code  who  resides  in a licensed long-term care facility, as
13    defined in the Nursing Home Care Act.
14        (14)  Semen used for artificial insemination of livestock
15    for direct agricultural production.
16        (15)  Horses, or interests in horses, registered with and
17    meeting the requirements of any of  the  Arabian  Horse  Club
18    Registry  of  America, Appaloosa Horse Club, American Quarter
19    Horse Association, United  States  Trotting  Association,  or
20    Jockey Club, as appropriate, used for purposes of breeding or
21    racing for prizes.
22        (16)  Computers and communications equipment utilized for
23    any  hospital  purpose  and  equipment used in the diagnosis,
24    analysis, or treatment of hospital patients sold to a  lessor
25    who leases the equipment, under a lease of one year or longer
26    executed  or  in  effect  at  the  time of the purchase, to a
27    hospital  that  has  been  issued  an  active  tax  exemption
28    identification number by the Department under Section  1g  of
29    the Retailers' Occupation Tax Act.
30        (17)  Personal  property  sold to a lessor who leases the
31    property, under a lease of one year or longer executed or  in
32    effect  at  the  time of the purchase, to a governmental body
33    that has been issued an active tax  exemption  identification
34    number  by  the Department under Section 1g of the Retailers'
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -246-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    Occupation Tax Act.
 2        (18)  Beginning with taxable years  ending  on  or  after
 3    December  31, 1995 and ending with taxable years ending on or
 4    before December 31, 2004, personal property that  is  donated
 5    for  disaster  relief  to  be  used  in  a State or federally
 6    declared disaster area in Illinois or bordering Illinois by a
 7    manufacturer or retailer that is registered in this State  to
 8    a   corporation,   society,   association,   foundation,   or
 9    institution  that  has  been  issued  a  sales  tax exemption
10    identification number by the Department that assists  victims
11    of the disaster who reside within the declared disaster area.
12        (19)  Beginning  with  taxable  years  ending on or after
13    December 31, 1995 and ending with taxable years ending on  or
14    before  December  31, 2004, personal property that is used in
15    the performance of  infrastructure  repairs  in  this  State,
16    including  but  not  limited  to municipal roads and streets,
17    access roads, bridges,  sidewalks,  waste  disposal  systems,
18    water  and  sewer  line  extensions,  water  distribution and
19    purification facilities, storm water drainage  and  retention
20    facilities, and sewage treatment facilities, resulting from a
21    State or federally declared disaster in Illinois or bordering
22    Illinois  when  such  repairs  are  initiated  on  facilities
23    located  in  the declared disaster area within 6 months after
24    the disaster.
25        (20)  Beginning July 1, 1999, game or game birds sold  at
26    a  "game  breeding  and  hunting preserve area" or an "exotic
27    game hunting area" as those terms are used  in  the  Wildlife
28    Code or at a hunting enclosure approved through rules adopted
29    by  the  Department  of Natural Resources.  This paragraph is
30    exempt from the provisions of Section 3-55.
31        (21) (20)  A motor vehicle, as that term  is  defined  in
32    Section  1-146  of the Illinois Vehicle Code, that is donated
33    to  a  corporation,  limited  liability   company,   society,
34    association, foundation, or institution that is determined by
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -247-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    the  Department  to be organized and operated exclusively for
 2    educational purposes.  For purposes  of  this  exemption,  "a
 3    corporation, limited liability company, society, association,
 4    foundation, or institution organized and operated exclusively
 5    for  educational  purposes"  means  all  tax-supported public
 6    schools, private schools that offer systematic instruction in
 7    useful branches of  learning  by  methods  common  to  public
 8    schools  and  that  compare  favorably  in  their  scope  and
 9    intensity with the course of study presented in tax-supported
10    schools,  and  vocational  or technical schools or institutes
11    organized and operated exclusively to  provide  a  course  of
12    study  of  not  less  than  6  weeks duration and designed to
13    prepare individuals to follow a trade or to pursue a  manual,
14    technical,  mechanical,  industrial,  business, or commercial
15    occupation.
16        (22) (21)  Beginning January 1, 2000,  personal property,
17    including food, purchased through fundraising events for  the
18    benefit  of  a  public  or  private  elementary  or secondary
19    school, a group of those  schools,  or  one  or  more  school
20    districts if the events are sponsored by an entity recognized
21    by  the school district that consists primarily of volunteers
22    and includes parents and teachers  of  the  school  children.
23    This  paragraph  does not apply to fundraising events (i) for
24    the benefit of private home instruction or (ii) for which the
25    fundraising entity purchases the personal  property  sold  at
26    the  events  from  another individual or entity that sold the
27    property for the purpose of resale by the fundraising  entity
28    and  that  profits  from  the sale to the fundraising entity.
29    This paragraph is exempt from the provisions of Section 3-55.
30        (23)  (20)  Beginning  January  1,  2000,  new  or   used
31    automatic  vending  machines  that prepare and serve hot food
32    and beverages, including coffee, soup, and other  items,  and
33    replacement  parts  for  these  machines.   This paragraph is
34    exempt from the provisions of Section 3-55.
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -248-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    (Source: P.A. 90-14,  eff.  7-1-97;  90-552,  eff.  12-12-97;
 2    90-605,  eff.  6-30-98;  91-51,  eff.  6-30-99;  91-200, eff.
 3    7-20-99; 91-439, eff. 8-6-99; 91-533, eff.  8-13-99;  91-637,
 4    eff. 8-20-99; 91-644, eff. 8-20-99; revised 9-29-99.)

 5        Section 36.  The Retailers' Occupation Tax Act is amended
 6    by changing Sections 2-5 and 3 as follows:

 7        (35 ILCS 120/2-5) (from Ch. 120, par. 441-5)
 8        Sec. 2-5.  Exemptions.  Gross receipts from proceeds from
 9    the  sale  of  the  following  tangible personal property are
10    exempt from the tax imposed by this Act:
11        (1)  Farm chemicals.
12        (2)  Farm machinery and equipment,  both  new  and  used,
13    including  that  manufactured  on special order, certified by
14    the purchaser to be used primarily for production agriculture
15    or  State  or  federal   agricultural   programs,   including
16    individual replacement parts for the machinery and equipment,
17    including  machinery  and  equipment purchased for lease, and
18    including implements of husbandry defined in Section 1-130 of
19    the Illinois Vehicle Code, farm  machinery  and  agricultural
20    chemical  and fertilizer spreaders, and nurse wagons required
21    to be registered under Section 3-809 of the Illinois  Vehicle
22    Code,  but  excluding  other  motor  vehicles  required to be
23    registered under the  Illinois  Vehicle  Code.  Horticultural
24    polyhouses  or  hoop houses used for propagating, growing, or
25    overwintering plants shall be considered farm  machinery  and
26    equipment  under  this item (2). Agricultural chemical tender
27    tanks and dry boxes shall include units sold separately  from
28    a  motor  vehicle  required  to  be  licensed  and units sold
29    mounted on a motor vehicle required to be  licensed,  if  the
30    selling price of the tender is separately stated.
31        Farm  machinery  and  equipment  shall  include precision
32    farming equipment  that  is  installed  or  purchased  to  be
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -249-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    installed  on farm machinery and equipment including, but not
 2    limited  to,  tractors,   harvesters,   sprayers,   planters,
 3    seeders,  or spreaders. Precision farming equipment includes,
 4    but is not  limited  to,  soil  testing  sensors,  computers,
 5    monitors,  software,  global positioning and mapping systems,
 6    and other such equipment.
 7        Farm machinery and  equipment  also  includes  computers,
 8    sensors,  software,  and  related equipment used primarily in
 9    the computer-assisted  operation  of  production  agriculture
10    facilities,  equipment,  and  activities  such  as,  but  not
11    limited  to,  the  collection, monitoring, and correlation of
12    animal and crop data for the purpose  of  formulating  animal
13    diets  and  agricultural  chemicals.  This item (7) is exempt
14    from the provisions of Section 2-70.
15        (3)  Distillation machinery and equipment, sold as a unit
16    or kit, assembled or installed by the retailer, certified  by
17    the  user to be used only for the production of ethyl alcohol
18    that will be used for consumption  as  motor  fuel  or  as  a
19    component of motor fuel for the personal use of the user, and
20    not subject to sale or resale.
21        (4)  Graphic  arts  machinery  and  equipment,  including
22    repair   and  replacement  parts,  both  new  and  used,  and
23    including that manufactured on special order or purchased for
24    lease, certified by the purchaser to be  used  primarily  for
25    graphic arts production.
26        (5)  A  motor  vehicle  of  the  first  division, a motor
27    vehicle of the second division that is a self-contained motor
28    vehicle designed or permanently converted to  provide  living
29    quarters  for  recreational,  camping,  or  travel  use, with
30    direct walk through access to the living  quarters  from  the
31    driver's seat, or a motor vehicle of the second division that
32    is  of  the van configuration designed for the transportation
33    of not less than 7 nor more than 16 passengers, as defined in
34    Section 1-146 of the Illinois Vehicle Code, that is used  for
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -250-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    automobile  renting,  as  defined  in  the Automobile Renting
 2    Occupation and Use Tax Act.
 3        (6)  Personal  property  sold  by   a   teacher-sponsored
 4    student   organization   affiliated  with  an  elementary  or
 5    secondary school located in Illinois.
 6        (7)  Proceeds of that portion of the selling price  of  a
 7    passenger car the sale of which is subject to the Replacement
 8    Vehicle Tax.
 9        (8)  Personal  property  sold  to an Illinois county fair
10    association for use in conducting,  operating,  or  promoting
11    the county fair.
12        (9)  Personal  property  sold to a not-for-profit arts or
13    cultural organization that establishes, by proof required  by
14    the  Department  by  rule,  that it has received an exemption
15    under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code and that
16    is organized and operated for the presentation or support  of
17    arts or cultural programming, activities, or services.  These
18    organizations  include,  but  are  not  limited to, music and
19    dramatic arts organizations such as symphony  orchestras  and
20    theatrical  groups,  arts and cultural service organizations,
21    local arts councils, visual  arts  organizations,  and  media
22    arts organizations.
23        (10)  Personal  property  sold by a corporation, society,
24    association, foundation, institution, or organization,  other
25    than  a  limited  liability  company,  that  is organized and
26    operated as  a  not-for-profit  service  enterprise  for  the
27    benefit  of  persons 65 years of age or older if the personal
28    property was not purchased by the enterprise for the  purpose
29    of resale by the enterprise.
30        (11)  Personal property sold to a governmental body, to a
31    corporation, society, association, foundation, or institution
32    organized and operated exclusively for charitable, religious,
33    or  educational purposes, or to a not-for-profit corporation,
34    society,    association,    foundation,    institution,    or
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -251-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    organization that has no compensated  officers  or  employees
 2    and   that  is  organized  and  operated  primarily  for  the
 3    recreation of persons 55 years of age  or  older.  A  limited
 4    liability  company  may  qualify for the exemption under this
 5    paragraph only if the limited liability company is  organized
 6    and  operated  exclusively  for  educational purposes. On and
 7    after July 1, 1987, however, no entity otherwise eligible for
 8    this exemption shall make tax-free purchases unless it has an
 9    active identification number issued by the Department.
10        (12)  Personal property sold to interstate  carriers  for
11    hire  for  use as rolling stock moving in interstate commerce
12    or to lessors under leases of one year or longer executed  or
13    in  effect at the time of purchase by interstate carriers for
14    hire for use as rolling stock moving in  interstate  commerce
15    and  equipment  operated  by  a  telecommunications provider,
16    licensed as a common carrier by  the  Federal  Communications
17    Commission,  which  is permanently installed in or affixed to
18    aircraft moving in interstate commerce.
19        (13)  Proceeds from sales to owners, lessors, or shippers
20    of tangible personal property that is utilized by  interstate
21    carriers  for  hire  for  use  as  rolling  stock  moving  in
22    interstate    commerce    and   equipment   operated   by   a
23    telecommunications provider, licensed as a common carrier  by
24    the  Federal  Communications Commission, which is permanently
25    installed in or affixed  to  aircraft  moving  in  interstate
26    commerce.
27        (14)  Machinery  and  equipment  that will be used by the
28    purchaser, or a lessee of the  purchaser,  primarily  in  the
29    process  of  manufacturing  or  assembling  tangible personal
30    property for wholesale or retail sale or lease,  whether  the
31    sale or lease is made directly by the manufacturer or by some
32    other  person,  whether the materials used in the process are
33    owned by the manufacturer or some other  person,  or  whether
34    the sale or lease is made apart from or as an incident to the
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -252-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    seller's  engaging  in  the  service  occupation of producing
 2    machines, tools,  dies,  jigs,  patterns,  gauges,  or  other
 3    similar  items  of no commercial value on special order for a
 4    particular purchaser.
 5        (15)  Proceeds of mandatory  service  charges  separately
 6    stated  on  customers'  bills for purchase and consumption of
 7    food and beverages, to the extent that the  proceeds  of  the
 8    service  charge  are  in  fact  turned  over  as tips or as a
 9    substitute for tips to the employees who participate directly
10    in preparing, serving, hosting or cleaning  up  the  food  or
11    beverage function with respect to which the service charge is
12    imposed.
13        (16)  Petroleum  products  sold  to  a  purchaser  if the
14    seller is prohibited by federal law from charging tax to  the
15    purchaser.
16        (17)  Tangible personal property sold to a common carrier
17    by rail or motor that receives the physical possession of the
18    property  in  Illinois  and  that transports the property, or
19    shares with another common carrier in the  transportation  of
20    the  property,  out of Illinois on a standard uniform bill of
21    lading showing the seller of the property as the  shipper  or
22    consignor  of the property to a destination outside Illinois,
23    for use outside Illinois.
24        (18)  Legal tender,  currency,  medallions,  or  gold  or
25    silver   coinage   issued  by  the  State  of  Illinois,  the
26    government of the United States of America, or the government
27    of any foreign country, and bullion.
28        (19)  Oil field  exploration,  drilling,  and  production
29    equipment, including (i) rigs and parts of rigs, rotary rigs,
30    cable  tool  rigs,  and  workover rigs, (ii) pipe and tubular
31    goods, including casing and drill strings,  (iii)  pumps  and
32    pump-jack  units,  (iv) storage tanks and flow lines, (v) any
33    individual  replacement  part  for  oil  field   exploration,
34    drilling,  and  production  equipment, and (vi) machinery and
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -253-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    equipment purchased for lease; but excluding  motor  vehicles
 2    required to be registered under the Illinois Vehicle Code.
 3        (20)  Photoprocessing  machinery and equipment, including
 4    repair and replacement parts, both new  and  used,  including
 5    that   manufactured   on  special  order,  certified  by  the
 6    purchaser to  be  used  primarily  for  photoprocessing,  and
 7    including  photoprocessing  machinery and equipment purchased
 8    for lease.
 9        (21)  Coal  exploration,  mining,   offhighway   hauling,
10    processing, maintenance, and reclamation equipment, including
11    replacement  parts  and  equipment,  and  including equipment
12    purchased for lease, but excluding motor vehicles required to
13    be registered under the Illinois Vehicle Code.
14        (22)  Fuel and petroleum products sold to or used  by  an
15    air  carrier,  certified  by  the  carrier  to  be  used  for
16    consumption,  shipment,  or  storage  in  the  conduct of its
17    business as an air common carrier, for a flight destined  for
18    or  returning from a location or locations outside the United
19    States without regard  to  previous  or  subsequent  domestic
20    stopovers.
21        (23)  A  transaction  in  which  the  purchase  order  is
22    received  by  a  florist who is located outside Illinois, but
23    who has a florist located in Illinois deliver the property to
24    the purchaser or the purchaser's donee in Illinois.
25        (24)  Fuel consumed or used in the  operation  of  ships,
26    barges,  or  vessels  that  are  used primarily in or for the
27    transportation of property or the conveyance of  persons  for
28    hire  on  rivers  bordering  on  this  State  if  the fuel is
29    delivered by the seller to the purchaser's  barge,  ship,  or
30    vessel while it is afloat upon that bordering river.
31        (25)  A motor vehicle sold in this State to a nonresident
32    even though the motor vehicle is delivered to the nonresident
33    in  this  State,  if the motor vehicle is not to be titled in
34    this State, and if a driveaway decal permit is issued to  the
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -254-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    motor  vehicle  as  provided in Section 3-603 of the Illinois
 2    Vehicle Code or if  the  nonresident  purchaser  has  vehicle
 3    registration  plates  to  transfer  to the motor vehicle upon
 4    returning to his or her home  state.   The  issuance  of  the
 5    driveaway   decal   permit   or   having   the   out-of-state
 6    registration plates to be transferred is prima facie evidence
 7    that the motor vehicle will not be titled in this State.
 8        (26)  Semen used for artificial insemination of livestock
 9    for direct agricultural production.
10        (27)  Horses, or interests in horses, registered with and
11    meeting  the  requirements  of  any of the Arabian Horse Club
12    Registry of America, Appaloosa Horse Club,  American  Quarter
13    Horse  Association,  United  States  Trotting Association, or
14    Jockey Club, as appropriate, used for purposes of breeding or
15    racing for prizes.
16        (28)  Computers and communications equipment utilized for
17    any hospital purpose and equipment  used  in  the  diagnosis,
18    analysis,  or treatment of hospital patients sold to a lessor
19    who leases the equipment, under a lease of one year or longer
20    executed or in effect at the  time  of  the  purchase,  to  a
21    hospital  that  has  been  issued  an  active  tax  exemption
22    identification  number  by the Department under Section 1g of
23    this Act.
24        (29)  Personal property sold to a lessor who  leases  the
25    property,  under a lease of one year or longer executed or in
26    effect at the time of the purchase, to  a  governmental  body
27    that  has  been issued an active tax exemption identification
28    number by the Department under Section 1g of this Act.
29        (30)  Beginning with taxable years  ending  on  or  after
30    December  31, 1995 and ending with taxable years ending on or
31    before December 31, 2004, personal property that  is  donated
32    for  disaster  relief  to  be  used  in  a State or federally
33    declared disaster area in Illinois or bordering Illinois by a
34    manufacturer or retailer that is registered in this State  to
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -255-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    a   corporation,   society,   association,   foundation,   or
 2    institution  that  has  been  issued  a  sales  tax exemption
 3    identification number by the Department that assists  victims
 4    of the disaster who reside within the declared disaster area.
 5        (31)  Beginning  with  taxable  years  ending on or after
 6    December 31, 1995 and ending with taxable years ending on  or
 7    before  December  31, 2004, personal property that is used in
 8    the performance of  infrastructure  repairs  in  this  State,
 9    including  but  not  limited  to municipal roads and streets,
10    access roads, bridges,  sidewalks,  waste  disposal  systems,
11    water  and  sewer  line  extensions,  water  distribution and
12    purification facilities, storm water drainage  and  retention
13    facilities, and sewage treatment facilities, resulting from a
14    State or federally declared disaster in Illinois or bordering
15    Illinois  when  such  repairs  are  initiated  on  facilities
16    located  in  the declared disaster area within 6 months after
17    the disaster.
18        (32)  Beginning July 1, 1999, game or game birds sold  at
19    a  "game  breeding  and  hunting preserve area" or an "exotic
20    game hunting area" as those terms are used  in  the  Wildlife
21    Code or at a hunting enclosure approved through rules adopted
22    by  the  Department  of Natural Resources.  This paragraph is
23    exempt from the provisions of Section 2-70.
24        (33) (32)  A motor vehicle, as that term  is  defined  in
25    Section  1-146  of the Illinois Vehicle Code, that is donated
26    to  a  corporation,  limited  liability   company,   society,
27    association, foundation, or institution that is determined by
28    the  Department  to be organized and operated exclusively for
29    educational purposes.  For purposes  of  this  exemption,  "a
30    corporation, limited liability company, society, association,
31    foundation, or institution organized and operated exclusively
32    for  educational  purposes"  means  all  tax-supported public
33    schools, private schools that offer systematic instruction in
34    useful branches of  learning  by  methods  common  to  public
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -256-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    schools  and  that  compare  favorably  in  their  scope  and
 2    intensity with the course of study presented in tax-supported
 3    schools,  and  vocational  or technical schools or institutes
 4    organized and operated exclusively to  provide  a  course  of
 5    study  of  not  less  than  6  weeks duration and designed to
 6    prepare individuals to follow a trade or to pursue a  manual,
 7    technical,  mechanical,  industrial,  business, or commercial
 8    occupation.
 9        (34) (33)  Beginning January 1, 2000,  personal property,
10    including food, purchased through fundraising events for  the
11    benefit  of  a  public  or  private  elementary  or secondary
12    school, a group of those  schools,  or  one  or  more  school
13    districts if the events are sponsored by an entity recognized
14    by  the school district that consists primarily of volunteers
15    and includes parents and teachers  of  the  school  children.
16    This  paragraph  does not apply to fundraising events (i) for
17    the benefit of private home instruction or (ii) for which the
18    fundraising entity purchases the personal  property  sold  at
19    the  events  from  another individual or entity that sold the
20    property for the purpose of resale by the fundraising  entity
21    and  that  profits  from  the sale to the fundraising entity.
22    This paragraph is exempt from the provisions of Section 2-70.
23        (35)  (32)  Beginning  January  1,  2000,  new  or   used
24    automatic  vending  machines  that prepare and serve hot food
25    and beverages, including coffee, soup, and other  items,  and
26    replacement  parts  for  these  machines.   This paragraph is
27    exempt from the provisions of Section 2-70.
28    (Source: P.A.  90-14,  eff.  7-1-97;  90-519,  eff.   6-1-98;
29    90-552,  eff.  12-12-97;  90-605,  eff.  6-30-98; 91-51, eff.
30    6-30-99; 91-200, eff. 7-20-99; 91-439, eff.  8-6-99;  91-533,
31    eff.  8-13-99;  91-637,  eff.  8-20-99; 91-644, eff. 8-20-99;
32    revised 9-28-99.)

33        (35 ILCS 120/3) (from Ch. 120, par. 442)
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -257-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        Sec. 3.  Except as provided in this Section, on or before
 2    the twentieth  day  of  each  calendar  month,  every  person
 3    engaged in the business of selling tangible personal property
 4    at  retail  in this State during the preceding calendar month
 5    shall file a return with the Department, stating:
 6             1.  The name of the seller;
 7             2.  His residence address and  the  address  of  his
 8        principal  place  of  business  and  the  address  of the
 9        principal place of  business  (if  that  is  a  different
10        address) from which he engages in the business of selling
11        tangible personal property at retail in this State;
12             3.  Total  amount of receipts received by him during
13        the preceding calendar month or quarter, as the case  may
14        be,  from  sales  of tangible personal property, and from
15        services furnished, by him during such preceding calendar
16        month or quarter;
17             4.  Total  amount  received  by   him   during   the
18        preceding  calendar  month  or quarter on charge and time
19        sales of tangible personal property,  and  from  services
20        furnished, by him prior to the month or quarter for which
21        the return is filed;
22             5.  Deductions allowed by law;
23             6.  Gross receipts which were received by him during
24        the  preceding  calendar  month  or  quarter and upon the
25        basis of which the tax is imposed;
26             7.  The amount of credit provided in Section  2d  of
27        this Act;
28             8.  The amount of tax due;
29             9.  The signature of the taxpayer; and
30             10.  Such   other   reasonable  information  as  the
31        Department may require.
32        If a taxpayer fails to sign a return within 30 days after
33    the proper notice and demand for signature by the Department,
34    the return shall be considered valid and any amount shown  to
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -258-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    be due on the return shall be deemed assessed.
 2        Each  return  shall  be  accompanied  by the statement of
 3    prepaid tax issued pursuant to Section 2e for which credit is
 4    claimed.
 5        A retailer may accept a  Manufacturer's  Purchase  Credit
 6    certification  from a purchaser in satisfaction of Use Tax as
 7    provided in Section 3-85 of the Use Tax Act if the  purchaser
 8    provides the appropriate documentation as required by Section
 9    3-85  of  the  Use Tax Act.  A Manufacturer's Purchase Credit
10    certification, accepted by a retailer as provided in  Section
11    3-85  of  the  Use  Tax  Act, may be used by that retailer to
12    satisfy Retailers' Occupation Tax  liability  in  the  amount
13    claimed  in  the  certification,  not  to exceed 6.25% of the
14    receipts subject to tax from a qualifying purchase.
15        The Department may require  returns  to  be  filed  on  a
16    quarterly  basis.  If so required, a return for each calendar
17    quarter shall be filed on or before the twentieth day of  the
18    calendar  month  following  the end of such calendar quarter.
19    The taxpayer shall also file a return with the Department for
20    each of the first two months of each calendar quarter, on  or
21    before  the  twentieth  day  of the following calendar month,
22    stating:
23             1.  The name of the seller;
24             2.  The address of the principal place  of  business
25        from which he engages in the business of selling tangible
26        personal property at retail in this State;
27             3.  The total amount of taxable receipts received by
28        him  during  the  preceding  calendar month from sales of
29        tangible personal property by him during  such  preceding
30        calendar  month,  including receipts from charge and time
31        sales, but less all deductions allowed by law;
32             4.  The amount of credit provided in Section  2d  of
33        this Act;
34             5.  The amount of tax due; and
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -259-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1             6.  Such   other   reasonable   information  as  the
 2        Department may require.
 3        If a total amount of less than $1 is payable,  refundable
 4    or creditable, such amount shall be disregarded if it is less
 5    than  50 cents and shall be increased to $1 if it is 50 cents
 6    or more.
 7        Beginning October 1, 1993, a taxpayer who has an  average
 8    monthly  tax  liability  of  $150,000  or more shall make all
 9    payments required by rules of the  Department  by  electronic
10    funds  transfer.   Beginning  October 1, 1994, a taxpayer who
11    has an average monthly tax  liability  of  $100,000  or  more
12    shall  make  all payments required by rules of the Department
13    by electronic funds transfer.  Beginning October 1,  1995,  a
14    taxpayer  who has an average monthly tax liability of $50,000
15    or more shall make all payments  required  by  rules  of  the
16    Department  by  electronic funds transfer.  Beginning October
17    1, 2000, a taxpayer  who  has  an  annual  tax  liability  of
18    $200,000 or more shall make all payments required by rules of
19    the  Department  by  electronic  funds  transfer.   The  term
20    "annual  tax  liability"  shall  be the sum of the taxpayer's
21    liabilities under this Act, and under  all  other  State  and
22    local  occupation  and  use  tax  laws  administered  by  the
23    Department,  for the immediately preceding calendar year. The
24    term "average monthly tax liability" shall be the sum of  the
25    taxpayer's  liabilities  under  this Act, and under all other
26    State and local occupation and use tax laws  administered  by
27    the  Department,  for the immediately preceding calendar year
28    divided by 12.
29        Before August 1 of  each  year  beginning  in  1993,  the
30    Department  shall  notify  all  taxpayers  required  to  make
31    payments   by   electronic  funds  transfer.   All  taxpayers
32    required to make payments by electronic funds transfer  shall
33    make  those  payments  for a minimum of one year beginning on
34    October 1.
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -260-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        Any taxpayer not required to make payments by  electronic
 2    funds transfer may make payments by electronic funds transfer
 3    with the permission of the Department.
 4        All  taxpayers  required  to  make  payment by electronic
 5    funds transfer and any taxpayers  authorized  to  voluntarily
 6    make  payments  by electronic funds transfer shall make those
 7    payments in the manner authorized by the Department.
 8        The Department shall adopt such rules as are necessary to
 9    effectuate a program of electronic  funds  transfer  and  the
10    requirements of this Section.
11        Any  amount  which is required to be shown or reported on
12    any return or other document under this Act  shall,  if  such
13    amount  is  not  a  whole-dollar  amount, be increased to the
14    nearest whole-dollar amount in any case where the  fractional
15    part  of  a  dollar is 50 cents or more, and decreased to the
16    nearest whole-dollar amount where the fractional  part  of  a
17    dollar is less than 50 cents.
18        If  the  retailer is otherwise required to file a monthly
19    return and if the retailer's average monthly tax liability to
20    the Department does  not  exceed  $200,  the  Department  may
21    authorize  his returns to be filed on a quarter annual basis,
22    with the return for January, February and March  of  a  given
23    year  being due by April 20 of such year; with the return for
24    April, May and June of a given year being due by July  20  of
25    such  year; with the return for July, August and September of
26    a given year being due by October 20 of such year,  and  with
27    the return for October, November and December of a given year
28    being due by January 20 of the following year.
29        If  the  retailer is otherwise required to file a monthly
30    or quarterly return and if the retailer's average monthly tax
31    liability with  the  Department  does  not  exceed  $50,  the
32    Department may authorize his returns to be filed on an annual
33    basis,  with the return for a given year being due by January
34    20 of the following year.
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -261-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        Such quarter annual and annual returns, as  to  form  and
 2    substance,  shall  be  subject  to  the  same requirements as
 3    monthly returns.
 4        Notwithstanding  any  other   provision   in   this   Act
 5    concerning  the  time  within  which  a retailer may file his
 6    return, in the case of any retailer who ceases to engage in a
 7    kind of business  which  makes  him  responsible  for  filing
 8    returns  under  this  Act,  such  retailer shall file a final
 9    return under this Act with the Department not more  than  one
10    month after discontinuing such business.
11        Where   the  same  person  has  more  than  one  business
12    registered with the Department under  separate  registrations
13    under  this Act, such person may not file each return that is
14    due  as  a  single  return  covering  all   such   registered
15    businesses,  but  shall  file  separate returns for each such
16    registered business.
17        In addition, with respect to motor vehicles,  watercraft,
18    aircraft,  and  trailers  that  are required to be registered
19    with an agency of this State,  every  retailer  selling  this
20    kind  of  tangible  personal  property  shall  file, with the
21    Department, upon a form to be prescribed and supplied by  the
22    Department,  a separate return for each such item of tangible
23    personal property which the retailer sells, except  that  if,
24    in   the  same  transaction,  (i)  a  retailer  of  aircraft,
25    watercraft, motor vehicles or trailers  transfers  more  than
26    one aircraft, watercraft, motor vehicle or trailer to another
27    aircraft,  watercraft,  motor  vehicle  retailer  or  trailer
28    retailer  for  the  purpose  of  resale or (ii) a retailer of
29    aircraft, watercraft, motor vehicles, or  trailers  transfers
30    more than one aircraft, watercraft, motor vehicle, or trailer
31    to  a  purchaser  for  use  as  a qualifying rolling stock as
32    provided in Section 2-5 of this Act,  then  that  seller  may
33    report  the  transfer  of  all  aircraft,  watercraft,  motor
34    vehicles  or  trailers  involved  in  that transaction to the
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -262-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    Department on the same uniform invoice-transaction  reporting
 2    return  form.   For  purposes  of  this Section, "watercraft"
 3    means a Class 2, Class 3, or Class 4 watercraft as defined in
 4    Section 3-2 of  the  Boat  Registration  and  Safety  Act,  a
 5    personal  watercraft,  or  any  boat equipped with an inboard
 6    motor.
 7        Any retailer who sells only motor  vehicles,  watercraft,
 8    aircraft, or trailers that are required to be registered with
 9    an  agency  of  this State, so that all retailers' occupation
10    tax liability is required to be reported, and is reported, on
11    such transaction reporting returns and who is  not  otherwise
12    required  to file monthly or quarterly returns, need not file
13    monthly or quarterly returns.  However, those retailers shall
14    be required to file returns on an annual basis.
15        The transaction reporting return, in the  case  of  motor
16    vehicles  or trailers that are required to be registered with
17    an agency of this State, shall be the same  document  as  the
18    Uniform  Invoice referred to in Section 5-402 of The Illinois
19    Vehicle Code and must  show  the  name  and  address  of  the
20    seller;  the name and address of the purchaser; the amount of
21    the  selling  price  including  the  amount  allowed  by  the
22    retailer for traded-in property, if any; the  amount  allowed
23    by the retailer for the traded-in tangible personal property,
24    if  any,  to the extent to which Section 1 of this Act allows
25    an exemption for the value of traded-in property; the balance
26    payable after deducting  such  trade-in  allowance  from  the
27    total  selling price; the amount of tax due from the retailer
28    with respect to such transaction; the amount of tax collected
29    from the purchaser by the retailer on  such  transaction  (or
30    satisfactory  evidence  that  such  tax  is  not  due in that
31    particular instance, if that is claimed to be the fact);  the
32    place  and  date  of the sale; a sufficient identification of
33    the property sold; such other information as is  required  in
34    Section  5-402  of  The Illinois Vehicle Code, and such other
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -263-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    information as the Department may reasonably require.
 2        The  transaction  reporting  return  in   the   case   of
 3    watercraft  or aircraft must show the name and address of the
 4    seller; the name and address of the purchaser; the amount  of
 5    the  selling  price  including  the  amount  allowed  by  the
 6    retailer  for  traded-in property, if any; the amount allowed
 7    by the retailer for the traded-in tangible personal property,
 8    if any, to the extent to which Section 1 of this  Act  allows
 9    an exemption for the value of traded-in property; the balance
10    payable  after  deducting  such  trade-in  allowance from the
11    total selling price; the amount of tax due from the  retailer
12    with respect to such transaction; the amount of tax collected
13    from  the  purchaser  by the retailer on such transaction (or
14    satisfactory evidence that  such  tax  is  not  due  in  that
15    particular  instance, if that is claimed to be the fact); the
16    place and date of the sale, a  sufficient  identification  of
17    the   property  sold,  and  such  other  information  as  the
18    Department may reasonably require.
19        Such transaction reporting  return  shall  be  filed  not
20    later than 20 days after the day of delivery of the item that
21    is  being  sold, but may be filed by the retailer at any time
22    sooner than that if he chooses to  do  so.   The  transaction
23    reporting  return  and  tax  remittance or proof of exemption
24    from  the  Illinois  use  tax  may  be  transmitted  to   the
25    Department  by  way  of the State agency with which, or State
26    officer with whom the  tangible  personal  property  must  be
27    titled or registered (if titling or registration is required)
28    if  the Department and such agency or State officer determine
29    that  this  procedure  will  expedite   the   processing   of
30    applications for title or registration.
31        With each such transaction reporting return, the retailer
32    shall  remit  the  proper  amount of tax due (or shall submit
33    satisfactory evidence that the sale is not taxable if that is
34    the case), to the Department or  its  agents,  whereupon  the
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -264-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    Department  shall  issue,  in the purchaser's name, a use tax
 2    receipt (or a certificate of exemption if the  Department  is
 3    satisfied  that the particular sale is tax exempt) which such
 4    purchaser may submit to  the  agency  with  which,  or  State
 5    officer  with  whom,  he  must title or register the tangible
 6    personal  property  that   is   involved   (if   titling   or
 7    registration  is  required)  in  support  of such purchaser's
 8    application for an Illinois certificate or other evidence  of
 9    title or registration to such tangible personal property.
10        No  retailer's failure or refusal to remit tax under this
11    Act precludes a user, who has paid  the  proper  tax  to  the
12    retailer,  from  obtaining  his certificate of title or other
13    evidence of title or registration (if titling or registration
14    is required) upon satisfying the Department  that  such  user
15    has paid the proper tax (if tax is due) to the retailer.  The
16    Department  shall  adopt  appropriate  rules to carry out the
17    mandate of this paragraph.
18        If the user who would otherwise pay tax to  the  retailer
19    wants  the transaction reporting return filed and the payment
20    of the tax or proof  of  exemption  made  to  the  Department
21    before the retailer is willing to take these actions and such
22    user  has  not  paid  the  tax to the retailer, such user may
23    certify to the fact of such delay by  the  retailer  and  may
24    (upon  the  Department  being  satisfied of the truth of such
25    certification)  transmit  the  information  required  by  the
26    transaction reporting return and the remittance  for  tax  or
27    proof  of exemption directly to the Department and obtain his
28    tax receipt or exemption determination, in  which  event  the
29    transaction  reporting  return  and  tax remittance (if a tax
30    payment was required) shall be credited by the Department  to
31    the  proper  retailer's  account  with  the  Department,  but
32    without  the  2.1%  or  1.75%  discount  provided for in this
33    Section being allowed.  When the user pays the  tax  directly
34    to  the  Department,  he shall pay the tax in the same amount
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -265-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    and in the same form in which it would be remitted if the tax
 2    had been remitted to the Department by the retailer.
 3        Refunds made by the seller during  the  preceding  return
 4    period   to  purchasers,  on  account  of  tangible  personal
 5    property returned to  the  seller,  shall  be  allowed  as  a
 6    deduction  under  subdivision  5  of his monthly or quarterly
 7    return,  as  the  case  may  be,  in  case  the  seller   had
 8    theretofore  included  the  receipts  from  the  sale of such
 9    tangible personal property in a return filed by him  and  had
10    paid  the  tax  imposed  by  this  Act  with  respect to such
11    receipts.
12        Where the seller is a corporation, the  return  filed  on
13    behalf  of such corporation shall be signed by the president,
14    vice-president, secretary or treasurer  or  by  the  properly
15    accredited agent of such corporation.
16        Where  the  seller  is  a  limited liability company, the
17    return filed on behalf of the limited liability company shall
18    be signed by a manager, member, or properly accredited  agent
19    of the limited liability company.
20        Except  as  provided in this Section, the retailer filing
21    the return under this Section shall, at the  time  of  filing
22    such  return, pay to the Department the amount of tax imposed
23    by this Act less a discount of 2.1% prior to January 1,  1990
24    and  1.75%  on  and after January 1, 1990, or $5 per calendar
25    year, whichever is greater, which is allowed to reimburse the
26    retailer  for  the  expenses  incurred  in  keeping  records,
27    preparing and filing returns, remitting the tax and supplying
28    data to the  Department  on  request.   Any  prepayment  made
29    pursuant  to  Section 2d of this Act shall be included in the
30    amount on which such 2.1% or 1.75% discount is computed.   In
31    the  case  of  retailers  who  report  and  pay  the tax on a
32    transaction  by  transaction  basis,  as  provided  in   this
33    Section,  such  discount  shall  be  taken with each such tax
34    remittance instead of when such retailer files  his  periodic
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -266-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    return.
 2        Before October 1, 2000, if the taxpayer's average monthly
 3    tax  liability  to the Department under this Act, the Use Tax
 4    Act, the Service Occupation Tax Act, and the Service Use  Tax
 5    Act,  excluding  any  liability  for  prepaid sales tax to be
 6    remitted in accordance with  Section  2d  of  this  Act,  was
 7    $10,000  or  more  during  the  preceding 4 complete calendar
 8    quarters, he shall file a return  with  the  Department  each
 9    month  by  the 20th day of the month next following the month
10    during which such tax liability is incurred  and  shall  make
11    payments  to  the Department on or before the 7th, 15th, 22nd
12    and last day of the month  during  which  such  liability  is
13    incurred.  On  and  after  October 1, 2000, if the taxpayer's
14    average monthly tax liability to the  Department  under  this
15    Act, the Use Tax Act, the Service Occupation Tax Act, and the
16    Service  Use  Tax  Act,  excluding  any liability for prepaid
17    sales tax to be remitted in accordance  with  Section  2d  of
18    this Act, was $20,000 or more during the preceding 4 complete
19    calendar quarters, he shall file a return with the Department
20    each  month  by  the 20th day of the month next following the
21    month during which such tax liability is incurred  and  shall
22    make  payment  to  the Department on or before the 7th, 15th,
23    22nd and last day of the month during which such liability is
24    incurred.  If the month during which such  tax  liability  is
25    incurred  began  prior to January 1, 1985, each payment shall
26    be in an  amount  equal  to  1/4  of  the  taxpayer's  actual
27    liability  for  the  month or an amount set by the Department
28    not to exceed 1/4 of the average  monthly  liability  of  the
29    taxpayer  to  the  Department  for  the  preceding 4 complete
30    calendar quarters (excluding the month of  highest  liability
31    and  the month of lowest liability in such 4 quarter period).
32    If the month during which  such  tax  liability  is  incurred
33    begins  on  or  after January 1, 1985 and prior to January 1,
34    1987, each payment shall be in an amount equal  to  22.5%  of
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -267-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    the taxpayer's actual liability for the month or 27.5% of the
 2    taxpayer's  liability  for  the  same  calendar  month of the
 3    preceding year.  If the month during which such tax liability
 4    is incurred begins on or after January 1, 1987 and  prior  to
 5    January  1, 1988, each payment shall be in an amount equal to
 6    22.5% of the taxpayer's actual liability  for  the  month  or
 7    26.25%  of  the  taxpayer's  liability  for the same calendar
 8    month of the preceding year.  If the month during which  such
 9    tax liability is incurred begins on or after January 1, 1988,
10    and  prior  to January 1, 1989, or begins on or after January
11    1, 1996, each payment shall be in an amount equal to 22.5% of
12    the taxpayer's actual liability for the month or 25%  of  the
13    taxpayer's  liability  for  the  same  calendar  month of the
14    preceding year. If the month during which such tax  liability
15    is  incurred begins on or after January 1, 1989, and prior to
16    January 1, 1996, each payment shall be in an amount equal  to
17    22.5% of the taxpayer's actual liability for the month or 25%
18    of  the  taxpayer's  liability for the same calendar month of
19    the preceding year or 100% of the taxpayer's actual liability
20    for the quarter monthly reporting period.  The amount of such
21    quarter monthly payments shall be credited against the  final
22    tax  liability  of  the  taxpayer's  return  for  that month.
23    Before October 1, 2000, once applicable, the  requirement  of
24    the  making  of quarter monthly payments to the Department by
25    taxpayers having an average monthly tax liability of  $10,000
26    or  more  as  determined  in  the manner provided above shall
27    continue until such taxpayer's average monthly  liability  to
28    the  Department  during  the  preceding  4  complete calendar
29    quarters (excluding the month of highest  liability  and  the
30    month of lowest liability) is less than $9,000, or until such
31    taxpayer's  average  monthly  liability  to the Department as
32    computed  for  each  calendar  quarter  of  the  4  preceding
33    complete  calendar  quarter  period  is  less  than  $10,000.
34    However, if  a  taxpayer  can  show  the  Department  that  a
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -268-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    substantial  change  in  the taxpayer's business has occurred
 2    which causes the taxpayer  to  anticipate  that  his  average
 3    monthly  tax  liability for the reasonably foreseeable future
 4    will fall below the $10,000 threshold stated above, then such
 5    taxpayer may petition the Department for  a  change  in  such
 6    taxpayer's  reporting  status.  On and after October 1, 2000,
 7    once applicable, the requirement of  the  making  of  quarter
 8    monthly  payments  to  the  Department by taxpayers having an
 9    average  monthly  tax  liability  of  $20,000  or   more   as
10    determined  in the manner provided above shall continue until
11    such taxpayer's average monthly liability to  the  Department
12    during  the preceding 4 complete calendar quarters (excluding
13    the month of  highest  liability  and  the  month  of  lowest
14    liability)  is  less  than  $19,000  or until such taxpayer's
15    average monthly liability to the Department as  computed  for
16    each  calendar  quarter  of the 4 preceding complete calendar
17    quarter period is less than $20,000.  However, if a  taxpayer
18    can  show  the  Department  that  a substantial change in the
19    taxpayer's business has occurred which causes the taxpayer to
20    anticipate that his average monthly  tax  liability  for  the
21    reasonably  foreseeable  future  will  fall below the $20,000
22    threshold stated above, then such taxpayer may  petition  the
23    Department  for a change in such taxpayer's reporting status.
24    The Department shall change such taxpayer's reporting  status
25    unless  it  finds  that such change is seasonal in nature and
26    not likely to be long term.   If  any  such  quarter  monthly
27    payment  is not paid at the time or in the amount required by
28    this Section, then the taxpayer shall be liable for penalties
29    and interest on the difference between the minimum amount due
30    as a payment and the amount of such quarter  monthly  payment
31    actually  and timely paid, except insofar as the taxpayer has
32    previously made payments for that month to the Department  in
33    excess  of the minimum payments previously due as provided in
34    this Section. The Department shall make reasonable rules  and
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -269-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    regulations  to govern the quarter monthly payment amount and
 2    quarter monthly payment dates for taxpayers who file on other
 3    than a calendar monthly basis.
 4        Without regard to whether a taxpayer is required to  make
 5    quarter monthly payments as specified above, any taxpayer who
 6    is  required  by  Section 2d of this Act to collect and remit
 7    prepaid taxes and has collected prepaid taxes  which  average
 8    in  excess  of  $25,000  per  month  during  the  preceding 2
 9    complete calendar quarters, shall  file  a  return  with  the
10    Department  as required by Section 2f and shall make payments
11    to the Department on or before the 7th, 15th, 22nd  and  last
12    day of the month during which such liability is incurred.  If
13    the  month  during which such tax liability is incurred began
14    prior to the effective date of this amendatory Act  of  1985,
15    each payment shall be in an amount not less than 22.5% of the
16    taxpayer's  actual  liability under Section 2d.  If the month
17    during which such tax liability  is  incurred  begins  on  or
18    after  January  1,  1986,  each payment shall be in an amount
19    equal to 22.5% of the taxpayer's  actual  liability  for  the
20    month  or  27.5%  of  the  taxpayer's  liability for the same
21    calendar month of the preceding calendar year.  If the  month
22    during  which  such  tax  liability  is incurred begins on or
23    after January 1, 1987, each payment shall  be  in  an  amount
24    equal  to  22.5%  of  the taxpayer's actual liability for the
25    month or 26.25% of the  taxpayer's  liability  for  the  same
26    calendar  month  of  the  preceding year.  The amount of such
27    quarter monthly payments shall be credited against the  final
28    tax  liability  of the taxpayer's return for that month filed
29    under this Section or Section 2f, as the case may  be.   Once
30    applicable,  the requirement of the making of quarter monthly
31    payments to the Department pursuant to this  paragraph  shall
32    continue  until  such  taxpayer's average monthly prepaid tax
33    collections during the preceding 2 complete calendar quarters
34    is $25,000 or less.  If any such quarter monthly  payment  is
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -270-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    not  paid at the time or in the amount required, the taxpayer
 2    shall  be  liable  for  penalties  and   interest   on   such
 3    difference,  except  insofar  as  the taxpayer has previously
 4    made payments  for  that  month  in  excess  of  the  minimum
 5    payments previously due.
 6        If  any  payment provided for in this Section exceeds the
 7    taxpayer's liabilities under this Act, the Use Tax  Act,  the
 8    Service  Occupation  Tax  Act and the Service Use Tax Act, as
 9    shown on an original monthly return, the Department shall, if
10    requested by the taxpayer, issue to  the  taxpayer  a  credit
11    memorandum  no  later than 30 days after the date of payment.
12    The  credit  evidenced  by  such  credit  memorandum  may  be
13    assigned by the taxpayer to a  similar  taxpayer  under  this
14    Act,  the  Use Tax Act, the Service Occupation Tax Act or the
15    Service Use Tax Act, in accordance with reasonable rules  and
16    regulations  to  be prescribed by the Department.  If no such
17    request is made, the taxpayer may credit such excess  payment
18    against  tax  liability  subsequently  to  be remitted to the
19    Department under this Act,  the  Use  Tax  Act,  the  Service
20    Occupation  Tax Act or the Service Use Tax Act, in accordance
21    with reasonable  rules  and  regulations  prescribed  by  the
22    Department.   If  the Department subsequently determined that
23    all or any part of the credit taken was not actually  due  to
24    the taxpayer, the taxpayer's 2.1% and 1.75% vendor's discount
25    shall  be  reduced by 2.1% or 1.75% of the difference between
26    the credit taken and that actually  due,  and  that  taxpayer
27    shall   be   liable   for  penalties  and  interest  on  such
28    difference.
29        If a retailer of motor fuel is entitled to a credit under
30    Section 2d of this Act which exceeds the taxpayer's liability
31    to the Department under this Act  for  the  month  which  the
32    taxpayer  is  filing a return, the Department shall issue the
33    taxpayer a credit memorandum for the excess.
34        Beginning January 1,  1990,  each  month  the  Department
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -271-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    shall  pay into the Local Government Tax Fund, a special fund
 2    in the State  treasury  which  is  hereby  created,  the  net
 3    revenue  realized  for the preceding month from the 1% tax on
 4    sales of food for human consumption which is to  be  consumed
 5    off  the  premises  where  it  is  sold (other than alcoholic
 6    beverages, soft drinks and food which has been  prepared  for
 7    immediate  consumption)  and prescription and nonprescription
 8    medicines,  drugs,  medical  appliances  and  insulin,  urine
 9    testing materials, syringes and needles used by diabetics.
10        Beginning January 1,  1990,  each  month  the  Department
11    shall  pay  into the County and Mass Transit District Fund, a
12    special fund in the State treasury which is  hereby  created,
13    4%  of  the net revenue realized for the preceding month from
14    the 6.25% general rate.
15        Beginning August 1, 2000, each month the Department shall
16    pay into the County and Mass Transit District Fund 20% of the
17    net revenue realized for the preceding month from  the  1.25%
18    rate on the selling price of motor fuel and gasohol.
19        Beginning  January  1,  1990,  each  month the Department
20    shall pay into the Local Government Tax Fund 16% of  the  net
21    revenue  realized  for  the  preceding  month  from the 6.25%
22    general rate  on  the  selling  price  of  tangible  personal
23    property.
24        Beginning August 1, 2000, each month the Department shall
25    pay into the Local Government Tax Fund 80% of the net revenue
26    realized  for  the preceding month from the 1.25% rate on the
27    selling price of motor fuel and gasohol.
28        Of the remainder of the moneys received by the Department
29    pursuant to this Act, (a) 1.75% thereof shall  be  paid  into
30    the  Build  Illinois Fund and (b) prior to July 1, 1989, 2.2%
31    and on and after July 1, 1989, 3.8%  thereof  shall  be  paid
32    into  the  Build Illinois Fund; provided, however, that if in
33    any fiscal year the sum of (1) the aggregate of 2.2% or 3.8%,
34    as the case may be, of the moneys received by the  Department
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -272-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    and required to be paid into the Build Illinois Fund pursuant
 2    to  this  Act, Section 9 of the Use Tax Act, Section 9 of the
 3    Service Use Tax Act, and Section 9 of the Service  Occupation
 4    Tax  Act,  such  Acts being hereinafter called the "Tax Acts"
 5    and such aggregate of 2.2% or 3.8%, as the case  may  be,  of
 6    moneys being hereinafter called the "Tax Act Amount", and (2)
 7    the  amount  transferred  to the Build Illinois Fund from the
 8    State and Local Sales Tax Reform Fund shall be less than  the
 9    Annual  Specified  Amount (as hereinafter defined), an amount
10    equal to the difference shall be immediately  paid  into  the
11    Build  Illinois  Fund  from  other  moneys  received  by  the
12    Department  pursuant  to  the Tax Acts; the "Annual Specified
13    Amount" means the amounts specified below  for  fiscal  years
14    1986 through 1993:
15             Fiscal Year              Annual Specified Amount
16                 1986                       $54,800,000
17                 1987                       $76,650,000
18                 1988                       $80,480,000
19                 1989                       $88,510,000
20                 1990                       $115,330,000
21                 1991                       $145,470,000
22                 1992                       $182,730,000
23                 1993                      $206,520,000;
24    and  means  the Certified Annual Debt Service Requirement (as
25    defined in Section 13 of the Build Illinois Bond Act) or  the
26    Tax  Act  Amount,  whichever is greater, for fiscal year 1994
27    and each fiscal year thereafter; and further  provided,  that
28    if  on  the last business day of any month the sum of (1) the
29    Tax Act Amount  required  to  be  deposited  into  the  Build
30    Illinois  Bond Account in the Build Illinois Fund during such
31    month and (2) the amount transferred to  the  Build  Illinois
32    Fund  from  the  State  and Local Sales Tax Reform Fund shall
33    have been less than 1/12 of the Annual Specified  Amount,  an
34    amount equal to the difference shall be immediately paid into
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -273-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    the  Build  Illinois  Fund  from other moneys received by the
 2    Department pursuant to the Tax Acts; and,  further  provided,
 3    that  in  no  event  shall  the  payments  required under the
 4    preceding proviso result in aggregate payments into the Build
 5    Illinois Fund pursuant to this clause (b) for any fiscal year
 6    in excess of the greater of (i) the Tax Act  Amount  or  (ii)
 7    the  Annual  Specified  Amount  for  such  fiscal  year.  The
 8    amounts payable into the Build Illinois Fund under clause (b)
 9    of the first sentence in this paragraph shall be payable only
10    until such time as the aggregate amount on deposit under each
11    trust  indenture  securing  Bonds  issued   and   outstanding
12    pursuant to the Build Illinois Bond Act is sufficient, taking
13    into  account any future investment income, to fully provide,
14    in accordance with such indenture, for the defeasance  of  or
15    the  payment  of  the  principal  of,  premium,  if  any, and
16    interest on the Bonds secured by such indenture  and  on  any
17    Bonds expected to be issued thereafter and all fees and costs
18    payable  with  respect  thereto,  all  as  certified  by  the
19    Director  of  the  Bureau  of  the  Budget.   If  on the last
20    business day of any month  in  which  Bonds  are  outstanding
21    pursuant  to  the  Build  Illinois Bond Act, the aggregate of
22    moneys deposited in the Build Illinois Bond  Account  in  the
23    Build  Illinois  Fund  in  such  month shall be less than the
24    amount required to be transferred  in  such  month  from  the
25    Build  Illinois  Bond  Account  to  the  Build  Illinois Bond
26    Retirement and Interest Fund pursuant to Section  13  of  the
27    Build  Illinois  Bond Act, an amount equal to such deficiency
28    shall be immediately paid from other moneys received  by  the
29    Department  pursuant  to  the  Tax Acts to the Build Illinois
30    Fund; provided, however, that any amounts paid to  the  Build
31    Illinois  Fund  in  any fiscal year pursuant to this sentence
32    shall be deemed to constitute payments pursuant to clause (b)
33    of the first sentence of this paragraph and shall reduce  the
34    amount  otherwise  payable  for  such fiscal year pursuant to
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -274-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    that clause (b).   The  moneys  received  by  the  Department
 2    pursuant  to  this  Act and required to be deposited into the
 3    Build Illinois Fund are subject  to  the  pledge,  claim  and
 4    charge  set  forth  in  Section 12 of the Build Illinois Bond
 5    Act.
 6        Subject to payment of amounts  into  the  Build  Illinois
 7    Fund  as  provided  in  the  preceding  paragraph  or  in any
 8    amendment thereto hereafter enacted, the following  specified
 9    monthly   installment   of   the   amount  requested  in  the
10    certificate of the Chairman  of  the  Metropolitan  Pier  and
11    Exposition  Authority  provided  under  Section  8.25f of the
12    State Finance Act, but not in excess of  sums  designated  as
13    "Total  Deposit",  shall  be  deposited in the aggregate from
14    collections under Section 9 of the Use Tax Act, Section 9  of
15    the  Service Use Tax Act, Section 9 of the Service Occupation
16    Tax Act, and Section 3 of the Retailers' Occupation  Tax  Act
17    into  the  McCormick  Place  Expansion  Project  Fund  in the
18    specified fiscal years.
19             Fiscal Year                   Total Deposit
20                 1993                            $0
21                 1994                        53,000,000
22                 1995                        58,000,000
23                 1996                        61,000,000
24                 1997                        64,000,000
25                 1998                        68,000,000
26                 1999                        71,000,000
27                 2000                        75,000,000
28                 2001                        80,000,000
29                 2002                        84,000,000
30                 2003                        89,000,000
31                 2004                        93,000,000
32                 2005                        97,000,000
33                 2006                       102,000,000
34                 2007                       108,000,000
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -275-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1                 2008                       115,000,000
 2                 2009                       120,000,000
 3                 2010                       126,000,000
 4                 2011                       132,000,000
 5                 2012                       138,000,000
 6                 2013 and                   145,000,000
 7        each fiscal year
 8        thereafter that bonds
 9        are outstanding under
10        Section 13.2 of the
11        Metropolitan Pier and
12        Exposition Authority
13        Act, but not after fiscal year 2029.
14        Beginning July 20, 1993 and in each month of each  fiscal
15    year  thereafter,  one-eighth  of the amount requested in the
16    certificate of the Chairman  of  the  Metropolitan  Pier  and
17    Exposition  Authority  for  that fiscal year, less the amount
18    deposited into the McCormick Place Expansion Project Fund  by
19    the  State Treasurer in the respective month under subsection
20    (g) of Section 13 of the  Metropolitan  Pier  and  Exposition
21    Authority  Act,  plus cumulative deficiencies in the deposits
22    required under this Section for previous  months  and  years,
23    shall be deposited into the McCormick Place Expansion Project
24    Fund,  until  the  full amount requested for the fiscal year,
25    but not in excess of the amount  specified  above  as  "Total
26    Deposit", has been deposited.
27        Subject  to  payment  of  amounts into the Build Illinois
28    Fund and the McCormick Place Expansion Project Fund  pursuant
29    to  the  preceding  paragraphs  or  in  any amendment thereto
30    hereafter enacted, each month the Department shall  pay  into
31    the  Local  Government  Distributive  Fund  0.4%  of  the net
32    revenue realized for the preceding month from the 5%  general
33    rate  or  0.4%  of  80%  of  the net revenue realized for the
34    preceding month from the 6.25% general rate, as the case  may
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -276-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    be,  on the selling price of tangible personal property which
 2    amount shall, subject to  appropriation,  be  distributed  as
 3    provided  in  Section 2 of the State Revenue Sharing Act.  No
 4    payments or distributions pursuant to this paragraph shall be
 5    made if the  tax  imposed  by  this  Act  on  photoprocessing
 6    products  is  declared  unconstitutional,  or if the proceeds
 7    from such tax are unavailable  for  distribution  because  of
 8    litigation.
 9        Subject  to  payment  of  amounts into the Build Illinois
10    Fund, the McCormick Place Expansion  Project  Fund,  and  the
11    Local  Government Distributive Fund pursuant to the preceding
12    paragraphs or in any amendments  thereto  hereafter  enacted,
13    beginning  July  1, 1993, the Department shall each month pay
14    into the Illinois Tax Increment Fund 0.27% of 80% of the  net
15    revenue  realized  for  the  preceding  month  from the 6.25%
16    general rate  on  the  selling  price  of  tangible  personal
17    property.
18        Of the remainder of the moneys received by the Department
19    pursuant  to  this  Act,  75%  thereof shall be paid into the
20    State Treasury and 25% shall be reserved in a special account
21    and used only for the transfer to the Common School  Fund  as
22    part of the monthly transfer from the General Revenue Fund in
23    accordance with Section 8a of the State Finance Act.
24        The  Department  may,  upon  separate written notice to a
25    taxpayer, require the taxpayer to prepare and file  with  the
26    Department  on a form prescribed by the Department within not
27    less than 60 days after  receipt  of  the  notice  an  annual
28    information  return for the tax year specified in the notice.
29    Such  annual  return  to  the  Department  shall  include   a
30    statement  of  gross receipts as shown by the retailer's last
31    Federal income tax return.  If  the  total  receipts  of  the
32    business  as reported in the Federal income tax return do not
33    agree with the gross receipts reported to the  Department  of
34    Revenue for the same period, the retailer shall attach to his
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -277-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    annual  return  a  schedule showing a reconciliation of the 2
 2    amounts and the reasons for the difference.   The  retailer's
 3    annual  return to the Department shall also disclose the cost
 4    of goods sold by the retailer during the year covered by such
 5    return, opening and closing inventories  of  such  goods  for
 6    such year, costs of goods used from stock or taken from stock
 7    and  given  away  by  the  retailer during such year, payroll
 8    information of the retailer's business during such  year  and
 9    any  additional  reasonable  information which the Department
10    deems would be helpful in determining  the  accuracy  of  the
11    monthly,  quarterly  or annual returns filed by such retailer
12    as provided for in this Section.
13        If the annual information return required by this Section
14    is not filed when and as  required,  the  taxpayer  shall  be
15    liable as follows:
16             (i)  Until  January  1,  1994, the taxpayer shall be
17        liable for a penalty equal to 1/6 of 1% of  the  tax  due
18        from such taxpayer under this Act during the period to be
19        covered  by  the annual return for each month or fraction
20        of a month until such return is filed  as  required,  the
21        penalty  to  be assessed and collected in the same manner
22        as any other penalty provided for in this Act.
23             (ii)  On and after January  1,  1994,  the  taxpayer
24        shall be liable for a penalty as described in Section 3-4
25        of the Uniform Penalty and Interest Act.
26        The chief executive officer, proprietor, owner or highest
27    ranking  manager  shall sign the annual return to certify the
28    accuracy of the information contained therein.    Any  person
29    who  willfully  signs  the  annual return containing false or
30    inaccurate  information  shall  be  guilty  of  perjury   and
31    punished  accordingly.   The annual return form prescribed by
32    the Department  shall  include  a  warning  that  the  person
33    signing the return may be liable for perjury.
34        The  provisions  of this Section concerning the filing of
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -278-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    an annual information return do not apply to a  retailer  who
 2    is  not required to file an income tax return with the United
 3    States Government.
 4        As soon as possible after the first day  of  each  month,
 5    upon   certification   of  the  Department  of  Revenue,  the
 6    Comptroller shall order transferred and the  Treasurer  shall
 7    transfer  from the General Revenue Fund to the Motor Fuel Tax
 8    Fund an amount equal to  1.7%  of  80%  of  the  net  revenue
 9    realized  under  this  Act  for  the  second preceding month.
10    Beginning April 1, 2000, this transfer is no longer  required
11    and shall not be made.
12        Net  revenue  realized  for  a month shall be the revenue
13    collected by the State pursuant to this Act, less the  amount
14    paid  out  during  that  month  as  refunds  to taxpayers for
15    overpayment of liability.
16        For greater simplicity of administration,  manufacturers,
17    importers  and  wholesalers whose products are sold at retail
18    in Illinois by numerous retailers, and who wish to do so, may
19    assume the responsibility for accounting and  paying  to  the
20    Department  all  tax  accruing under this Act with respect to
21    such sales, if the retailers who are  affected  do  not  make
22    written objection to the Department to this arrangement.
23        Any  person  who  promotes,  organizes,  provides  retail
24    selling  space  for concessionaires or other types of sellers
25    at the Illinois State Fair, DuQuoin State Fair, county fairs,
26    local fairs, art shows, flea markets and similar  exhibitions
27    or  events,  including  any  transient merchant as defined by
28    Section 2 of the Transient Merchant Act of 1987, is  required
29    to  file  a  report with the Department providing the name of
30    the merchant's business, the name of the  person  or  persons
31    engaged  in  merchant's  business,  the permanent address and
32    Illinois Retailers Occupation Tax Registration Number of  the
33    merchant,  the  dates  and  location  of  the event and other
34    reasonable information that the Department may require.   The
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -279-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    report must be filed not later than the 20th day of the month
 2    next  following  the month during which the event with retail
 3    sales was held.  Any  person  who  fails  to  file  a  report
 4    required  by  this  Section commits a business offense and is
 5    subject to a fine not to exceed $250.
 6        Any person engaged in the business  of  selling  tangible
 7    personal property at retail as a concessionaire or other type
 8    of  seller  at  the  Illinois  State  Fair, county fairs, art
 9    shows, flea markets and similar exhibitions or events, or any
10    transient merchants, as defined by Section 2 of the Transient
11    Merchant Act of 1987, may be required to make a daily  report
12    of  the  amount of such sales to the Department and to make a
13    daily payment of the full amount of tax due.  The  Department
14    shall  impose  this requirement when it finds that there is a
15    significant risk of loss of revenue to the State at  such  an
16    exhibition  or  event.   Such  a  finding  shall  be based on
17    evidence that a  substantial  number  of  concessionaires  or
18    other  sellers  who  are  not  residents  of Illinois will be
19    engaging  in  the  business  of  selling  tangible   personal
20    property  at  retail  at  the  exhibition  or event, or other
21    evidence of a significant risk of  loss  of  revenue  to  the
22    State.  The Department shall notify concessionaires and other
23    sellers  affected  by the imposition of this requirement.  In
24    the  absence  of  notification   by   the   Department,   the
25    concessionaires and other sellers shall file their returns as
26    otherwise required in this Section.
27    (Source: P.A.  90-491,  eff.  1-1-99;  90-612,  eff.  7-8-98;
28    91-37,   eff.  7-1-99;  91-51,  eff.  6-30-99;  91-101,  eff.
29    7-12-99; 91-541, eff. 8-13-99; 91-872, eff.  7-1-00;  91-901,
30    eff. 1-1-01; revised 1-15-01.)

31        Section  37.   The Hotel Operators' Occupation Tax Act is
32    amended by changing Section 6 as follows:
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -280-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        (35 ILCS 145/6) (from Ch. 120, par. 481b.36)
 2        (Text of Section before amendment by P.A. 91-935)
 3        Sec. 6.  Except as provided hereinafter in this  Section,
 4    on  or  before  the  last  day  of each calendar month, every
 5    person engaged in the business of renting, leasing or letting
 6    rooms in a hotel in this State during the preceding  calendar
 7    month shall file a return with the Department, stating:
 8             1.  The name of the operator;
 9             2.  His  residence  address  and  the address of his
10        principal place  of  business  and  the  address  of  the
11        principal  place  of  business  (if  that  is a different
12        address)  from  which  he  engages  in  the  business  of
13        renting, leasing or letting rooms  in  a  hotel  in  this
14        State;
15             3.  Total  amount of rental receipts received by him
16        during the preceding calendar month from renting, leasing
17        or letting rooms during such preceding calendar month;
18             4.  Total amount of rental receipts received by  him
19        during the preceding calendar month from renting, leasing
20        or  letting  rooms  to  permanent  residents  during such
21        preceding calendar month;
22             5.  Total amount  of  other  exclusions  from  gross
23        rental receipts allowed by this Act;
24             6.  Gross rental receipts which were received by him
25        during the preceding calendar month and upon the basis of
26        which the tax is imposed;
27             7.  The amount of tax due;
28             8.  Such   other   reasonable   information  as  the
29        Department may require.
30        If the operator's average monthly tax  liability  to  the
31    Department does not exceed $200, the Department may authorize
32    his  returns  to be filed on a quarter annual basis, with the
33    return for January, February and March of a given year  being
34    due  by April 30 of such year; with the return for April, May
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -281-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    and June of a given year being due by July 31 of  such  year;
 2    with  the  return  for  July, August and September of a given
 3    year being due by October 31  of  such  year,  and  with  the
 4    return  for  October,  November  and December of a given year
 5    being due by January 31 of the following year.
 6        If the operator's average monthly tax  liability  to  the
 7    Department  does not exceed $50, the Department may authorize
 8    his returns to be filed on an annual basis, with  the  return
 9    for  a  given  year  being due by January 31 of the following
10    year.
11        Such quarter annual and annual returns, as  to  form  and
12    substance,  shall  be  subject  to  the  same requirements as
13    monthly returns.
14        Notwithstanding  any  other   provision   in   this   Act
15    concerning  the  time  within  which an operator may file his
16    return, in the case of any operator who ceases to engage in a
17    kind of business  which  makes  him  responsible  for  filing
18    returns  under  this  Act,  such  operator shall file a final
19    return under this Act with the Department  not  more  than  1
20    month after discontinuing such business.
21        Where the same person has more than 1 business registered
22    with  the  Department under separate registrations under this
23    Act, such person shall not file each return that is due as  a
24    single  return  covering  all such registered businesses, but
25    shall  file  separate  returns  for  each   such   registered
26    business.
27        In  his return, the operator shall determine the value of
28    any  consideration  other  than  money  received  by  him  in
29    connection with the renting, leasing or letting of  rooms  in
30    the course of his business and he shall include such value in
31    his  return.   Such  determination shall be subject to review
32    and revision by the  Department  in  the  manner  hereinafter
33    provided for the correction of returns.
34        Where  the operator is a corporation, the return filed on
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -282-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    behalf of such corporation shall be signed by the  president,
 2    vice-president,  secretary  or  treasurer  or by the properly
 3    accredited agent of such corporation.
 4        The person filing the return herein provided  for  shall,
 5    at  the time of filing such return, pay to the Department the
 6    amount of tax herein imposed.  The operator filing the return
 7    under this Section shall, at the time of filing such  return,
 8    pay  to  the Department the amount of tax imposed by this Act
 9    less a discount of 2.1% or $25 per calendar  year,  whichever
10    is  greater,  which  is allowed to reimburse the operator for
11    the expenses  incurred  in  keeping  records,  preparing  and
12    filing  returns,  remitting the tax and supplying data to the
13    Department on request.
14        There shall be deposited in the Build  Illinois  Fund  in
15    the  State  Treasury  for  each  State fiscal year 40% of the
16    amount  of  total  net  proceeds  from  the  tax  imposed  by
17    subsection  (a)  of  Section  3.    Of  the  remaining   60%,
18    $5,000,000   shall   be  deposited  in  the  Illinois  Sports
19    Facilities Fund and credited  to  the  Subsidy  Account  each
20    fiscal  year  by making monthly deposits in the amount of 1/8
21    of $5,000,000 plus cumulative deficiencies in  such  deposits
22    for  prior  months,  and  an  additional  $8,000,000 shall be
23    deposited in the Illinois Sports Facilities Fund and credited
24    to the Advance Account each fiscal  year  by  making  monthly
25    deposits  in  the  amount  of  1/8  of  $8,000,000  plus  any
26    cumulative  deficiencies  in  such deposits for prior months.
27    (The deposits of the additional $8,000,000 during each fiscal
28    year shall be treated as advances of funds  to  the  Illinois
29    Sports Facilities Authority for its corporate purposes to the
30    extent  paid  to  the  Authority  or its trustee and shall be
31    repaid into the General Revenue Fund in the State Treasury by
32    the State Treasurer on behalf of the  Authority  solely  from
33    collections  of  the tax imposed by the Authority pursuant to
34    Section  19  of  the  Illinois  Sports  Facilities  Act,   as
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -283-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    amended.)
 2        Of  the remaining 60% of the amount of total net proceeds
 3    from the tax imposed by subsection (a) of Section 3 after all
 4    required deposits in the Illinois Sports Facilities Fund, the
 5    amount equal to 8% of the net revenue realized from the Hotel
 6    Operators' Occupation Tax Act plus an amount equal to  8%  of
 7    the  net  revenue realized from any tax imposed under Section
 8    4.05 of the Chicago World's Fair-1992  Authority  during  the
 9    preceding  month shall be deposited in the Local Tourism Fund
10    each month for purposes authorized by Section 605-705 of  the
11    Department  of  Commerce  and  Community Affairs Law (20 ILCS
12    605/605-705) in the Local Tourism Fund, and beginning  August
13    1,  1999,  the amount equal to 6% of the net revenue realized
14    from the Hotel  Operators'  Occupation  Tax  Act  during  the
15    preceding  month  shall  be  deposited into the International
16    Tourism Fund for the purposes authorized in  Section  605-725
17    of the Department of Commerce and Community Affairs Law 46.6d
18    of  the  Civil Administrative Code of Illinois.  "Net revenue
19    realized for a month" means  the  revenue  collected  by  the
20    State  under  that  Act  during  the  previous month less the
21    amount  paid  out  during  that  same  month  as  refunds  to
22    taxpayers for overpayment of liability under that Act.
23        After making all these deposits, all  other  proceeds  of
24    the  tax  imposed  under subsection (a) of Section 3 shall be
25    deposited in the General Revenue Fund in the State  Treasury.
26    All moneys received by the Department from the additional tax
27    imposed  under subsection (b) of Section 3 shall be deposited
28    into the Build Illinois Fund in the State Treasury.
29        The Department may, upon separate  written  notice  to  a
30    taxpayer,  require  the taxpayer to prepare and file with the
31    Department on a form prescribed by the Department within  not
32    less  than  60  days  after  receipt  of the notice an annual
33    information return for the tax year specified in the notice.
34    Such  annual  return  to  the  Department  shall  include   a
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -284-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    statement  of  gross receipts as shown by the operator's last
 2    State income tax  return.   If  the  total  receipts  of  the
 3    business  as  reported  in the State income tax return do not
 4    agree with the gross receipts reported to the Department  for
 5    the  same  period,  the  operator  shall attach to his annual
 6    information return a schedule showing a reconciliation of the
 7    2 amounts and the reasons for the difference.  The operator's
 8    annual  information  return  to  the  Department  shall  also
 9    disclose pay roll  information  of  the  operator's  business
10    during  the  year  covered  by such return and any additional
11    reasonable information which the Department  deems  would  be
12    helpful in determining the accuracy of the monthly, quarterly
13    or  annual  tax  returns  by  such  operator  as hereinbefore
14    provided for in this Section.
15        If the annual information return required by this Section
16    is not filed when and  as  required  the  taxpayer  shall  be
17    liable  for  a  penalty in an amount determined in accordance
18    with Section 3-4 of the  Uniform  Penalty  and  Interest  Act
19    until  such  return  is  filed as required, the penalty to be
20    assessed and collected  in  the  same  manner  as  any  other
21    penalty provided for in this Act.
22        The chief executive officer, proprietor, owner or highest
23    ranking  manager  shall sign the annual return to certify the
24    accuracy of the information contained  therein.   Any  person
25    who  willfully  signs  the  annual return containing false or
26    inaccurate  information  shall  be  guilty  of  perjury   and
27    punished  accordingly.   The annual return form prescribed by
28    the Department  shall  include  a  warning  that  the  person
29    signing the return may be liable for perjury.
30        The  foregoing  portion  of  this  Section concerning the
31    filing of an annual  information return shall not apply to an
32    operator who is not required to file  an  income  tax  return
33    with the United States Government.
34    (Source:  P.A.  90-26,  eff.  7-1-97;  91-239,  eff.  1-1-00;
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -285-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    91-604, eff. 8-16-99; revised 10-27-99.)

 2        (Text of Section after amendment by P.A. 91-935)
 3        Sec.  6.  Except as provided hereinafter in this Section,
 4    on or before the last  day  of  each  calendar  month,  every
 5    person engaged in the business of renting, leasing or letting
 6    rooms  in a hotel in this State during the preceding calendar
 7    month shall file a return with the Department, stating:
 8             1.  The name of the operator;
 9             2.  His residence address and  the  address  of  his
10        principal  place  of  business  and  the  address  of the
11        principal place of  business  (if  that  is  a  different
12        address)  from  which  he  engages  in  the  business  of
13        renting,  leasing  or  letting  rooms  in a hotel in this
14        State;
15             3.  Total amount of rental receipts received by  him
16        during the preceding calendar month from renting, leasing
17        or letting rooms during such preceding calendar month;
18             4.  Total  amount of rental receipts received by him
19        during the preceding calendar month from renting, leasing
20        or letting  rooms  to  permanent  residents  during  such
21        preceding calendar month;
22             5.  Total  amount  of  other  exclusions  from gross
23        rental receipts allowed by this Act;
24             6.  Gross rental receipts which were received by him
25        during the preceding calendar month and upon the basis of
26        which the tax is imposed;
27             7.  The amount of tax due;
28             8.  Such  other  reasonable   information   as   the
29        Department may require.
30        If  the  operator's  average monthly tax liability to the
31    Department does not exceed $200, the Department may authorize
32    his returns to be filed on a quarter annual basis,  with  the
33    return  for January, February and March of a given year being
34    due by April 30 of such year; with the return for April,  May
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -286-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    and  June  of a given year being due by July 31 of such year;
 2    with the return for July, August and  September  of  a  given
 3    year  being  due  by  October  31  of such year, and with the
 4    return for October, November and December  of  a  given  year
 5    being due by January 31 of the following year.
 6        If  the  operator's  average monthly tax liability to the
 7    Department does not exceed $50, the Department may  authorize
 8    his  returns  to be filed on an annual basis, with the return
 9    for a given year being due by January  31  of  the  following
10    year.
11        Such  quarter  annual  and annual returns, as to form and
12    substance, shall be  subject  to  the  same  requirements  as
13    monthly returns.
14        Notwithstanding   any   other   provision   in  this  Act
15    concerning the time within which an  operator  may  file  his
16    return, in the case of any operator who ceases to engage in a
17    kind  of  business  which  makes  him  responsible for filing
18    returns under this Act, such  operator  shall  file  a  final
19    return  under  this  Act  with the Department not more than 1
20    month after discontinuing such business.
21        Where the same person has more than 1 business registered
22    with the Department under separate registrations  under  this
23    Act,  such person shall not file each return that is due as a
24    single return covering all such  registered  businesses,  but
25    shall   file   separate  returns  for  each  such  registered
26    business.
27        In his return, the operator shall determine the value  of
28    any  consideration  other  than  money  received  by  him  in
29    connection  with  the renting, leasing or letting of rooms in
30    the course of his business and he shall include such value in
31    his return.  Such determination shall be  subject  to  review
32    and  revision  by  the  Department  in the manner hereinafter
33    provided for the correction of returns.
34        Where the operator is a corporation, the return filed  on
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -287-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    behalf  of such corporation shall be signed by the president,
 2    vice-president, secretary or treasurer  or  by  the  properly
 3    accredited agent of such corporation.
 4        The  person  filing the return herein provided for shall,
 5    at the time of filing such return, pay to the Department  the
 6    amount of tax herein imposed.  The operator filing the return
 7    under  this Section shall, at the time of filing such return,
 8    pay to the Department the amount of tax imposed by  this  Act
 9    less  a  discount of 2.1% or $25 per calendar year, whichever
10    is greater, which is allowed to reimburse  the  operator  for
11    the  expenses  incurred  in  keeping  records,  preparing and
12    filing returns, remitting the tax and supplying data  to  the
13    Department on request.
14        There  shall  be  deposited in the Build Illinois Fund in
15    the State Treasury for each State  fiscal  year  40%  of  the
16    amount  of  total  net  proceeds  from  the  tax  imposed  by
17    subsection   (a)  of  Section  3.    Of  the  remaining  60%,
18    $5,000,000  shall  be  deposited  in  the   Illinois   Sports
19    Facilities  Fund  and  credited  to  the Subsidy Account each
20    fiscal year by making monthly deposits in the amount  of  1/8
21    of  $5,000,000  plus cumulative deficiencies in such deposits
22    for prior months,  and  an  additional  $8,000,000  shall  be
23    deposited in the Illinois Sports Facilities Fund and credited
24    to  the  Advance  Account  each fiscal year by making monthly
25    deposits  in  the  amount  of  1/8  of  $8,000,000  plus  any
26    cumulative deficiencies in such deposits  for  prior  months;
27    provided,  that  for fiscal years ending after June 30, 2001,
28    the amount to  be  so  deposited  into  the  Illinois  Sports
29    Facilities  Fund  and  credited  to  the Advance Account each
30    fiscal year shall be increased from $8,000,000  to  the  then
31    applicable  Advance  Amount and the required monthly deposits
32    beginning with July 2001 shall be in the amount of 1/8 of the
33    then  applicable   Advance   Amount   plus   any   cumulative
34    deficiencies   in  those  deposits  for  prior  months.  (The
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -288-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    deposits of the additional $8,000,000 or the then  applicable
 2    Advance  Amount, as applicable, during each fiscal year shall
 3    be treated as  advances  of  funds  to  the  Illinois  Sports
 4    Facilities Authority for its corporate purposes to the extent
 5    paid to the Authority or its trustee and shall be repaid into
 6    the  General  Revenue Fund in the State Treasury by the State
 7    Treasurer on behalf of the Authority pursuant to  Section  19
 8    of  the Illinois Sports Facilities Authority Act, as amended.
 9    If in any fiscal year the full amount of the then  applicable
10    Advance  Amount  is not repaid into the General Revenue Fund,
11    then the deficiency shall be paid  from  the  amount  in  the
12    Local  Government  Distributive  Fund that would otherwise be
13    allocated to the City of  Chicago  under  the  State  Revenue
14    Sharing Act.)
15        For   purposes  of  the  foregoing  paragraph,  the  term
16    "Advance Amount" means, for fiscal  year  2002,  $22,179,000,
17    and  for  subsequent  fiscal  years through fiscal year 2032,
18    105.615% of the Advance Amount for the immediately  preceding
19    fiscal year, rounded up to the nearest $1,000.
20        Of  the remaining 60% of the amount of total net proceeds
21    from the tax imposed by subsection (a) of Section 3 after all
22    required deposits in the Illinois Sports Facilities Fund, the
23    amount equal to 8% of the net revenue realized from the Hotel
24    Operators' Occupation Tax Act plus an amount equal to  8%  of
25    the  net  revenue realized from any tax imposed under Section
26    4.05 of the Chicago World's Fair-1992  Authority  Act  during
27    the  preceding  month shall be deposited in the Local Tourism
28    Fund each month for purposes authorized by Section 605-705 of
29    the Department of Commerce and Community Affairs Law (20 ILCS
30    605/605-705) in the Local Tourism Fund, and beginning  August
31    1,  1999  the  amount equal to 6% of the net revenue realized
32    from the Hotel  Operators'  Occupation  Tax  Act  during  the
33    preceding  month  shall  be  deposited into the International
34    Tourism Fund for the purposes authorized in Section 46.6d  of
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -289-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    the  Civil  Administrative  Code  of Illinois.   "Net revenue
 2    realized for a month" means  the  revenue  collected  by  the
 3    State  under  that  Act  during  the  previous month less the
 4    amount  paid  out  during  that  same  month  as  refunds  to
 5    taxpayers for overpayment of liability under that Act.
 6        After making all these deposits, all  other  proceeds  of
 7    the  tax  imposed  under subsection (a) of Section 3 shall be
 8    deposited in the General Revenue Fund in the State  Treasury.
 9    All moneys received by the Department from the additional tax
10    imposed  under subsection (b) of Section 3 shall be deposited
11    into the Build Illinois Fund in the State Treasury.
12        The Department may, upon separate  written  notice  to  a
13    taxpayer,  require  the taxpayer to prepare and file with the
14    Department on a form prescribed by the Department within  not
15    less  than  60  days  after  receipt  of the notice an annual
16    information return for the tax year specified in the notice.
17    Such  annual  return  to  the  Department  shall  include   a
18    statement  of  gross receipts as shown by the operator's last
19    State income tax  return.   If  the  total  receipts  of  the
20    business  as  reported  in the State income tax return do not
21    agree with the gross receipts reported to the Department  for
22    the  same  period,  the  operator  shall attach to his annual
23    information return a schedule showing a reconciliation of the
24    2 amounts and the reasons for the difference.  The operator's
25    annual  information  return  to  the  Department  shall  also
26    disclose pay roll  information  of  the  operator's  business
27    during  the  year  covered  by such return and any additional
28    reasonable information which the Department  deems  would  be
29    helpful in determining the accuracy of the monthly, quarterly
30    or  annual  tax  returns  by  such  operator  as hereinbefore
31    provided for in this Section.
32        If the annual information return required by this Section
33    is not filed when and  as  required  the  taxpayer  shall  be
34    liable  for  a  penalty in an amount determined in accordance
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -290-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    with Section 3-4 of the  Uniform  Penalty  and  Interest  Act
 2    until  such  return  is  filed as required, the penalty to be
 3    assessed and collected  in  the  same  manner  as  any  other
 4    penalty provided for in this Act.
 5        The chief executive officer, proprietor, owner or highest
 6    ranking  manager  shall sign the annual return to certify the
 7    accuracy of the information contained  therein.   Any  person
 8    who  willfully  signs  the  annual return containing false or
 9    inaccurate  information  shall  be  guilty  of  perjury   and
10    punished  accordingly.   The annual return form prescribed by
11    the Department  shall  include  a  warning  that  the  person
12    signing the return may be liable for perjury.
13        The  foregoing  portion  of  this  Section concerning the
14    filing of an annual  information return shall not apply to an
15    operator who is not required to file  an  income  tax  return
16    with the United States Government.
17    (Source:  P.A.  90-26,  eff.  7-1-97;  91-239,  eff.  1-1-00;
18    91-604, eff. 8-16-99; 91-935, eff. 6-1-01.)

19        Section 38.  The Property Tax Code is amended by changing
20    Sections  15-35,  15-105,  and  27-10  and  setting forth and
21    renumbering multiple versions of the Article 10, Division  11
22    heading and Sections 10-235 and 10-240 as follows:

23        (35 ILCS 200/Art. 10, Div. 11 heading)
24                  DIVISION 11.  LOW-INCOME HOUSING

25        (35 ILCS 200/10-235)
26        Sec.  10-235.  Section  515  low-income  housing  project
27    valuation policy; intent. It is the policy of this State that
28    low-income  housing projects under Section 515 of the federal
29    Housing Act shall be valued at 33 and  one-third  percent  of
30    the  fair  market value of their economic productivity to the
31    owners of the projects to help insure  that  their  valuation
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -291-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    for  property  taxation does not result in taxes so high that
 2    rent levels must be raised to  cover  this  project  expense,
 3    which  can cause excess vacancies, project loan defaults, and
 4    eventual loss of rental housing facilities for those most  in
 5    need of them, low-income families and the elderly.  It is the
 6    intent  of  this  State  that  the valuation required by this
 7    Division is the closest representation of cash value required
 8    by law and is the method established as proper and fair.
 9    (Source: P.A. 91-651, eff. 1-1-00.)

10        (35 ILCS 200/10-240)
11        Sec. 10-240. Definition of Section 515 low-income housing
12    projects.  "Section 515  low-income  housing  projects"  mean
13    rental apartment facilities (i) developed and managed under a
14    United  States Department of Agriculture Rural Rental Housing
15    Program designed to provide  affordable  housing  to  low  to
16    moderate  income  families  and  seniors in rural communities
17    with populations under 20,000, (ii) that receive a subsidy in
18    the  form  of  a  1%  loan  interest  rate  and   a   50-year
19    amortization  of the mortgage, (iii) that would not have been
20    built without a Section 515 interest credit subsidy, and (iv)
21    where the owners of the projects are  limited  to  an  annual
22    profit  of  an 8% return on a 5% equity investment, which may
23    result in a modest cash flow to owners of the projects unless
24    actual expenses,  including  property  taxes,  exceed  budget
25    projections, in which case no profit may be realized.
26    (Source: P.A. 91-651, eff. 1-1-00.)

27        (35 ILCS 200/10-260)
28        Sec.  10-260. 10-235. Low-income housing.  In determining
29    the fair cash value of property receiving benefits  from  the
30    Low-Income Housing Tax Credit authorized by Section 42 of the
31    Internal  Revenue Code, 26 U.S.C. 42, emphasis shall be given
32    to the income approach, except in those  circumstances  where
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -292-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    another method is clearly more appropriate.
 2    (Source: P.A. 91-502, eff. 8-13-99; revised 1-10-00.)

 3        (35 ILCS 200/Art. 10, Div. 12 heading)
 4          DIVISION 12. 11.  VETERANS ORGANIZATION PROPERTY

 5        (35 ILCS 200/10-300)
 6        Sec.  10-300.  10-240.  Veterans  organization assessment
 7    freeze.
 8        (a)  For  the  taxable  year  2000  and  thereafter,  the
 9    assessed value of real property owned and used by a  veterans
10    organization chartered under federal law, on which is located
11    the  principal  building for the post, camp, or chapter, must
12    be frozen by the chief county assessment officer at  (i)  15%
13    of  the 1999 assessed value of the property for property that
14    qualifies for the assessment freeze in taxable year  2000  or
15    (ii)  15%  of  the  assessed  value  of  the property for the
16    taxable year  that  the  property  first  qualifies  for  the
17    assessment  freeze after taxable year 2000.  If, in any year,
18    improvements or additions are made to the property that would
19    increase the assessed value of the property were it  not  for
20    this  Section,  then  15%  of  the  assessed  value  of  such
21    improvements shall be added to the assessment of the property
22    for  that  year  and  all  subsequent  years  the property is
23    eligible for the freeze.
24        (b)  The veterans organization must  annually  submit  an
25    application  to  the  chief  county  assessment officer on or
26    before (i) January 31 of the assessment year in counties with
27    a population of 3,000,000 or more and (ii) December 31 of the
28    assessment  year  in  all  other   counties.    The   initial
29    application  must  contain  the  information  required by the
30    Department  of  Revenue,  including  (i)  a   copy   of   the
31    organization's  congressional  charter,  (ii) the location or
32    description of the property on which is located the principal
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -293-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    building for the post, camp,  or  chapter,  (iii)  a  written
 2    instrument  evidencing  that  the  organization is the record
 3    owner or has a legal or equitable interest in  the  property,
 4    (iv)  an affidavit that the organization is liable for paying
 5    the  real  property  taxes  on  the  property,  and  (v)  the
 6    signature of  the  organization's  chief  presiding  officer.
 7    Subsequent  applications  shall  include  any  changes in the
 8    initial application and shall be signed by the organization's
 9    chief  presiding  officer.    All   applications   shall   be
10    notarized.
11        (c)  This Section shall not apply to parcels exempt under
12    Section 15-145.
13    (Source: P.A. 91-635, eff. 8-20-99; revised 1-10-00.)

14        (35 ILCS 200/15-35)
15        Sec. 15-35.  Schools.  All property donated by the United
16    States  for school purposes, and all property of schools, not
17    sold or leased or otherwise used with a view  to  profit,  is
18    exempt,  whether  owned by a resident or non-resident of this
19    State or by a corporation incorporated in any  state  of  the
20    United States.  Also exempt is:
21             (a)  property  of  schools  which  is  leased  to  a
22        municipality  to  be  used  for  municipal  purposes on a
23        not-for-profit basis;
24             (b)  property of schools on which  the  schools  are
25        located  and  any  other  property of schools used by the
26        schools exclusively for school purposes,  including,  but
27        not  limited to, student residence halls, dormitories and
28        other housing facilities for students and  their  spouses
29        and  children, staff housing facilities, and school-owned
30        and operated dormitory or  residence  halls  occupied  in
31        whole  or in part by students who belong to fraternities,
32        sororities, or other campus organizations;
33             (c)  property donated, granted, received or used for
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -294-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        public school, college, theological seminary, university,
 2        or other educational purposes, whether held in  trust  or
 3        absolutely;
 4             (d)  in  counties with more than 200,000 inhabitants
 5        which classify property, property (including interests in
 6        land and other facilities) on or  adjacent  to  (even  if
 7        separated by a public street, alley, sidewalk, parkway or
 8        other  public  way)  the  grounds  of  a  school, if that
 9        property is used by an academic, research or professional
10        society, institute,  association  or  organization  which
11        serves  the  advancement of learning in a field or fields
12        of study taught by the school and which property  is  not
13        used with a view to profit; and
14             (e)  property   owned  by  a  school  district.  The
15        exemption under this subsection is not  affected  by  any
16        transaction  in  which,  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining
17        financing,  the  school district, directly or indirectly,
18        leases or otherwise transfers the property to another for
19        which or whom property  is  not  exempt  and  immediately
20        after  the  lease  or transfer enters into a leaseback or
21        other agreement that directly  or  indirectly  gives  the
22        school  district a right to use, control, and possess the
23        property.  In the case of a conveyance of  the  property,
24        the school district must retain an option to purchase the
25        property  at  a  future  date  or, within the limitations
26        period for reverters, the property must  revert  back  to
27        the school district.
28                  (1)  If  the  property  has  been  conveyed  as
29             described  in  this  subsection,  the property is no
30             longer exempt under this  Section  as  of  the  date
31             when:
32                       (A)  the  right  of the school district to
33                  use,  control,  and  possess  the  property  is
34                  terminated;
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -295-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1                       (B)  the school district no longer has  an
 2                  option  to  purchase  or  otherwise acquire the
 3                  property; and
 4                       (C)  there is no provision for a  reverter
 5                  of  the  property to the school district within
 6                  the limitations period for reverters.
 7                  (2)  Pursuant to Sections 15-15  and  15-20  of
 8             this  Code,  the  school  district  shall notify the
 9             chief county assessment officer of  any  transaction
10             under  this subsection.  The chief county assessment
11             officer  shall  determine  initial  and   continuing
12             compliance  with the requirements of this subsection
13             for tax exemption.   Failure  to  notify  the  chief
14             county  assessment  officer  of  a transaction under
15             this subsection or  to  otherwise  comply  with  the
16             requirements  of  Sections  15-15  and 15-20 of this
17             Code shall, in the discretion of  the  chief  county
18             assessment  officer,  constitute  cause to terminate
19             the exemption, notwithstanding any  other  provision
20             of this Code.
21                  (3)  No  provision  of this subsection shall be
22             construed to affect the  obligation  of  the  school
23             district  to which an exemption certificate has been
24             issued under this Section from its obligation  under
25             Section  15-10  of  this  Code  to  file  an  annual
26             certificate  of status or to notify the chief county
27             assessment officer of transfers of interest or other
28             changes in the status of the property as required by
29             this Code.
30                  (4)  The changes made by this amendatory Act of
31             the  91st  General  Assembly  are   declarative   of
32             existing  law  and  shall  not be construed as a new
33             enactment; and.
34             (f)  (e)  in  counties  with   more   than   200,000
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -296-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        inhabitants   which  classify  property,  property  of  a
 2        corporation, which is an exempt  entity  under  paragraph
 3        (3) of Section 501(c) of the Internal Revenue Code or its
 4        successor  law, used by the corporation for the following
 5        purposes:   (1)  conducting  continuing   education   for
 6        professional  development  of personnel in energy-related
 7        industries;  (2)  maintaining   a   library   of   energy
 8        technology  information  available  to  students  and the
 9        public free of charge; and  (3)  conducting  research  in
10        energy  and  environment, which research results could be
11        ultimately accessible to persons involved in education.
12    (Source: P.A. 90-655, eff.  7-30-98;  91-513,  eff.  8-13-99;
13    91-578, eff. 8-14-99; revised 10-20-99.)

14        (35 ILCS 200/15-105)
15        Sec. 15-105.  Park and conservation districts.
16        (a)  All  property within a park or conservation district
17    with 2,000,000 or more inhabitants and owned by that district
18    is exempt, as is all property located  outside  the  district
19    but  owned  by  it and used as a nursery, garden, or farm for
20    the growing of shrubs, trees, flowers and plants for  use  in
21    beautifying,  maintaining  and  operating playgrounds, parks,
22    parkways, public grounds, and buildings owned  or  controlled
23    by the district.
24        (b)  All  property  belonging to any park or conservation
25    district with less than 2,000,000 inhabitants is exempt.  All
26    property leased to such park district for $1 or less per year
27    and  used exclusively as open space for recreational purposes
28    not exceeding 50 acres in the aggregate for each district  is
29    exempt.
30        (c)  Also  exempt  is  All  property  belonging to a park
31    district  organized  pursuant  to  the  Metro-East  Park  and
32    Recreation District Act is exempt.
33    (Source: P.A. 91-103, eff.  7-13-99;  91-490,  eff.  8-13-99;
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -297-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    revised 10-7-99.)

 2        (35 ILCS 200/27-10)
 3        Sec.  27-10.  Providing special services.  In any case in
 4    which a municipality or county exercises the power granted in
 5    item Part (6) of Section 7 of Article  VII  of  the  Illinois
 6    Constitution,  or  in  item  (2)  of subsection (l) Part (2),
 7    paragraph L of Section 6 of  Article  VII,  of  the  Illinois
 8    Constitution  to  provide  special services, a tax to provide
 9    those special services service or provide for the payment  of
10    debt  incurred for that purpose shall be levied or imposed in
11    accordance with this Article.
12    (Source: P.A. 78-901; 88-455; revised 2-9-00.)

13        Section 39.   The  Motor  Fuel  Tax  Law  is  amended  by
14    changing Sections 1.2, 1.14, and 8 as follows:

15        (35 ILCS 505/1.2) (from Ch. 120, par. 417.2)
16        Sec.  1.2. Distributor.  "Distributor" means a person who
17    either  (i)   produces,   refines,   blends,   compounds   or
18    manufactures  motor  fuel  in  this State, or (ii) transports
19    motor  fuel  into  this  State,  or  (iii)  engages  in   the
20    distribution  of  motor  fuel  primarily  by tank car or tank
21    truck, or both, and who operates an Illinois bulk plant where
22    he or she has active bulk storage capacity of not  less  than
23    30,000 gallons for gasoline as defined in item (A) of Section
24    5 of this Law.
25        "Distributor"  does  not,  however,  include a person who
26    receives or transports into this  State  and  sells  or  uses
27    motor   fuel   under   such  circumstances  as  preclude  the
28    collection of the  tax  herein  imposed,  by  reason  of  the
29    provisions  of  the  constitution  and statutes of the United
30    States. However, a person operating a motor vehicle into  the
31    State,  may  transport  motor  fuel in the ordinary fuel tank
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -298-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    attached to the motor vehicle for the operation of the  motor
 2    vehicle,   without   being  considered  a  distributor.   Any
 3    railroad licensed as a bulk user and registered under Section
 4    18c-7201 of the Illinois Vehicle  Code  may  deliver  special
 5    fuel  directly  into  the  fuel  supply  tank of a locomotive
 6    owned,  operated,  or  controlled  by  any   other   railroad
 7    registered  under  Section  18c-7201  of the Illinois Vehicle
 8    Code without being considered a distributor.
 9    (Source: P.A. 91-173,  eff.  1-1-00;  91-198,  eff.  7-20-99;
10    revised 10-12-99.)

11        (35 ILCS 505/1.14) (from Ch. 120, par. 417.14)
12        Sec.  1.14.  Supplier.  "Supplier" means any person other
13    than a licensed distributor who (i) transports  special  fuel
14    into  this  State  or  (ii)  engages  in  the distribution of
15    special fuel primarily by tank car or tank  truck,  or  both,
16    and  who  operates an Illinois bulk plant where he has active
17    bulk storage capacity of not less  than  30,000  gallons  for
18    special fuel as defined in Section 1.13 of this Law.
19        "Supplier"  does  not,  however,  include  a  person  who
20    receives  or  transports  into  this  State and sells or uses
21    special  fuel  under  such  circumstances  as  preclude   the
22    collection  of  the  tax  herein  imposed,  by  reason of the
23    provisions of the Constitution and laws of the United States.
24    However, a person operating a motor vehicle into  the  State,
25    may transport special fuel in the ordinary fuel tank attached
26    to  the  motor vehicle for the operation of the motor vehicle
27    without being considered a supplier. Any railroad licensed as
28    a bulk user and registered  under  Section  18c-7201  of  the
29    Illinois  Vehicle Code may deliver special fuel directly into
30    the fuel supply tank of  a  locomotive  owned,  operated,  or
31    controlled  by  any  other  railroad registered under Section
32    18c-7201  of  the  Illinois  Vehicle   Code   without   being
33    considered a supplier.
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -299-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    (Source:  P.A.  91-173,  eff.  1-1-00;  91-198, eff. 7-20-99;
 2    revised 10-12-99.)

 3        (35 ILCS 505/8) (from Ch. 120, par. 424)
 4        Sec. 8.  Except as provided in Sections 8a and 13a.6  and
 5    items 13, 14, 15, and 16 of Section 15, all money received by
 6    the Department under this Act, including payments made to the
 7    Department  by  member  jurisdictions  participating  in  the
 8    International  Fuel  Tax  Agreement,  shall be deposited in a
 9    special fund in the State treasury, to be known as the "Motor
10    Fuel Tax Fund", and shall be used as follows:
11        (a)  2 1/2 cents per  gallon  of  the  tax  collected  on
12    special fuel under paragraph (b) of Section 2 and Section 13a
13    of  this  Act  shall be transferred to the State Construction
14    Account Fund in the State Treasury;
15        (b)  $420,000 shall be  transferred  each  month  to  the
16    State  Boating  Act  Fund  to  be  used  by the Department of
17    Natural Resources for the purposes specified in Article X  of
18    the Boat Registration and Safety Act;
19        (c)  $2,250,000  shall  be  transferred each month to the
20    Grade Crossing Protection Fund to be  used  as  follows:  not
21    less  than  $6,000,000 each fiscal year shall be used for the
22    construction  or  reconstruction  of   rail   highway   grade
23    separation  structures;  beginning  with fiscal year 1997 and
24    ending in fiscal year 2000, $1,500,000, beginning with fiscal
25    year 2001 and ending in fiscal  year  2003,  $2,250,000,  and
26    $750,000  in fiscal year 2004 and each fiscal year thereafter
27    shall be transferred to the  Transportation  Regulatory  Fund
28    and  shall  be  accounted  for  as  part  of the rail carrier
29    portion of such funds and shall be used to pay  the  cost  of
30    administration of the Illinois Commerce Commission's railroad
31    safety program in connection with its duties under subsection
32    (3)  of  Section  18c-7401 of the Illinois Vehicle Code, with
33    the remainder to be used by the Department of  Transportation
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -300-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    upon  order  of the Illinois Commerce Commission, to pay that
 2    part of the cost apportioned by such Commission to the  State
 3    to  cover  the interest of the public in the use of highways,
 4    roads, streets, or pedestrian walkways in the county  highway
 5    system,  township  and  district  road  system,  or municipal
 6    street system as defined in the Illinois Highway Code, as the
 7    same may from time to time  be  amended,  for  separation  of
 8    grades,  for  installation, construction or reconstruction of
 9    crossing protection or reconstruction, alteration, relocation
10    including construction or improvement of any existing highway
11    necessary for access to property or improvement of any  grade
12    crossing  including  the necessary highway approaches thereto
13    of any railroad across the highway or public road, or for the
14    installation, construction, reconstruction, or maintenance of
15    a pedestrian walkway over or under a  railroad  right-of-way,
16    as provided for in and in accordance with Section 18c-7401 of
17    the  Illinois  Vehicle  Code.  The Commission shall not order
18    more than $2,000,000 per year in  Grade  Crossing  Protection
19    Fund  moneys for pedestrian walkways.  In entering orders for
20    projects  for  which  payments  from   the   Grade   Crossing
21    Protection  Fund  will  be made, the Commission shall account
22    for expenditures authorized by the orders on  a  cash  rather
23    than  an  accrual basis.  For purposes of this requirement an
24    "accrual basis" assumes that the total cost of the project is
25    expended in the fiscal year in which the  order  is  entered,
26    while  a "cash basis" allocates the cost of the project among
27    fiscal years as expenditures are actually made.  To meet  the
28    requirements   of  this  subsection,  the  Illinois  Commerce
29    Commission shall develop annual and 5-year project  plans  of
30    rail crossing capital improvements that will be paid for with
31    moneys  from  the Grade Crossing Protection Fund.  The annual
32    project plan  shall  identify  projects  for  the  succeeding
33    fiscal  year  and  the  5-year  project  plan  shall identify
34    projects for the 5 directly  succeeding  fiscal  years.   The
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -301-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    Commission  shall  submit the annual and 5-year project plans
 2    for this Fund to the Governor, the President of  the  Senate,
 3    the  Senate  Minority  Leader,  the  Speaker  of the House of
 4    Representatives, and the Minority  Leader  of  the  House  of
 5    Representatives on the first Wednesday in April of each year;
 6        (d)  of  the  amount remaining after allocations provided
 7    for in subsections (a), (b)  and  (c),  a  sufficient  amount
 8    shall be reserved to pay all of the following:
 9             (1)  the  costs  of  the  Department  of  Revenue in
10        administering this Act;
11             (2)  the costs of the Department  of  Transportation
12        in  performing its duties imposed by the Illinois Highway
13        Code for supervising the use  of  motor  fuel  tax  funds
14        apportioned   to   municipalities,   counties   and  road
15        districts;
16             (3)  refunds provided for in Section 13 of this  Act
17        and  under  the  terms  of  the  International  Fuel  Tax
18        Agreement referenced in Section 14a;
19             (4)  from  October  1, 1985 until June 30, 1994, the
20        administration of the Vehicle Emissions  Inspection  Law,
21        which   amount   shall   be   certified  monthly  by  the
22        Environmental Protection Agency to the State  Comptroller
23        and   shall   promptly   be   transferred  by  the  State
24        Comptroller and Treasurer from the Motor Fuel Tax Fund to
25        the Vehicle Inspection Fund, and for the period  July  1,
26        1994   through   June   30,  2000  2006,  one-twelfth  of
27        $25,000,000 each month, and for the period July  1,  2000
28        through  June  30,  2006, one-twelfth of $30,000,000 each
29        month, for the administration of  the  Vehicle  Emissions
30        Inspection  Law  of  1995, to be transferred by the State
31        Comptroller and Treasurer from the Motor  Fuel  Tax  Fund
32        into the Vehicle Inspection Fund;
33             (5)  amounts  ordered  paid  by the Court of Claims;
34        and
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -302-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1             (6)  payment of motor fuel use taxes due  to  member
 2        jurisdictions  under  the terms of the International Fuel
 3        Tax  Agreement.   The  Department  shall  certify   these
 4        amounts to the Comptroller by the 15th day of each month;
 5        the  Comptroller  shall cause orders to be drawn for such
 6        amounts, and the Treasurer shall administer those amounts
 7        on or before the last day of each month;
 8        (e)  after allocations for  the  purposes  set  forth  in
 9    subsections (a), (b), (c) and (d), the remaining amount shall
10    be apportioned as follows:
11             (1)  Until  January  1,  2000,  58.4%, and beginning
12        January 1, 2000, 45.6% shall be deposited as follows:
13                  (A)  37% into the  State  Construction  Account
14             Fund, and
15                  (B)  63%  into  the  Road  Fund,  $1,250,000 of
16             which  shall  be  reserved  each   month   for   the
17             Department   of   Transportation   to   be  used  in
18             accordance with the  provisions  of  Sections  6-901
19             through 6-906 of the Illinois Highway Code;
20             (2)  Until  January  1,  2000,  41.6%, and beginning
21        January 1,  2000,  54.4%  shall  be  transferred  to  the
22        Department   of   Transportation  to  be  distributed  as
23        follows:
24                  (A)  49.10% to the municipalities of the State,
25                  (B)  16.74% to the counties of the State having
26             1,000,000 or more inhabitants,
27                  (C)  18.27% to the counties of the State having
28             less than 1,000,000 inhabitants,
29                  (D)  15.89% to the road districts of the State.
30        As soon as may be after the first day of each  month  the
31    Department of Transportation shall allot to each municipality
32    its   share   of   the  amount  apportioned  to  the  several
33    municipalities which shall be in proportion to the population
34    of such municipalities as determined by  the  last  preceding
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -303-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    municipal  census  if  conducted by the Federal Government or
 2    Federal census. If territory is annexed to  any  municipality
 3    subsequent  to  the  time  of  the  last preceding census the
 4    corporate authorities of such municipality may cause a census
 5    to be taken of such annexed territory and the  population  so
 6    ascertained   for  such  territory  shall  be  added  to  the
 7    population of the municipality  as  determined  by  the  last
 8    preceding census for the purpose of determining the allotment
 9    for that municipality.  If the population of any municipality
10    was  not  determined by the last Federal census preceding any
11    apportionment, the apportionment to such  municipality  shall
12    be  in accordance with any census taken by such municipality.
13    Any municipal census used in  accordance  with  this  Section
14    shall be certified to the Department of Transportation by the
15    clerk of such municipality, and the accuracy thereof shall be
16    subject  to  approval  of  the Department which may make such
17    corrections as it ascertains to be necessary.
18        As soon as may be after the first day of each  month  the
19    Department  of  Transportation shall allot to each county its
20    share of the amount apportioned to the  several  counties  of
21    the  State  as herein provided. Each allotment to the several
22    counties having less than 1,000,000 inhabitants shall  be  in
23    proportion  to  the  amount  of  motor  vehicle  license fees
24    received from the residents of such  counties,  respectively,
25    during  the  preceding  calendar year. The Secretary of State
26    shall, on or before April 15 of each year,  transmit  to  the
27    Department  of  Transportation  a  full  and  complete report
28    showing the amount of motor  vehicle  license  fees  received
29    from  the  residents of each county, respectively, during the
30    preceding calendar year.  The  Department  of  Transportation
31    shall,  each  month, use for allotment purposes the last such
32    report received from the Secretary of State.
33        As soon as may be after the first day of each month,  the
34    Department  of  Transportation  shall  allot  to  the several
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -304-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    counties their share of the amount apportioned for the use of
 2    road districts.  The allotment shall be apportioned among the
 3    several counties in the State in  the  proportion  which  the
 4    total mileage of township or district roads in the respective
 5    counties  bears  to  the  total  mileage  of all township and
 6    district roads in the State. Funds allotted to the respective
 7    counties for the use  of  road  districts  therein  shall  be
 8    allocated  to the several road districts in the county in the
 9    proportion which  the  total  mileage  of  such  township  or
10    district  roads in the respective road districts bears to the
11    total mileage of all such township or district roads  in  the
12    county.   After  July  1  of any year, no allocation shall be
13    made for any road district unless it levied a  tax  for  road
14    and  bridge  purposes  in  an  amount  which will require the
15    extension of such tax against the  taxable  property  in  any
16    such  road district at a rate of not less than either .08% of
17    the value thereof, based upon the  assessment  for  the  year
18    immediately  prior  to  the year in which such tax was levied
19    and as equalized by the Department of Revenue or,  in  DuPage
20    County,  an  amount equal to or greater than $12,000 per mile
21    of  road  under  the  jurisdiction  of  the  road   district,
22    whichever is less.  If any road district has levied a special
23    tax  for  road purposes pursuant to Sections 6-601, 6-602 and
24    6-603 of the Illinois Highway Code, and such tax  was  levied
25    in  an  amount which would require extension at a rate of not
26    less than .08% of the value of the taxable property  thereof,
27    as equalized or assessed by the Department of Revenue, or, in
28    DuPage County, an amount equal to or greater than $12,000 per
29    mile  of  road  under  the jurisdiction of the road district,
30    whichever is less, such levy  shall,  however,  be  deemed  a
31    proper  compliance  with  this Section and shall qualify such
32    road district for an allotment  under  this  Section.   If  a
33    township  has  transferred  to the road and bridge fund money
34    which, when added to the amount of any tax levy of  the  road
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -305-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    district  would  be  the  equivalent  of a tax levy requiring
 2    extension at a rate of at least .08%,  or, in DuPage  County,
 3    an  amount  equal to or greater than $12,000 per mile of road
 4    under the jurisdiction of the  road  district,  whichever  is
 5    less,  such  transfer, together with any such tax levy, shall
 6    be deemed a proper compliance with  this  Section  and  shall
 7    qualify  the  road  district  for  an  allotment  under  this
 8    Section.
 9        In  counties in which a property tax extension limitation
10    is imposed under the Property Tax Extension  Limitation  Law,
11    road  districts  may retain their entitlement to a motor fuel
12    tax allotment if, at the  time  the  property  tax  extension
13    limitation  was imposed, the road district was levying a road
14    and bridge tax at a rate sufficient to entitle it to a  motor
15    fuel   tax  allotment  and  continues  to  levy  the  maximum
16    allowable amount after the imposition  of  the  property  tax
17    extension   limitation.    Any   road  district  may  in  all
18    circumstances retain its entitlement  to  a  motor  fuel  tax
19    allotment  if  it  levied  a road and bridge tax in an amount
20    that will require  the  extension  of  the  tax  against  the
21    taxable  property  in the road district at a rate of not less
22    than 0.08% of the assessed value of the property, based  upon
23    the assessment for the year immediately preceding the year in
24    which  the  tax was levied and as equalized by the Department
25    of Revenue or, in  DuPage  County,  an  amount  equal  to  or
26    greater  than $12,000 per mile of road under the jurisdiction
27    of the road district, whichever is less.
28        As used in this Section the term  "road  district"  means
29    any  road  district,  including  a county unit road district,
30    provided for by the  Illinois  Highway  Code;  and  the  term
31    "township  or  district  road" means any road in the township
32    and district road system as defined in the  Illinois  Highway
33    Code.  For the purposes of this Section, "road district" also
34    includes   park  districts,  forest  preserve  districts  and
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -306-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    conservation  districts  organized  under  Illinois  law  and
 2    "township or district road" also includes such roads  as  are
 3    maintained  by  park districts, forest preserve districts and
 4    conservation districts.   The  Department  of  Transportation
 5    shall  determine  the  mileage  of  all township and district
 6    roads for the purposes of making allotments  and  allocations
 7    of motor fuel tax funds for use in road districts.
 8        Payment  of  motor  fuel tax moneys to municipalities and
 9    counties  shall  be  made  as  soon  as  possible  after  the
10    allotment is made.  The  treasurer  of  the  municipality  or
11    county may invest these funds until their use is required and
12    the  interest earned by these investments shall be limited to
13    the same uses as the principal funds.
14    (Source: P.A. 90-110, eff.  7-14-97;  90-655,  eff.  7-30-98;
15    90-659, eff. 1-1-99; 90-691, eff. 1-1-99; 91-37, eff. 7-1-99;
16    91-59,  eff.  6-30-99;  91-173,  eff.  1-1-00;  91-357,  eff.
17    7-29-99;  91-704,  eff.  7-1-00; 91-725, eff. 6-2-00; 91-794,
18    eff. 6-9-00; revised 6-28-00.)

19        Section   39.5.    The    Telecommunications    Municipal
20    Infrastructure  Maintenance  Fee  Act  is amended by changing
21    Section 22 as follows:

22        (35 ILCS 635/22)
23        Sec. 22. Certificates.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any
24    person   to   engage  in  business  as  a  telecommunications
25    telecomunications retailer in this State within  the  meaning
26    of  this  Act  without first having obtained a certificate of
27    registration to do so from the Department.   Application  for
28    the  certificate  shall  be  made to the Department in a form
29    prescribed and furnished by the  Department.  Each  applicant
30    for  a  certificate shall furnish to the Department on a form
31    prescribed by the Department  and  signed  by  the  applicant
32    under penalties of perjury, the following information:
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -307-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1             (1)  The name of the applicant.
 2             (2)  The  address  of  the  location  at  which  the
 3        applicant   proposes   to   engage   in   business  as  a
 4        telecommunications retailer in this State.
 5             (3)  Other information the Department may reasonably
 6        require.
 7        The Department, upon receipt of an application in  proper
 8    form,  shall  issue to the applicant a certificate, in a form
 9    prescribed  by  the  Department,  which  shall   permit   the
10    applicant  to  whom  it  is issued to engage in business as a
11    telecommunications retailer at the place shown on his or  her
12    application.    No  certificate  issued  under  this  Act  is
13    transferable  or  assignable.  No certificate shall be issued
14    to any person who is in default to the State of Illinois  for
15    moneys  due  under this Act or any other tax Act administered
16    by the Department. Any person aggrieved by  any  decision  of
17    the  Department  under this Section may, within 20 days after
18    notice of such  decision,  protest  and  request  a  hearing,
19    whereupon  the Department shall give notice to such person of
20    the time and place fixed for such hearing and  shall  hold  a
21    hearing  in  conformity  with  the provisions of this Act and
22    then issue its final administrative decision in the matter to
23    such person.  In the absence of  such  a  protest  within  20
24    days,  the  Department's  decision shall become final without
25    any further determination being made or notice given.
26        The Department may, in its discretion, upon  application,
27    authorize  the  payment of the fees imposed under this Act by
28    any telecommunications retailer not otherwise subject to  the
29    fees  imposed  under this Act who, to the satisfaction of the
30    Department, furnishes adequate security to ensure payment  of
31    the  fees.   The telecommunications retailer shall be issued,
32    without charge, a certificate to remit  the  fees.   When  so
33    authorized,  it  shall  be the duty of the telecommunications
34    retailer to remit the fees imposed  upon  the  gross  charges
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -308-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    charged   by   the  telecommunications  retailer  to  service
 2    addresses in this State for telecommunications  in  the  same
 3    manner   and   subject   to   the   same  requirements  as  a
 4    telecommunications retailer operating within this State.
 5    (Source: P.A. 90-562, eff. 12-16-97; revised 9-22-00.)

 6        Section 40.  The Illinois  Pension  Code  is  amended  by
 7    changing  Sections  1-109.1, 7-109.3, 15-136, 15-139, 15-154,
 8    and 16-138 as follows:

 9        (40 ILCS 5/1-109.1) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 1-109.1)
10        Sec. 1-109.1.  Allocation  and  Delegation  of  Fiduciary
11    Duties.
12        (1)  Subject to the provisions of Section 22A-113 of this
13    Code  and  subsections (2) and (3) of this Section, the board
14    of  trustees  of  a  retirement  system   or   pension   fund
15    established under this Code may:
16             (a)  Appoint  one  or  more  investment  managers as
17        fiduciaries to manage (including the power to acquire and
18        dispose of)  any  assets  of  the  retirement  system  or
19        pension fund; and
20             (b)  Allocate  duties among themselves and designate
21        others as fiduciaries to  carry  out  specific  fiduciary
22        activities other than the management of the assets of the
23        retirement system or pension fund.
24        (2)  The  board of trustees of a pension fund established
25    under Article 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 or 17 of this  Code  may
26    not  transfer  its  investment  authority,  nor  transfer the
27    assets of the fund to any other  person  or  entity  for  the
28    purpose of consolidating or merging its assets and management
29    with  any  other pension fund or public investment authority,
30    unless the board  resolution  authorizing  such  transfer  is
31    submitted  for approval to the contributors and pensioners of
32    the fund at elections held not less than 30  days  after  the
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -309-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    adoption of such resolution by the board, and such resolution
 2    is  approved  by a majority of the votes cast on the question
 3    in  both  the  contributors  election  and   the   pensioners
 4    election.    The   election   procedures  and  qualifications
 5    governing  the  election  of  trustees   shall   govern   the
 6    submission  of resolutions for approval under this paragraph,
 7    insofar as they may be made applicable.
 8        (3)   Pursuant to subsections (h) and (i) of Section 6 of
 9    Article VII of  the  Illinois  Constitution,  the  investment
10    authority  of  boards  of  trustees of retirement systems and
11    pension funds established under this Code is declared to be a
12    subject of exclusive State jurisdiction, and  the  concurrent
13    exercise  by  a  home  rule  unit of any power affecting such
14    investment  authority  is  hereby  specifically  denied   and
15    preempted.
16        (4)  For  the purposes of this Code, "emerging investment
17    manager" means a qualified investment adviser that manages an
18    investment portfolio of at least $10,000,000  but  less  than
19    $400,000,000  on  January  1,  1993  and is a "minority owned
20    business" or "female  owned  business"  as  those  terms  are
21    defined  in  the  Minority and Female Business Enterprise for
22    Minorities, Females, and Persons with Disabilities Act.
23        It is hereby declared to be  the  public  policy  of  the
24    State  of  Illinois  to  encourage  the  trustees  of  public
25    employee   retirement  systems  to  use  emerging  investment
26    managers in managing their system's assets  to  the  greatest
27    extent  feasible within the bounds of financial and fiduciary
28    prudence,  and  to  take  affirmative  steps  to  remove  any
29    barriers to the full  participation  of  emerging  investment
30    managers   in  investment  opportunities  afforded  by  those
31    retirement systems.
32        Each retirement system subject to this Code shall prepare
33    a report to be submitted to  the  Governor  and  the  General
34    Assembly  by  September  1  of  each  year.  The report shall
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -310-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    identify the emerging investment managers used by the system,
 2    the percentage of the system's assets  under  the  investment
 3    control  of  emerging investment managers, and the actions it
 4    has undertaken to increase the  use  of  emerging  investment
 5    managers,  including encouraging other investment managers to
 6    use emerging investment managers as subcontractors  when  the
 7    opportunity arises.
 8        The  use  of  an  emerging  investment  manager  does not
 9    constitute  a  transfer  of  investment  authority  for   the
10    purposes of subsection (2) of this Section.
11    (Source: P.A. 86-1488; 87-1265; revised 8-23-99)

12        (40 ILCS 5/7-109.3) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 7-109.3)
13        Sec. 7-109.3.  "Sheriff's Law Enforcement Employees".
14        (a)  "Sheriff's   law  enforcement  employee"  or  "SLEP"
15    means:
16             (1)  A county sheriff and all deputies,  other  than
17        special  deputies,  employed  on a full time basis in the
18        office of the sheriff.
19             (2)  A person who has elected to participate in this
20        Fund under Section 3-109.1  of  this  Code,  and  who  is
21        employed  by  a  participating  municipality  to  perform
22        police duties.
23             (3)  A  law  enforcement  officer employed on a full
24        time basis by a Forest Preserve District,  provided  that
25        such officer shall be deemed a "sheriff's law enforcement
26        employee"  for  the purposes of this Article, and service
27        in that capacity shall be  deemed  to  be  service  as  a
28        sheriff's  law enforcement employee, only if the board of
29        commissioners of the District have so elected by adoption
30        of an affirmative resolution.  Such election, once  made,
31        may not be rescinded.
32             (4)  A  person not eligible to participate in a fund
33        established under Article 3 of this Code who is  employed
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -311-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        on  a  full-time basis by a participating municipality or
 2        participating instrumentality to perform police duties at
 3        an airport, but only if the governing  authority  of  the
 4        employer  has approved sheriff's law enforcement employee
 5        status for its airport police employees by adoption of an
 6        affirmative resolution.  Such approval, once  given,  may
 7        not be rescinded.
 8        (b)  An  employee  who  is  a  sheriff's  law enforcement
 9    employee and is granted military leave or authorized leave of
10    absence  shall  receive  service  credit  in  that  capacity.
11    Sheriff's law enforcement employees shall not be entitled  to
12    out-of-State out of State service credit under Section 7-139.
13    (Source: P.A. 90-448, eff. 8-16-97; revised 9-27-00.)

14        (40 ILCS 5/15-136) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 15-136)
15        Sec.   15-136.    Retirement  annuities  -  Amount.   The
16    provisions  of  this  Section  15-136  apply  only  to  those
17    participants who are participating in the traditional benefit
18    package or the portable benefit package and do not  apply  to
19    participants who are participating in the self-managed plan.
20        (a)  The  amount  of  a participant's retirement annuity,
21    expressed in the form of  a  single-life  annuity,  shall  be
22    determined  by whichever of the following rules is applicable
23    and provides the largest annuity:
24        Rule 1:  The retirement annuity shall be 1.67%  of  final
25    rate  of  earnings for each of the first 10 years of service,
26    1.90% for each of the next 10 years  of  service,  2.10%  for
27    each  year  of  service in excess of 20 but not exceeding 30,
28    and 2.30% for each year in excess of 30; or for  persons  who
29    retire on or after January 1, 1998, 2.2% of the final rate of
30    earnings for each year of service.
31        Rule  2:  The  retirement annuity shall be the sum of the
32    following,  determined   from   amounts   credited   to   the
33    participant  in  accordance with the actuarial tables and the
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -312-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    prescribed rate  of  interest  in  effect  at  the  time  the
 2    retirement annuity begins:
 3             (i)  the  normal annuity which can be provided on an
 4        actuarially equivalent basis, by the  accumulated  normal
 5        contributions as of the date the annuity begins; and
 6             (ii)  an  annuity  from employer contributions of an
 7        amount  equal  to  that  which  can  be  provided  on  an
 8        actuarially equivalent basis from the accumulated  normal
 9        contributions  made  by  the  participant  under  Section
10        15-113.6  and  Section  15-113.7 plus 1.4 times all other
11        accumulated normal contributions made by the participant.
12        With respect to  a  police  officer  or  firefighter  who
13    retires  on  or after August 14, 1998, the accumulated normal
14    contributions taken into account under clauses (i)  and  (ii)
15    of   this   Rule   2  shall  include  the  additional  normal
16    contributions made by the police officer or firefighter under
17    Section 15-157(a).
18        The amount of a retirement annuity calculated under  this
19    Rule  2  shall  be  computed  solely  on  the  basis  of  the
20    participant's  accumulated normal contributions, as specified
21    in this Rule and defined  in  Section  15-116.    Neither  an
22    employee  or employer contribution for early retirement under
23    Section 15-136.2 nor any other employer contribution shall be
24    used in the calculation of the amount of a retirement annuity
25    under this Rule 2.
26        This amendatory Act of the 91st  General  Assembly  is  a
27    clarification   of   existing   law   and  applies  to  every
28    participant and annuitant without regard to whether status as
29    an employee terminates before  the  effective  date  of  this
30    amendatory Act.
31        Rule  3:  The  retirement annuity of a participant who is
32    employed at least one-half time during the  period  on  which
33    his or her final rate of earnings is based, shall be equal to
34    the   participant's  years  of  service  not  to  exceed  30,
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -313-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    multiplied by (1) $96 if  the  participant's  final  rate  of
 2    earnings  is  less than $3,500, (2) $108 if the final rate of
 3    earnings is at least $3,500 but less than $4,500, (3) $120 if
 4    the final rate of earnings is at least $4,500 but  less  than
 5    $5,500,  (4)  $132  if the final rate of earnings is at least
 6    $5,500 but less than $6,500, (5) $144 if the  final  rate  of
 7    earnings is at least $6,500 but less than $7,500, (6) $156 if
 8    the  final  rate of earnings is at least $7,500 but less than
 9    $8,500, (7) $168 if the final rate of earnings  is  at  least
10    $8,500  but  less than $9,500, and (8) $180 if the final rate
11    of earnings is $9,500 or more, except that  the  annuity  for
12    those   persons   having   made  an  election  under  Section
13    15-154(a-1)  shall  be  calculated  and  payable  under   the
14    portable   retirement   benefit   program   pursuant  to  the
15    provisions of Section 15-136.4.
16        Rule 4:  A participant who is at least age 50 and has  25
17    or  more years of service as a police officer or firefighter,
18    and a participant who is age 55 or over and has at  least  20
19    but  less  than  25  years  of service as a police officer or
20    firefighter, shall be entitled to  a  retirement  annuity  of
21    2 1/4% of the final rate of earnings for each of the first 10
22    years  of  service as a police officer or firefighter, 2 1/2%
23    for each of the next 10 years of service as a police  officer
24    or  firefighter,  and  2 3/4%  for  each year of service as a
25    police  officer  or  firefighter  in  excess  of   20.    The
26    retirement  annuity  for  all other service shall be computed
27    under Rule 1.
28        For purposes of this Rule 4, a participant's service as a
29    firefighter shall also include the following:
30             (i)  service that is performed while the  person  is
31        an employee under subsection (h) of Section 15-107; and
32             (ii)  in  the  case  of  an  individual  who  was  a
33        participating employee employed in the fire department of
34        the  University  of  Illinois's  Champaign-Urbana  campus
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -314-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        immediately   prior  to  the  elimination  of  that  fire
 2        department and who immediately after the  elimination  of
 3        that  fire department transferred to another job with the
 4        University of Illinois, service performed as an  employee
 5        of  the  University  of Illinois in a position other than
 6        police officer or firefighter,  from  the  date  of  that
 7        transfer until the employee's next termination of service
 8        with the University of Illinois.
 9        Rule  5:  The  retirement  annuity  of  a participant who
10    elected early retirement  under  the  provisions  of  Section
11    15-136.2  and  who,  on  or before February 16, 1995, brought
12    administrative proceedings  pursuant  to  the  administrative
13    rules  adopted  by the System to challenge the calculation of
14    his or her  retirement  annuity  shall  be  the  sum  of  the
15    following,   determined   from   amounts   credited   to  the
16    participant in accordance with the actuarial tables  and  the
17    prescribed  rate  of  interest  in  effect  at  the  time the
18    retirement annuity begins:
19             (i)  the normal annuity which can be provided on  an
20        actuarially  equivalent  basis, by the accumulated normal
21        contributions as of the date the annuity begins; and
22             (ii)  an annuity from employer contributions  of  an
23        amount  equal  to  that  which  can  be  provided  on  an
24        actuarially  equivalent basis from the accumulated normal
25        contributions  made  by  the  participant  under  Section
26        15-113.6 and Section 15-113.7 plus 1.4  times  all  other
27        accumulated normal contributions made by the participant;
28        and
29             (iii)  an  annuity  which  can  be  provided  on  an
30        actuarially    equivalent   basis   from   the   employee
31        contribution for early retirement under Section 15-136.2,
32        and an annuity from employer contributions of  an  amount
33        equal  to  that  which  can be provided on an actuarially
34        equivalent basis from the employee contribution for early
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -315-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        retirement under Section 15-136.2.
 2        In no event shall a retirement annuity under this Rule  5
 3    be  lower  than the amount obtained by adding (1) the monthly
 4    amount  obtained  by  dividing  the  combined  employee   and
 5    employer  contributions  made  under  Section 15-136.2 by the
 6    System's annuity factor for the age of the participant at the
 7    beginning of the annuity payment period and  (2)  the  amount
 8    equal  to  the participant's annuity if calculated under Rule
 9    1, reduced under Section 15-136(b) as if no contributions had
10    been made under Section 15-136.2.
11        With respect to a participant  who  is  qualified  for  a
12    retirement annuity under this Rule 5 whose retirement annuity
13    began before the effective date of this amendatory Act of the
14    91st  General Assembly, and for whom an employee contribution
15    was made under Section 15-136.2, the System shall recalculate
16    the retirement annuity under this Rule 5 and  shall  pay  any
17    additional  amounts  due  in  the  manner provided in Section
18    15-186.1 for benefits mistakenly set too low.
19        The amount of a retirement annuity calculated under  this
20    Rule  5  shall  be  computed  solely  on  the  basis of those
21    contributions specifically set forth in this Rule 5.   Except
22    as  provided  in  clause  (iii)  of  this  Rule 5, neither an
23    employee nor employer contribution for early retirement under
24    Section 15-136.2, nor any other employer contribution,  shall
25    be  used  in  the  calculation  of the amount of a retirement
26    annuity under this Rule 5.
27        The General Assembly has adopted the changes set forth in
28    Section 25  of  this  amendatory  Act  of  the  91st  General
29    Assembly  in  recognition  that the decision of the Appellate
30    Court for the Fourth District in Mattis v. State Universities
31    Retirement System et al. might be deemed to give  some  right
32    to  the  plaintiff in that case.  The changes made by Section
33    25 of this amendatory Act of the 91st General Assembly are  a
34    legislative  implementation  of the decision of the Appellate
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -316-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    Court for the Fourth District in Mattis v. State Universities
 2    Retirement System et al. with respect to that plaintiff.
 3        The changes made by Section 25 of this amendatory Act  of
 4    the 91st General Assembly apply without regard to whether the
 5    person is in service as an employee on or after its effective
 6    date.
 7        (b)  The  retirement annuity provided under Rules 1 and 3
 8    above shall be reduced by  1/2  of  1%  for  each  month  the
 9    participant  is  under  age  60  at  the  time of retirement.
10    However, this reduction shall  not  apply  in  the  following
11    cases:
12             (1)  For  a  disabled  participant  whose disability
13        benefits have been discontinued because  he  or  she  has
14        exhausted   eligibility  for  disability  benefits  under
15        clause (6) of Section 15-152;
16             (2)  For a participant who has at least  the  number
17        of  years  of service required to retire at any age under
18        subsection (a) of Section 15-135; or
19             (3)  For that portion of a retirement annuity  which
20        has   been   provided   on  account  of  service  of  the
21        participant during periods when he or she  performed  the
22        duties  of  a  police  officer  or  firefighter, if these
23        duties were performed for at least  5  years  immediately
24        preceding the date the retirement annuity is to begin.
25        (c)  The  maximum retirement annuity provided under Rules
26    1, 2, 4, and 5 shall be the lesser of (1) the annual limit of
27    benefits as specified in Section 415 of the Internal  Revenue
28    Code  of  1986,  as  such Section may be amended from time to
29    time and as such benefit limits  shall  be  adjusted  by  the
30    Commissioner  of  Internal Revenue, and (2) 80% of final rate
31    of earnings.
32        (d)  An annuitant whose status as an employee  terminates
33    after  August  14,  1969 shall receive automatic increases in
34    his or her retirement annuity as follows:
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -317-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        Effective January 1 immediately following  the  date  the
 2    retirement  annuity  begins,  the  annuitant shall receive an
 3    increase in his or her monthly retirement annuity  of  0.125%
 4    of the monthly retirement annuity provided under Rule 1, Rule
 5    2,  Rule  3,  Rule  4,  or Rule 5, contained in this Section,
 6    multiplied by the number of full months  which  elapsed  from
 7    the  date the retirement annuity payments began to January 1,
 8    1972, plus 0.1667% of such annuity, multiplied by the  number
 9    of  full  months  which  elapsed from January 1, 1972, or the
10    date the retirement  annuity  payments  began,  whichever  is
11    later,  to  January  1,  1978,  plus  0.25%  of  such annuity
12    multiplied by the number of full months  which  elapsed  from
13    January  1, 1978, or the date the retirement annuity payments
14    began, whichever is later,  to  the  effective  date  of  the
15    increase.
16        The  annuitant  shall  receive  an increase in his or her
17    monthly retirement  annuity  on  each  January  1  thereafter
18    during  the  annuitant's  life  of  3% of the monthly annuity
19    provided under Rule 1, Rule 2, Rule 3,  Rule  4,  or  Rule  5
20    contained  in  this  Section.   The  change  made  under this
21    subsection by P.A. 81-970 is effective January  1,  1980  and
22    applies  to  each  annuitant  whose  status  as  an  employee
23    terminates before or after that date.
24        Beginning January 1, 1990, all automatic annual increases
25    payable   under   this  Section  shall  be  calculated  as  a
26    percentage of the total annuity payable at the  time  of  the
27    increase,  including  all  increases previously granted under
28    this Article.
29        The change made in this subsection  by  P.A.  85-1008  is
30    effective  January 26, 1988, and is applicable without regard
31    to whether status as an employee terminated before that date.
32        (e)  If, on January 1, 1987, or the date  the  retirement
33    annuity payment period begins, whichever is later, the sum of
34    the  retirement  annuity  provided  under Rule 1 or Rule 2 of
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -318-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    this Section and  the  automatic  annual  increases  provided
 2    under  the  preceding subsection or Section 15-136.1, amounts
 3    to less than the retirement annuity which would  be  provided
 4    by  Rule  3,  the retirement annuity shall be increased as of
 5    January 1, 1987, or the date the retirement  annuity  payment
 6    period  begins, whichever is later, to the amount which would
 7    be provided by Rule 3 of this Section. Such increased  amount
 8    shall  be considered as the retirement annuity in determining
 9    benefits provided under other Sections of this Article.  This
10    paragraph  applies  without  regard  to  whether status as an
11    employee  terminated  before  the  effective  date  of   this
12    amendatory  Act  of  1987,  provided  that  the annuitant was
13    employed at least one-half time during the  period  on  which
14    the final rate of earnings was based.
15        (f)  A participant is entitled to such additional annuity
16    as may be provided on an actuarially equivalent basis, by any
17    accumulated  additional  contributions  to his or her credit.
18    However, the additional contributions made by the participant
19    toward the automatic increases in annuity provided under this
20    Section shall not be taken into account  in  determining  the
21    amount of such additional annuity.
22        (g)  If,  (1)  by law, a function of a governmental unit,
23    as defined by Section 20-107 of this Code, is transferred  in
24    whole  or  in  part  to  an  employer,  and (2) a participant
25    transfers employment from  such  governmental  unit  to  such
26    employer  within 6 months after the transfer of the function,
27    and (3) the sum of (A) the annuity payable to the participant
28    under Rule 1, 2, or 3 of this Section  (B)  all  proportional
29    annuities  payable to the participant by all other retirement
30    systems covered by Article 20, and (C)  the  initial  primary
31    insurance  amount  to which the participant is entitled under
32    the Social Security Act, is less than the retirement  annuity
33    which  would  have  been  payable if all of the participant's
34    pension credits  validated  under  Section  20-109  had  been
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -319-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    validated  under this system, a supplemental annuity equal to
 2    the difference in  such  amounts  shall  be  payable  to  the
 3    participant.
 4        (h)  On January 1, 1981, an annuitant who was receiving a
 5    retirement  annuity  on  or before January 1, 1971 shall have
 6    his or her retirement annuity then being  paid  increased  $1
 7    per  month for each year of creditable service. On January 1,
 8    1982, an annuitant  whose  retirement  annuity  began  on  or
 9    before  January  1,  1977,  shall  have his or her retirement
10    annuity then being paid increased $1 per month for each  year
11    of creditable service.
12        (i)  On  January  1, 1987, any annuitant whose retirement
13    annuity began on or before January 1, 1977,  shall  have  the
14    monthly retirement annuity increased by an amount equal to 8¢
15    per year of creditable service times the number of years that
16    have elapsed since the annuity began.
17    (Source: P.A. 90-14, eff. 7-1-97; 90-65, eff. 7-7-97; 90-448,
18    eff.  8-16-97;  90-576,  eff.  3-31-98; 90-655, eff. 7-30-98;
19    90-766, eff. 8-14-98;  91-887  (Sections  20  and  25),  eff.
20    7-6-00; revised 8-31-00.)

21        (40 ILCS 5/15-139) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 15-139)
22        Sec.   15-139.    Retirement   annuities;   cancellation;
23    suspended during employment.
24        (a)  If   an  annuitant  returns  to  employment  for  an
25    employer within 60 days after the beginning of the retirement
26    annuity payment  period,  the  retirement  annuity  shall  be
27    cancelled,  and  the annuitant shall refund to the System the
28    total amount of the retirement annuity payments which  he  or
29    she  received.  If  the  retirement annuity is cancelled, the
30    participant shall continue to participate in the System.
31        (b)  If an annuitant retires prior to age 60 and receives
32    or becomes entitled to receive during any month  compensation
33    in  excess  of  the monthly retirement annuity (including any
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -320-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    automatic annual increases) for services performed after  the
 2    date  of  retirement for any employer under this System, that
 3    portion  of  the  monthly  retirement  annuity  provided   by
 4    employer contributions shall not be payable.
 5        If an annuitant retires at age 60 or over and receives or
 6    becomes   entitled   to  receive  during  any  academic  year
 7    compensation in excess of the difference between his  or  her
 8    highest  annual  earnings  prior to retirement and his or her
 9    annual retirement annuity computed under Rule 1, Rule 2, Rule
10    3, Rule 4, or Rule 5 of  Section  15-136,  or  under  Section
11    15-136.4, for services performed after the date of retirement
12    for  any  employer  under  this  System,  that portion of the
13    monthly retirement annuity provided by employer contributions
14    shall be reduced by an amount equal to the compensation  that
15    exceeds such difference.
16        However,  any  remuneration  received  for  serving  as a
17    member of the  Illinois  Educational  Labor  Relations  Board
18    shall  be  excluded  from  "compensation" for the purposes of
19    this subsection (b), and serving as a member of the  Illinois
20    Educational Labor Relations Board shall not be deemed to be a
21    return  to  employment for the purposes of this Section. This
22    provision applies  without  regard  to  whether  service  was
23    terminated prior to the effective date of this amendatory Act
24    of 1991.
25        (c)  If  an employer certifies that an annuitant has been
26    reemployed on a  permanent  and  continuous  basis  or  in  a
27    position  in  which the annuitant is expected to serve for at
28    least 9 months, the annuitant shall resume his or her  status
29    as  a  participating  employee  and  shall be entitled to all
30    rights applicable to participating employees upon filing with
31    the board an election to forego all annuity  payments  during
32    the  period  of reemployment. Upon subsequent retirement, the
33    retirement annuity shall consist of  the  annuity  which  was
34    terminated   by   the   reemployment,   plus  the  additional
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -321-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    retirement annuity based  upon  service  granted  during  the
 2    period  of  reemployment, but the combined retirement annuity
 3    shall not exceed the maximum annuity applicable on  the  date
 4    of the last retirement.
 5        The  total service and earnings credited before and after
 6    the  initial  date  of  retirement  shall  be  considered  in
 7    determining eligibility of the  employee  or  the  employee's
 8    beneficiary   to   benefits   under   this  Article,  and  in
 9    calculating final rate of earnings.
10        In determining the death benefit payable to a beneficiary
11    of an annuitant who again becomes  a  participating  employee
12    under   this   Section,  accumulated  normal  and  additional
13    contributions  shall  be  considered  as  the  sum   of   the
14    accumulated  normal  and additional contributions at the date
15    of  initial  retirement  and  the  accumulated   normal   and
16    additional  contributions  credited after that date, less the
17    sum of the annuity payments received by the annuitant.
18        The survivors insurance benefits provided  under  Section
19    15-145  shall  not  be applicable to an annuitant who resumes
20    his or her status as a  participating  employee,  unless  the
21    annuitant, at the time of initial retirement, has a survivors
22    insurance beneficiary who could qualify for such benefits.
23        If  the  annuitant's  employment is terminated because of
24    circumstances other than death before 9 months from the  date
25    of  reemployment,  the  provisions  of this Section regarding
26    resumption of status as a participating  employee  shall  not
27    apply. The normal and survivors insurance contributions which
28    are  deducted  during  this  period  shall be refunded to the
29    annuitant without interest,  and  subsequent  benefits  under
30    this Article shall be the same as those which were applicable
31    prior to the date the annuitant resumed employment.
32        The  amendments  made  to this Section by this amendatory
33    Act of the 91st General  Assembly  apply  without  regard  to
34    whether  the  annuitant  was  in  service  on  or  after  the
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -322-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    effective date of this amendatory Act.
 2    (Source:  P.A.  91-887  (Sections  10  and  25), eff. 7-6-00;
 3    revised 9-1-00.)

 4        (40 ILCS 5/15-154) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 15-154)
 5        Sec. 15-154.  Refunds.
 6        (a)  A  participant  whose  status  as  an  employee   is
 7    terminated,  regardless  of cause, or who has been on lay off
 8    status for more than 120 days, and who is  not  on  leave  of
 9    absence,  is  entitled  to  a  refund  of  contributions upon
10    application; except  that  not  more  than  one  such  refund
11    application may be made during any academic year.
12        Except  as  set forth in subsections (a-1) and (a-2), the
13    refund shall be the sum of the accumulated normal, additional
14    and survivors insurance contributions,  less  the  amount  of
15    interest  credited on these contributions each year in excess
16    of 4 1/2% of the amount on which interest was calculated.
17        (a-1)  A  person  who  elects,  in  accordance  with  the
18    requirements of  Section  15-134.5,  to  participate  in  the
19    portable  benefit  package  and  who  becomes a participating
20    employee under that retirement program upon the conclusion of
21    the  one-year  waiting  period  applicable  to  the  portable
22    benefit  package  election  shall  have  his  or  her  refund
23    calculated in accordance with the  provisions  of  subsection
24    (a-2).
25        (a-2)  The  refund  payable to a participant described in
26    subsection (a-1)  shall  be  the  sum  of  the  participant's
27    accumulated  normal  and additional contributions, as defined
28    in Sections 15-116 and 15-117.  If the participant terminates
29    with 5 or more years of service for employment as defined  in
30    Section  15-113.1,  he  or  she  shall  also be entitled to a
31    distribution of employer contributions in an amount equal  to
32    the   sum   of   the   accumulated   normal   and  additional
33    contributions, as defined in Sections 15-116 and 15-117.
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -323-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        (b)  Upon  acceptance  of  a  refund,   the   participant
 2    forfeits all accrued rights and credits in the System, and if
 3    subsequently  reemployed, the participant shall be considered
 4    a new employee subject to all the qualifying  conditions  for
 5    participation  and eligibility for benefits applicable to new
 6    employees. If  such  person  again  becomes  a  participating
 7    employee and continues as such for 2 years, or is employed by
 8    an  employer  and  participates  for  at least 2 years in the
 9    Federal Civil Service Retirement  System,  all  such  rights,
10    credits,  and  previous  status  as  a  participant  shall be
11    restored upon repayment of the amount of the refund, together
12    with compound interest thereon from the date the  refund  was
13    received to the date of repayment at the rate of 6% per annum
14    through  August  31,  1982,  and at the effective rates after
15    that date.
16        (c)  If  a  participant  covered  under  the  traditional
17    benefit package has made survivors  insurance  contributions,
18    but  has  no survivors insurance beneficiary upon retirement,
19    he or she  shall  be  entitled  to  elect  a  refund  of  the
20    accumulated survivors insurance contributions, or to elect an
21    additional  annuity  the  value  of  which  is  equal  to the
22    accumulated survivors insurance contributions.  This election
23    must be made  prior  to  the  date  the  person's  retirement
24    annuity is approved by the Board of Trustees.
25        (d)  A  participant,  upon  application, is entitled to a
26    refund of his or  her  accumulated  additional  contributions
27    attributable to the additional contributions described in the
28    last  sentence  of subsection (c) of Section 15-157. Upon the
29    acceptance  of  such  a  refund  of  accumulated   additional
30    contributions,   the  participant  forfeits  all  rights  and
31    credits which may have accrued because of such contributions.
32        (e)  A participant who terminates  his  or  her  employee
33    status  and  elects  to  waive  service  credit under Section
34    15-154.2, is entitled to a refund of the accumulated  normal,
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -324-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    additional  and  survivors  insurance  contributions, if any,
 2    which were credited the participant for this service,  or  to
 3    an  additional  annuity  the  value  of which is equal to the
 4    accumulated  normal,  additional  and   survivors   insurance
 5    contributions,  if  any;  except  that not more than one such
 6    refund application may be made during any academic year. Upon
 7    acceptance of  this  refund,  the  participant  forfeits  all
 8    rights and credits accrued because of this service.
 9        (f)  If  a  police  officer  or  firefighter  receives  a
10    retirement annuity under Rule 1 or 3 of Section 15-136, he or
11    she  shall  be  entitled  at  retirement  to  a refund of the
12    difference   between   his   or   her   accumulated    normal
13    contributions  and  the normal contributions which would have
14    accumulated had such person filed a waiver of the  retirement
15    formula provided by Rule 4 of Section 15-136.
16        (g)  If,  at  the time of retirement, a participant would
17    be entitled to a retirement annuity under Rule 1, 2, 3, 4, or
18    5 of Section 15-136, or under Section 15-136.4,  that exceeds
19    the maximum specified in clause  (1)  of  subsection  (c)  of
20    Section  15-136,  he  or she shall be entitled to a refund of
21    the employee contributions, if any, paid under Section 15-157
22    after the date upon which continuance of  such  contributions
23    would  have otherwise caused the retirement annuity to exceed
24    this maximum, plus compound interest at the effective rates.
25    (Source: P.A. 90-448, eff.  8-16-97;  90-576,  eff.  3-31-98;
26    90-766,  eff.  8-14-98;  91-887  (Sections  10  and 25), eff.
27    7-6-00; revised 9-1-00.)

28        (40 ILCS 5/16-138) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 16-138)
29        Sec. 16-138.   Refund  of  contributions  upon  death  of
30    member  or  annuitant.    Upon  the  death  of  a  member  or
31    annuitant,  the  following  amount  shall be payable (i) to a
32    beneficiary nominated by written designation of the member or
33    annuitant filed with the system, or (ii) if no beneficiary is
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -325-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    nominated,  to  the  surviving  spouse,  or   (iii)   if   no
 2    beneficiary is nominated and there is no surviving spouse, to
 3    the decedent's estate, upon receipt of proper proof of death:
 4        (1)  Upon  the death of a member, an amount consisting of
 5    the sum of  the  following:   (A)  the  member's  accumulated
 6    contributions;  (B)  the sum of the contributions made by the
 7    member toward the cost of the automatic increase  in  annuity
 8    under  Section  16-152,  without  interest  thereon;  and (C)
 9    contributions  made  by  the  member  toward  prior  service,
10    without interest thereon.
11        (2)  Upon  the  death   of   an   annuitant,   unless   a
12    reversionary  annuity  is  payable  under  Section 16-136, an
13    amount determined by subtracting the total amount of  monthly
14    annuity  payments  received  as  a  result  of  the  deceased
15    annuitant's  retirement from the sum of:  (A) the accumulated
16    contributions at retirement; (B) the sum of the contributions
17    made by  the  deceased  toward  the  cost  of  the  automatic
18    increase  in  annuity  under  Section  16-152 16-151, without
19    interest thereon; and  (C)  any  contributions  made  by  the
20    deceased  for  prior  service or other purposes, exclusive of
21    contributions toward the cost of the  automatic  increase  in
22    annuity, without interest thereon.
23    (Source: P.A. 91-887, eff. 7-6-00; revised 9-5-00.)

24        Section  41.   The  Public  Building  Commission  Act  is
25    amended by changing Section 18 as follows:

26        (50 ILCS 20/18) (from Ch. 85, par. 1048)
27        Sec.   18.   Whenever,  and  as  often  as,  a  municipal
28    corporation having taxing power enters into a  lease  with  a
29    Public  Building  Commission,  the  governing  body  of  such
30    municipal   corporation   shall   provide   by  ordinance  or
31    resolution, as the case may be, for the levy  and  collection
32    of  a  direct  annual  tax  sufficient to pay the annual rent
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -326-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    payable under such lease as  and  when  it  becomes  due  and
 2    payable.  A  certified  copy  of  the lease of such municipal
 3    corporation and a certified copy of the tax levying ordinance
 4    or  resolution,  as  the  case  may  be,  of  such  municipal
 5    corporation shall be filed in the office of the county  clerk
 6    in  each county in which any portion of the territory of such
 7    municipal corporation is  situated,  which  certified  copies
 8    shall  constitute  the  authority  for  the  county  clerk or
 9    clerks, in each case, to extend the taxes annually  necessary
10    to  pay  the annual rent payable under such lease as and when
11    it becomes due and payable. No taxes shall  be  extended  for
12    any  lease  entered  into  after  the  effective date of this
13    amendatory Act of 1993, however, until after a public hearing
14    on the lease. The clerk or secretary of the governing body of
15    the municipal corporation shall cause notice of the time  and
16    place  of the hearing to be published at least once, at least
17    15 days before the  hearing,  in  a  newspaper  published  or
18    having  general circulation within the municipal corporation.
19    If no such newspaper exists, the  clerk  or  secretary  shall
20    cause  the  notice  to be posted, at least 15 days before the
21    hearing,  in  at  least  10  conspicuous  places  within  the
22    municipal corporation. The notice shall be in  the  following
23    form:
24        NOTICE  OF  PUBLIC  HEARING ON LEASE between (name of the
25    municipal corporation)  and  (name  of  the  public  building
26    commission).
27        A  public  hearing regarding a lease between (name of the
28    municipal corporation)  and  (name  of  the  public  building
29    commission)  will  be  held by (name of the governing body of
30    the municipal corporation) on (date) at (time) at (location).
31    The largest yearly rental payment set forth in the  lease  is
32    ($ amount).  The maximum length of the lease is (years).
33        The  purpose  of  the  lease  is  (explain in 25 words or
34    less).
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -327-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    Dated (insert date). this      day of   .
 2                          By Order of (name of the governing body
 3                                    of the Municipal Corporation)
 4                                                  /s/............
 5                                              Clerk or Secretary.
 6        At the hearing, all persons residing or  owning  property
 7    in  the municipal corporation shall have an opportunity to be
 8    heard orally, in writing, or both.
 9        Upon the filing of the certified copies of the lease  and
10    the  tax levying ordinance or resolution in the office of the
11    county clerk or clerks of the proper county or  counties,  it
12    shall be the duty of such county clerk or clerks to ascertain
13    the  rate  per  cent  which,  upon  the value of all property
14    subject to taxation within the municipal corporation, as that
15    property is  assessed  or  equalized  by  the  Department  of
16    Revenue,  will  produce  a  net  amount  of not less than the
17    amount of the annual rent reserved in such lease.  The county
18    clerk or clerks  shall  thereupon,  and  thereafter  annually
19    during the term of the lease, extend taxes against all of the
20    taxable  property  contained  in  that  municipal corporation
21    sufficient to pay the annual rental reserved in  such  lease.
22    Such  tax  shall  be levied and collected in like manner with
23    the other taxes of such municipal corporation and shall be in
24    addition to all other taxes now or hereafter authorized to be
25    levied by that municipal corporation. This tax shall  not  be
26    included  within  any  statutory limitation of rate or amount
27    for  that  municipal  corporation  but  shall   be   excluded
28    therefrom  and  be in addition thereto and in excess thereof.
29    The fund realized from such tax levy shall be set  aside  for
30    the payment of the annual rent and shall not be disbursed for
31    any  other  purpose  until the annual rental has been paid in
32    full.  This Section shall not be construed to limit the power
33    of the Commission to enter into  leases  with  any  municipal
34    corporation  whether or not the municipal corporation has the
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -328-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    power of taxation.
 2    (Source: P.A. 87-1208; 87-1279; revised 1-10-00.)

 3        Section 42.  The Local Records Act is amended by changing
 4    Section 3b as follows:

 5        (50 ILCS 205/3b)
 6        Sec. 3b.  Arrest reports.
 7        (a)  When  an  individual  is  arrested,  the   following
 8    information  must  be  made  available  to the news media for
 9    inspection and copying:
10             (1)  Information  that  identifies  the   individual
11        person, including the name, age, address, and photograph,
12        when and if available.
13             (2)  Information  detailing  any charges relating to
14        the arrest.
15             (3)  The time and location of the arrest.
16             (4)  The name of the investigating or arresting  law
17        enforcement agency.
18             (5)  If  the  individual is incarcerated, the amount
19        of any bail or bond.
20             (6)  If the individual is incarcerated, the time and
21        date that the individual  was  received,  discharged,  or
22        transferred from the arresting agency's custody.
23        (b)  The  information  required  by  this Section must be
24    made available to the news media for inspection  and  copying
25    as soon as practicable, but in no event shall the time period
26    exceed  72  hours from the arrest.  The information described
27    in paragraphs (3), (4), (5), and  (6)  3,  4,  5,  and  6  of
28    subsection  (a), however, may be withheld if it is determined
29    that disclosure would:
30             (1)  interfere  with   pending   or   actually   and
31        reasonably   contemplated   law  enforcement  proceedings
32        conducted by any law enforcement or correctional agency;
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -329-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1             (2)  endanger the life or  physical  safety  of  law
 2        enforcement   or  correctional  personnel  or  any  other
 3        person; or
 4             (3)  compromise the  security  of  any  correctional
 5        facility.
 6        (c)  For  the  purposes  of  this  Section the term "news
 7    media" means personnel of a  newspaper  or  other  periodical
 8    issued at regular intervals, a news service, a radio station,
 9    a television station, a community antenna television service,
10    or  a  person  or corporation engaged in making news reels or
11    other motion picture news for public showing.
12        (d)  Each law  enforcement  or  correctional  agency  may
13    charge  fees  for  arrest records, but in no instance may the
14    fee exceed the actual cost of copying and reproduction.   The
15    fees  may not include the cost of the labor used to reproduce
16    the arrest record.
17        (e)  The provisions of this Section do not supersede  the
18    confidentiality provisions for arrest records of the Juvenile
19    Court Act of 1987.
20    (Source: P.A. 91-309, eff. 7-29-99; revised 11-3-99.)

21        Section  43.   The  Emergency  Telephone  System  Act  is
22    amended by changing Section 15.6 as follows:

23        (50 ILCS 750/15.6)
24        Sec. 15.6.  Enhanced 9-1-1 service;  business service.
25        (a)  After  June  30,  2000,  or  within  18 months after
26    enhanced 9-1-1 service becomes  available,  any  entity  that
27    installs  or  operates  a private business switch service and
28    provides  telecommunications  facilities   or   services   to
29    businesses  shall  assure that the system is connected to the
30    public switched network in  a  manner  that  calls  to  9-1-1
31    result  in automatic number and location identification.  For
32    buildings having their  own  street  address  and  containing
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -330-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    workspace   of   40,000   square   feet   or  less,  location
 2    identification shall include the building's  street  address.
 3    For  buildings having their own street address and containing
 4    workspace  of  more  than  40,000   square   feet,   location
 5    identification  shall  include  the building's street address
 6    and one distinct location identification  per  40,000  square
 7    feet of workspace. Separate buildings containing workspace of
 8    40,000  square  feet  or  less  having a common public street
 9    address shall have a  distinct  location  identification  for
10    each building in addition to the street address.
11        (b)  Exemptions.   Buildings containing workspace of more
12    than 40,000 square feet are exempt from the multiple location
13    identification requirements of subsection (a) if the building
14    maintains, at all times, alternative and  adequate  means  of
15    signaling  and  responding to emergencies.  Those means shall
16    include, but not be  limited  to,  a  telephone  system  that
17    provides  the  physical  location  of 9-1-1 calls coming from
18    within the building.  Health care facilities are presumed  to
19    meet the requirements of this paragraph if the facilities are
20    staffed  with  medical  or nursing personnel 24 hours per day
21    and if an alternative means of  providing  information  about
22    the  source of an emergency call exists. Buildings under this
23    exemption  must  provide  9-1-1  service  that  provides  the
24    building's street address.
25        Buildings containing workspace of more than 40,000 square
26    feet  are  exempt  from  subsection  (a)  if   the   building
27    maintains,  at  all  times, alternative and adequate means of
28    signaling  and  responding  to   emergencies,   including   a
29    telephone  system  that provides the location of a 9-1-1 call
30    coming from within the building, and the building is serviced
31    by its own medical, fire and security  personnel.   Buildings
32    under  this  exemption  are subject to emergency phone system
33    certification by the Illinois Commerce Commission.
34        Buildings in communities not serviced by  enhanced  9-1-1
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -331-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    service are exempt from subsection (a).  2000
 2        (c)  This  Act  does  not  apply  to  any  PBX  telephone
 3    extension  that uses radio transmissions to convey electrical
 4    signals directly between  the  telephone  extension  and  the
 5    serving PBX.
 6        (d)  An  entity that violates this Section is guilty of a
 7    business offense and shall be fined not less than $1,000  and
 8    not more than $5,000.
 9        (e)  Nothing  in  this  Section  shall  be  construed  to
10    preclude  the Attorney General on behalf of the Commission or
11    on his or her own initiative, or any other interested person,
12    from seeking judicial relief,  by  mandamus,  injunction,  or
13    otherwise, to compel compliance with this Section.
14        (f)  The   Commission  shall  promulgate  rules  for  the
15    administration of this Section no later than January 1, 2000.
16    (Source: P.A. 90-819, eff.  3-23-99;  91-518,  eff.  8-13-99;
17    revised 10-20-99.)

18        Section  44.   The  Counties  Code is amended by changing
19    Section 3-5018 as follows:

20        (55 ILCS 5/3-5018) (from Ch. 34, par. 3-5018)
21        (Text of Section before amendment by P.A. 91-893)
22        Sec. 3-5018.  Fees.  The recorder elected as provided for
23    in this Division shall receive such fees as  are  or  may  be
24    provided  for  him  by  law,  in  case of provision therefor:
25    otherwise he shall receive the same fees as  are  or  may  be
26    provided  in  this  Section,  except when increased by county
27    ordinance pursuant to the provisions of this Section,  to  be
28    paid  to  the  county clerk for his services in the office of
29    recorder for like services.  No filing fee shall  be  charged
30    for providing informational copies of financing statements to
31    the  recorder  pursuant to subsection (8) of Section 9-403 of
32    the Uniform Commercial Code.
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -332-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        For recording deeds or  other  instruments  $12  for  the
 2    first  4  pages  thereof,  plus  $1  for each additional page
 3    thereof, plus $1 for each additional document number  therein
 4    noted.   The  aggregate  minimum  fee  for  recording any one
 5    instrument shall not be less than $12.
 6        For recording deeds  or  other  instruments  wherein  the
 7    premises  affected thereby are referred to by document number
 8    and not by legal description a fee of $1 in addition to  that
 9    hereinabove  referred  to  for  each  document number therein
10    noted.
11        For recording assignments of mortgages, leases  or  liens
12    $12  for  the  first  4  pages  thereof,  plus  $1  for  each
13    additional  page  thereof.   However,  except  for leases and
14    liens pertaining to oil, gas and other minerals,  whenever  a
15    mortgage,  lease  or  lien  assignment  assigns more than one
16    mortgage, lease or lien document, a $7 fee shall  be  charged
17    for  the  recording  of  each  such  mortgage,  lease or lien
18    document after the first one.
19        For recording maps or plats of additions or  subdivisions
20    approved   by  the  county  or  municipality  (including  the
21    spreading of the same of record in map case or  other  proper
22    books)  or plats of condominiums $50 for the first page, plus
23    $1 for each additional page thereof except that in  the  case
24    of  recording  a  single page, legal size 8 1/2 x 14, plat of
25    survey in which there are no more than two lots or parcels of
26    land, the fee shall be $12.  In each county where  such  maps
27    or  plats  are  to  be recorded, the recorder may require the
28    same to be accompanied by such  number  of  exact,  true  and
29    legible  copies  thereof  as the recorder deems necessary for
30    the efficient conduct and operation of his office.
31        For certified copies of records  the  same  fees  as  for
32    recording,  but in no case shall the fee for a certified copy
33    of a map or plat of an  addition,  subdivision  or  otherwise
34    exceed $10.
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -333-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        Each certificate of such recorder of the recording of the
 2    deed  or  other writing and of the date of recording the same
 3    signed by such recorder, shall be sufficient evidence of  the
 4    recording   thereof,   and  such  certificate  including  the
 5    indexing of record, shall be furnished upon  the  payment  of
 6    the  fee  for recording the instrument, and no additional fee
 7    shall be allowed for the certificate or indexing.
 8        The recorder shall charge an additional fee, in an amount
 9    equal to the fee otherwise provided by law, for  recording  a
10    document  (other  than a document filed under the Plat Act or
11    the Uniform Commercial Code) that does  not  conform  to  the
12    following standards:
13             (1)  The  document  shall  consist  of  one  or more
14        individual sheets measuring 8.5 inches by 11 inches,  not
15        permanently  bound  and  not  a continuous form.  Graphic
16        displays accompanying a  document  to  be  recorded  that
17        measure  up  to  11 inches by 17 inches shall be recorded
18        without charging an additional fee.
19             (2)  The document shall be legibly printed in  black
20        ink,  by  hand,  type, or computer.  Signatures and dates
21        may be in  contrasting  colors  if  they  will  reproduce
22        clearly.
23             (3)  The  document  shall  be  on white paper of not
24        less than 20-pound weight and shall have a  clean  margin
25        of  at  least  one-half  inch on the top, the bottom, and
26        each  side.   Margins  may  be  used  for   non-essential
27        notations  that  will  not  affect  the  validity  of the
28        document, including but not limited to form numbers, page
29        numbers, and customer notations.
30             (4)  The first page of the document shall contain  a
31        blank  space,  measuring  at  least 3 inches by 5 inches,
32        from the upper right corner.
33             (5)  The document  shall  not  have  any  attachment
34        stapled or otherwise affixed to any page.
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -334-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    A document that does not conform to these standards shall not
 2    be  recorded  except  upon  payment  of  the  additional  fee
 3    required under this paragraph.  This paragraph, as amended by
 4    this  amendatory Act of 1995, applies only to documents dated
 5    after the effective date of this amendatory Act of 1995.
 6        The county  board  of  any  county  may  provide  for  an
 7    additional  charge  of $3 for filing every instrument, paper,
 8    or notice  for  record,  in  order  to  defray  the  cost  of
 9    converting  the  county recorder's document storage system to
10    computers or micrographics.
11        A special fund shall be set up by the  treasurer  of  the
12    county  and  such  funds  collected  pursuant  to  Public Act
13    83-1321 shall be used solely for a document storage system to
14    provide  the  equipment,  materials  and  necessary  expenses
15    incurred  to  help  defray  the  costs  of  implementing  and
16    maintaining such a document records system.
17        The  county  board  of  any  county  that  provides   and
18    maintains  a  countywide map through a Geographic Information
19    System (GIS) may provide for an additional charge of  $3  for
20    filing every instrument, paper, or notice for record in order
21    to  defray  the  cost  of  implementing  or  maintaining  the
22    county's  Geographic  Information System.  Of that amount, $2
23    must be deposited into a special fund set up by the treasurer
24    of the county, and any  moneys  collected  pursuant  to  this
25    amendatory  Act  of  the  91st General Assembly and deposited
26    into that  fund  must  be  used  solely  for  the  equipment,
27    materials,  and  necessary  expenses incurred in implementing
28    and  maintaining  a  Geographic  Information  System.     The
29    remaining  $1  must  be deposited into the recorder's special
30    funds created under Section 3-5005.4.  The recorder  may,  in
31    his  or her discretion, use moneys in the funds created under
32    Section 3-5005.4  to  defray  the  cost  of  implementing  or
33    maintaining the county's Geographic Information System.
34        The  foregoing  fees  allowed  by  this  Section  are the
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -335-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    maximum fees that may be collected from any officer,  agency,
 2    department or other instrumentality of the State.  The county
 3    board  may,  however, by ordinance, increase the fees allowed
 4    by this Section and collect  such  increased  fees  from  all
 5    persons   and   entities   other   than  officers,  agencies,
 6    departments and other instrumentalities of the State  if  the
 7    increase  is  justified  by  an acceptable cost study showing
 8    that the fees allowed by this Section are not  sufficient  to
 9    cover the cost of providing the service.
10        A  statement  of  the  costs  of  providing each service,
11    program and activity shall be prepared by the  county  board.
12    All  supporting  documents shall be public record and subject
13    to public examination and audit.   All  direct  and  indirect
14    costs,  as  defined in the United States Office of Management
15    and  Budget  Circular  A-87,   may   be   included   in   the
16    determination  of  the  costs  of  each  service, program and
17    activity.
18    (Source: P.A.  90-300,  eff.  1-1-98;  91-791,  eff.  6-9-00;
19    91-886, eff. 1-1-01.)

20        (Text of Section after amendment by P.A. 91-893)
21        Sec. 3-5018.  Fees.  The recorder elected as provided for
22    in this Division shall receive such fees as  are  or  may  be
23    provided  for  him  by  law,  in  case of provision therefor:
24    otherwise he shall receive the same fees as  are  or  may  be
25    provided  in  this  Section,  except when increased by county
26    ordinance pursuant to the provisions of this Section,  to  be
27    paid  to  the  county clerk for his services in the office of
28    recorder for like services.
29        For recording deeds or  other  instruments  $12  for  the
30    first  4  pages  thereof,  plus  $1  for each additional page
31    thereof, plus $1 for each additional document number  therein
32    noted.   The  aggregate  minimum  fee  for  recording any one
33    instrument shall not be less than $12.
34        For recording deeds  or  other  instruments  wherein  the
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -336-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    premises  affected thereby are referred to by document number
 2    and not by legal description a fee of $1 in addition to  that
 3    hereinabove  referred  to  for  each  document number therein
 4    noted.
 5        For recording assignments of mortgages, leases  or  liens
 6    $12  for  the  first  4  pages  thereof,  plus  $1  for  each
 7    additional  page  thereof.   However,  except  for leases and
 8    liens pertaining to oil, gas and other minerals,  whenever  a
 9    mortgage,  lease  or  lien  assignment  assigns more than one
10    mortgage, lease or lien document, a $7 fee shall  be  charged
11    for  the  recording  of  each  such  mortgage,  lease or lien
12    document after the first one.
13        For recording maps or plats of additions or  subdivisions
14    approved   by  the  county  or  municipality  (including  the
15    spreading of the same of record in map case or  other  proper
16    books)  or plats of condominiums $50 for the first page, plus
17    $1 for each additional page thereof except that in  the  case
18    of  recording  a  single page, legal size 8 1/2 x 14, plat of
19    survey in which there are no more than two lots or parcels of
20    land, the fee shall be $12.  In each county where  such  maps
21    or  plats  are  to  be recorded, the recorder may require the
22    same to be accompanied by such  number  of  exact,  true  and
23    legible  copies  thereof  as the recorder deems necessary for
24    the efficient conduct and operation of his office.
25        For certified copies of records  the  same  fees  as  for
26    recording,  but in no case shall the fee for a certified copy
27    of a map or plat of an  addition,  subdivision  or  otherwise
28    exceed $10.
29        Each certificate of such recorder of the recording of the
30    deed  or  other writing and of the date of recording the same
31    signed by such recorder, shall be sufficient evidence of  the
32    recording   thereof,   and  such  certificate  including  the
33    indexing of record, shall be furnished upon  the  payment  of
34    the  fee  for recording the instrument, and no additional fee
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -337-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    shall be allowed for the certificate or indexing.
 2        The recorder shall charge an additional fee, in an amount
 3    equal to the fee otherwise provided by law, for  recording  a
 4    document  (other  than a document filed under the Plat Act or
 5    the Uniform Commercial Code) that does  not  conform  to  the
 6    following standards:
 7             (1)  The  document  shall  consist  of  one  or more
 8        individual sheets measuring 8.5 inches by 11 inches,  not
 9        permanently  bound  and  not  a continuous form.  Graphic
10        displays accompanying a  document  to  be  recorded  that
11        measure  up  to  11 inches by 17 inches shall be recorded
12        without charging an additional fee.
13             (2)  The document shall be legibly printed in  black
14        ink,  by  hand,  type, or computer.  Signatures and dates
15        may be in  contrasting  colors  if  they  will  reproduce
16        clearly.
17             (3)  The  document  shall  be  on white paper of not
18        less than 20-pound weight and shall have a  clean  margin
19        of  at  least  one-half  inch on the top, the bottom, and
20        each  side.   Margins  may  be  used  for   non-essential
21        notations  that  will  not  affect  the  validity  of the
22        document, including but not limited to form numbers, page
23        numbers, and customer notations.
24             (4)  The first page of the document shall contain  a
25        blank  space,  measuring  at  least 3 inches by 5 inches,
26        from the upper right corner.
27             (5)  The document  shall  not  have  any  attachment
28        stapled or otherwise affixed to any page.
29    A document that does not conform to these standards shall not
30    be  recorded  except  upon  payment  of  the  additional  fee
31    required under this paragraph.  This paragraph, as amended by
32    this  amendatory Act of 1995, applies only to documents dated
33    after the effective date of this amendatory Act of 1995.
34        The county  board  of  any  county  may  provide  for  an
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -338-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    additional  charge  of $3 for filing every instrument, paper,
 2    or notice  for  record,  in  order  to  defray  the  cost  of
 3    converting  the  county recorder's document storage system to
 4    computers or micrographics.
 5        A special fund shall be set up by the  treasurer  of  the
 6    county  and  such  funds  collected  pursuant  to  Public Act
 7    83-1321 shall be used solely for a document storage system to
 8    provide  the  equipment,  materials  and  necessary  expenses
 9    incurred  to  help  defray  the  costs  of  implementing  and
10    maintaining such a document records system.
11        The  county  board  of  any  county  that  provides   and
12    maintains  a  countywide map through a Geographic Information
13    System (GIS) may provide for an additional charge of  $3  for
14    filing every instrument, paper, or notice for record in order
15    to  defray  the  cost  of  implementing  or  maintaining  the
16    county's  Geographic  Information System.  Of that amount, $2
17    must be deposited into a special fund set up by the treasurer
18    of the county, and any  moneys  collected  pursuant  to  this
19    amendatory  Act  of  the  91st General Assembly and deposited
20    into that  fund  must  be  used  solely  for  the  equipment,
21    materials,  and  necessary  expenses incurred in implementing
22    and  maintaining  a  Geographic  Information  System.     The
23    remaining  $1  must  be deposited into the recorder's special
24    funds created under Section 3-5005.4.  The recorder  may,  in
25    his  or her discretion, use moneys in the funds created under
26    Section 3-5005.4  to  defray  the  cost  of  implementing  or
27    maintaining the county's Geographic Information System.
28        The  foregoing  fees  allowed  by  this  Section  are the
29    maximum fees that may be collected from any officer,  agency,
30    department or other instrumentality of the State.  The county
31    board  may,  however, by ordinance, increase the fees allowed
32    by this Section and collect  such  increased  fees  from  all
33    persons   and   entities   other   than  officers,  agencies,
34    departments and other instrumentalities of the State  if  the
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -339-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    increase  is  justified  by  an acceptable cost study showing
 2    that the fees allowed by this Section are not  sufficient  to
 3    cover the cost of providing the service.
 4        A  statement  of  the  costs  of  providing each service,
 5    program and activity shall be prepared by the  county  board.
 6    All  supporting  documents shall be public record and subject
 7    to public examination and audit.   All  direct  and  indirect
 8    costs,  as  defined in the United States Office of Management
 9    and  Budget  Circular  A-87,   may   be   included   in   the
10    determination  of  the  costs  of  each  service, program and
11    activity.
12    (Source: P.A.  90-300,  eff.  1-1-98;  91-791,  eff.  6-9-00;
13    91-886, eff. 1-1-01; 91-893, eff. 7-1-01; revised 9-7-00.)

14        Section 44.5.  The Township Code is amended  by  changing
15    Section 105-35 as follows:

16        (60 ILCS 1/105-35)
17        Sec. 105-35.  Township plan commission.
18        (a)  In  townships  located in counties with a population
19    of less than 600,000 and in townships with  a  population  of
20    more  than  500  located  in counties with a population of or
21    more than 3,000,000, the township  board  may  by  resolution
22    create  a  township  plan  commission.  The  commission shall
23    consist of 5 members appointed  by  the  township  supervisor
24    with  the  advice  and  consent  of the township board. Their
25    terms of office shall be prescribed by  the  township  board.
26    The township supervisor shall designate one of the members as
27    chairman,  and the plan commission may appoint other officers
28    it deems necessary and appropriate. The  township  board  may
29    authorize a plan commission to have necessary staff and shall
30    pay the expenses of that staff.
31        (b)  Every   township   plan   commission  may  have  the
32    following powers and duties:
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -340-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1             (1)  The commission may prepare and recommend to the
 2        township board a comprehensive plan for the  present  and
 3        future development or redevelopment of the unincorporated
 4        areas  of  the township. The plan may be adopted in whole
 5        or in separate geographical or functional parts, each  of
 6        which,  when adopted, shall be the official plan, or part
 7        of the official plan, of  that  township.  The  plan  may
 8        include   reasonable   requirements   with  reference  to
 9        streets, alleys, public grounds, and  other  improvements
10        specified  in  this  Section.  The plan may recommend (i)
11        establishing   reasonable   standards   of   design   for
12        subdivisions and for resubdivisions  of  unimproved  land
13        and  of  areas  subject  to redevelopment with respect to
14        public improvements as defined in this Section  and  (ii)
15        establishing   reasonable   requirements   governing  the
16        location, width, course, and surfacing of public  streets
17        and highways, alleys, ways for public service facilities,
18        curbs,   gutters,   sidewalks,   street   lights,  parks,
19        playgrounds, school grounds, size of lots to be used  for
20        residential  purposes, storm water drainage, water supply
21        and distribution, sanitary sewers, and sewage  collection
22        and treatment.
23             (2)  The  commission may from time to time recommend
24        changes in the official comprehensive plan.
25             (3)  The commission may from time  to  time  prepare
26        and  recommend  to  the  township  authorities  plans for
27        specific  improvements  in  pursuance  of  the   official
28        comprehensive plan.
29             (4)  The  commission  may  give aid to the officials
30        charged with the direction of projects  for  improvements
31        embraced  within  the official plan to further the making
32        of  these  projects  and,  generally,  may  promote   the
33        realization of the official comprehensive plan.
34             (5)  The commission may prepare and recommend to the
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -341-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        township  board  schemes  for  regulating  or  forbidding
 2        structures or activities in unincorporated areas that may
 3        hinder  access  to  solar energy necessary for the proper
 4        functioning  of  solar  energy  systems,  as  defined  in
 5        Section 1.2 of the  Comprehensive  Solar  Energy  Act  of
 6        1977, or may recommend changes in those schemes.
 7             (6)  The   commission   may  exercise  other  powers
 8        germane to the powers granted by this  Section  that  are
 9        conferred by the township board.
10        (c)  If  the  county in which the township is located has
11    adopted a county zoning ordinance under Division 5-12 of  the
12    Counties  Code,  the  recommendations  of  the  township plan
13    commission may be presented by  the  township  board  to  the
14    county board of that county.
15    (Source: P.A.  91-721,  eff.  6-2-00;  91-738,  eff.  1-1-01;
16    revised 6-27-00.)

17        Section  45.   The  Illinois Municipal Code is amended by
18    changing  Sections  11-31-1,  11-74.4-4,  and  11-74.4-8   as
19    follows:

20        (65 ILCS 5/11-31-1) (from Ch. 24, par. 11-31-1)
21        Sec.    11-31-1.  Demolition,   repair,   enclosure,   or
22    remediation.
23        (a)  The corporate authorities of each  municipality  may
24    demolish, repair, or enclose or cause the demolition, repair,
25    or enclosure of dangerous and unsafe buildings or uncompleted
26    and   abandoned   buildings   within  the  territory  of  the
27    municipality and may remove or cause the removal of  garbage,
28    debris, and other hazardous, noxious, or unhealthy substances
29    or  materials  from  those  buildings.   In any county having
30    adopted by referendum or otherwise a county health department
31    as provided by Division 5-25 of  the  Counties  Code  or  its
32    predecessor,  the  county  board  of that county may exercise
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -342-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    those powers with regard to dangerous and unsafe buildings or
 2    uncompleted and abandoned buildings within the  territory  of
 3    any  city,  village,  or  incorporated  town having less than
 4    50,000 population.
 5        The corporate authorities  shall  apply  to  the  circuit
 6    court  of the county in which the building is located (i) for
 7    an order authorizing action to be taken  with  respect  to  a
 8    building  if  the  owner or owners of the building, including
 9    the lien holders of record, after at least 15  days'  written
10    notice by mail so to do, have failed to put the building in a
11    safe  condition  or  to  demolish  it  or  (ii)  for an order
12    requiring the owner or owners of record to demolish,  repair,
13    or  enclose  the  building  or to remove garbage, debris, and
14    other  hazardous,  noxious,  or   unhealthy   substances   or
15    materials  from  the  building.   It  is not a defense to the
16    cause of action that the building is boarded up or  otherwise
17    enclosed,  although the court may order the defendant to have
18    the building boarded up or otherwise  enclosed.  Where,  upon
19    diligent  search, the identity or whereabouts of the owner or
20    owners of the building, including the lien holders of record,
21    is not ascertainable, notice mailed to the person or  persons
22    in whose name the real estate was last assessed is sufficient
23    notice under this Section.
24        The  hearing  upon  the  application to the circuit court
25    shall be expedited by the court and shall be given precedence
26    over all other suits.  Any person entitled to bring an action
27    under subsection (b) shall have the right to intervene in  an
28    action brought under this Section.
29        The cost of the demolition, repair, enclosure, or removal
30    incurred  by the municipality, by an intervenor, or by a lien
31    holder of record, including court costs, attorney's fees, and
32    other costs related to the enforcement of  this  Section,  is
33    recoverable  from  the  owner or owners of the real estate or
34    the previous owner or both if the  property  was  transferred
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -343-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    during  the  15  day  notice period and is a lien on the real
 2    estate; the lien is superior to all prior existing liens  and
 3    encumbrances,  except  taxes,  if,  within 180 days after the
 4    repair, demolition, enclosure, or removal, the  municipality,
 5    the lien holder of record, or the intervenor who incurred the
 6    cost and expense shall file a notice of lien for the cost and
 7    expense  incurred in the office of the recorder in the county
 8    in which the real estate is located or in the office  of  the
 9    registrar of titles of the county if the real estate affected
10    is registered under the Registered Titles (Torrens) Act.
11        The  notice must consist of a sworn statement setting out
12    (1) a description of  the  real  estate  sufficient  for  its
13    identification, (2) the amount of money representing the cost
14    and expense incurred, and (3) the date or dates when the cost
15    and expense was incurred by the municipality, the lien holder
16    of  record,  or  the intervenor. Upon payment of the cost and
17    expense by the owner of or persons interested in the property
18    after the notice of lien has been filed, the  lien  shall  be
19    released  by  the  municipality, the person in whose name the
20    lien has been filed, or the assignee of  the  lien,  and  the
21    release  may  be  filed  of  record  as in the case of filing
22    notice of lien. Unless the lien is enforced under  subsection
23    (c),  the  lien may be enforced by foreclosure proceedings as
24    in the case of mortgage foreclosures under Article XV of  the
25    Code  of  Civil Procedure or mechanics' lien foreclosures. An
26    action to foreclose this lien may be commenced  at  any  time
27    after the date of filing of the notice of lien.  The costs of
28    foreclosure  incurred  by  the  municipality, including court
29    costs, reasonable attorney's fees, advances to  preserve  the
30    property,  and other costs related to the enforcement of this
31    subsection, plus statutory interest, are a lien on  the  real
32    estate and are recoverable by the municipality from the owner
33    or owners of the real estate.
34        All  liens  arising  under  this  subsection (a) shall be
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -344-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    assignable. The assignee of the  lien  shall  have  the  same
 2    power to enforce the lien as the assigning party, except that
 3    the lien may not be enforced under subsection (c).
 4        If   the   appropriate   official   of  any  municipality
 5    determines  that  any  dangerous  and  unsafe   building   or
 6    uncompleted  and  abandoned  building  within  its  territory
 7    fulfills  the  requirements for an action by the municipality
 8    under  the  Abandoned   Housing   Rehabilitation   Act,   the
 9    municipality  may  petition  under  that  Act in a proceeding
10    brought under this subsection.
11        (b)  Any owner or tenant of  real  property  within  1200
12    feet  in  any  direction  of any dangerous or unsafe building
13    located  within  the  territory  of  a  municipality  with  a
14    population of 500,000 or more may file with  the  appropriate
15    municipal authority  a request that the municipality apply to
16    the  circuit  court  of  the  county in which the building is
17    located for an order permitting the  demolition,  removal  of
18    garbage,  debris,  and  other noxious or unhealthy substances
19    and materials from, or repair or enclosure of the building in
20    the manner prescribed in subsection (a) of this Section.   If
21    the  municipality  fails  to  institute  an action in circuit
22    court within 90 days after the filing  of  the  request,  the
23    owner  or  tenant  of  real  property within 1200 feet in any
24    direction of the building may institute an action in  circuit
25    court  seeking  an  order  compelling  the owner or owners of
26    record to demolish, remove garbage, debris, and other noxious
27    or unhealthy substances and materials from, repair or enclose
28    or to cause to be demolished, have garbage, debris, and other
29    noxious or unhealthy substances and materials  removed  from,
30    repaired,  or  enclosed  the building in question.  A private
31    owner or tenant who institutes an action under the  preceding
32    sentence shall not be required to pay any fee to the clerk of
33    the  circuit  court. The cost of repair, removal, demolition,
34    or enclosure shall be borne by the owner or owners of  record
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -345-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    of  the  building. In the event the owner or owners of record
 2    fail to demolish, remove garbage, debris, and  other  noxious
 3    or  unhealthy  substances  and  materials  from,  repair,  or
 4    enclose  the  building  within  90 days of the date the court
 5    entered its order, the owner or  tenant  who  instituted  the
 6    action  may request that the court join the municipality as a
 7    party to the action.  The court may order the municipality to
 8    demolish, remove  materials  from,  repair,  or  enclose  the
 9    building,  or  cause that action to be taken upon the request
10    of any owner or tenant who instituted the action or upon  the
11    municipality's  request.   The municipality may file, and the
12    court may approve, a plan for rehabilitating the building  in
13    question.  A  court  order  authorizing  the  municipality to
14    demolish,  remove  materials  from,  repair,  or  enclose   a
15    building,  or  cause  that  action  to  be  taken,  shall not
16    preclude the court from adjudging  the  owner  or  owners  of
17    record  of  the  building  in  contempt  of  court due to the
18    failure to comply with the order to demolish, remove garbage,
19    debris,  and  other  noxious  or  unhealthy  substances   and
20    materials from, repair, or enclose the building.
21        If  a  municipality or a person or persons other than the
22    owner or owners of record pay the cost of demolition, removal
23    of garbage, debris, and other noxious or unhealthy substances
24    and materials, repair,  or  enclosure  pursuant  to  a  court
25    order,  the cost, including court costs, attorney's fees, and
26    other costs related to the enforcement of this subsection, is
27    recoverable from the owner or owners of the real  estate  and
28    is  a  lien  on  the real estate; the lien is superior to all
29    prior existing liens  and  encumbrances,  except  taxes,  if,
30    within  180  days  after  the repair, removal, demolition, or
31    enclosure, the municipality or the person or persons who paid
32    the costs of demolition, removal, repair, or enclosure  shall
33    file a notice of lien of the cost and expense incurred in the
34    office of the recorder in the county in which the real estate
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -346-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    is located or in the office of the registrar of the county if
 2    the  real  estate affected is registered under the Registered
 3    Titles (Torrens) Act. The notice shall be in  a  form  as  is
 4    provided   in   subsection  (a).   An  owner  or  tenant  who
 5    institutes an action in circuit court  seeking  an  order  to
 6    compel  the  owner  or  owners  of record to demolish, remove
 7    materials from, repair, or enclose any  dangerous  or  unsafe
 8    building,  or  to  cause  that  action to be taken under this
 9    subsection may recover court costs and reasonable  attorney's
10    fees  for  instituting the action from the owner or owners of
11    record of  the  building.  Upon  payment  of  the  costs  and
12    expenses  by  the  owner  of  or  a  person interested in the
13    property after the notice of lien has been  filed,  the  lien
14    shall  be released by the municipality or the person in whose
15    name the lien has been filed or his or her assignee, and  the
16    release  may  be  filed  of record as in the case of filing a
17    notice of lien.  Unless the lien is enforced under subsection
18    (c), the lien may be enforced by foreclosure  proceedings  as
19    in  the case of mortgage foreclosures under Article XV of the
20    Code of Civil Procedure or mechanics' lien foreclosures.   An
21    action  to  foreclose  this lien may be commenced at any time
22    after the date of filing of the notice of lien.  The costs of
23    foreclosure incurred by  the  municipality,  including  court
24    costs,  reasonable  attorneys' fees, advances to preserve the
25    property, and other costs related to the enforcement of  this
26    subsection,  plus  statutory interest, are a lien on the real
27    estate and are recoverable by the municipality from the owner
28    or owners of the real estate.
29        All liens arising under the terms of this subsection  (b)
30    shall be assignable.  The assignee of the lien shall have the
31    same power to enforce the lien as the assigning party, except
32    that the lien may not be enforced under subsection (c).
33        (c)  In any case where a municipality has obtained a lien
34    under  subsection  (a),  (b),  or  (f),  the municipality may
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -347-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    enforce the lien  under  this  subsection  (c)  in  the  same
 2    proceeding in which the lien is authorized.
 3        A  municipality  desiring  to  enforce  a lien under this
 4    subsection  (c)  shall   petition   the   court   to   retain
 5    jurisdiction   for   foreclosure   proceedings   under   this
 6    subsection.   Notice  of  the  petition  shall  be served, by
 7    certified or registered mail, on all persons who were  served
 8    notice  under  subsection  (a), (b), or (f).  The court shall
 9    conduct a hearing on the petition not less than 15 days after
10    the notice is served.   If  the  court  determines  that  the
11    requirements  of  this subsection (c) have been satisfied, it
12    shall grant the petition and  retain  jurisdiction  over  the
13    matter  until  the  foreclosure proceeding is completed.  The
14    costs of foreclosure incurred by the municipality,  including
15    court costs, reasonable attorneys' fees, advances to preserve
16    the  property,  and other costs related to the enforcement of
17    this subsection, plus statutory interest, are a lien  on  the
18    real  estate and are recoverable by the municipality from the
19    owner or owners of the real estate.  If the court denies  the
20    petition, the municipality may enforce the lien in a separate
21    action as provided in subsection (a), (b), or (f).
22        All  persons designated in Section 15-1501 of the Code of
23    Civil  Procedure  as  necessary   parties   in   a   mortgage
24    foreclosure action shall be joined as parties before issuance
25    of  an  order  of foreclosure.  Persons designated in Section
26    15-1501 of the Code of Civil Procedure as permissible parties
27    may also be joined as parties in the action.
28        The provisions  of  Article  XV  of  the  Code  of  Civil
29    Procedure  applicable to mortgage foreclosures shall apply to
30    the foreclosure of a lien under this subsection  (c),  except
31    to  the  extent  that  those provisions are inconsistent with
32    this subsection.   For  purposes  of  foreclosures  of  liens
33    under   this   subsection,  however,  the  redemption  period
34    described in subsection (b) of Section 15-1603 of the Code of
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -348-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    Civil Procedure shall end 60 days after the date of entry  of
 2    the order of foreclosure.
 3        (d)  In addition to any other remedy provided by law, the
 4    corporate  authorities  of  any municipality may petition the
 5    circuit court to have property declared abandoned under  this
 6    subsection (d) if:
 7             (1)  the  property  has been tax delinquent for 2 or
 8        more years or bills for water service  for  the  property
 9        have been outstanding for 2 or more years;
10             (2)  the  property  is unoccupied by persons legally
11        in possession; and
12             (3)  the property contains  a  dangerous  or  unsafe
13        building.
14        All persons having an interest of record in the property,
15    including   tax  purchasers  and  beneficial  owners  of  any
16    Illinois land trust having title to the  property,  shall  be
17    named  as defendants in the petition and shall be served with
18    process.  In addition, service shall  be  had  under  Section
19    2-206  of  the  Code  of  Civil  Procedure  as in other cases
20    affecting property.
21        The  municipality,  however,  may  proceed   under   this
22    subsection  in  a  proceeding brought under subsection (a) or
23    (b).  Notice of the petition shall be served by certified  or
24    registered  mail  on all persons who were served notice under
25    subsection (a) or (b).
26        If the municipality proves that the conditions  described
27    in  this  subsection  exist  and  the  owner of record of the
28    property does not enter an appearance in the action,  or,  if
29    title  to  the property is held by an Illinois land trust, if
30    neither the owner of record nor the owner of  the  beneficial
31    interest  of  the trust enters an appearance, the court shall
32    declare the property abandoned.
33        If that determination is made, notice shall  be  sent  by
34    certified  or  registered  mail  to  all  persons  having  an
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -349-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    interest  of record in the property, including tax purchasers
 2    and beneficial owners of any Illinois land trust having title
 3    to the property, stating that title to the property  will  be
 4    transferred to the municipality unless, within 30 days of the
 5    notice,  the  owner  of  record  enters  an appearance in the
 6    action, or unless any other person having an interest in  the
 7    property  files  with  the  court  a  request to demolish the
 8    dangerous or unsafe building or to put the building  in  safe
 9    condition.
10        If the owner of record enters an appearance in the action
11    within  the  30  day period, the court shall vacate its order
12    declaring  the  property  abandoned.   In  that   case,   the
13    municipality  may  amend  its  complaint in order to initiate
14    proceedings under subsection (a).
15        If a request to demolish or repair the building is  filed
16    within the 30 day period, the court shall grant permission to
17    the  requesting party to demolish the building within 30 days
18    or to restore the building to safe condition within  60  days
19    after  the  request  is granted.  An extension of that period
20    for up to 60 additional days may be given for good cause.  If
21    more than one person with an interest in the property files a
22    timely request, preference shall be given to the person  with
23    the lien or other interest of the highest priority.
24        If  the  requesting  party  proves  to the court that the
25    building has been demolished  or  put  in  a  safe  condition
26    within  the  period  of  time granted by the court, the court
27    shall issue a quitclaim judicial deed for the property to the
28    requesting party, conveying only the interest of the owner of
29    record, upon proof of payment  to  the  municipality  of  all
30    costs  incurred  by  the  municipality in connection with the
31    action, including but not limited to court costs,  attorney's
32    fees,  administrative  costs,  the  costs, if any, associated
33    with  building   enclosure   or   removal,   and   receiver's
34    certificates.  The interest in the property so conveyed shall
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -350-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    be subject to all liens and encumbrances on the property.  In
 2    addition,  if  the interest is conveyed to a person holding a
 3    certificate of purchase for the property under  the  Property
 4    Tax  Code,  the  conveyance shall be subject to the rights of
 5    redemption of all persons entitled to redeem under that  Act,
 6    including the original owner of record.
 7        If  no  person  with  an interest in the property files a
 8    timely request or if the requesting party fails  to  demolish
 9    the building or put the building in safe condition within the
10    time  specified  by  the court, the municipality may petition
11    the court to issue a judicial deed for the  property  to  the
12    municipality.  A conveyance by judicial deed shall operate to
13    extinguish all existing ownership interests in, liens on, and
14    other  interest  in  the  property,  including tax liens, and
15    shall extinguish the rights and  interests  of  any  and  all
16    holders  of  a  bona  fide  certificate  of  purchase  of the
17    property  for  delinquent  taxes.    Any   such   bona   fide
18    certificate of purchase holder shall be entitled to a sale in
19    error  as prescribed under Section 21-310 of the Property Tax
20    Code.
21        (e)  Each municipality may use  the  provisions  of  this
22    subsection  to expedite the removal of certain buildings that
23    are a continuing hazard to the community in  which  they  are
24    located.
25        If  a  residential or commercial building is 3 stories or
26    less in height as  defined  by  the  municipality's  building
27    code,  and  the corporate official designated to be in charge
28    of enforcing the municipality's building code determines that
29    the  building  is  open  and  vacant  and  an  immediate  and
30    continuing hazard to the community in which the  building  is
31    located,  then  the  official  shall  be authorized to post a
32    notice not less than 2 feet by 2 feet in size on the front of
33    the building.  The notice shall be dated as of  the  date  of
34    the  posting  and  shall  state  that  unless the building is
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -351-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    demolished, repaired, or enclosed, and  unless  any  garbage,
 2    debris, and other hazardous, noxious, or unhealthy substances
 3    or  materials are removed so that an immediate and continuing
 4    hazard to the community no longer exists, then  the  building
 5    may  be  demolished,  repaired,  or enclosed, or any garbage,
 6    debris, and other hazardous, noxious, or unhealthy substances
 7    or materials may be removed, by the municipality.
 8        Not later than 30  days  following  the  posting  of  the
 9    notice, the municipality shall do all of the following:
10             (1)  Cause  to  be  sent,  by certified mail, return
11        receipt requested, a Notice to Remediate to   all  owners
12        of  record  of the property, the beneficial owners of any
13        Illinois land trust having title to the property, and all
14        lienholders of record in the property, stating the intent
15        of the municipality to demolish, repair, or  enclose  the
16        building   or   remove  any  garbage,  debris,  or  other
17        hazardous, noxious, or unhealthy substances or  materials
18        if that action is not taken by the owner or owners.
19             (2)  Cause to be published, in a newspaper published
20        or  circulated  in the municipality where the building is
21        located, a notice setting forth  (i)  the  permanent  tax
22        index  number  and  the  address  of the building, (ii) a
23        statement that  the  property  is  open  and  vacant  and
24        constitutes  an  immediate  and  continuing hazard to the
25        community, and (iii) a statement  that  the  municipality
26        intends  to  demolish, repair, or enclose the building or
27        remove any garbage, debris, or other hazardous,  noxious,
28        or  unhealthy  substances  or  materials  if the owner or
29        owners or lienholders of record  fail  to  do  so.   This
30        notice shall be published for 3 consecutive days.
31             (3)  Cause  to  be  recorded the Notice to Remediate
32        mailed under paragraph (1) in the office of the  recorder
33        in  the  county in which the real estate is located or in
34        the office of the registrar of titles of  the  county  if
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -352-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        the  real estate is registered under the Registered Title
 2        (Torrens) Act.
 3        Any person or persons with a current legal  or  equitable
 4    interest in the property objecting to the proposed actions of
 5    the corporate authorities may file his or her objection in an
 6    appropriate form in a court of competent jurisdiction.
 7        If the building is not demolished, repaired, or enclosed,
 8    or  the  garbage,  debris,  or  other  hazardous, noxious, or
 9    unhealthy substances or materials are not removed, within  30
10    days  of  mailing  the  notice  to  the owners of record, the
11    beneficial owners of any Illinois land trust having title  to
12    the  property, and all lienholders of record in the property,
13    or within 30 days of the  last  day  of  publication  of  the
14    notice,  whichever  is later, the corporate authorities shall
15    have the power to demolish, repair, or enclose  the  building
16    or  to  remove  any  garbage,  debris,  or  other  hazardous,
17    noxious, or unhealthy substances or materials.
18        The  municipality  may  proceed  to  demolish, repair, or
19    enclose a building or remove any garbage,  debris,  or  other
20    hazardous,  noxious,  or  unhealthy  substances  or materials
21    under this subsection within a 120-day period  following  the
22    date of the mailing of the notice if the appropriate official
23    determines that the demolition, repair, enclosure, or removal
24    of  any  garbage,  debris,  or  other  hazardous, noxious, or
25    unhealthy substances or materials is necessary to remedy  the
26    immediate  and  continuing  hazard.   If, however, before the
27    municipality proceeds with any of the actions  authorized  by
28    this  subsection,  any  person  with  a  legal  or  equitable
29    interest  in  the  property  has  sought a hearing under this
30    subsection before a court  and  has  served  a  copy  of  the
31    complaint on the chief executive officer of the municipality,
32    then  the municipality shall not proceed with the demolition,
33    repair, enclosure, or removal of garbage,  debris,  or  other
34    substances  until  the  court  determines that that action is
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -353-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    necessary  to  remedy  the  hazard  and   issues   an   order
 2    authorizing the municipality to do so.
 3        Following  the  demolition,  repair,  or  enclosure  of a
 4    building,  or  the  removal  of  garbage,  debris,  or  other
 5    hazardous, noxious,  or  unhealthy  substances  or  materials
 6    under  this subsection, the municipality may file a notice of
 7    lien against the real estate for the cost of the  demolition,
 8    repair,  enclosure,  or  removal  within  180  days after the
 9    repair, demolition, enclosure, or removal occurred,  for  the
10    cost  and  expense incurred, in the office of the recorder in
11    the county in which the real estate  is  located  or  in  the
12    office  of  the registrar of titles of the county if the real
13    estate affected is registered  under  the  Registered  Titles
14    (Torrens)  Act;  this lien has priority over the interests of
15    those parties named in the Notice to Remediate  mailed  under
16    paragraph  (1),  but  not  over  the interests of third party
17    purchasers or encumbrancers  for  value  who  obtained  their
18    interests   in   the  property  before  obtaining  actual  or
19    constructive notice of the lien. The  notice  of  lien  shall
20    consist  of a sworn statement setting forth (i) a description
21    of the real estate, such as the address or other  description
22    of  the property, sufficient for its identification; (ii) the
23    expenses incurred by  the  municipality  in  undertaking  the
24    remedial  actions authorized under this subsection; (iii) the
25    date or dates the expenses were incurred by the municipality;
26    (iv) a statement by the corporate  official  responsible  for
27    enforcing  the  building  code that the building was open and
28    vacant and constituted an immediate and continuing hazard  to
29    the community; (v) a statement by the corporate official that
30    the required sign was posted on the building, that notice was
31    sent  by  certified  mail  to  the owners of record, and that
32    notice was published in accordance with this subsection;  and
33    (vi)  a  statement  as  to  when  and  where  the  notice was
34    published.   The  lien  authorized  by  this  subsection  may
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -354-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    thereafter be released or enforced  by  the  municipality  as
 2    provided in subsection (a).
 3        (f)  The  corporate  authorities of each municipality may
 4    remove or cause the removal of, or otherwise  environmentally
 5    remediate hazardous substances and petroleum products on, in,
 6    or  under  any  abandoned  and  unsafe  property  within  the
 7    territory  of a municipality.  In addition, where preliminary
 8    evidence indicates the  presence  or  likely  presence  of  a
 9    hazardous  substance or a petroleum product or a release or a
10    substantial threat of a release of a hazardous substance or a
11    petroleum  product  on,  in,  or  under  the  property,   the
12    corporate  authorities  of  the  municipality may inspect the
13    property and test for the presence or  release  of  hazardous
14    substances  and  petroleum  products.   In  any county having
15    adopted by referendum or otherwise a county health department
16    as provided by Division 5-25 of  the  Counties  Code  or  its
17    predecessor, the county board of that county may exercise the
18    above-described  powers  with  regard  to property within the
19    territory of any city, village, or incorporated  town  having
20    less than 50,000 population.
21        For purposes of this subsection (f):
22             (1)  "property"  or  "real  estate"  means  all real
23        property, whether or not improved by a structure;
24             (2)  "abandoned" means;
25                  (A)  the property has been tax delinquent for 2
26             or more years;
27                  (B)  the  property  is  unoccupied  by  persons
28             legally in possession; and
29             (3)  "unsafe" means property that presents an actual
30        or imminent threat to public health and safety caused  by
31        the release of hazardous substances; and
32             (4)  "hazardous  substances"  means  the  same as in
33        Section 3.14 of the Environmental Protection Act.
34        The corporate authorities  shall  apply  to  the  circuit
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -355-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    court  of the county in which the property is located (i) for
 2    an order allowing the municipality to enter the property  and
 3    inspect and test substances on, in, or under the property; or
 4    (ii)  for  an  order authorizing the corporate authorities to
 5    take action with respect to remediation of  the  property  if
 6    conditions  on  the  property,  based  on  the inspection and
 7    testing authorized in paragraph (i), indicate the presence of
 8    hazardous substances  or  petroleum  products.    Remediation
 9    shall be deemed complete for purposes of paragraph (ii) above
10    when  the  property  satisfies Tier I, II, or III remediation
11    objectives  for  the  property's  most   recent   usage,   as
12    established  by  the  Environmental  Protection  Act, and the
13    rules and regulations promulgated  thereunder.   Where,  upon
14    diligent  search, the identity or whereabouts of the owner or
15    owners of the property, including the lien holders of record,
16    is not ascertainable, notice mailed to the person or  persons
17    in whose name the real estate was last assessed is sufficient
18    notice under this Section.
19        The  court shall grant an order authorizing testing under
20    paragraph (i) above upon a showing  of  preliminary  evidence
21    indicating  the  presence  or  likely presence of a hazardous
22    substance or a  petroleum  product  or  a  release  of  or  a
23    substantial threat of a release of a hazardous substance or a
24    petroleum  product  on, in, or under abandoned property.  The
25    preliminary evidence may include,  but  is  not  limited  to,
26    evidence  of prior use, visual site inspection, or records of
27    prior environmental investigations.  The  testing  authorized
28    by   paragraph   (i)   above   shall   include  any  type  of
29    investigation  which  is  necessary  for   an   environmental
30    professional  to determine the environmental condition of the
31    property, including but not limited to  performance  of  soil
32    borings  and groundwater monitoring.  The court shall grant a
33    remediation order under paragraph (ii) above where testing of
34    the property indicates that it fails to meet  the  applicable
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -356-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    remediation  objectives.  The hearing upon the application to
 2    the circuit court shall be expedited by the court  and  shall
 3    be given precedence over all other suits.
 4        The  cost  of  the  inspection,  testing,  or remediation
 5    incurred by the municipality or by a lien holder  of  record,
 6    including  court  costs,  attorney's  fees,  and  other costs
 7    related to the enforcement of this Section, is a lien on  the
 8    real   estate;   except   that   in  any  instances  where  a
 9    municipality incurs costs of inspection and testing but finds
10    no hazardous substances or petroleum products on the property
11    that present an actual or imminent threat  to  public  health
12    and  safety,  such  costs are not recoverable from the owners
13    nor are such costs a lien on the real estate.   The  lien  is
14    superior to all prior existing liens and encumbrances, except
15    taxes  and any lien obtained under subsection (a) or (e), if,
16    within 180 days  after  the  completion  of  the  inspection,
17    testing,  or remediation, the municipality or the lien holder
18    of record who incurred the cost  and  expense  shall  file  a
19    notice  of  lien  for  the  cost  and expense incurred in the
20    office of the recorder in the county in which the real estate
21    is located or in the office of the registrar of titles of the
22    county if the real estate affected is  registered  under  the
23    Registered Titles (Torrens) Act.
24        The  notice must consist of a sworn statement setting out
25    (i) a description of  the  real  estate  sufficient  for  its
26    identification,  (ii)  the  amount  of money representing the
27    cost and expense incurred, and (iii) the date or  dates  when
28    the  cost and expense was incurred by the municipality or the
29    lien holder of record.  Upon payment of the  lien  amount  by
30    the  owner of or persons interested in the property after the
31    notice of lien has been filed, a release  of  lien  shall  be
32    issued by the municipality, the person in whose name the lien
33    has  been filed, or the assignee of the lien, and the release
34    may be filed of record as in the case  of  filing  notice  of
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -357-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    lien.
 2        The  lien  may  be  enforced  under  subsection (c) or by
 3    foreclosure  proceedings  as  in   the   case   of   mortgage
 4    foreclosures  under Article XV of the Code of Civil Procedure
 5    or mechanics' lien foreclosures; provided that where the lien
 6    is enforced by foreclosure  under  subsection  (c)  or  under
 7    either  statute, the municipality may not proceed against the
 8    other assets of the owner or owners of the  real  estate  for
 9    any  costs  that  otherwise  would  be recoverable under this
10    Section but that remain unsatisfied after foreclosure  except
11    where  such  additional  recovery  is  authorized by separate
12    environmental laws.  An action to foreclose this lien may  be
13    commenced  at any time after the date of filing of the notice
14    of  lien.    The  costs  of  foreclosure  incurred   by   the
15    municipality,  including  court  costs, reasonable attorney's
16    fees, advances to preserve  the  property,  and  other  costs
17    related to the enforcement of this subsection, plus statutory
18    interest, are a lien on the real estate.
19        All  liens  arising  under  this  subsection (f) shall be
20    assignable.  The assignee of the lien  shall  have  the  same
21    power to enforce the lien as the assigning party, except that
22    the lien may not be enforced under subsection (c).
23        (g)  In any case where a municipality has obtained a lien
24    under  subsection  (a),  the  municipality  may also bring an
25    action for a money judgment against the owner  or  owners  of
26    the  real estate in the amount of the lien in the same manner
27    as provided for bringing causes of action in  Article  II  of
28    the  Code  of Civil Procedure and, upon obtaining a judgment,
29    file a judgment lien against all of the real  estate  of  the
30    owner  or  owners  and  enforce  that lien as provided for in
31    Article XII of the Code of Civil Procedure.
32    (Source: P.A. 90-393,  eff.  1-1-98;  90-597,  eff.  6-25-98;
33    91-162,  eff.  7-16-99;  91-177,  eff.  1-1-00;  91-357, eff.
34    7-29-99; 91-542, eff. 1-1-00; 91-561,  eff.  1-1-00;  revised
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -358-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    8-27-99.)

 2        (65 ILCS 5/11-74.4-4) (from Ch. 24, par. 11-74.4-4)
 3        Sec.    11-74.4-4.    Municipal    powers   and   duties;
 4    redevelopment project areas.  A municipality may:
 5        (a)  The changes made by this amendatory Act of the  91st
 6    General  Assembly  do  not  apply to a municipality that, (i)
 7    before the effective date of this amendatory Act of the  91st
 8    General  Assembly,  has  adopted  an  ordinance or resolution
 9    fixing a time and place for a public  hearing  under  Section
10    11-74.4-5  or  (ii)  before  July  1,  1999,  has  adopted an
11    ordinance or resolution providing  for  a  feasibility  study
12    under  Section  11-74.4-4.1,  but  has  not  yet  adopted  an
13    ordinance  approving  redevelopment  plans  and redevelopment
14    projects or designating  redevelopment  project  areas  under
15    this  Section,  until  after  that    municipality  adopts an
16    ordinance approving  redevelopment  plans  and  redevelopment
17    projects  or  designating  redevelopment  project areas under
18    this Section; thereafter the changes made by this  amendatory
19    Act  of  the  91st  General Assembly apply to the same extent
20    that they apply  to  redevelopment  plans  and  redevelopment
21    projects  that  were approved and redevelopment projects that
22    were designated before the effective date of this  amendatory
23    Act of the 91st General Assembly.
24        By  ordinance  introduced  in  the  governing body of the
25    municipality within 14 to 90 days from the completion of  the
26    hearing  specified in Section 11-74.4-5 approve redevelopment
27    plans and redevelopment projects, and designate redevelopment
28    project areas pursuant to notice and hearing required by this
29    Act.  No  redevelopment  project  area  shall  be  designated
30    unless   a  plan  and  project  are  approved  prior  to  the
31    designation of such area and such  area  shall  include  only
32    those  contiguous  parcels  of real property and improvements
33    thereon substantially benefited by the proposed redevelopment
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -359-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    project improvements.  Upon adoption of the  ordinances,  the
 2    municipality  shall forthwith transmit to the county clerk of
 3    the county or counties within which the redevelopment project
 4    area is located a certified copy of the ordinances,  a  legal
 5    description  of  the redevelopment project area, a map of the
 6    redevelopment project area, identification of the  year  that
 7    the  county clerk shall use for determining the total initial
 8    equalized assessed value of the  redevelopment  project  area
 9    consistent  with  subsection  (a) of Section 11-74.4-9, and a
10    list of the parcel  or  tax  identification  number  of  each
11    parcel  of  property  included  in  the redevelopment project
12    area.
13        (b)  Make and enter  into  all  contracts  with  property
14    owners,  developers,  tenants, overlapping taxing bodies, and
15    others necessary or  incidental  to  the  implementation  and
16    furtherance of its redevelopment plan and project.
17        (c)  Within  a  redevelopment  project  area,  acquire by
18    purchase, donation, lease or  eminent  domain;  own,  convey,
19    lease,  mortgage  or dispose of land and other property, real
20    or personal, or rights or interests  therein,  and  grant  or
21    acquire licenses, easements and options with respect thereto,
22    all  in  the  manner  and  at  such  price  the  municipality
23    determines  is reasonably necessary to achieve the objectives
24    of the redevelopment plan and project.  No conveyance, lease,
25    mortgage, disposition of land or other property  owned  by  a
26    municipality,  or  agreement  relating  to the development of
27    such  municipal  property  shall  be  made  except  upon  the
28    adoption of an ordinance by the corporate authorities of  the
29    municipality. Furthermore, no conveyance, lease, mortgage, or
30    other   disposition  of  land  owned  by  a  municipality  or
31    agreement relating  to  the  development  of  such  municipal
32    property  shall  be  made without making public disclosure of
33    the terms of the disposition and all bids and proposals  made
34    in  response  to  the municipality's request.  The procedures
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -360-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    for  obtaining  such  bids  and   proposals   shall   provide
 2    reasonable  opportunity  for any person to submit alternative
 3    proposals or bids.
 4        (d)  Within a redevelopment project area, clear any  area
 5    by  demolition  or  removal  of  any  existing  buildings and
 6    structures.
 7        (e)  Within a redevelopment  project  area,  renovate  or
 8    rehabilitate  or  construct  any  structure  or  building, as
 9    permitted under this Act.
10        (f)  Install, repair, construct, reconstruct or  relocate
11    streets,  utilities  and  site  improvements essential to the
12    preparation of the redevelopment area for use  in  accordance
13    with a redevelopment plan.
14        (g)  Within a redevelopment project area, fix, charge and
15    collect  fees,  rents and charges for the use of any building
16    or property owned or leased by it or  any  part  thereof,  or
17    facility therein.
18        (h)  Accept grants, guarantees and donations of property,
19    labor,  or  other  things  of  value from a public or private
20    source for use within a project redevelopment area.
21        (i)  Acquire and construct  public  facilities  within  a
22    redevelopment project area, as permitted under this Act.
23        (j)  Incur  project  redevelopment  costs  and  reimburse
24    developers  who  incur redevelopment project costs authorized
25    by a redevelopment agreement; provided, however, that on  and
26    after  the  effective date of this amendatory Act of the 91st
27    General Assembly, no municipality shall  incur  redevelopment
28    project  costs  (except  for  planning  costs  and  any other
29    eligible  costs  authorized   by   municipal   ordinance   or
30    resolution    that   are   subsequently   included   in   the
31    redevelopment plan for the  area  and  are  incurred  by  the
32    municipality  after  the  ordinance or resolution is adopted)
33    that are not consistent with the  program  for  accomplishing
34    the  objectives of the redevelopment plan as included in that
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -361-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    plan and approved by the municipality until the  municipality
 2    has  amended  the redevelopment plan as provided elsewhere in
 3    this Act.
 4        (k)  Create a commission of not less than 5 or more  than
 5    15  persons  to be appointed by the mayor or president of the
 6    municipality  with  the  consent  of  the  majority  of   the
 7    governing board of the municipality.  Members of a commission
 8    appointed  after the effective date of this amendatory Act of
 9    1987 shall be appointed for initial terms of 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5
10    years, respectively, in such numbers as to provide  that  the
11    terms  of  not more than 1/3 of all such members shall expire
12    in any one year.  Their successors shall be appointed  for  a
13    term  of 5 years.  The commission, subject to approval of the
14    corporate authorities may exercise the powers  enumerated  in
15    this  Section.  The  commission  shall also have the power to
16    hold the public hearings required by this division  and  make
17    recommendations  to  the corporate authorities concerning the
18    adoption of redevelopment plans, redevelopment  projects  and
19    designation of redevelopment project areas.
20        (l)  Make  payment  in lieu of taxes or a portion thereof
21    to taxing districts.  If payments  in  lieu  of  taxes  or  a
22    portion  thereof are made to taxing districts, those payments
23    shall be made to all districts within a project redevelopment
24    area  on  a  basis  which  is  proportional  to  the  current
25    collections of revenue which each  taxing  district  receives
26    from real property in the redevelopment project area.
27        (m)  Exercise  any  and  all  other  powers  necessary to
28    effectuate the purposes of this Act.
29        (n)  If any member of the corporate authority,  a  member
30    of  a commission established pursuant to Section 11-74.4-4(k)
31    of this Act, or an employee or consultant of the municipality
32    involved in the planning and preparation of  a  redevelopment
33    plan, or project for a redevelopment project area or proposed
34    redevelopment   project   area,   as   defined   in  Sections
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -362-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    11-74.4-3(i) through (k) of this Act,  owns  or  controls  an
 2    interest, direct or indirect, in any property included in any
 3    redevelopment area, or proposed redevelopment area, he or she
 4    shall  disclose  the  same  in  writing  to  the clerk of the
 5    municipality, and shall also so disclose the dates and  terms
 6    and conditions of any disposition of any such interest, which
 7    disclosures   shall   be   acknowledged   by   the  corporate
 8    authorities  and  entered  upon  the  minute  books  of   the
 9    corporate  authorities.   If  an  individual  holds  such  an
10    interest  then that individual shall refrain from any further
11    official involvement in regard to  such  redevelopment  plan,
12    project or area, from voting on any matter pertaining to such
13    redevelopment  plan,  project  or area, or communicating with
14    other members concerning corporate authorities, commission or
15    employees  concerning   any   matter   pertaining   to   said
16    redevelopment  plan,  project  or area.  Furthermore, no such
17    member or employee shall acquire of any interest  direct,  or
18    indirect, in any property in a redevelopment area or proposed
19    redevelopment  area  after either (a) such individual obtains
20    knowledge of such plan, project or area or (b)  first  public
21    notice  of  such  plan,  project  or area pursuant to Section
22    11-74.4-6 of this Division, whichever occurs first.  For  the
23    purposes  of this subsection, a property interest acquired in
24    a single parcel of property by  a  member  of  the  corporate
25    authority,  which  property  is  used    exclusively  as  the
26    member's primary residence, shall not be deemed to constitute
27    an  interest in any property included in a redevelopment area
28    or  proposed  redevelopment  area that was established before
29    December  31,  1989,  but  the  member  must   disclose   the
30    acquisition  to  the  municipal clerk under the provisions of
31    this subsection. For  the  purposes  of  this  subsection,  a
32    month-to-month  leasehold  interest  in  a  single  parcel of
33    property by a member of the corporate authority shall not  be
34    deemed to constitute an interest in any  property included in
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -363-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    any  redevelopment  area  or proposed redevelopment area, but
 2    the member must disclose the interest to the municipal  clerk
 3    under the provisions of this subsection.
 4        (o)  Create a Tax Increment Economic Development Advisory
 5    Committee  to  be  appointed by the Mayor or President of the
 6    municipality  with  the  consent  of  the  majority  of   the
 7    governing  board  of  the  municipality, the members of which
 8    Committee shall be appointed for initial terms of 1, 2, 3,  4
 9    and  5 years respectively, in such numbers as to provide that
10    the terms of not more than 1/3  of  all  such  members  shall
11    expire  in any one year.  Their successors shall be appointed
12    for a term of 5 years.  The Committee shall have none of  the
13    powers enumerated in this Section.  The Committee shall serve
14    in  an  advisory capacity only.  The Committee may advise the
15    governing Board  of  the  municipality  and  other  municipal
16    officials  regarding  development  issues  and  opportunities
17    within  the redevelopment project area or the area within the
18    State Sales Tax Boundary. The Committee may also promote  and
19    publicize  development  opportunities  in  the  redevelopment
20    project area or the area within the State Sales Tax Boundary.
21        (p)  Municipalities  may  jointly  undertake  and perform
22    redevelopment plans and projects and utilize  the  provisions
23    of  the  Act  wherever  they  have  contiguous  redevelopment
24    project  areas  or  they  determine  to  adopt  tax increment
25    financing with respect to a redevelopment project area  which
26    includes  contiguous  real  property within the boundaries of
27    the municipalities, and in doing so, they may,  by  agreement
28    between  municipalities,  issue  obligations,  separately  or
29    jointly,  and  expend  revenues  received  under  the Act for
30    eligible expenses anywhere  within  contiguous  redevelopment
31    project areas or as otherwise permitted in the Act.
32        (q)  Utilize   revenues,   other  than  State  sales  tax
33    increment  revenues,  received  under  this  Act   from   one
34    redevelopment  project  area  for  eligible  costs in another
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -364-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    redevelopment project area that is either contiguous  to,  or
 2    is  separated  only  by  a  public  right  of  way  from, the
 3    redevelopment  project  area  from  which  the  revenues  are
 4    received. Utilize tax increment revenues for  eligible  costs
 5    that  are  received from a redevelopment project area created
 6    under  the  Industrial  Jobs  Recovery  Law  that  is  either
 7    contiguous to, or is separated only by a public right of  way
 8    from,  the  redevelopment project area created under this Act
 9    which initially receives these revenues.   Utilize  revenues,
10    other   than   State   sales   tax   increment  revenues,  by
11    transferring or loaning  such  revenues  to  a  redevelopment
12    project  area  created under the Industrial Jobs Recovery Law
13    that is either contiguous to, or separated only by  a  public
14    right  of  way  from  the  redevelopment  project  area  that
15    initially  produced  and received those revenues; and, if the
16    redevelopment project area (i)  was  established  before  the
17    effective  date  of  this  amendatory Act of the 91st General
18    Assembly and (ii) is located within  a  municipality  with  a
19    population of more than 100,000, utilize revenues or proceeds
20    of  obligations  authorized by Section 11-74.4-7 of this Act,
21    other than use or occupation tax revenues,  to  pay  for  any
22    redevelopment  project  costs as defined by subsection (q) of
23    Section  11-74.4-3  to  the  extent  that  the  redevelopment
24    project  costs  involve  public  property  that   is   either
25    contiguous  to,  or  separated  only by a public right of way
26    from,  a  redevelopment   project   area   whether   or   not
27    redevelopment  project costs or the source of payment for the
28    costs are specifically set forth in  the  redevelopment  plan
29    for the redevelopment project area.
30        (r)  If  no redevelopment project has been initiated in a
31    redevelopment project area within 7 years after the area  was
32    designated   by   ordinance   under   subsection   (a),   the
33    municipality  shall  adopt  an ordinance repealing the area's
34    designation  as  a  redevelopment  project  area;   provided,
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -365-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    however, that if an area received its designation more than 3
 2    years  before  the  effective  date of this amendatory Act of
 3    1994 and no redevelopment project has been initiated within 4
 4    years after the effective date  of  this  amendatory  Act  of
 5    1994, the municipality shall adopt an ordinance repealing its
 6    designation  as a redevelopment project area. Initiation of a
 7    redevelopment project shall be evidenced by either  a  signed
 8    redevelopment   agreement   or   expenditures   on   eligible
 9    redevelopment  project  costs associated with a redevelopment
10    project.
11    (Source: P.A. 90-258, eff.  7-30-97;  91-478,  eff.  11-1-99;
12    91-642, eff. 8-20-99; revised 10-20-99.)

13        (65 ILCS 5/11-74.4-8) (from Ch. 24, par. 11-74.4-8)
14        Sec.   11-74.4-8.   A  municipality  may  not  adopt  tax
15    increment financing in a redevelopment project area after the
16    effective date of this  amendatory  Act  of  1997  that  will
17    encompass an area that is currently included in an enterprise
18    zone  created  under  the Illinois Enterprise Zone Act unless
19    that municipality, pursuant to Section 5.4  of  the  Illinois
20    Enterprise  Zone  Act, amends the enterprise zone designating
21    ordinance to limit the  eligibility  for  tax  abatements  as
22    provided  in  Section  5.4.1  of the Illinois Enterprise Zone
23    Act.  A municipality, at the  time  a  redevelopment  project
24    area  is  designated,  may  adopt  tax  increment  allocation
25    financing  by  passing  an  ordinance  providing  that the ad
26    valorem taxes, if any, arising from the levies  upon  taxable
27    real  property  in  such redevelopment project area by taxing
28    districts and tax rates determined in the manner provided  in
29    paragraph  (c)  of  Section  11-74.4-9  each  year  after the
30    effective date of the ordinance until  redevelopment  project
31    costs  and  all municipal obligations financing redevelopment
32    project costs incurred under this  Division  have  been  paid
33    shall be divided as follows:
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -366-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        (a)  That  portion of taxes levied upon each taxable lot,
 2    block, tract or parcel of real property which is attributable
 3    to the lower of the current equalized assessed value  or  the
 4    initial  equalized  assessed  value of each such taxable lot,
 5    block, tract or parcel of real property in the  redevelopment
 6    project  area  shall be allocated to and when collected shall
 7    be paid by the county collector to  the  respective  affected
 8    taxing districts in the manner required by law in the absence
 9    of the adoption of tax increment allocation financing.
10        (b)  Except  from  a  tax  levied by a township to retire
11    bonds issued to satisfy court-ordered damages, that  portion,
12    if  any,  of such taxes which is attributable to the increase
13    in the current equalized assessed valuation of  each  taxable
14    lot,   block,  tract  or  parcel  of  real  property  in  the
15    redevelopment  project  area  over  and  above  the   initial
16    equalized assessed value of each property in the project area
17    shall be allocated to and when collected shall be paid to the
18    municipal  treasurer  who  shall  deposit  said  taxes into a
19    special fund called the special tax allocation  fund  of  the
20    municipality  for the purpose of paying redevelopment project
21    costs and obligations incurred in the payment thereof. In any
22    county with a  population  of  3,000,000  or  more  that  has
23    adopted  a  procedure  for collecting taxes that provides for
24    one or more of the installments of the taxes to be billed and
25    collected on an  estimated  basis,  the  municipal  treasurer
26    shall  be paid for deposit in the special tax allocation fund
27    of the municipality, from the taxes collected from  estimated
28    bills  issued for property in the redevelopment project area,
29    the difference between the  amount  actually  collected  from
30    each  taxable  lot,  block, tract, or parcel of real property
31    within  the  redevelopment  project  area   and   an   amount
32    determined  by  multiplying the rate at which taxes were last
33    extended against the taxable lot, block, track, or parcel  of
34    real  property  in  the  manner provided in subsection (c) of
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -367-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    Section 11-74.4-9 by the initial equalized assessed value  of
 2    the  property  divided by the number of installments in which
 3    real estate taxes are billed and collected within the county;
 4    provided that the payments on or before December 31, 1999  to
 5    a  municipal  treasurer  shall  be  made  only if each of the
 6    following conditions are met:
 7             (1)  The  total  equalized  assessed  value  of  the
 8        redevelopment project area as  last  determined  was  not
 9        less  than  175%  of the total initial equalized assessed
10        value.
11             (2)  Not  more  than  50%  of  the  total  equalized
12        assessed value of the redevelopment project area as  last
13        determined   is  attributable  to  a  piece  of  property
14        assigned a single real estate index number.
15             (3)  The municipal clerk has certified to the county
16        clerk that the municipality has issued its obligations to
17        which there has been  pledged  the  incremental  property
18        taxes  of  the redevelopment project area or taxes levied
19        and collected on any or all property in the  municipality
20        or  the  full faith and credit of the municipality to pay
21        or  secure  payment  for  all  or  a   portion   of   the
22        redevelopment  project  costs. The certification shall be
23        filed  annually  no  later  than  September  1  for   the
24        estimated  taxes to be distributed in the following year;
25        however, for the year 1992  the  certification  shall  be
26        made at any time on or before March 31, 1992.
27             (4)  The  municipality  has  not  requested that the
28        total initial equalized assessed value of  real  property
29        be  adjusted  as  provided  in  subsection (b) of Section
30        11-74.4-9.
31    The conditions of paragraphs (1) through  (4)  do  not  apply
32    after  December 31, 1999 to payments to a municipal treasurer
33    made by a county with 3,000,000 or more inhabitants that  has
34    adopted  an estimated billing procedure for collecting taxes.
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -368-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    If a county that has adopted the estimated billing  procedure
 2    makes   an  erroneous  overpayment  of  tax  revenue  to  the
 3    municipal treasurer, then the county may  seek  a  refund  of
 4    that  overpayment.    The  county  shall  send  the municipal
 5    treasurer a notice of liability for  the  overpayment  on  or
 6    before  the  mailing  date  of  the next real estate tax bill
 7    within the county.  The refund shall be limited to the amount
 8    of the overpayment.
 9        It  is  the  intent  of  this  Division  that  after  the
10    effective  date  of   this   amendatory   Act   of   1988   a
11    municipality's  own  ad  valorem  tax  arising from levies on
12    taxable real property be included  in  the  determination  of
13    incremental  revenue  in the manner provided in paragraph (c)
14    of Section 11-74.4-9. If the  municipality  does  not  extend
15    such  a  tax, it shall annually deposit in the municipality's
16    Special Tax Increment Fund an amount  equal  to  10%  of  the
17    total  contributions  to  the  fund  from  all  other  taxing
18    districts  in  that year.  The annual 10% deposit required by
19    this paragraph shall be  limited  to  the  actual  amount  of
20    municipally  produced  incremental  tax revenues available to
21    the municipality from taxpayers located in the  redevelopment
22    project  area  in  that  year  if:  (a) the plan for the area
23    restricts the use of the  property  primarily  to  industrial
24    purposes, (b) the municipality establishing the redevelopment
25    project  area is a home-rule community with a 1990 population
26    of between 25,000 and 50,000, (c) the municipality is  wholly
27    located  within  a  county  with  a  1990  population of over
28    750,000  and  (d)  the   redevelopment   project   area   was
29    established  by the municipality prior to June 1, 1990.  This
30    payment shall be in lieu of  a  contribution  of  ad  valorem
31    taxes  on  real  property.  If  no  such payment is made, any
32    redevelopment project  area  of  the  municipality  shall  be
33    dissolved.
34        If  a  municipality  has adopted tax increment allocation
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -369-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    financing  by  ordinance  and  the  County  Clerk  thereafter
 2    certifies the "total  initial  equalized  assessed  value  as
 3    adjusted"   of   the   taxable   real  property  within  such
 4    redevelopment  project  area  in  the  manner   provided   in
 5    paragraph  (b) of Section 11-74.4-9, each year after the date
 6    of the certification of the total initial equalized  assessed
 7    value  as  adjusted until redevelopment project costs and all
 8    municipal obligations financing redevelopment  project  costs
 9    have been paid the ad valorem taxes, if any, arising from the
10    levies  upon  the taxable real property in such redevelopment
11    project area by taxing districts and tax rates determined  in
12    the  manner  provided  in  paragraph (c) of Section 11-74.4-9
13    shall be divided as follows:
14             (1)  That portion of  the  taxes  levied  upon  each
15        taxable  lot,  block,  tract  or  parcel of real property
16        which  is  attributable  to  the  lower  of  the  current
17        equalized assessed value or "current  equalized  assessed
18        value  as  adjusted"  or  the  initial equalized assessed
19        value of each such taxable lot, block, tract,  or  parcel
20        of  real  property  existing  at  the  time tax increment
21        financing was adopted, minus the total current  homestead
22        exemptions  provided by Sections 15-170 and 15-175 of the
23        Property Tax Code in the redevelopment project area shall
24        be allocated to and when collected shall be paid  by  the
25        county   collector  to  the  respective  affected  taxing
26        districts in the manner required by law in the absence of
27        the adoption of tax increment allocation financing.
28             (2)  That portion, if any, of such  taxes  which  is
29        attributable  to  the  increase  in the current equalized
30        assessed valuation of each taxable lot, block, tract,  or
31        parcel  of  real  property  in  the redevelopment project
32        area, over and above the initial equalized assessed value
33        of each property  existing  at  the  time  tax  increment
34        financing  was adopted, minus the total current homestead
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -370-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        exemptions pertaining to each piece of property  provided
 2        by Sections 15-170 and 15-175 of the Property Tax Code in
 3        the redevelopment project area, shall be allocated to and
 4        when  collected shall be paid to the municipal Treasurer,
 5        who shall deposit said taxes into a special  fund  called
 6        the  special  tax allocation fund of the municipality for
 7        the purpose of paying  redevelopment  project  costs  and
 8        obligations incurred in the payment thereof.
 9        The municipality may pledge in the ordinance the funds in
10    and  to  be  deposited in the special tax allocation fund for
11    the payment of such costs and obligations.  No  part  of  the
12    current  equalized assessed valuation of each property in the
13    redevelopment project area attributable to any increase above
14    the total initial equalized  assessed  value,  or  the  total
15    initial   equalized  assessed  value  as  adjusted,  of  such
16    properties shall be used in  calculating  the  general  State
17    school  aid  formula,  provided  for  in  Section 18-8 of the
18    School Code, until such time  as  all  redevelopment  project
19    costs have been paid as provided for in this Section.
20        Whenever  a  municipality issues bonds for the purpose of
21    financing redevelopment project costs, such municipality  may
22    provide  by ordinance for the appointment of a trustee, which
23    may be any trust  company  within  the  State,  and  for  the
24    establishment  of  such funds or accounts to be maintained by
25    such trustee as the  municipality  shall  deem  necessary  to
26    provide  for  the security and payment of the bonds.  If such
27    municipality provides for the appointment of a trustee,  such
28    trustee  shall  be  considered  the  assignee of any payments
29    assigned by the municipality pursuant to such  ordinance  and
30    this  Section.   Any amounts paid to such trustee as assignee
31    shall be deposited  in  the  funds  or  accounts  established
32    pursuant  to  such trust agreement, and shall be held by such
33    trustee in trust for the benefit of the holders of the bonds,
34    and such holders shall have a lien on and a security interest
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -371-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    in such funds  or  accounts  so  long  as  the  bonds  remain
 2    outstanding  and  unpaid.  Upon  retirement of the bonds, the
 3    trustee shall  pay  over  any  excess  amounts  held  to  the
 4    municipality for deposit in the special tax allocation fund.
 5        When such redevelopment projects costs, including without
 6    limitation  all municipal obligations financing redevelopment
 7    project costs incurred under this Division, have  been  paid,
 8    all   surplus   funds  then  remaining  in  the  special  tax
 9    allocation fund shall be distributed by  being  paid  by  the
10    municipal   treasurer  to  the  Department  of  Revenue,  the
11    municipality  and  the  county  collector;   first   to   the
12    Department   of   Revenue  and  the  municipality  in  direct
13    proportion to the tax incremental revenue received  from  the
14    State  and  the  municipality,  but  not  to exceed the total
15    incremental  revenue  received  from   the   State   or   the
16    municipality   less   any   annual  surplus  distribution  of
17    incremental revenue previously made; with any remaining funds
18    to be paid to the  County  Collector  who  shall  immediately
19    thereafter  pay  said  funds  to  the taxing districts in the
20    redevelopment project area in the same manner and  proportion
21    as  the  most  recent distribution by the county collector to
22    the affected districts  of  real  property  taxes  from  real
23    property in the redevelopment project area.
24        Upon  the  payment  of  all  redevelopment project costs,
25    retirement of obligations and the distribution of any  excess
26    monies pursuant to this Section, the municipality shall adopt
27    an  ordinance  dissolving the special tax allocation fund for
28    the  redevelopment   project   area   and   terminating   the
29    designation   of   the   redevelopment   project  area  as  a
30    redevelopment  project  area.   Municipalities  shall  notify
31    affected  taxing  districts  prior  to  November  1  if   the
32    redevelopment project area is to be terminated by December 31
33    of that same year.  If a municipality extends estimated dates
34    of  completion  of  a redevelopment project and retirement of
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -372-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    obligations to finance a redevelopment project, as allowed by
 2    this amendatory Act of 1993, that extension shall not  extend
 3    the property tax increment allocation financing authorized by
 4    this  Section.   Thereafter the rates of the taxing districts
 5    shall be extended and taxes levied, collected and distributed
 6    in the manner applicable in the absence of  the  adoption  of
 7    tax increment allocation financing.
 8        Nothing  in  this Section shall be construed as relieving
 9    property in  such  redevelopment  project  areas  from  being
10    assessed as provided in the Property Tax Code or as relieving
11    owners  of such property from paying a uniform rate of taxes,
12    as required by  Section  4  of  Article  9  of  the  Illinois
13    Constitution.
14    (Source: P.A.  90-258,  eff.  7-30-97;  91-190, eff. 7-20-99;
15    91-478, eff. 11-1-99; revised 10-13-99.)

16        Section  46.   The  Metropolitan  Pier   and   Exposition
17    Authority Act is amended by changing Section 23.1 as follows:

18        (70 ILCS 210/23.1) (from Ch. 85, par. 1243.1)
19        Sec.  23.1.   (a)  The  Authority  shall,  within 90 days
20    after the effective date of  this  amendatory  Act  of  1984,
21    establish and maintain an affirmative action program designed
22    to  promote  equal  employment  opportunity and eliminate the
23    effects of past discrimination.  Such program shall include a
24    plan, including timetables  where  appropriate,  which  shall
25    specify  goals  and  methods  for increasing participation by
26    women and minorities in employment by the  Authority  and  by
27    parties  which  contract  with  the Authority.  The Authority
28    shall submit a detailed plan with the General Assembly  prior
29    to  September  1  of  each  year.   Such  program  shall also
30    establish procedures  and  sanctions  (including  debarment),
31    which  the  Authority shall enforce to ensure compliance with
32    the plan established pursuant to this Section and with  State
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -373-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    and  federal  laws and regulations relating to the employment
 2    of women and minorities.  A determination by the Authority as
 3    to whether a party to  a  contract  with  the  Authority  has
 4    achieved  the  goals  or  employed the methods for increasing
 5    participation by women and minorities shall be determined  in
 6    accordance with the terms of such contracts or the applicable
 7    provisions of rules and regulations of the Authority existing
 8    at  the  time  such  contract  was  executed,  including  any
 9    provisions   for  consideration  of  good  faith  efforts  at
10    compliance which the Authority may reasonably adopt.
11        (b)  The Authority shall adopt and maintain minority  and
12    female  owned  business enterprise procurement programs under
13    the affirmative action program described  in  subsection  (a)
14    for  any and all work undertaken by the Authority.  That work
15    shall include,  but  is  not  limited  to,  the  purchase  of
16    professional   services,   construction  services,  supplies,
17    materials, and equipment.  The programs shall establish goals
18    of awarding not less than 25% of the annual dollar  value  of
19    all   contracts,   purchase   orders,   or  other  agreements
20    (collectively referred to as "contracts") to  minority  owned
21    businesses and 5% of the annual dollar value of all contracts
22    to  female owned businesses.  Without limiting the generality
23    of the foregoing, the programs shall  require  in  connection
24    with  the  prequalification  or  consideration of vendors for
25    professional service contracts, construction  contracts,  and
26    contracts  for  supplies,  materials, equipment, and services
27    that each proposer or bidder submit as part  of  his  or  her
28    proposal  or  bid  a  commitment detailing how he or she will
29    expend 25% or  more  of  the  dollar  value  of  his  or  her
30    contracts  with  one or more minority owned businesses and 5%
31    or more of the dollar value with one  or  more  female  owned
32    businesses.   Bids  or  proposals  that  do  not include such
33    detailed commitments are not responsive and shall be rejected
34    unless the Authority deems it appropriate to grant  a  waiver
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -374-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    of  these  requirements.   In  addition the Authority may, in
 2    connection with the selection of  providers  of  professional
 3    services,  reserve  the  right to select a minority or female
 4    owned business or businesses to  fulfill  the  commitment  to
 5    minority  and  female business participation.  The commitment
 6    to minority and female business participation may be  met  by
 7    the contractor or professional service provider's status as a
 8    minority  or  female  owned  business, by joint venture or by
 9    subcontracting a portion  of  the  work  with  or  purchasing
10    materials  for  the work from one or more such businesses, or
11    by any combination thereof. Each contract shall  require  the
12    contractor  or  provider to submit a certified monthly report
13    detailing  the  status  of  that  contractor  or   provider's
14    compliance  with  the  Authority's  minority and female owned
15    business  enterprise  procurement  program.   The  Authority,
16    after reviewing the monthly reports of  the  contractors  and
17    providers,  shall  compile  a  comprehensive report regarding
18    compliance  with  this  procurement  program  and   file   it
19    quarterly  with the General Assembly.  If, in connection with
20    a particular contract, the Authority determines  that  it  is
21    impracticable  or  excessively  costly  to obtain minority or
22    female owned businesses to perform sufficient work to fulfill
23    the commitment required by  this  subsection,  the  Authority
24    shall  reduce or waive the commitment in the contract, as may
25    be appropriate.  The  Authority  shall  establish  rules  and
26    regulations  setting  forth  the  standards  to  be  used  in
27    determining   whether   or  not  a  reduction  or  waiver  is
28    appropriate.  The terms "minority owned business" and "female
29    owned business" have the meanings given to those terms in the
30    Minority  and  Female  Business  Enterprise  for  Minorities,
31    Females, and Persons with Disabilities Act.
32        (c)  The  Authority   shall   adopt   and   maintain   an
33    affirmative  action  program in connection with the hiring of
34    minorities and women on the Expansion Project and on any  and
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -375-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    all  construction  projects undertaken by the Authority.  The
 2    program  shall  be  designed  to  promote  equal   employment
 3    opportunity  and  shall  specify  the  goals  and methods for
 4    increasing the participation of minorities  and  women  in  a
 5    representative mix of job classifications required to perform
 6    the respective contracts awarded by the Authority.
 7        (d)  In   connection  with  the  Expansion  Project,  the
 8    Authority shall incorporate the following elements  into  its
 9    minority  and  female  owned business procurement programs to
10    the extent feasible: (1) a  major  contractors  program  that
11    permits minority owned businesses and female owned businesses
12    to  bear significant responsibility and risk for a portion of
13    the project;  (2)  a  mentor/protege  program  that  provides
14    financial,  technical,  managerial,  equipment, and personnel
15    support  to  minority  owned  businesses  and  female   owned
16    businesses;  (3)  an  emerging  firms  program  that includes
17    minority owned businesses and female  owned  businesses  that
18    would   not   otherwise   qualify  for  the  project  due  to
19    inexperience or  limited  resources;  (4)  a  small  projects
20    program that includes participation by smaller minority owned
21    businesses  and  female  owned  businesses  on jobs where the
22    total dollar value is $5,000,000 or less; and (5) a set-aside
23    program  that   will   identify   contracts   requiring   the
24    expenditure  of  funds  less  than  $50,000  for  bids  to be
25    submitted solely by  minority  owned  businesses  and  female
26    owned businesses.
27        (e)  The Authority is authorized to enter into agreements
28    with   contractors'   associations,  labor  unions,  and  the
29    contractors working on the Expansion Project to establish  an
30    Apprenticeship  Preparedness  Training Program to provide for
31    an increase in the number of minority and  female  journeymen
32    and  apprentices  in  the  building  trades and to enter into
33    agreements with Community College  District  508  to  provide
34    readiness  training.   The Authority is further authorized to
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -376-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    enter into contracts  with  public  and  private  educational
 2    institutions  and  persons  in  the  hospitality  industry to
 3    provide training for employment in the hospitality industry.
 4        (f)  McCormick Place Advisory Board. There is  created  a
 5    McCormick Place Advisory Board composed as follows: 7 members
 6    shall be named by the Authority who are residents of the area
 7    surrounding  the  McCormick  Place  Expansion Project and are
 8    either minorities, as defined in this subsection, or women; 7
 9    members shall be State Senators named by the President of the
10    Senate who are residents of  the  City  of  Chicago  and  are
11    either  members  of  minority  groups or women; and 7 members
12    shall be State Representatives named by the  Speaker  of  the
13    House who are residents of the City of Chicago and are either
14    members  of  minority  groups  or  women.  A State Senator or
15    State Representative member may appoint a designee  to  serve
16    on the McCormick Place Advisory Board in his or her absence.
17        A "member of a minority group" shall mean a person who is
18    a  citizen  or lawful permanent resident of the United States
19    and who is
20             (1)  Black (a person having origins in  any  of  the
21        black racial groups in Africa);
22             (2)  Hispanic  (a  person  of  Spanish or Portuguese
23        culture with origins in Mexico, South or Central America,
24        or the Caribbean Islands, regardless of race);
25             (3)  Asian American (a person having origins in  any
26        of  the original peoples of the Far East, Southeast Asia,
27        the Indian Subcontinent, or the Pacific Islands); or
28             (4)  American Indian or  Alaskan  Native  (a  person
29        having  origins  in  any of the original peoples of North
30        America).
31        Members of the McCormick Place Advisory Board shall serve
32    2-year terms and until their successors are appointed, except
33    members who serve as a result of their elected position whose
34    terms shall  continue as long as they hold  their  designated
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -377-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    elected  positions.  Vacancies shall be filled by appointment
 2    for the  unexpired  term  in  the  same  manner  as  original
 3    appointments  are  made.   The McCormick Place Advisory Board
 4    shall elect its own chairperson.
 5        Members of the McCormick Place Advisory Board shall serve
 6    without compensation  but,  at  the  Authority's  discretion,
 7    shall be reimbursed for necessary expenses in connection with
 8    the performance of their duties.
 9        The  McCormick Place Advisory Board shall meet quarterly,
10    or as needed, shall produce any reports it  deems  necessary,
11    and shall:
12             (1)  Work  with the Authority on ways to improve the
13        area physically and economically;
14             (2)  Work with  the  Authority  regarding  potential
15        means  for  providing increased economic opportunities to
16        minorities and women produced indirectly or directly from
17        the construction and operation of the Expansion Project;
18             (3)  Work  with  the  Authority  to   minimize   any
19        potential  impact  on  the area surrounding the McCormick
20        Place Expansion Project, including any impact on minority
21        or  female   owned   businesses,   resulting   from   the
22        construction and operation of the Expansion Project;
23             (4)  Work  with the Authority to find candidates for
24        building trades apprenticeships, for  employment  in  the
25        hospitality   industry,  and  to  identify  job  training
26        programs;
27             (5)  Work  with  the  Authority  to  implement   the
28        provisions of subsections (a) through (e) of this Section
29        in  the  construction of the Expansion Project, including
30        the Authority's goal of awarding not less than 25% and 5%
31        of the annual dollar value of contracts to  minority  and
32        female   owned   businesses,  the  outreach  program  for
33        minorities and women, and the mentor/protege program  for
34        providing   assistance   to  minority  and  female  owned
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -378-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        businesses.
 2    (Source: P.A. 91-422, eff. 1-1-00; revised 8-23-99.)

 3        Section 46.2.  The Public Health District Act is  amended
 4    by changing Section 24 as follows:

 5        (70 ILCS 905/24) (from Ch. 111 1/2, par. 20.4)
 6        Sec.  24.  The bonds authorized by this Act shall be sold
 7    and the  proceeds  thereof  used  solely  for  the  specified
 8    purpose.   At or before the time of delivery of any bond, the
 9    board shall file with the county  clerk  of  each  county  in
10    which  the district is situated its certificates, stating the
11    amount of bonds to  be  issued,  or  denominations,  rate  of
12    interest,  where payable, and shall include a form of bond to
13    be issued.  The board shall levy a direct tax upon all of the
14    taxable property within the district sufficient  to  pay  the
15    principal principle and interest on the bonds as and when the
16    same respectively mature.  The certificates so filed shall be
17    full  authority  to  the county clerk to extend the tax named
18    therein upon all the taxable property  within  the  district.
19    Such  tax  shall  be in addition to all other taxes and shall
20    not be within any rate  limitation  otherwise  prescribed  by
21    law.
22        The proceeds received from the sale of the bonds shall be
23    received  and  held  by  the  board  and  expended  under its
24    direction upon the warrant of a majority of the members.
25    (Source: Laws 1953, p. 900; revised 9-22-00.)

26        Section  46.4.   The   Metropolitan   Water   Reclamation
27    District Act is amended by changing Section 8c as follows:

28        (70 ILCS 2605/8c) (from Ch. 42, par. 327c)
29        Sec.  8c.  Every  lease  of  property  no  longer  or not
30    immediately required for corporate  purposes  of  a  sanitary
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -379-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    district,  from  such  district  to  others for a term not to
 2    exceed 99 years, in accordance with Section 8  of  this  Act,
 3    shall  be  negotiated,  created and executed in the following
 4    manner:
 5        (1)  Notice of such proposed leasing shall  be  published
 6    for 3 consecutive weeks in a newspaper of general circulation
 7    published in such sanitary district, if any, and otherwise in
 8    the county containing such district.;
 9        (2)  Prior  to  receipt  of bids for the lease under this
10    Section, the fair  market  value  of  every  parcel  of  real
11    property  to  be  leased must be determined by 2 professional
12    appraisers who are members of the American Institute of  Real
13    Estate  Appraisers  or  a  similar,  equivalently  recognized
14    professional   organization.  The  sanitary  district  acting
15    through the general superintendent may select and  engage  an
16    additional  appraiser  for  such determination of fair market
17    value. Every  appraisal  report  must  contain  an  affidavit
18    certifying   the  absence  of  any  collusion  involving  the
19    appraiser and relating to the lease of such property.;
20        (3)  Such  lease  must  be   awarded   to   the   highest
21    responsible   bidder  (including  established  commercial  or
22    industrial concerns and financially responsible  individuals)
23    upon free and open competitive bids, except that no lease may
24    be  awarded unless the bid of such highest responsible bidder
25    provides  for  an  annual  rental  payment  to  the  sanitary
26    district of at least 6% of the fair market  value  determined
27    under this Section.;
28        (4)  Prior  to  acceptance  of  the  bid  of  the highest
29    responsible bidder and before  execution  of  the  lease  the
30    bidder shall submit to the board of commissioners and general
31    superintendent,  for  incorporation  in the lease, a detailed
32    plan and description of improvements to be  constructed  upon
33    the  leased  property, the time within which the improvements
34    will be completed,  and  the  intended  uses  of  the  leased
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -380-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    property.   If  there  is  more than one responsible bid, the
 2    board of commissioners may authorize and direct  the  general
 3    superintendent  to  solicit  from  the  2 highest responsible
 4    bidders written amendments to their  prior  bids,  increasing
 5    their  rental  bid proposal by at least 5% in excess of their
 6    prior written bid, or otherwise amending the financial  terms
 7    of  their  bid  so as to maximize the financial return to the
 8    sanitary district during the  term  of  the  proposed  lease.
 9    Upon  the  general  superintendent's tentative agreement with
10    one or more amended bids, the bids may be  submitted  to  the
11    board of commissioners with the recommendation of the general
12    superintendent  for  acceptance  of  one or rejection of all.
13    The amendments may not result in a diminution of the terms of
14    the transaction and must result in an agreement that is equal
15    to or greater in  value  than  the  highest  responsible  bid
16    initially received.;
17        (5)  The  execution of such lease must be contemporaneous
18    to the execution by the lessee, each member of the  board  of
19    commissioners  and the general superintendent of an affidavit
20    certifying the absence of any collusion involving the lessee,
21    the members and the general superintendent  and  relating  to
22    such lease.;
23        (6)  No  later  than  30 days after the effective date of
24    the lease, the lessee must deliver to the sanitary district a
25    certified statement of the County Assessor, Township Assessor
26    or the county clerk of the county  wherein  the  property  is
27    situated  that  such  property  is presently contained in the
28    official list of lands and lots to be assessed for taxes  for
29    the several towns or taxing districts in his county.;
30        (7)  Such  lease  shall provide for a fixed annual rental
31    payment for the first year not  less  than  6%  of  the  fair
32    market  value  as  determined  under  this Section and may be
33    subject  to  annual  adjustments  based  on  changes  in  the
34    Consumer  Price  Index  published  by   the   United   States
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -381-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    Department  of  Labor,  Bureau  of  Labor Statistics, or some
 2    other well known economic governmental activity  index.   Any
 3    lease,  the  term  of which will extend for 15 years or more,
 4    shall provide for a redetermination of the fair market  value
 5    (independent  of  improvements  to the property subsequent to
 6    the effective date of the lease) after the initial  10  years
 7    and  every  10  years  thereafter, in the manner set forth in
 8    paragraph (2) of this Section, said redetermination to be  as
 9    of  the  first  day  of  each  succeeding 10 year period, and
10    annual rental payments shall be adjusted so that the ratio of
11    annual rental to fair market value shall be the same as  that
12    ratio  for  the  first  year of the preceding 10 year period.
13    The rental payment for the first year  of  the  new  10  year
14    period  may  be  subject  to  Consumer  Price  Index or other
15    allowable index adjustments for each of the next 9 years,  or
16    until  the  end  of  the  lease term if there are less than 9
17    years remaining.
18        (8)  A sanitary district may require compensation  to  be
19    paid in addition to rent, based on a reasonable percentage of
20    revenues  derived  from a lessee's business operations on the
21    leasehold premises or subleases, or  may  require  additional
22    compensation  from the lessee or any sublessee in the form of
23    services, including but not limited to solid waste  disposal;
24    provided,  however,  that  such additional compensation shall
25    not be considered in determining the highest responsible bid,
26    said highest responsible bid to be  determined  only  on  the
27    initial  annual  rental payment as set forth in paragraph (3)
28    of this Section.
29        (9)  No assignment of such  lease  or  sublease  of  such
30    property  is  effective  unless  approved  in  writing by the
31    general superintendent and the board of commissioners of  the
32    sanitary  district. No assignment or sublease is effective if
33    the assignee or sublessee is  a  trust  constituted  by  real
34    property  of  which  the  trustee  has  title but no power of
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -382-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    management  or  control,   unless   the   identity   of   the
 2    beneficiaries  of  the trust is revealed, upon demand, to the
 3    general superintendent and the board of commissioners of  the
 4    sanitary district.;
 5        (10)  Failure by the lessee to comply with a provision in
 6    the  lease  relating to improvements upon the leased property
 7    or any other provision constitutes grounds for forfeiture  of
 8    the lease, and upon such failure the sanitary district acting
 9    through  the  general  superintendent  shall serve the lessee
10    with a notice to terminate the lease and  deliver  possession
11    of  the property to the sanitary district within a particular
12    period.;
13        (11)  If the general  superintendent  and  the  board  of
14    commissioners  conclude  that  it  would  be  in  the  public
15    interest,  said  sanitary  district  may  lease to the United
16    States of America and the State of Illinois, County of  Cook,
17    any  municipal  corporation,  or  any  institution  of higher
18    learning which has been in existence for  5  years  prior  to
19    said  lease, provided that such lease limit the institution's
20    use of the leased land to only those purposes relating to the
21    operation  of  such  institution's   academic   or   physical
22    educational   programs   without  complying  with  the  prior
23    provisions of  this  section,  upon  such  terms  as  may  be
24    mutually  agreed  upon,  in accordance with an act concerning
25    "Transfer of Real  Estate  between  Municipal  Corporations",
26    approved  July 2, 1925, as amended, with provisions that such
27    property is to be applied exclusively to public  recreational
28    purposes  or  other  public  purposes  and that such lease is
29    terminable in accordance with service of a one-year notice to
30    terminate after determination by the board  of  commissioners
31    and  the  general  superintendent that such property (or part
32    thereof) has become essential to the  corporate  purposes  of
33    the sanitary district.
34    (Source: P.A. 91-248, eff. 1-1-00; revised 3-9-00.)
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -383-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        Section 47.  The Illinois Sports Facilities Authority Act
 2    is amended by changing Section 9 as follows:

 3        (70 ILCS 3205/9) (from Ch. 85, par. 6009)
 4        (Text of Section before amendment by P.A. 91-935)
 5        Sec.  9.   Duties.   In  addition to the powers set forth
 6    elsewhere in this Act, subject to the terms of any agreements
 7    with the holders of  the  Authority's  bonds  or  notes,  the
 8    Authority shall:
 9             (1)  Comply  with all zoning, building, and land use
10        controls of the municipality within  which  it  owns  any
11        stadium facility.;
12             (2)  Enter into a management agreement with a tenant
13        to  operate the facility for a period at least as long as
14        the term of any bonds issued to finance  construction  of
15        the  facility.   Such agreement shall contain appropriate
16        and reasonable provisions with  respect  to  termination,
17        default and legal remedies.;
18             (3)  Create  and  maintain  a  financial reserve for
19        repair and replacement of capital assets and deposit into
20        this reserve not less than $1,000,000 per year  beginning
21        at  such  time  as  the  Authority  and  the tenant shall
22        agree.;
23             (4)  Acquire  a  site  or  sites  for   a   facility
24        reasonably   accessible  to  the  interested  public  and
25        capable  of  providing  adequate  spaces  for  automobile
26        parking.;
27             (5)  In connection with prequalification of  general
28        contractors for construction of the new stadium facility,
29        the  Authority  shall  require submission of a commitment
30        detailing how the general contractor will expend  25%  or
31        more of the dollar value of the general contract with one
32        or  more  minority business enterprises and 5% or more of
33        the  dollar  value  with  one  or  more  female  business
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -384-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        enterprises.  This commitment may be met by  contractor's
 2        status  as  a  minority  business  enterprise  or  female
 3        business   enterprise,   by   a   joint   venture  or  by
 4        subcontracting  a  portion  of  the  work  with   or   by
 5        purchasing  materials  for the work from one or more such
 6        enterprises, or by any combination thereof.  Any contract
 7        with the general contractor for construction of  the  new
 8        stadium  facility shall require the general contractor to
 9        meet the foregoing obligations and shall require  monthly
10        reporting  to the Authority with respect to the status of
11        the implementation of the contractor's affirmative action
12        plan and compliance with that plan.  This report shall be
13        filed with the General  Assembly.   The  Authority  shall
14        establish  and  maintain   an  affirmative action program
15        designed to promote equal  employment  opportunity  which
16        specifies   the   goals   and   methods   for  increasing
17        participation by minorities and women in a representative
18        mix  of  job  classifications  required  to  perform  the
19        respective contracts.  The Authority shall file a  report
20        before  March  1  of  each year with the General Assembly
21        detailing its  implementation  of  this  paragraph.   The
22        terms "minority business enterprise" and "female business
23        enterprise"  shall  have  the  same meanings as "minority
24        owned   business"   and    "female    owned    business",
25        respectively,  as  defined  provided  in the Minority and
26        Female Business Enterprise for Minorities,  Females,  and
27        Persons with Disabilities Act.;
28             (6)  Provide  for  the  construction of any facility
29        pursuant to one or more contracts which require  delivery
30        of  a  completed  facility at a fixed maximum price to be
31        insured or guaranteed by a third party determined by  the
32        Authority to be financially capable of causing completion
33        of construction of such a facility.
34    (Source: P.A. 85-1034; revised 8-23-99.)
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -385-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        (Text of Section after amendment by P.A. 91-935)
 2        Sec.  9.  Duties.   In  addition  to the powers set forth
 3    elsewhere in this Act, subject to the terms of any agreements
 4    with the holders of  the  Authority's  bonds  or  notes,  the
 5    Authority shall:
 6             (1)  Comply  with all zoning, building, and land use
 7        controls of the municipality within which is located  any
 8        stadium  facility owned by the Authority or for which the
 9        Authority provides financial assistance.
10             (2)  With respect to a facility owned or to be owned
11        by the Authority, enter or have entered into a management
12        agreement with a tenant of the Authority to  operate  the
13        facility that requires the tenant to operate the facility
14        for  a  period  at least as long as the term of any bonds
15        issued  to  finance   the   development,   establishment,
16        construction,      erection,     acquisition,     repair,
17        reconstruction,   remodeling,   adding   to,   extension,
18        improvement, equipping, operation, and maintenance of the
19        facility.  Such agreement shall contain  appropriate  and
20        reasonable   provisions   with  respect  to  termination,
21        default and legal remedies.
22             (3)  With respect to a facility owned or to be owned
23        by a governmental owner other than the  Authority,  enter
24        into  an  assistance agreement with either a governmental
25        owner of a facility or its tenant, or both, that requires
26        the tenant, or if the  tenant  is  not  a  party  to  the
27        assistance  agreement  requires the governmental owner to
28        enter into an agreement with the tenant that requires the
29        tenant to use the facility for a period at least as  long
30        as   the   term  of  any  bonds  issued  to  finance  the
31        reconstruction,  renovation,  remodeling,  extension   or
32        improvement of all or substantially all of the facility.
33             (4)  Create   and   maintain  a  separate  financial
34        reserve for repair and replacement of capital  assets  of
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -386-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        any  facility  owned  by  the  Authority or for which the
 2        Authority provides financial assistance and deposit  into
 3        this  reserve  not less than $1,000,000 per year for each
 4        such facility beginning at such time as the Authority and
 5        the tenant, or the Authority and a governmental owner  of
 6        a facility, as applicable, shall agree.
 7             (5)  In  connection with prequalification of general
 8        contractors  for  the  construction  of  a  new   stadium
 9        facility  or  the reconstruction, renovation, remodeling,
10        extension, or improvement of all or substantially all  of
11        an   existing   facility,  the  Authority  shall  require
12        submission of a  commitment  detailing  how  the  general
13        contractor will expend 25% or more of the dollar value of
14        the  general  contract with one or more minority business
15        enterprises and 5% or more of the dollar value  with  one
16        or more female business enterprises.  This commitment may
17        be  met  by  contractor's  status  as a minority business
18        enterprise or female  business  enterprise,  by  a  joint
19        venture  or  by subcontracting a portion of the work with
20        or by purchasing materials for the work from one or  more
21        such  enterprises,  or  by  any combination thereof.  Any
22        contract with the general contractor for construction  of
23        the  new  stadium  facility  and  any  contract  for  the
24        reconstruction,   renovation,   remodeling,   adding  to,
25        extension or improvement of all or substantially  all  of
26        an existing facility shall require the general contractor
27        to  meet  the  foregoing  obligations  and  shall require
28        monthly reporting to the Authority with  respect  to  the
29        status   of   the   implementation  of  the  contractor's
30        affirmative action plan and compliance  with  that  plan.
31        This  report  shall  be  filed with the General Assembly.
32        The  Authority   shall   establish   and   maintain    an
33        affirmative  action  program  designed  to  promote equal
34        employment opportunity  which  specifies  the  goals  and
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -387-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        methods  for  increasing  participation by minorities and
 2        women in a  representative  mix  of  job  classifications
 3        required   to  perform  the  respective  contracts.   The
 4        Authority shall file a report before March 1 of each year
 5        with the General Assembly detailing its implementation of
 6        this paragraph.  The terms "minority business enterprise"
 7        and "female business  enterprise"  shall  have  the  same
 8        meanings  as  "minority owned business" and "female owned
 9        business",  respectively,  as  defined  in  the  Business
10        Enterprise for  Minorities,  Females,  and  Persons  with
11        Disabilities Act.
12             (6)  Provide   for   the  construction  of  any  new
13        facility pursuant to one or more contracts which  require
14        delivery of a completed facility at a fixed maximum price
15        to  be  insured or guaranteed by a third party determined
16        by the Authority to be  financially  capable  of  causing
17        completion of such construction of the new facility.
18        In  connection  with  any  assistance  agreement  with  a
19    governmental  owner  that provides financial assistance for a
20    facility to be used by a National Football League  team,  the
21    assistance  agreement shall provide that the Authority or its
22    agent shall enter into the  contract  or  contracts  for  the
23    design and construction services or design/build services for
24    such   facility   and  thereafter  transfer  its  rights  and
25    obligations  under  the  contract   or   contracts   to   the
26    governmental  owner  of  the facility.  In seeking parties to
27    provide design  and  construction  services  or  design/build
28    services with respect to such facility, the Authority may use
29    such  procurement  procedures as it may determine, including,
30    without limitation, the selection of design professionals and
31    construction managers or design/builders as may  be  required
32    by  a team that is at risk, in whole or in part, for the cost
33    of design and construction of the facility.
34        An assistance agreement  may  not  provide,  directly  or
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -388-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    indirectly,  for  the payment to the Chicago Park District of
 2    more than a total of $10,000,000 on account of the District's
 3    loss of property or revenue in connection with the renovation
 4    of a facility pursuant to the assistance agreement.
 5    (Source: P.A. 91-935, eff. 6-1-01.)

 6        Section 48.  The Regional Transportation Authority Act is
 7    amended by changing Section 4.09 as follows:

 8        (70 ILCS 3615/4.09) (from Ch. 111 2/3, par. 704.09)
 9        Sec. 4.09.  Public Transportation Fund and  the  Regional
10    Transportation  Authority  Occupation and Use Tax Replacement
11    Fund.
12        (a)  As soon as possible after  the  first  day  of  each
13    month,  beginning  November  1,  1983,  the Comptroller shall
14    order transferred and the Treasurer shall transfer  from  the
15    General Revenue Fund to a special fund in the State Treasury,
16    to  be  known  as the "Public Transportation Fund" $9,375,000
17    for each month remaining in State fiscal year 1984.  As  soon
18    as possible after the first day of each month, beginning July
19    1, 1984, upon certification of the Department of Revenue, the
20    Comptroller  shall  order transferred and the Treasurer shall
21    transfer  from  the  General  Revenue  Fund  to  the   Public
22    Transportation  Fund  an  amount  equal  to  25%  of  the net
23    revenue, before the deduction of the serviceman and  retailer
24    discounts pursuant to Section 9 of the Service Occupation Tax
25    Act  and  Section  3  of  the  Retailers' Occupation Tax Act,
26    realized from any tax imposed by the  Authority  pursuant  to
27    Sections  4.03  and  4.03.1  and 25% of the amounts deposited
28    into the Regional Transportation Authority tax  fund  created
29    by Section 4.03 of this Act, from the County and Mass Transit
30    District  Fund  as  provided  in  Section  6z-20 of the State
31    Finance Act  and  25%  of  the  amounts  deposited  into  the
32    Regional  Transportation  Authority  Occupation  and  Use Tax
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -389-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    Replacement Fund from the State and Local  Sales  Tax  Reform
 2    Fund  as  provided in Section 6z-17 of the State Finance Act.
 3    Net revenue  realized  for  a  month  shall  be  the  revenue
 4    collected  by  the State pursuant to Sections 4.03 and 4.03.1
 5    during  the  previous  month  from  within  the  metropolitan
 6    region, less the amount paid out during that  same  month  as
 7    refunds  to  taxpayers  for  overpayment  of liability in the
 8    metropolitan region under Sections 4.03 and 4.03.1.
 9        (b)  (1)  All   moneys   deposited    in    the    Public
10        Transportation   Fund  and  the  Regional  Transportation
11        Authority  Occupation  and  Use  Tax  Replacement   Fund,
12        whether  deposited pursuant to this Section or otherwise,
13        are   allocated   to   the   Authority.    Pursuant    to
14        appropriation, the Comptroller, as soon as possible after
15        each  monthly transfer provided in this Section and after
16        each deposit into the Public Transportation  Fund,  shall
17        order  the  Treasurer  to pay to the Authority out of the
18        Public Transportation Fund the amount so  transferred  or
19        deposited.  Such  amounts  paid  to  the Authority may be
20        expended by it for its purposes as provided in this Act.
21             Subject  to  appropriation  to  the  Department   of
22        Revenue,  the Comptroller, as soon as possible after each
23        deposit  into  the  Regional   Transportation   Authority
24        Occupation  and Use Tax Replacement Fund provided in this
25        Section and Section 6z-17 of the State Finance Act, shall
26        order the Treasurer to pay to the Authority  out  of  the
27        Regional  Transportation Authority Occupation and Use Tax
28        Replacement Fund the amount so deposited.   Such  amounts
29        paid  to  the  Authority  may  be  expended by it for its
30        purposes as provided in this Act.
31             (2)  Provided, however, no  moneys  deposited  under
32        subsection  (a)  of  this  Section shall be paid from the
33        Public  Transportation  Fund  to  the  Authority  or  its
34        assignee  for  any  fiscal  year  beginning   after   the
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -390-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        effective  date  of this amendatory Act of 1983 until the
 2        Authority has certified to the Governor, the Comptroller,
 3        and the Mayor of the City of Chicago that it has  adopted
 4        for  that fiscal year a budget and financial plan meeting
 5        the requirements in Section 4.01(b).
 6        (c)  In recognition of the efforts of  the  Authority  to
 7    enhance the mass transportation facilities under its control,
 8    the  State  shall  provide  financial assistance ("Additional
 9    State Assistance") in excess of the  amounts  transferred  to
10    the  Authority from the General Revenue Fund under subsection
11    (a) of this Section.   Additional State Assistance  shall  be
12    calculated  as  provided  in  subsection (d), but shall in no
13    event exceed the following specified amounts with respect  to
14    the following State fiscal years:
15             1990                  $5,000,000;
16             1991                  $5,000,000;
17             1992                  $10,000,000;
18             1993                  $10,000,000;
19             1994                  $20,000,000;
20             1995                  $30,000,000;
21             1996                  $40,000,000;
22             1997                  $50,000,000;
23             1998                  $55,000,000; and
24             each year thereafter  $55,000,000.
25        (c-5)  The   State  shall  provide  financial  assistance
26    ("Additional  Financial  Assistance")  in  addition  to   the
27    Additional  State  Assistance  provided by subsection (c) and
28    the amounts transferred to the  Authority  from  the  General
29    Revenue   Fund   under   subsection   (a)  of  this  Section.
30    Additional Financial Assistance provided by  this  subsection
31    shall  be calculated as provided in subsection (d), but shall
32    in no event  exceed  the  following  specified  amounts  with
33    respect to the following State fiscal years:
34             2000                  $0;
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -391-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1             2001                  $16,000,000;
 2             2002                  $35,000,000;
 3             2003                  $54,000,000;
 4             2004                  $73,000,000;
 5             2005                  $93,000,000; and
 6             each year thereafter  $100,000,000.
 7        (d)  Beginning with State fiscal year 1990 and continuing
 8    for  each  State  fiscal year thereafter, the Authority shall
 9    annually  certify  to  the  State   Comptroller   and   State
10    Treasurer,  separately  with  respect to each of subdivisions
11    (g)(2) and (g)(3) of Section 4.04 of this Act, the  following
12    amounts:
13             (1)  The  amount  necessary and required, during the
14        State fiscal year with respect to which the certification
15        is made, to pay its obligations for debt service  on  all
16        outstanding  bonds or notes issued by the Authority under
17        subdivisions (g)(2) and (g)(3) of Section  4.04  of  this
18        Act.
19             (2)  An   estimate   of  the  amount  necessary  and
20        required to pay its obligations for debt service for  any
21        bonds  or  notes  which the Authority anticipates it will
22        issue under subdivisions (g)(2)  and  (g)(3)  of  Section
23        4.04 during that State fiscal year.
24             (3)  Its  debt  service savings during the preceding
25        State fiscal year from refunding or advance refunding  of
26        bonds  or  notes  issued  under  subdivisions  (g)(2) and
27        (g)(3) of Section 4.04.
28             (4)  The amount of interest, if any, earned  by  the
29        Authority  during  the  previous State fiscal year on the
30        proceeds  of  bonds   or   notes   issued   pursuant   to
31        subdivisions  (g)(2)  and  (g)(3)  of Section 4.04, other
32        than refunding or advance refunding bonds or notes.
33        The certification shall include a  specific  schedule  of
34    debt  service payments, including the date and amount of each
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -392-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    payment for all outstanding bonds or notes and  an  estimated
 2    schedule  of anticipated debt service for all bonds and notes
 3    it intends to issue, if any, during that State  fiscal  year,
 4    including  the  estimated  date  and estimated amount of each
 5    payment.
 6        Immediately upon the  issuance  of  bonds  for  which  an
 7    estimated schedule of debt service payments was prepared, the
 8    Authority shall file an amended certification with respect to
 9    item  (2)  above,  to  specify  the  actual  schedule of debt
10    service payments, including  the  date  and  amount  of  each
11    payment, for the remainder of the State fiscal year.
12        On  the  first day of each month of the State fiscal year
13    in which there are bonds outstanding with  respect  to  which
14    the  certification is made, the State Comptroller shall order
15    transferred and the State Treasurer shall transfer  from  the
16    General  Revenue  Fund  to the Public Transportation Fund the
17    Additional  State   Assistance   and   Additional   Financial
18    Assistance  in  an  amount  equal  to  the  aggregate  of (i)
19    one-twelfth of the sum of the amounts certified  under  items
20    (1)  and  (3)  above less the amount certified under item (4)
21    above, plus (ii) the amount required to pay debt  service  on
22    bonds  and  notes  issued  during  the  fiscal  year, if any,
23    divided by the number of months remaining in the fiscal  year
24    after the date of issuance, or some smaller portion as may be
25    necessary  under  subsection (c) or (c-5) of this Section for
26    the relevant State fiscal year,  plus  (iii)  any  cumulative
27    deficiencies  in  transfers for prior months, until an amount
28    equal to the sum of the amounts certified under items (1) and
29    (3) above, plus the actual debt service certified under  item
30    (2)  above,  less  the amount certified under item (4) above,
31    has been transferred; except that these transfers are subject
32    to the following limits:
33             (A)  In no event shall the total  transfers  in  any
34        State fiscal year relating to outstanding bonds and notes
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -393-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        issued  by  the  Authority  under  subdivision  (g)(2) of
 2        Section 4.04 exceed the  lesser  of  the  annual  maximum
 3        amount  specified  in  subsection  (c)  or the sum of the
 4        amounts certified under items (1) and (3) above, plus the
 5        actual debt service certified under item (2) above,  less
 6        the  amount  certified under item (4) above, with respect
 7        to those bonds and notes.
 8             (B)  In no event shall the total  transfers  in  any
 9        State fiscal year relating to outstanding bonds and notes
10        issued  by  the  Authority  under  subdivision  (g)(3) of
11        Section 4.04 exceed the  lesser  of  the  annual  maximum
12        amount  specified  in  subsection (c-5) or the sum of the
13        amounts certified under items (1) and (3) above, plus the
14        actual debt service certified under item (2) above,  less
15        the  amount  certified under item (4) above, with respect
16        to those bonds and notes.
17        The term "outstanding" does not include  bonds  or  notes
18    for  which refunding or advance refunding bonds or notes have
19    been issued.
20        (e)  Neither Additional State Assistance  nor  Additional
21    Financial  Assistance  may  be  pledged,  either  directly or
22    indirectly as general revenues of the Authority, as  security
23    for any bonds issued by the Authority.  The Authority may not
24    assign  its  right  to receive Additional State Assistance or
25    Additional  Financial  Assistance,  or  direct   payment   of
26    Additional   State   Assistance   or   Additional   Financial
27    Assistance,  to a trustee or any other entity for the payment
28    of debt service on its bonds.
29        (f)  The certification required under subsection (d) with
30    respect to outstanding bonds and notes of the Authority shall
31    be filed as early as practicable before the beginning of  the
32    State  fiscal  year  to  which it relates.  The certification
33    shall be revised as may be necessary to accurately state  the
34    debt service requirements of the Authority.
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -394-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        (g)  Within  6  months  of  the end of the 3 month period
 2    ending December 31, 1983, and each  fiscal  year  thereafter,
 3    the  Authority  shall  determine whether the aggregate of all
 4    system generated revenues for public  transportation  in  the
 5    metropolitan  region  which is provided by, or under grant or
 6    purchase of service contracts with, the Service Boards equals
 7    50% of the aggregate of all costs of  providing  such  public
 8    transportation.   "System generated revenues" include all the
 9    proceeds  of  fares  and  charges  for   services   provided,
10    contributions    received    in    connection   with   public
11    transportation from units of local government other than  the
12    Authority  and  from  the State pursuant to subsection (i) of
13    Section 2705-305 of the Department of Transportation Law  (20
14    ILCS 2705/2705-305), and all other revenues properly included
15    consistent  with generally accepted accounting principles but
16    may not include the  proceeds  from  any  borrowing.  "Costs"
17    include  all  items  properly  included  as  operating  costs
18    consistent  with  generally  accepted  accounting principles,
19    including  administrative  costs,   but   do   not   include:
20    depreciation;  payment  of  principal  and interest on bonds,
21    notes or other evidences of obligations for borrowed money of
22    the Authority; payments with respect to public transportation
23    facilities made pursuant to subsection (b) of  Section  2.20;
24    any  payments  with  respect  to  rate  protection contracts,
25    credit  enhancements  or  liquidity  agreements  made   under
26    Section  4.14;  any  other  cost as to which it is reasonably
27    expected that a cash expenditure will not be made;  costs  up
28    to  $5,000,000  annually  for  passenger  security  including
29    grants,  contracts,  personnel,  equipment and administrative
30    expenses,  except  in  the  case  of  the   Chicago   Transit
31    Authority,  in  which  case  the  term does not include costs
32    spent annually by that entity for protection against crime as
33    required by Section 27a of the Metropolitan Transit Authority
34    Act; or costs as exempted by the Board for projects  pursuant
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -395-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    to  Section  2.09  of  this  Act.  If  said  system generated
 2    revenues are less than 50% of said  costs,  the  Board  shall
 3    remit  an  amount  equal  to the amount of the deficit to the
 4    State. The Treasurer shall deposit any such  payment  in  the
 5    General Revenue Fund.
 6        (h)  If  the  Authority  makes  any  payment to the State
 7    under paragraph (g), the Authority shall  reduce  the  amount
 8    provided  to  a  Service  Board  from funds transferred under
 9    paragraph (a) in proportion  to  the  amount  by  which  that
10    Service  Board  failed  to meet its required system generated
11    revenues recovery ratio. A Service Board which is affected by
12    a reduction in funds under this paragraph shall submit to the
13    Authority concurrently with its next due quarterly  report  a
14    revised  budget  incorporating  the  reduction in funds.  The
15    revised budget must meet the criteria  specified  in  clauses
16    (i)  through  (vi)  of  Section  4.11(b)(2).  The Board shall
17    review and act on the revised budget as provided  in  Section
18    4.11(b)(3).
19    (Source:  P.A.  91-37,  eff.  7-1-99;  91-51,  eff.  6-30-99;
20    91-239, eff. 1-1-00; 91-357, eff. 7-29-99; revised 8-9-99.)

21        Section  49.  The School Code is amended by setting forth
22    and  renumbering  multiple  versions  of  Sections   2-3.126,
23    10-20.31,   and   34-18.18  and  changing  Sections  14-8.05,
24    18-8.05, 21-2, 27A-4, 27A-9, 27A-11.5, and 34-8.3 as follows:

25        (105 ILCS 5/2-3.126)
26        (Section scheduled to be repealed on July 16, 2003)
27        Sec. 2-3.126.  State Board of Education Fund.  The  State
28    Board  of  Education Fund is created as a special fund in the
29    State treasury.  Unless specifically directed to be deposited
30    into any other funds or into the General  Revenue  Fund,  all
31    moneys received by the State Board of Education in connection
32    with   any   fees,  registration  amounts,  or  other  moneys
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -396-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    collected  by  the  State  Board  of  Education  for  various
 2    purposes shall be deposited into this Fund.  Moneys  in  this
 3    Fund  shall  be used, subject to appropriation by the General
 4    Assembly, by  the  State  Board  of  Education  for  expenses
 5    incurred   in   administering   programs,   initiatives,  and
 6    activities implemented or supported by  the  State  Board  of
 7    Education  as authorized by statute or rule.  The State Board
 8    of Education may expend moneys in this Fund in  such  amounts
 9    and  at  such  times  as  it  deems  necessary  or desirable,
10    including  for  payment  of   administrative   costs,   staff
11    services,  and  costs  for  other lawful purposes.  Moneys in
12    this Fund shall be used together  with  and  supplemental  to
13    regular  appropriations  to  the State Board of Education for
14    any purpose, and nothing in this Section shall  be  construed
15    to  prohibit appropriations from the General Revenue Fund for
16    expenses  incurred  in  the   administration   of   programs,
17    initiatives,  or  activities  implemented or supported by the
18    State Board of Education.  This Section is repealed  4  years
19    after  the  effective date of this amendatory Act of the 91st
20    General Assembly.
21    (Source: P.A. 91-143, eff. 7-16-99.)

22        (105 ILCS 5/2-3.128)
23        Sec. 2-3.128. 2-3.126. Job training program; prohibition.
24    The State Board of  Education  shall  not  require  a  school
25    district  or  a student of any district to participate in any
26    school-to-work or job training program.
27    (Source: P.A. 91-175, eff. 1-1-00; revised 11-8-99.)

28        (105 ILCS 5/2-3.129)
29        Sec. 2-3.129. 2-3.126.  School safety  assessment  audit.
30    The  State  Board of Education shall, in cooperation with the
31    Task Force on School Safety and utilizing any of its  manuals
32    or   resource   guides,   develop   uniform  criteria  to  be
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -397-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    implemented in school safety plans.   Using  these  criteria,
 2    the  State  Board  of Education shall develop a school safety
 3    assessment audit, which shall be distributed  to  all  public
 4    schools.
 5    (Source: P.A. 91-491, eff. 8-13-99; revised 11-8-99.)

 6        (105 ILCS 5/2-3.130)
 7        Sec.  2-3.130.  2-3.126.  Time out and physical restraint
 8    rules.  The State Board of Education shall  promulgate  rules
 9    governing  the  use of time out and physical restraint in the
10    public schools.  The rules shall include provisions governing
11    recordkeeping that is required  when  physical  restraint  or
12    more restrictive forms of time out are used.
13    (Source: P.A. 91-600, eff. 8-14-99; revised 11-8-99.)

14        (105 ILCS 5/10-20.31)
15        Sec.  10-20.31.  Occupational  standards.  A school board
16    shall not require a student to  meet  occupational  standards
17    for  grade  level promotion or graduation unless that student
18    is voluntarily enrolled in a job training program.
19    (Source: P.A. 91-175, eff. 1-1-00.)

20        (105 ILCS 5/10-20.32)
21        Sec. 10-20.32. 10-20.31.  School safety assessment audit;
22    safety plan.  The school board shall require schools, subject
23    to the award of a grant by the State Board of  Education,  to
24    complete  a  school  safety assessment audit, as developed by
25    the State Board of Education  pursuant  to  Section  2-3.129,
26    2-3.126, and to develop a written safety plan or revise their
27    current  safety  plan  to implement the criteria developed by
28    the State Board of Education, in cooperation  with  the  Task
29    Force  on  School  Safety,  as specified in the school safety
30    assessment audit.  The plan shall be subject to  approval  by
31    the  school  board.  Once approved, the school shall file the
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -398-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    plan with the State  Board  of  Education  and  the  regional
 2    superintendent of schools. The State Board of Education shall
 3    provide, subject to appropriation, grants for the purposes of
 4    this Section.
 5    (Source: P.A. 91-491, eff. 8-13-99; revised 11-8-99.)

 6        (105 ILCS 5/10-20.33)
 7        Sec. 10-20.33. 10-20.31. Time out and physical restraint.
 8    Until rules are adopted under Section 2-3.130 2-3.126 of this
 9    Code, the use of any of the following rooms or enclosures for
10    time out purposes is prohibited:
11             (1)  a  locked  room  other  than one with a locking
12        mechanism that engages only when a key or handle is being
13        held by a person;
14             (2)  a confining space such as a closet or box;
15             (3)  a room where the student cannot be  continually
16        observed; or
17             (4)  any   other  room  or  enclosure  or  time  out
18        procedure that is contrary to current guidelines  of  the
19        State Board of Education.
20        The  use of physical restraints is prohibited except when
21    (i) the student poses a physical risk to himself, herself, or
22    others, (ii) there is no medical contraindication to its use,
23    and (iii) the staff applying the restraint have been  trained
24    in  its  safe application.  For the purposes of this Section,
25    "restraint" does not include momentary  periods  of  physical
26    restriction  by  direct person-to-person contact, without the
27    aid of material  or  mechanical  devices,  accomplished  with
28    limited  force and that are designed (i) to prevent a student
29    from  completing  an  act  that  would  result  in  potential
30    physical harm to himself, herself, or another  or  damage  to
31    property  or  (ii)  to  remove  a  disruptive  student who is
32    unwilling to voluntarily leave the area.  The use of physical
33    restraints that meet the requirements of this Section may  be
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -399-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    included  in  a student's individualized education plan where
 2    deemed appropriate by the student's individualized  education
 3    plan  team.  Whenever  physical  restraints  are used, school
 4    personnel shall fully document the  incident,  including  the
 5    events  leading  up  to  the  incident, the type of restraint
 6    used, the length of time the student is restrained,  and  the
 7    staff  involved.   The parents or guardian of a student shall
 8    be informed whenever physical restraints are used.
 9    (Source: P.A. 91-600, eff. 8-14-99; revised 11-8-99.)

10        (105 ILCS 5/14-8.05) (from Ch. 122, par. 14-8.05)
11        Sec. 14-8.05.  Behavioral intervention.
12        (a)  The  General  Assembly  finds  and   declares   that
13    principals and teachers of students with disabilities require
14    training   and   guidance   that  provide  ways  for  working
15    successfully with children who have  difficulties  conforming
16    to  acceptable  behavioral  patterns  in  order to provide an
17    environment in which learning can occur.  It is the intent of
18    the General Assembly:
19             (1)  That when behavioral  interventions  are  used,
20        they  be  used  in  consideration of the pupil's physical
21        freedom and social interaction, and be administered in  a
22        manner  that  respects human dignity and personal privacy
23        and that ensures a pupil's  right  to  placement  in  the
24        least restrictive educational environment.
25             (2)  That  behavioral  management plans be developed
26        and used, to the extent possible, in a consistent  manner
27        when a local educational agency has placed the pupil in a
28        day or residential setting for education purposes.
29             (3)  That  a statewide study be conducted of the use
30        of   behavioral   interventions   with   students    with
31        disabilities  receiving  special  education  and  related
32        services.
33             (4)  That   training   programs   be  developed  and
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -400-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        implemented in  institutions  of  higher  education  that
 2        train  teachers, and that in-service training programs be
 3        made available  as  necessary  in  school  districts,  in
 4        educational    service    centers,    and   by   regional
 5        superintendents of  schools  to  assure  that  adequately
 6        trained  staff are available to work effectively with the
 7        behavioral   intervention   needs   of   students    with
 8        disabilities.
 9        (b)  On   or   before   September  30,  1993,  the  State
10    Superintendent of Education shall conduct a  statewide  study
11    of  the  use  of  behavioral interventions with students with
12    disabilities  receiving   special   education   and   related
13    services.   The  study  shall include, but not necessarily be
14    limited to identification of the  frequency  in  the  use  of
15    behavioral   interventions;  the  number  of  districts  with
16    policies  in  place  for  working  with  children  exhibiting
17    continuous serious behavioral problems; how policies,  rules,
18    or  regulations within districts differ between emergency and
19    routine  behavioral  interventions  commonly  practiced;  the
20    nature and extent of costs for training provided to personnel
21    for  implementing  a  program   of   nonaversive   behavioral
22    interventions;  and  the  nature  and  extent  of  costs  for
23    training  provided  to  parents of students with disabilities
24    who would be receiving behavioral interventions.   The  scope
25    of  the  study  shall  be  developed  by  the  State Board of
26    Education,  in  consultation  with  individuals  and   groups
27    representing    parents,    teachers,   administrators,   and
28    advocates.  On or before June 30, 1994, the  State  Board  of
29    Education   shall  issue  guidelines  based  on  the  study's
30    findings.  The guidelines shall address, but not  be  limited
31    to, the following:  (i) appropriate behavioral interventions,
32    and  (ii)  how  to  properly document the need for and use of
33    behavioral  interventions  in  the  process   of   developing
34    individualized    education    plans    for   students   with
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -401-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    disabilities.  The guidelines shall be used as a reference to
 2    assist  school  boards  in  developing  local  policies   and
 3    procedures  in accordance with this Section.  The State Board
 4    of Education, with the advice of  parents  of  students  with
 5    disabilities  and  other  parents,  teachers, administrators,
 6    advocates for persons with disabilities, and individuals with
 7    knowledge or expertise in the development and  implementation
 8    of  behavioral  interventions  for persons with disabilities,
 9    shall review its behavioral intervention guidelines at  least
10    once   every   3   years   to   determine   their  continuing
11    appropriateness  and  effectiveness  and  shall   make   such
12    modifications in the guidelines as it deems necessary.
13        (c)  Each  school  board  must  establish  and maintain a
14    committee to develop policies and procedures on  the  use  of
15    behavioral  interventions  for students with disabilities who
16    require behavioral intervention.  The policies and procedures
17    shall be adopted and implemented by school boards by  January
18    1,  1996,  shall  be  amended as necessary to comply with the
19    rules established by  the  State  Board  of  Education  under
20    Section 2-3.130 2-3.126 of this Code not later than one month
21    after  commencement  of the school year after the State Board
22    of Education's rules are adopted, and shall: (i) be developed
23    with the advice of parents with  students  with  disabilities
24    and  other  parents,  teachers, administrators, advocates for
25    persons with disabilities, and individuals with knowledge  or
26    expertise in the development and implementation of behavioral
27    interventions  for  persons with disabilities; (ii) emphasize
28    positive interventions  that  are  designed  to  develop  and
29    strengthen  desirable behaviors; (iii) incorporate procedures
30    and methods consistent with generally  accepted  practice  in
31    the  field  of behavioral intervention; (iv) include criteria
32    for determining when a student with disabilities may  require
33    a   behavioral   intervention  plan;  (v)  reflect  that  the
34    guidelines of the State Board of Education have been reviewed
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -402-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    and considered and provide the address of the State Board  of
 2    Education  so  that  copies  of  the State Board of Education
 3    behavioral guidelines may  be  requested;  and  (vi)  include
 4    procedures  for  monitoring the use of restrictive behavioral
 5    interventions.  Each school board shall (i) furnish a copy of
 6    its local policies and procedures to parents and guardians of
 7    all students with individualized education  plans  within  15
 8    days  after  the policies and procedures have been adopted by
 9    the school board, or within 15 days after  the  school  board
10    has  amended  its  policies and procedures, or at the time an
11    individualized education plan is first  implemented  for  the
12    student,  and  (ii)  require  that  each  school  inform  its
13    students  of  the  existence  of  the policies and procedures
14    annually.  Provided, at the annual  individualized  education
15    plan  review,  the  school  board shall (1) explain the local
16    policies and procedures, (2) furnish  a  copy  of  the  local
17    policies  to  parents  and guardians, and (3) make available,
18    upon request of any parents and guardians, a  copy  of  local
19    procedures.
20        (d)  The  State Superintendent of Education shall consult
21    with representatives of institutions of higher education  and
22    the  State  Teacher  Certification  Board  in  regard  to the
23    current training requirements for  teachers  to  ensure  that
24    sufficient  training  is  available in appropriate behavioral
25    interventions   consistent   with   professionally   accepted
26    practices and standards for  people  entering  the  field  of
27    education.
28    (Source:  P.A.  90-63,  eff.  7-3-97;  91-600,  eff. 8-14-99;
29    revised 11-8-99.)

30        (105 ILCS 5/18-8.05)
31        Sec. 18-8.05.  Basis for apportionment of  general  State
32    financial  aid  and  supplemental  general  State  aid to the
33    common schools for the 1998-1999 and subsequent school years.
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -403-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    (A)  General Provisions.
 2        (1)  The  provisions  of  this  Section  apply   to   the
 3    1998-1999 and subsequent school years.  The system of general
 4    State  financial aid provided for in this Section is designed
 5    to assure that, through a combination of State financial  aid
 6    and  required local resources, the financial support provided
 7    each pupil in Average Daily Attendance equals  or  exceeds  a
 8    prescribed per pupil Foundation Level.  This formula approach
 9    imputes  a  level  of per pupil Available Local Resources and
10    provides for the basis to calculate  a  per  pupil  level  of
11    general  State  financial  aid  that, when added to Available
12    Local Resources, equals or exceeds the Foundation Level.  The
13    amount of per pupil general State financial  aid  for  school
14    districts,   in   general,  varies  in  inverse  relation  to
15    Available Local Resources.  Per pupil amounts are based  upon
16    each  school district's Average Daily Attendance as that term
17    is defined in this Section.
18        (2)  In addition to general State financial  aid,  school
19    districts  with  specified levels or concentrations of pupils
20    from  low  income  households   are   eligible   to   receive
21    supplemental  general  State financial aid grants as provided
22    pursuant to subsection (H). The supplemental State aid grants
23    provided for school districts under subsection (H)  shall  be
24    appropriated  for distribution to school districts as part of
25    the same line item in which the general State  financial  aid
26    of school districts is appropriated under this Section.
27        (3)  To  receive financial assistance under this Section,
28    school districts are required to file claims with  the  State
29    Board of Education, subject to the following requirements:
30             (a)  Any  school  district which fails for any given
31        school year to maintain school as required by law, or  to
32        maintain  a recognized school is not eligible to file for
33        such school year any claim upon the Common  School  Fund.
34        In  case  of  nonrecognition  of  one  or more attendance
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -404-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        centers  in  a  school   district   otherwise   operating
 2        recognized  schools,  the  claim of the district shall be
 3        reduced  in  the  proportion  which  the  Average   Daily
 4        Attendance  in  the  attendance center or centers bear to
 5        the Average Daily Attendance in the school  district.   A
 6        "recognized  school"  means any public school which meets
 7        the standards as established for recognition by the State
 8        Board of Education.   A  school  district  or  attendance
 9        center  not  having  recognition  status  at the end of a
10        school term is entitled to receive State aid payments due
11        upon  a  legal  claim  which  was  filed  while  it   was
12        recognized.
13             (b)  School district claims filed under this Section
14        are subject to Sections 18-9, 18-10, and 18-12, except as
15        otherwise provided in this Section.
16             (c)  If  a  school  district  operates  a  full year
17        school under Section 10-19.1, the general  State  aid  to
18        the  school  district  shall  be  determined by the State
19        Board of Education in accordance  with  this  Section  as
20        near as may be applicable.
21             (d) (Blank).
22        (4)  Except  as  provided in subsections (H) and (L), the
23    board of any district receiving any of  the  grants  provided
24    for  in  this  Section  may  apply those funds to any fund so
25    received  for  which  that  board  is  authorized   to   make
26    expenditures by law.
27        School  districts  are  not  required  to exert a minimum
28    Operating Tax Rate in order to qualify for  assistance  under
29    this Section.
30        (5)  As  used  in  this Section the following terms, when
31    capitalized, shall have the meaning ascribed herein:
32             (a)  "Average Daily Attendance":  A count  of  pupil
33        attendance   in  school,  averaged  as  provided  for  in
34        subsection  (C)  and  utilized  in  deriving  per   pupil
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -405-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        financial support levels.
 2             (b)  "Available  Local Resources":  A computation of
 3        local financial  support,  calculated  on  the  basis  of
 4        Average Daily Attendance and derived as provided pursuant
 5        to subsection (D).
 6             (c)  "Corporate    Personal   Property   Replacement
 7        Taxes":  Funds paid to local school districts pursuant to
 8        "An Act in  relation  to  the  abolition  of  ad  valorem
 9        personal  property  tax  and  the replacement of revenues
10        lost thereby, and amending and repealing certain Acts and
11        parts of Acts in connection therewith", certified  August
12        14, 1979, as amended (Public Act 81-1st S.S.-1).
13             (d)  "Foundation  Level":  A prescribed level of per
14        pupil financial support as  provided  for  in  subsection
15        (B).
16             (e)  "Operating  Tax  Rate":   All  school  district
17        property taxes extended for all purposes, except Bond and
18        Interest,  Summer  School, Rent, Capital Improvement, and
19        Vocational Education Building purposes.

20    (B)  Foundation Level.
21        (1)  The Foundation Level is a figure established by  the
22    State  representing  the minimum level of per pupil financial
23    support that should be available to  provide  for  the  basic
24    education  of each pupil in Average Daily Attendance.  As set
25    forth in this Section, each school  district  is  assumed  to
26    exert   a  sufficient  local  taxing  effort  such  that,  in
27    combination with the aggregate of general State financial aid
28    provided the  district,  an  aggregate  of  State  and  local
29    resources  are available to meet the basic education needs of
30    pupils in the district.
31        (2)  For the 1998-1999 school year, the Foundation  Level
32    of  support  is  $4,225.   For the 1999-2000 school year, the
33    Foundation Level of support is  $4,325.   For  the  2000-2001
34    school year, the Foundation Level of support is $4,425.
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -406-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        (3)  For  the  2001-2002 school year and each school year
 2    thereafter, the Foundation Level of support is $4,425 or such
 3    greater amount as may be established by law  by  the  General
 4    Assembly.

 5    (C)  Average Daily Attendance.
 6        (1)  For   purposes  of  calculating  general  State  aid
 7    pursuant to  subsection  (E),  an  Average  Daily  Attendance
 8    figure  shall  be  utilized.   The  Average  Daily Attendance
 9    figure for formula calculation purposes shall be the  monthly
10    average  of the actual number of pupils in attendance of each
11    school district, as further averaged for the best 3 months of
12    pupil attendance for each school district.  In compiling  the
13    figures  for  the  number  of  pupils  in  attendance, school
14    districts  and  the  State  Board  of  Education  shall,  for
15    purposes of general State  aid  funding,  conform  attendance
16    figures to the requirements of subsection (F).
17        (2)  The  Average  Daily  Attendance  figures utilized in
18    subsection (E) shall be the requisite attendance data for the
19    school year immediately preceding the school year  for  which
20    general State aid is being calculated.

21    (D)  Available Local Resources.
22        (1)  For   purposes  of  calculating  general  State  aid
23    pursuant to subsection (E),  a  representation  of  Available
24    Local  Resources  per  pupil,  as  that  term  is defined and
25    determined in this subsection, shall be utilized.   Available
26    Local  Resources  per pupil shall include a calculated dollar
27    amount representing local school district revenues from local
28    property  taxes  and   from   Corporate   Personal   Property
29    Replacement  Taxes,  expressed  on  the  basis  of  pupils in
30    Average Daily Attendance.
31        (2)  In determining  a  school  district's  revenue  from
32    local  property  taxes,  the  State  Board of Education shall
33    utilize the  equalized  assessed  valuation  of  all  taxable
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -407-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    property  of  each  school district as of September 30 of the
 2    previous year.  The  equalized  assessed  valuation  utilized
 3    shall  be  obtained  and determined as provided in subsection
 4    (G).
 5        (3)  For school districts maintaining grades kindergarten
 6    through 12, local property tax revenues per  pupil  shall  be
 7    calculated   as  the  product  of  the  applicable  equalized
 8    assessed valuation for the district multiplied by 3.00%,  and
 9    divided  by  the  district's Average Daily Attendance figure.
10    For school districts maintaining grades kindergarten  through
11    8,  local property tax revenues per pupil shall be calculated
12    as the product of the applicable equalized assessed valuation
13    for the district multiplied by  2.30%,  and  divided  by  the
14    district's  Average  Daily  Attendance  figure.   For  school
15    districts maintaining grades 9 through 12, local property tax
16    revenues per pupil shall be the applicable equalized assessed
17    valuation of the district multiplied by 1.05%, and divided by
18    the district's Average Daily Attendance figure.
19        (4)  The  Corporate  Personal  Property Replacement Taxes
20    paid to each school district during the calendar year 2 years
21    before the calendar year  in  which  a  school  year  begins,
22    divided  by  the  Average  Daily  Attendance  figure for that
23    district, shall be added to the local property  tax  revenues
24    per  pupil  as  derived by the application of the immediately
25    preceding paragraph (3).  The sum of these per pupil  figures
26    for  each  school  district  shall constitute Available Local
27    Resources as that term is utilized in subsection (E)  in  the
28    calculation of general State aid.

29    (E)  Computation of General State Aid.
30        (1)  For  each  school  year, the amount of general State
31    aid allotted to a school district shall be  computed  by  the
32    State Board of Education as provided in this subsection.
33        (2)  For  any  school  district for which Available Local
34    Resources per pupil is less than the product  of  0.93  times
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -408-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    the  Foundation  Level,  general  State aid for that district
 2    shall be calculated as an  amount  equal  to  the  Foundation
 3    Level  minus  Available  Local  Resources,  multiplied by the
 4    Average Daily Attendance of the school district.
 5        (3)  For any school district for  which  Available  Local
 6    Resources  per  pupil is equal to or greater than the product
 7    of 0.93 times the Foundation Level and less than the  product
 8    of 1.75 times the Foundation Level, the general State aid per
 9    pupil  shall  be a decimal proportion of the Foundation Level
10    derived  using  a  linear  algorithm.   Under   this   linear
11    algorithm,  the  calculated general State aid per pupil shall
12    decline  in  direct  linear  fashion  from  0.07  times   the
13    Foundation  Level  for a school district with Available Local
14    Resources equal to the product of 0.93 times  the  Foundation
15    Level,  to  0.05  times  the  Foundation  Level  for a school
16    district with Available Local Resources equal to the  product
17    of  1.75  times  the  Foundation  Level.   The  allocation of
18    general State  aid  for  school  districts  subject  to  this
19    paragraph  3  shall  be  the calculated general State aid per
20    pupil figure multiplied by the Average  Daily  Attendance  of
21    the school district.
22        (4)  For  any  school  district for which Available Local
23    Resources per pupil equals or exceeds  the  product  of  1.75
24    times  the  Foundation  Level,  the general State aid for the
25    school district shall be calculated as the  product  of  $218
26    multiplied  by  the  Average  Daily  Attendance of the school
27    district.
28        (5)  The amount of  general  State  aid  allocated  to  a
29    school  district  for  the  1999-2000 school year meeting the
30    requirements set forth in paragraph  (4)  of  subsection  (G)
31    shall  be  increased  by an amount equal to the general State
32    aid that would have been received by  the  district  for  the
33    1998-1999  school  year by utilizing the Extension Limitation
34    Equalized Assessed Valuation as calculated in  paragraph  (4)
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -409-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    of subsection (G) less the general State aid allotted for the
 2    1998-1999  school  year.   This  amount shall be deemed a one
 3    time increase, and shall not affect any future general  State
 4    aid allocations.

 5    (F)  Compilation of Average Daily Attendance.
 6        (1)  Each  school district shall, by July 1 of each year,
 7    submit to the State Board of Education, on  forms  prescribed
 8    by  the  State Board of Education, attendance figures for the
 9    school year that began in the preceding calendar  year.   The
10    attendance  information  so  transmitted  shall  identify the
11    average daily attendance figures for each month of the school
12    year, except that any days of attendance in August  shall  be
13    added to the month of September and any days of attendance in
14    June shall be added to the month of May.
15        Except  as  otherwise  provided  in this Section, days of
16    attendance by pupils shall be counted only  for  sessions  of
17    not  less  than  5  clock  hours of school work per day under
18    direct supervision of: (i)  teachers,  or  (ii)  non-teaching
19    personnel   or   volunteer   personnel   when   engaging   in
20    non-teaching   duties  and  supervising  in  those  instances
21    specified in subsection (a) of Section 10-22.34 and paragraph
22    10 of Section 34-18, with pupils of legal school age  and  in
23    kindergarten and grades 1 through 12.
24        Days  of attendance by tuition pupils shall be accredited
25    only to the districts that pay the tuition  to  a  recognized
26    school.
27        (2)  Days  of  attendance  by pupils of less than 5 clock
28    hours of school shall be subject to the following  provisions
29    in the compilation of Average Daily Attendance.
30             (a)  Pupils  regularly  enrolled  in a public school
31        for only a part of the school day may be counted  on  the
32        basis  of  1/6 day for every class hour of instruction of
33        40 minutes or more attended pursuant to such enrollment.
34             (b)  Days of attendance may be  less  than  5  clock
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -410-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        hours  on the opening and closing of the school term, and
 2        upon the first day of pupil attendance, if preceded by  a
 3        day  or  days  utilized  as  an  institute  or  teachers'
 4        workshop.
 5             (c)  A  session  of  4  or  more  clock hours may be
 6        counted as a day of attendance upon certification by  the
 7        regional   superintendent,  and  approved  by  the  State
 8        Superintendent  of  Education  to  the  extent  that  the
 9        district has been forced to use daily multiple sessions.
10             (d)  A session of 3  or  more  clock  hours  may  be
11        counted  as a day of attendance (1) when the remainder of
12        the school day or at least 2 hours in the evening of that
13        day is utilized for an in-service  training  program  for
14        teachers,  up  to  a maximum of 5 days per school year of
15        which a maximum of 4 days of such 5 days may be used  for
16        parent-teacher  conferences, provided a district conducts
17        an in-service training program  for  teachers  which  has
18        been  approved  by the State Superintendent of Education;
19        or, in lieu of 4 such days, 2 full days may be  used,  in
20        which  event  each  such  day  may be counted as a day of
21        attendance; and  (2)  when  days  in  addition  to  those
22        provided  in  item (1) are scheduled by a school pursuant
23        to its school improvement plan adopted under  Article  34
24        or its revised or amended school improvement plan adopted
25        under  Article 2, provided that (i) such sessions of 3 or
26        more clock  hours  are  scheduled  to  occur  at  regular
27        intervals, (ii) the remainder of the school days in which
28        such  sessions occur are utilized for in-service training
29        programs  or  other  staff  development  activities   for
30        teachers,  and  (iii)  a  sufficient number of minutes of
31        school work under the direct supervision of teachers  are
32        added to the school days between such regularly scheduled
33        sessions  to  accumulate  not  less  than  the  number of
34        minutes by which such sessions of 3 or more  clock  hours
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -411-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        fall  short  of 5 clock hours. Any full days used for the
 2        purposes of this paragraph shall not  be  considered  for
 3        computing  average  daily attendance.  Days scheduled for
 4        in-service   training   programs,    staff    development
 5        activities,   or   parent-teacher   conferences   may  be
 6        scheduled  separately  for  different  grade  levels  and
 7        different attendance centers of the district.
 8             (e)  A session of not less than one  clock  hour  of
 9        teaching  hospitalized  or homebound pupils on-site or by
10        telephone to the classroom may be counted as 1/2  day  of
11        attendance,  however  these pupils must receive 4 or more
12        clock hours of instruction to be counted for a  full  day
13        of attendance.
14             (f)  A  session  of  at  least  4 clock hours may be
15        counted as a day of attendance for  first  grade  pupils,
16        and  pupils in full day kindergartens, and a session of 2
17        or more hours may be counted as 1/2 day of attendance  by
18        pupils  in  kindergartens  which  provide only 1/2 day of
19        attendance.
20             (g)  For children with disabilities  who  are  below
21        the  age of 6 years and who cannot attend 2 or more clock
22        hours  because  of  their  disability  or  immaturity,  a
23        session of not less than one clock hour may be counted as
24        1/2 day of attendance; however for  such  children  whose
25        educational needs so require a session of 4 or more clock
26        hours may be counted as a full day of attendance.
27             (h)  A  recognized  kindergarten  which provides for
28        only 1/2 day of attendance by each pupil shall  not  have
29        more  than  1/2 day of attendance counted in any one day.
30        However, kindergartens may count 2 1/2 days of attendance
31        in any 5 consecutive school days.  When a  pupil  attends
32        such  a  kindergarten  for  2 half days on any one school
33        day, the pupil shall have the  following  day  as  a  day
34        absent  from  school,  unless the school district obtains
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -412-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        permission in writing from the  State  Superintendent  of
 2        Education.  Attendance at kindergartens which provide for
 3        a  full  day of attendance by each pupil shall be counted
 4        the same as attendance by first grade pupils.   Only  the
 5        first  year  of  attendance  in one kindergarten shall be
 6        counted, except in  case  of  children  who  entered  the
 7        kindergarten   in  their  fifth  year  whose  educational
 8        development requires a second  year  of  kindergarten  as
 9        determined  under  the rules and regulations of the State
10        Board of Education.

11    (G)  Equalized Assessed Valuation Data.
12        (1)  For purposes of the calculation of  Available  Local
13    Resources  required  pursuant  to  subsection  (D), the State
14    Board of  Education  shall  secure  from  the  Department  of
15    Revenue  the value as equalized or assessed by the Department
16    of Revenue of all taxable property of every school  district,
17    together  with  (i) the applicable tax rate used in extending
18    taxes for the funds of the district as of September 30 of the
19    previous year and (ii)  the  limiting  rate  for  all  school
20    districts  subject  to  property tax extension limitations as
21    imposed under the Property Tax Extension Limitation Law.
22        This equalized assessed valuation, as adjusted further by
23    the requirements of this subsection, shall be utilized in the
24    calculation of Available Local Resources.
25        (2)  The equalized assessed valuation  in  paragraph  (1)
26    shall be adjusted, as applicable, in the following manner:
27             (a)  For the purposes of calculating State aid under
28        this  Section,  with  respect  to  any  part  of a school
29        district within a redevelopment project area  in  respect
30        to   which  a  municipality  has  adopted  tax  increment
31        allocation  financing  pursuant  to  the  Tax   Increment
32        Allocation  Redevelopment Act, Sections 11-74.4-1 through
33        11-74.4-11  of  the  Illinois  Municipal  Code   or   the
34        Industrial  Jobs Recovery Law, Sections 11-74.6-1 through
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -413-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        11-74.6-50 of the Illinois Municipal Code, no part of the
 2        current equalized assessed  valuation  of  real  property
 3        located in any such project area which is attributable to
 4        an  increase  above  the total initial equalized assessed
 5        valuation of such property shall be used as part  of  the
 6        equalized  assessed valuation of the district, until such
 7        time as all redevelopment project costs have  been  paid,
 8        as  provided  in  Section  11-74.4-8 of the Tax Increment
 9        Allocation Redevelopment Act or in Section 11-74.6-35  of
10        the Industrial Jobs Recovery Law.  For the purpose of the
11        equalized  assessed  valuation of the district, the total
12        initial  equalized  assessed  valuation  or  the  current
13        equalized assessed valuation, whichever is  lower,  shall
14        be  used  until  such  time  as all redevelopment project
15        costs have been paid.
16             (b)  The real property equalized assessed  valuation
17        for  a  school  district shall be adjusted by subtracting
18        from the real property value as equalized or assessed  by
19        the  Department  of  Revenue  for  the district an amount
20        computed by dividing the amount of any abatement of taxes
21        under Section 18-170 of the Property Tax  Code  by  3.00%
22        for  a  district  maintaining grades kindergarten through
23        12,  by  2.30%  for   a   district   maintaining   grades
24        kindergarten  through  8,  or  by  1.05%  for  a district
25        maintaining grades 9 through 12 and adjusted by an amount
26        computed by dividing the amount of any abatement of taxes
27        under subsection (a) of Section 18-165  of  the  Property
28        Tax  Code  by the same percentage rates for district type
29        as specified in this subparagraph (b).
30        (3)  For the 1999-2000 school year and each  school  year
31    thereafter, if a school district meets all of the criteria of
32    this subsection (G)(3), the school district's Available Local
33    Resources  shall be calculated under subsection (D) using the
34    district's Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed  Valuation
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -414-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    as calculated under this subsection (G)(3).
 2        For  purposes  of  this  subsection  (G)(3) the following
 3    terms shall have the following meanings:
 4             "Budget Year":  The school year  for  which  general
 5        State aid is calculated and awarded under subsection (E).
 6             "Base  Tax Year": The property tax levy year used to
 7        calculate the Budget Year  allocation  of  general  State
 8        aid.
 9             "Preceding  Tax  Year":  The  property tax levy year
10        immediately preceding the Base Tax Year.
11             "Base Tax Year's Tax Extension": The product of  the
12        equalized assessed valuation utilized by the County Clerk
13        in  the  Base Tax Year multiplied by the limiting rate as
14        calculated  by  the  County  Clerk  and  defined  in  the
15        Property Tax Extension Limitation Law.
16             "Preceding Tax Year's Tax Extension": The product of
17        the equalized assessed valuation utilized by  the  County
18        Clerk  in  the  Preceding  Tax  Year  multiplied  by  the
19        Operating Tax Rate as defined in subsection (A).
20             "Extension  Limitation  Ratio":  A  numerical ratio,
21        certified by the County Clerk, in which the numerator  is
22        the  Base Tax Year's Tax Extension and the denominator is
23        the Preceding Tax Year's Tax Extension.
24             "Operating Tax Rate":  The  operating  tax  rate  as
25        defined in subsection (A).
26        If a school district is subject to property tax extension
27    limitations  as  imposed  under  the  Property  Tax Extension
28    Limitation Law, and if the Available Local Resources of  that
29    school  district  as  calculated  pursuant  to subsection (D)
30    using the Base Tax Year are less than  the  product  of  1.75
31    times  the  Foundation  Level  for the Budget Year, the State
32    Board of Education shall calculate the  Extension  Limitation
33    Equalized  Assessed  Valuation  of  that  district.   For the
34    1999-2000 school year,  the  Extension  Limitation  Equalized
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -415-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    Assessed  Valuation of a school district as calculated by the
 2    State Board of Education shall be equal to the product of the
 3    district's  1996  Equalized  Assessed   Valuation   and   the
 4    district's  Extension  Limitation  Ratio.   For the 2000-2001
 5    school year and each school year  thereafter,  the  Extension
 6    Limitation  Equalized Assessed Valuation of a school district
 7    as calculated by the State Board of Education shall be  equal
 8    to  the  product  of the last calculated Extension Limitation
 9    Equalized Assessed Valuation  and  the  district's  Extension
10    Limitation  Ratio.  If  the  Extension  Limitation  Equalized
11    Assessed  Valuation  of a school district as calculated under
12    this subsection (G)(3) is less than the district's  equalized
13    assessed  valuation  as  calculated  pursuant  to subsections
14    (G)(1) and (G)(2),  then  for  purposes  of  calculating  the
15    district's  general State aid for the Budget Year pursuant to
16    subsection (E), that Extension Limitation Equalized  Assessed
17    Valuation  shall  be  utilized  to  calculate  the district's
18    Available Local Resources under subsection (D).
19        (4)  For the purposes of calculating  general  State  aid
20    for  the  1999-2000  school  year  only, if a school district
21    experienced  a  triennial  reassessment  on   the   equalized
22    assessed  valuation  used  in  calculating  its general State
23    financial aid apportionment for the  1998-1999  school  year,
24    the  State  Board  of Education shall calculate the Extension
25    Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation that would have  been
26    used to calculate the district's 1998-1999 general State aid.
27    This amount shall equal the product of the equalized assessed
28    valuation  used  to  calculate  general  State  aid  for  the
29    1997-1998 school year and the district's Extension Limitation
30    Ratio.    If  the  Extension  Limitation  Equalized  Assessed
31    Valuation of the school district  as  calculated  under  this
32    paragraph  (4) is less than the district's equalized assessed
33    valuation utilized in calculating  the  district's  1998-1999
34    general   State   aid   allocation,   then  for  purposes  of
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -416-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    calculating the district's  general  State  aid  pursuant  to
 2    paragraph  (5)  of  subsection (E), that Extension Limitation
 3    Equalized Assessed Valuation shall be utilized  to  calculate
 4    the district's Available Local Resources.
 5        (5)  For  school  districts  having  a  majority of their
 6    equalized assessed  valuation  in  any  county  except  Cook,
 7    DuPage,  Kane,  Lake,  McHenry,  or  Will,  if  the amount of
 8    general State aid allocated to the school  district  for  the
 9    1999-2000 school year under the provisions of subsection (E),
10    (H),  and  (J)  of  this  Section  is less than the amount of
11    general State aid allocated to the district for the 1998-1999
12    school year under these subsections, then the  general  State
13    aid  of the district for the 1999-2000 school year only shall
14    be increased by the difference between  these  amounts.   The
15    total payments made under this paragraph (5) shall not exceed
16    $14,000,000.    Claims  shall  be  prorated  if  they  exceed
17    $14,000,000.

18    (H)  Supplemental General State Aid.
19        (1)  In addition  to  the  general  State  aid  a  school
20    district  is  allotted pursuant to subsection (E), qualifying
21    school districts shall receive a grant, paid  in  conjunction
22    with   a  district's  payments  of  general  State  aid,  for
23    supplemental general State aid based upon  the  concentration
24    level  of  children  from  low-income  households  within the
25    school district. Supplemental State aid grants  provided  for
26    school  districts under this subsection shall be appropriated
27    for distribution to school districts as part of the same line
28    item in which the  general  State  financial  aid  of  school
29    districts is appropriated under this Section. For purposes of
30    this  subsection,  the  term "Low-Income Concentration Level"
31    shall be the low-income eligible pupil count  from  the  most
32    recently  available  federal  census  divided  by the Average
33    Daily Attendance of the school  district.  If,  however,  the
34    percentage  decrease  from the 2 most recent federal censuses
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -417-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    in the low-income eligible  pupil  count  of  a  high  school
 2    district  with fewer than 400 students exceeds by 75% or more
 3    the percentage change in the total low-income eligible  pupil
 4    count   of  contiguous  elementary  school  districts,  whose
 5    boundaries are coterminous with the high school district, the
 6    high school district's low-income eligible pupil  count  from
 7    the  earlier  federal  census shall be the number used as the
 8    low-income eligible pupil count for the high school district,
 9    for purposes of this subsection (H).
10        (2)  Supplemental general  State  aid  pursuant  to  this
11    subsection shall be provided as follows:
12             (a)  For  any  school  district  with  a  Low Income
13        Concentration Level of at least 20% and  less  than  35%,
14        the grant for any school year shall be $800 multiplied by
15        the low income eligible pupil count.
16             (b)  For  any  school  district  with  a  Low Income
17        Concentration Level of at least 35% and  less  than  50%,
18        the  grant  for the 1998-1999 school year shall be $1,100
19        multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count.
20             (c)  For any  school  district  with  a  Low  Income
21        Concentration  Level  of  at least 50% and less than 60%,
22        the grant for the 1998-99 school  year  shall  be  $1,500
23        multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count.
24             (d)  For  any  school  district  with  a  Low Income
25        Concentration Level of 60% or more,  the  grant  for  the
26        1998-99 school year shall be $1,900 multiplied by the low
27        income eligible pupil count.
28             (e)  For  the  1999-2000  school year, the per pupil
29        amount specified  in  subparagraphs  (b),  (c),  and  (d)
30        immediately  above  shall be increased to $1,243, $1,600,
31        and $2,000, respectively.
32             (f)  For the 2000-2001 school year,  the  per  pupil
33        amounts  specified  in  subparagraphs  (b),  (c), and (d)
34        immediately above shall be $1,273,  $1,640,  and  $2,050,
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -418-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        respectively.
 2        (3)  School districts with an Average Daily Attendance of
 3    more  than  1,000  and  less  than  50,000  that  qualify for
 4    supplemental general State aid pursuant  to  this  subsection
 5    shall  submit a plan to the State Board of Education prior to
 6    October 30 of each year for the use of  the  funds  resulting
 7    from  this  grant  of  supplemental general State aid for the
 8    improvement of instruction in  which  priority  is  given  to
 9    meeting  the education needs of disadvantaged children.  Such
10    plan  shall  be  submitted  in  accordance  with  rules   and
11    regulations promulgated by the State Board of Education.
12        (4)  School districts with an Average Daily Attendance of
13    50,000  or  more  that qualify for supplemental general State
14    aid  pursuant  to  this  subsection  shall  be  required   to
15    distribute  from funds available pursuant to this Section, no
16    less than  $261,000,000  in  accordance  with  the  following
17    requirements:
18             (a)  The  required  amounts  shall be distributed to
19        the attendance centers within the district in  proportion
20        to  the  number  of  pupils  enrolled  at each attendance
21        center who are eligible to receive free or  reduced-price
22        lunches  or  breakfasts under the federal Child Nutrition
23        Act of 1966 and  under  the  National  School  Lunch  Act
24        during the immediately preceding school year.
25             (b)  The   distribution   of   these   portions   of
26        supplemental  and  general  State  aid  among  attendance
27        centers  according  to  these  requirements  shall not be
28        compensated for or  contravened  by  adjustments  of  the
29        total  of  other  funds  appropriated  to  any attendance
30        centers, and the Board of Education shall utilize funding
31        from one or several sources in order to  fully  implement
32        this provision annually prior to the opening of school.
33             (c)  Each attendance center shall be provided by the
34        school  district  a  distribution of noncategorical funds
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -419-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        and other categorical funds to which an attendance center
 2        is entitled under law in order that the general State aid
 3        and  supplemental   general   State   aid   provided   by
 4        application  of  this  subsection supplements rather than
 5        supplants the noncategorical funds and other  categorical
 6        funds  provided  by the school district to the attendance
 7        centers.
 8             (d)  Any funds made available under this  subsection
 9        that  by  reason of the provisions of this subsection are
10        not required to be allocated and provided  to  attendance
11        centers  may be used and appropriated by the board of the
12        district for any lawful school purpose.
13             (e)  Funds received by an attendance center pursuant
14        to this subsection shall be used by the attendance center
15        at the discretion  of  the  principal  and  local  school
16        council for programs to improve educational opportunities
17        at  qualifying schools through the following programs and
18        services: early childhood education, reduced  class  size
19        or  improved adult to student classroom ratio, enrichment
20        programs, remedial  assistance,  attendance  improvement,
21        and  other  educationally  beneficial  expenditures which
22        supplement the regular and basic programs  as  determined
23        by  the  State  Board of Education.  Funds provided shall
24        not be expended for any political or lobbying purposes as
25        defined by board rule.
26             (f)  Each district subject to the provisions of this
27        subdivision (H)(4) shall submit  an  acceptable  plan  to
28        meet  the educational needs of disadvantaged children, in
29        compliance with the requirements of  this  paragraph,  to
30        the  State  Board  of  Education prior to July 15 of each
31        year. This plan shall be consistent with the decisions of
32        local school councils concerning the  school  expenditure
33        plans  developed  in  accordance  with  part 4 of Section
34        34-2.3.  The State Board shall approve or reject the plan
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -420-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        within 60 days after its  submission.   If  the  plan  is
 2        rejected,  the  district  shall  give  written  notice of
 3        intent  to  modify  the  plan  within  15  days  of   the
 4        notification of rejection and then submit a modified plan
 5        within  30  days  after the date of the written notice of
 6        intent to modify.  Districts  may  amend  approved  plans
 7        pursuant  to  rules  promulgated  by  the  State Board of
 8        Education.
 9             Upon notification by the State  Board  of  Education
10        that  the district has not submitted a plan prior to July
11        15 or a modified plan within the  time  period  specified
12        herein,  the  State  aid  funds  affected by that plan or
13        modified plan shall be withheld by  the  State  Board  of
14        Education until a plan or modified plan is submitted.
15             If  the  district  fails  to distribute State aid to
16        attendance centers in accordance with an  approved  plan,
17        the  plan for the following year shall allocate funds, in
18        addition  to  the  funds  otherwise  required   by   this
19        subsection,   to  those  attendance  centers  which  were
20        underfunded during the previous year in amounts equal  to
21        such underfunding.
22             For  purposes  of  determining  compliance with this
23        subsection in relation to the requirements of  attendance
24        center  funding,  each district subject to the provisions
25        of this subsection shall submit as a separate document by
26        December 1 of each year a report of expenditure data  for
27        the  prior  year  in  addition to any modification of its
28        current plan.  If it is determined that there has been  a
29        failure to comply with the expenditure provisions of this
30        subsection  regarding  contravention  or supplanting, the
31        State Superintendent of Education shall, within  60  days
32        of  receipt  of  the  report, notify the district and any
33        affected local school council.  The district shall within
34        45 days of receipt of that notification inform the  State
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -421-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        Superintendent of Education of the remedial or corrective
 2        action  to be taken, whether  by amendment of the current
 3        plan, if feasible, or by adjustment in the plan  for  the
 4        following  year.   Failure  to  provide  the  expenditure
 5        report  or  the  notification  of  remedial or corrective
 6        action in a timely manner shall result in  a  withholding
 7        of the affected funds.
 8             The  State Board of Education shall promulgate rules
 9        and regulations  to  implement  the  provisions  of  this
10        subsection.   No  funds  shall  be  released  under  this
11        subdivision (H)(4) to any district that has not submitted
12        a  plan  that  has  been  approved  by the State Board of
13        Education.

14    (I)  General State Aid for Newly Configured School Districts.
15        (1)  For  a  new  school  district  formed  by  combining
16    property  included  totally  within  2  or  more   previously
17    existing  school  districts,  for its first year of existence
18    the general State aid  and  supplemental  general  State  aid
19    calculated  under  this Section shall be computed for the new
20    district and for the previously existing districts for  which
21    property is totally included within the new district.  If the
22    computation on the basis of the previously existing districts
23    is  greater,  a supplementary payment equal to the difference
24    shall be made for the first 4 years of existence of  the  new
25    district.
26        (2)  For  a  school  district  which  annexes  all of the
27    territory of one or more entire other school  districts,  for
28    the   first  year  during  which  the  change  of  boundaries
29    attributable to such annexation  becomes  effective  for  all
30    purposes as determined under Section 7-9 or 7A-8, the general
31    State aid and supplemental general State aid calculated under
32    this  Section  shall be computed for the annexing district as
33    constituted after the annexation and  for  the  annexing  and
34    each annexed district as constituted prior to the annexation;
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -422-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    and  if  the  computation  on  the  basis of the annexing and
 2    annexed districts as constituted prior to the  annexation  is
 3    greater,  a  supplementary  payment  equal  to the difference
 4    shall be made for the first  4  years  of  existence  of  the
 5    annexing school district as constituted upon such annexation.
 6        (3)  For  2  or  more school districts which annex all of
 7    the territory of one or more entire other  school  districts,
 8    and  for 2 or more community unit districts which result upon
 9    the division (pursuant to petition under  Section  11A-2)  of
10    one  or more other unit school districts into 2 or more parts
11    and which together include all of the parts into  which  such
12    other  unit  school district or districts are so divided, for
13    the  first  year  during  which  the  change  of   boundaries
14    attributable to such annexation or division becomes effective
15    for  all  purposes as determined under Section 7-9 or 11A-10,
16    as the case may be, the general State  aid  and  supplemental
17    general  State  aid  calculated  under  this Section shall be
18    computed  for  each  annexing  or   resulting   district   as
19    constituted  after  the  annexation  or division and for each
20    annexing and annexed district,  or  for  each  resulting  and
21    divided  district,  as constituted prior to the annexation or
22    division; and if the aggregate of the general State  aid  and
23    supplemental  general  State  aid  as  so  computed  for  the
24    annexing  or  resulting  districts  as  constituted after the
25    annexation or division is less  than  the  aggregate  of  the
26    general  State  aid  and supplemental general State aid as so
27    computed for the annexing and annexed districts, or  for  the
28    resulting  and divided districts, as constituted prior to the
29    annexation or division, then a supplementary payment equal to
30    the difference shall be made and allocated between  or  among
31    the annexing or resulting districts, as constituted upon such
32    annexation  or  division,  for  the  first  4  years of their
33    existence.  The total difference payment shall  be  allocated
34    between  or  among the annexing or resulting districts in the
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -423-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    same ratio as the pupil enrollment from that portion  of  the
 2    annexed  or divided district or districts which is annexed to
 3    or included in each such annexing or resulting district bears
 4    to the total pupil enrollment  from  the  entire  annexed  or
 5    divided  district  or  districts, as such pupil enrollment is
 6    determined for the school year last ending prior to the  date
 7    when  the change of boundaries attributable to the annexation
 8    or division becomes effective for all purposes.   The  amount
 9    of  the total difference payment and the amount thereof to be
10    allocated to the annexing or  resulting  districts  shall  be
11    computed  by  the  State  Board  of Education on the basis of
12    pupil enrollment and other data which shall be  certified  to
13    the State Board of Education, on forms which it shall provide
14    for  that  purpose, by the regional superintendent of schools
15    for each educational service region in which the annexing and
16    annexed districts, or resulting  and  divided  districts  are
17    located.
18        (3.5)  Claims   for   financial   assistance  under  this
19    subsection (I) shall not be recomputed  except  as  expressly
20    provided under this Section.
21        (4)  Any supplementary payment made under this subsection
22    (I) shall be treated as separate from all other payments made
23    pursuant to this Section.

24    (J)  Supplementary Grants in Aid.
25        (1)  Notwithstanding   any   other   provisions  of  this
26    Section, the amount of the aggregate  general  State  aid  in
27    combination  with  supplemental  general State aid under this
28    Section for which each school district is eligible  shall  be
29    no  less  than  the amount of the aggregate general State aid
30    entitlement that was received by the district  under  Section
31    18-8  (exclusive  of  amounts received under subsections 5(p)
32    and 5(p-5) of that Section)  for  the  1997-98  school  year,
33    pursuant  to the provisions of that Section as it was then in
34    effect.  If  a  school  district  qualifies  to   receive   a
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -424-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    supplementary  payment  made  under  this subsection (J), the
 2    amount of the aggregate general State aid in combination with
 3    supplemental general State aid under this Section  which that
 4    district is eligible to receive for each school year shall be
 5    no less than the amount of the aggregate  general  State  aid
 6    entitlement  that  was received by the district under Section
 7    18-8 (exclusive of amounts received  under  subsections  5(p)
 8    and  5(p-5)  of  that Section) for the 1997-1998 school year,
 9    pursuant to the provisions of that Section as it was then  in
10    effect.
11        (2)  If,  as provided in paragraph (1) of this subsection
12    (J), a school district is to receive aggregate general  State
13    aid  in combination with supplemental general State aid under
14    this Section for the 1998-99 school year and  any  subsequent
15    school  year  that  in  any such school year is less than the
16    amount of the aggregate general State  aid  entitlement  that
17    the district received for the 1997-98 school year, the school
18    district  shall  also  receive, from a separate appropriation
19    made for purposes of this  subsection  (J),  a  supplementary
20    payment  that is equal to the amount of the difference in the
21    aggregate State aid figures as described in paragraph (1).
22        (3)  (Blank).

23    (K)  Grants to Laboratory and Alternative Schools.
24        In calculating the amount to be  paid  to  the  governing
25    board  of  a  public  university  that  operates a laboratory
26    school under this Section or to any alternative  school  that
27    is  operated  by  a  regional  superintendent of schools, the
28    State Board of Education shall require by rule such reporting
29    requirements as it deems necessary.
30        As used in this  Section,  "laboratory  school"  means  a
31    public  school  which  is  created  and  operated by a public
32    university and approved by the State Board of Education.  The
33    governing board of a public university which  receives  funds
34    from  the  State  Board  under  this  subsection  (K) may not
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -425-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    increase the number of students enrolled  in  its  laboratory
 2    school  from  a  single district, if that district is already
 3    sending 50 or more students, except under a mutual  agreement
 4    between the school board of a student's district of residence
 5    and  the  university which operates the laboratory school.  A
 6    laboratory school may not  have  more  than  1,000  students,
 7    excluding  students  with disabilities in a special education
 8    program.
 9        As used in this Section,  "alternative  school"  means  a
10    public  school  which  is  created and operated by a Regional
11    Superintendent of Schools and approved by the State Board  of
12    Education.   Such  alternative  schools  may offer courses of
13    instruction for which  credit  is  given  in  regular  school
14    programs,  courses  to  prepare  students for the high school
15    equivalency testing program or  vocational  and  occupational
16    training.   A regional superintendent of schools may contract
17    with a school district or a public community college district
18    to  operate  an  alternative  school.   An alternative school
19    serving more than  one  educational  service  region  may  be
20    established by the regional superintendents of schools of the
21    affected  educational service regions.  An alternative school
22    serving more than  one  educational  service  region  may  be
23    operated  under such terms as the regional superintendents of
24    schools of those educational service regions may agree.
25        Each laboratory and alternative  school  shall  file,  on
26    forms  provided  by the State Superintendent of Education, an
27    annual  State  aid  claim  which  states  the  Average  Daily
28    Attendance of the school's students by  month.   The  best  3
29    months'  Average  Daily Attendance shall be computed for each
30    school. The general State aid entitlement shall  be  computed
31    by multiplying the applicable Average Daily Attendance by the
32    Foundation Level as determined under this Section.

33    (L)  Payments,   Additional   Grants   in   Aid   and   Other
34    Requirements.
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -426-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        (1)  For  a school district operating under the financial
 2    supervision of an Authority created under  Article  34A,  the
 3    general  State  aid  otherwise payable to that district under
 4    this Section, but not the  supplemental  general  State  aid,
 5    shall  be  reduced  by  an amount equal to the budget for the
 6    operations of the Authority as certified by the Authority  to
 7    the  State  Board  of  Education, and an amount equal to such
 8    reduction shall be paid to the  Authority  created  for  such
 9    district for its operating expenses in the manner provided in
10    Section 18-11.  The remainder of general State school aid for
11    any  such  district  shall be paid in accordance with Article
12    34A when that Article provides for a disposition  other  than
13    that provided by this Article.
14        (2)  (Blank).
15        (3)  Summer school.  Summer school payments shall be made
16    as provided in Section 18-4.3.

17    (M)  Education Funding Advisory Board.
18        The Education Funding Advisory Board, hereinafter in this
19    subsection (M) referred to as the "Board", is hereby created.
20    The Board shall consist of 5 members who are appointed by the
21    Governor,  by  and with the advice and consent of the Senate.
22    The  members  appointed  shall  include  representatives   of
23    education,  business,  and  the  general  public.  One of the
24    members so appointed shall be designated by the  Governor  at
25    the  time  the  appointment is made as the chairperson of the
26    Board. The initial members of the Board may be appointed  any
27    time after the effective date of this amendatory Act of 1997.
28    The  regular  term of each member of the Board shall be for 4
29    years from the third Monday of January of the year  in  which
30    the  term  of the member's appointment is to commence, except
31    that of the 5 initial  members  appointed  to  serve  on  the
32    Board,  the  member who is appointed as the chairperson shall
33    serve for a term that commences on the date  of  his  or  her
34    appointment and expires on the third Monday of January, 2002,
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -427-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    and  the  remaining  4  members,  by  lots drawn at the first
 2    meeting of the Board that is held after  all  5  members  are
 3    appointed,  shall  determine  2  of their number to serve for
 4    terms  that  commence  on  the  date  of   their   respective
 5    appointments and expire on the third Monday of January, 2001,
 6    and 2 of their number to serve for terms that commence on the
 7    date of their respective appointments and expire on the third
 8    Monday  of  January, 2000.  All members appointed to serve on
 9    the Board shall serve until their respective  successors  are
10    appointed  and  confirmed.   Vacancies shall be filled in the
11    same manner  as  original  appointments.   If  a  vacancy  in
12    membership  occurs  at  a  time  when  the  Senate  is not in
13    session, the Governor  shall  make  a  temporary  appointment
14    until  the  next  meeting of the Senate, when he or she shall
15    appoint, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate,  a
16    person  to  fill  that membership for the unexpired term.  If
17    the Senate is not in session when  the  initial  appointments
18    are  made, those appointments shall be made as in the case of
19    vacancies.
20        The Education Funding  Advisory  Board  shall  be  deemed
21    established,   and  the  initial  members  appointed  by  the
22    Governor to serve as members of the Board shall take  office,
23    on the date that the Governor makes his or her appointment of
24    the  fifth initial member of the Board, whether those initial
25    members  are  then  serving  pursuant  to   appointment   and
26    confirmation  or  pursuant to temporary appointments that are
27    made by the Governor as in the case of vacancies.
28        The State Board of Education  shall  provide  such  staff
29    assistance  to  the  Education  Funding  Advisory Board as is
30    reasonably required for the proper performance by  the  Board
31    of its responsibilities.
32        For  school  years  after  the 2000-2001 school year, the
33    Education Funding Advisory Board, in  consultation  with  the
34    State  Board  of  Education,  shall  make  recommendations as
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -428-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    provided in this subsection (M) to the General  Assembly  for
 2    the foundation level under subdivision (B)(3) of this Section
 3    and  for the supplemental general State aid grant level under
 4    subsection (H)  of  this  Section  for  districts  with  high
 5    concentrations  of  children  from  poverty.  The recommended
 6    foundation level shall be determined based on  a  methodology
 7    which   incorporates  the  basic  education  expenditures  of
 8    low-spending schools exhibiting  high  academic  performance.
 9    The   Education   Funding  Advisory  Board  shall  make  such
10    recommendations to the General Assembly on January 1  of  odd
11    numbered years, beginning January 1, 2001.

12    (N)  (Blank).

13    (O)  References.
14        (1)  References in other laws to the various subdivisions
15    of Section 18-8 as that Section existed before its repeal and
16    replacement  by this Section 18-8.05 shall be deemed to refer
17    to the corresponding provisions of this Section  18-8.05,  to
18    the extent that those references remain applicable.
19        (2)  References  in  other  laws to State Chapter 1 funds
20    shall be deemed to refer to the  supplemental  general  State
21    aid provided under subsection (H) of this Section.
22    (Source:  P.A.  90-548,  eff.  7-1-98;  incorporates  90-566;
23    90-653,  eff.  7-29-98;  90-654,  eff.  7-29-98; 90-655, eff.
24    7-30-98; 90-802, eff. 12-15-98; 90-815, eff. 2-11-99;  91-24,
25    eff.  7-1-99; 91-93, eff. 7-9-99; 91-96, eff. 7-9-99; 91-111,
26    eff. 7-14-99; 91-357, eff.  7-29-99;  91-533,  eff.  8-13-99;
27    revised 8-27-99.)

28        (105 ILCS 5/21-2) (from Ch. 122, par. 21-2)
29        Sec. 21-2.  Grades of certificates.
30        (a)  Until  February  15,  2000,  all certificates issued
31    under this Article shall be State certificates valid,  except
32    as  limited  in Section 21-1, in every school district coming
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -429-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    under the provisions of this Act and shall be limited in time
 2    and   designated   as   follows:    Provisional    vocational
 3    certificate,  temporary  provisional  vocational certificate,
 4    early childhood certificate, elementary  school  certificate,
 5    special  certificate, high school certificate, school service
 6    personnel    certificate,     administrative     certificate,
 7    provisional  certificate,  and  substitute  certificate.  The
 8    requirement of student teaching  under  close  and  competent
 9    supervision  for  obtaining  a  teaching  certificate  may be
10    waived  by  the  State  Teacher  Certification   Board   upon
11    presentation  to  the  Board  by the teacher of evidence of 5
12    years successful teaching experience on a  valid  certificate
13    and  graduation  from  a  recognized  institution  of  higher
14    learning  with  a  bachelor's  degree  with not less than 120
15    semester  hours  and  a  minimum  of  16  semester  hours  in
16    professional education.
17        (b)  Initial Teaching  Certificate.   Beginning  February
18    15,  2000, persons who (1) have completed an approved teacher
19    preparation program,  (2)  are  recommended  by  an  approved
20    teacher  preparation program, (3) have successfully completed
21    the Initial Teaching Certification examinations  required  by
22    the  State  Board  of  Education,  and (4) have met all other
23    criteria established by  the  State  Board  of  Education  in
24    consultation  with  the  State  Teacher  Certification Board,
25    shall be issued an Initial Teaching Certificate valid  for  4
26    years  of teaching, as defined in Section 21-14 of this Code.
27    Initial Teaching Certificates shall be issued for  categories
28    corresponding  to Early Childhood, Elementary, Secondary, and
29    Special K-12, with  special  certification  designations  for
30    Special  Education, Bilingual Education, fundamental learning
31    areas  (including  Language   Arts,   Reading,   Mathematics,
32    Science,  Social  Science,  Physical  Development and Health,
33    Fine Arts, and Foreign Language), and other areas  designated
34    by  the  State  Board  of Education, in consultation with the
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -430-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    State Teacher Certification Board.
 2        (c)  Standard Certificate.  Beginning February 15,  2000,
 3    persons  who  (1)  have  completed  4  years  of teaching, as
 4    defined in Section  21-14  of  this  Code,  with  an  Initial
 5    Certificate  or  an  Initial Alternative Teaching Certificate
 6    and have met all other  criteria  established  by  the  State
 7    Board  of  Education  in  consultation with the State Teacher
 8    Certification Board, (2) have completed 4 years  of  teaching
 9    on  a  valid  equivalent  certificate  in  another  State  or
10    territory  of the United States, or have completed 4 years of
11    teaching in a  nonpublic  Illinois  elementary  or  secondary
12    school  with an Initial Certificate or an Initial Alternative
13    Teaching  Certificate,  and  have  met  all  other   criteria
14    established  by the State Board of Education, in consultation
15    with the State  Teacher  Certification  Board,  or  (3)  were
16    issued  teaching  certificates prior to February 15, 2000 and
17    are renewing those  certificates  after  February  15,  2000,
18    shall  be  issued  a  Standard Certificate valid for 5 years,
19    which may be renewed thereafter every 5 years  by  the  State
20    Teacher  Certification  Board  based  on  proof of continuing
21    education or  professional  development.  Beginning  July  1,
22    2003,  persons  who  have  completed  4 years of teaching, as
23    described in clauses (1) and (2) of this subsection (c), have
24    successfully  completed  the  Standard  Teaching  Certificate
25    Examinations, and have met all other criteria established  by
26    the  State Board of Education, in consultation with the State
27    Teacher  Certification  Board,  shall  be   issued   Standard
28    Certificates.    Standard  Certificates  shall  be issued for
29    categories  corresponding  to  Early  Childhood,  Elementary,
30    Secondary,  and  Special  K-12,  with  special  certification
31    designations  for  Special  Education,  Bilingual  Education,
32    fundamental learning areas (including Language Arts, Reading,
33    Mathematics, Science, Social  Science,  Physical  Development
34    and Health, Fine Arts, and Foreign Language), and other areas
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -431-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    designated  by  the State Board of Education, in consultation
 2    with the State Teacher Certification Board.
 3        (d)  Master Certificate.  Beginning  February  15,  2000,
 4    persons   who   have  successfully  achieved  National  Board
 5    certification through the  National  Board  for  Professional
 6    Teaching  Standards  shall  be  issued  a Master Certificate,
 7    valid for 10 years and renewable thereafter  every  10  years
 8    through  compliance  with requirements set forth by the State
 9    Board of Education, in consultation with  the  State  Teacher
10    Certification Board. However, each teacher who holds a Master
11    Certificate shall be eligible for a teaching position in this
12    State  in  the  areas  for  which  he  or  she holds a Master
13    Certificate without satisfying any other requirements of this
14    Code, except for those requirements  pertaining  to  criminal
15    background  checks.  A teacher who holds a Master Certificate
16    shall  be  deemed  to  meet   State   certification   renewal
17    requirements in the area or areas for which he or she holds a
18    Master  Certificate  for  the  10-year  term of the teacher's
19    Master Certificate.
20    (Source: P.A. 90-548,  eff.  1-1-98;  90-653,  eff.  7-29-98;
21    90-811,  eff.  1-26-99;  91-102,  eff.  7-12-99; 91-606, eff.
22    8-16-99; 91-609, eff. 1-1-00; revised 10-7-99.)

23        (105 ILCS 5/27A-4)
24        Sec. 27A-4.  General Provisions.
25        (a)  The General Assembly does not  intend  to  alter  or
26    amend  the provisions of any court-ordered desegregation plan
27    in effect for any school district.  A charter school shall be
28    subject to all federal  and  State  laws  and  constitutional
29    provisions   prohibiting   discrimination  on  the  basis  of
30    disability, race,  creed,  color,  gender,  national  origin,
31    religion,  ancestry,  marital  status,  or  need  for special
32    education services.
33        (b)  The total number of charter schools operating  under
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -432-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    this  Article  at any one time shall not exceed 45.  Not more
 2    than 15 charter schools shall operate at any one time in  any
 3    city  having a population exceeding 500,000; not more than 15
 4    charter schools shall operate at any one time in the counties
 5    of DuPage, Kane, Lake, McHenry, Will,  and  that  portion  of
 6    Cook   County  that  is  located  outside  a  city  having  a
 7    population exceeding 500,000, with not more than one  charter
 8    school that has been initiated by a board of education, or by
 9    an  intergovernmental  agreement  between  or among boards of
10    education, operating at any one time in the  school  district
11    where  the  charter  school  is located; and not more than 15
12    charter  schools  shall  operate  at  any  one  time  in  the
13    remainder of the State, with not more than one charter school
14    that has been initiated by a board of  education,  or  by  an
15    intergovernmental   agreement  between  or  among  boards  of
16    education, operating at any one time in the  school  district
17    where the charter school is located.
18        For  purposes  of  implementing  this  Section, the State
19    Board shall assign a number to  each  charter  submission  it
20    receives   under   Section   27A-6   for   its   review   and
21    certification,  based on the chronological order in which the
22    submission is received by it.  The State Board shall promptly
23    notify local  school  boards  when  the  maximum  numbers  of
24    certified  charter  schools  authorized  to operate have been
25    reached.
26        (c)  No charter shall be granted under this Article  that
27    would  convert any existing private, parochial, or non-public
28    school to a charter school.
29        (d)  Enrollment in a charter school shall be open to  any
30    pupil  who  resides  within  the geographic boundaries of the
31    area served by the local school board.
32        (e)  Nothing in this Article  shall  prevent  2  or  more
33    local  school  boards  from  jointly  issuing  a charter to a
34    single shared  charter  school,  provided  that  all  of  the
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -433-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    provisions  of  this Article are met as to those local school
 2    boards.
 3        (f)  No local school board shall require any employee  of
 4    the school district to be employed in a charter school.
 5        (g)  No  local  school  board  shall  require  any  pupil
 6    residing  within  the  geographic boundary of its district to
 7    enroll in a charter school.
 8        (h)  If there are more eligible applicants for enrollment
 9    in  a  charter  school  than  there  are  spaces   available,
10    successful applicants shall be selected by lottery.  However,
11    priority shall be given to siblings of pupils enrolled in the
12    charter school and to pupils who were enrolled in the charter
13    school  the  previous school year, unless expelled for cause.
14    Dual enrollment at both a charter school and a public  school
15    or  non-public  school  shall not be allowed.  A pupil who is
16    suspended or expelled from a charter school shall  be  deemed
17    to  be  suspended  or expelled from the public schools of the
18    school district in which the pupil resides.
19        (i)  (Blank).
20    (Source: P.A. 91-357,  eff.  7-29-99;  91-405,  eff.  8-3-99;
21    91-407, eff. 8-3-99; revised 8-27-99.)

22        (105 ILCS 5/27A-9)
23        Sec. 27A-9. Term of charter; renewal.
24        (a)  A  charter may be granted for a period not less than
25    5 and not more than  10  school  years.   A  charter  may  be
26    renewed in incremental periods not to exceed 5 school years.
27        (b)  A  charter  school renewal proposal submitted to the
28    local school board or State Board, as the chartering  entity,
29    shall contain:
30             (1)  A  report on the progress of the charter school
31        in achieving the  goals,  objectives,  pupil  performance
32        standards,  content  standards,  and  other  terms of the
33        initial approved charter proposal; and
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -434-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1             (2)  A financial statement that discloses the  costs
 2        of   administration,   instruction,  and  other  spending
 3        categories for the charter school that is  understandable
 4        to  the  general public and that will allow comparison of
 5        those  costs  to  other  schools  or   other   comparable
 6        organizations, in a format required by the State Board.
 7        (c)  A charter may be revoked or not renewed if the local
 8    school  board  or  State  Board,  as  the  chartering entity,
 9    clearly demonstrates that the charter school did any  of  the
10    following,   or   otherwise   failed   to   comply  with  the
11    requirements of this law:
12             (1)  Committed a material violation of  any  of  the
13        conditions,  standards,  or  procedures  set forth in the
14        charter.
15             (2)  Failed to  meet  or  make  reasonable  progress
16        toward  achievement  of  the  content  standards or pupil
17        performance standards identified in the charter.
18             (3)  Failed to meet generally accepted standards  of
19        fiscal management.
20             (4)  Violated  any  provision  of law from which the
21        charter school was not exempted.
22        (d)  (Blank).
23        (e)  Notice of a local school board's decision  to  deny,
24    revoke  or  not  to  renew a charter shall be provided to the
25    State Board. The State Board  may  reverse  a  local  board's
26    decision  if the State Board finds that the charter school or
27    charter school  proposal  (i)  is  in  compliance  with  this
28    Article, and (ii) is in the best interests of the students it
29    is  designed  to  serve.    The State Board may condition the
30    granting of an appeal on the acceptance by the charter school
31    of funding in an amount  less  than  that  requested  in  the
32    proposal submitted to the local school board. Final decisions
33    of  the State Board shall be subject to judicial review under
34    the Administrative Review Law.
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -435-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        (f)  Notwithstanding other provisions of this Article, if
 2    the State Board on appeal reverses a local  board's  decision
 3    or  if  a charter school is approved by referendum, the State
 4    Board shall act as the authorized chartering entity  for  the
 5    charter  school.    The State Board shall approve and certify
 6    the charter  and  shall  perform  all  functions  under  this
 7    Article  otherwise  performed by the local school board.  The
 8    State Board shall report  the  aggregate  number  of  charter
 9    school  pupils resident in a school district to that district
10    and shall notify the district of the amount of funding to  be
11    paid  by the State Board to the charter school enrolling such
12    students. The State Board shall require the charter school to
13    maintain accurate records of daily attendance that  shall  be
14    deemed  sufficient  to  file  claims  under  Section  18-8.05
15    notwithstanding   any  other  requirements  of  that  Section
16    regarding hours of instruction and teacher certification. The
17    State Board shall  withhold  from  funds  otherwise  due  the
18    district  the  funds authorized by this Article to be paid to
19    the charter school and shall pay such amounts to the  charter
20    school.
21    (Source:  P.A.  90-548,  eff.  1-1-98;  91-96,  eff.  7-9-99;
22    91-407, eff. 8-3-99; revised 10-7-99.)

23        (105 ILCS 5/27A-11.5)
24        Sec.  27A-11.5.  State  financing.   The  State  Board of
25    Education shall make the following funds available to  school
26    districts and charter schools:
27             (1)  From a separate appropriation made to the State
28        Board  for  purposes  of  this subdivision (1), the State
29        Board shall  make  transition  impact  aid  available  to
30        school  districts  that  approve  a new charter school or
31        that have funds withheld by the State Board to fund a new
32        charter school that is chartered by the State Board.  The
33        amount of the aid shall  equal  90%  of  the  per  capita
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -436-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        funding  paid to the charter school during the first year
 2        of its initial  charter  term,  65%  of  the  per  capita
 3        funding paid to the charter school during the second year
 4        of  its  initial  term, and 35% of the per capita funding
 5        paid to the charter school during the third year  of  its
 6        initial  term.   This transition impact aid shall be paid
 7        to  the   local   school   board   in   equal   quarterly
 8        installments, with the payment of the installment for the
 9        first  quarter  being  made  by  August  1st  immediately
10        preceding  the  first,  second,  and  third  years of the
11        initial term.  The district shall file an application for
12        this aid with the State Board in a format  designated  by
13        the State Board.  If the appropriation is insufficient in
14        any year to pay all approved claims, the impact aid shall
15        be   prorated.   Transition  impact  aid  shall  be  paid
16        beginning  in  the  1999-2000  school  year  for  charter
17        schools that are in the first, second, or third  year  of
18        their  initial  term.   If  House  Bill  230  of the 91st
19        General Assembly becomes law, Transition impact aid shall
20        not be paid for any charter school that is  proposed  and
21        created by one or more boards of education, as authorized
22        under  the provisions of Public Act 91-405 House Bill 230
23        of the 91st General Assembly.
24             (2)  From a  separate  appropriation  made  for  the
25        purpose  of  this  subdivision (2), the State Board shall
26        make grants to charter  schools  to  pay  their  start-up
27        costs  of  acquiring  educational materials and supplies,
28        textbooks, furniture, and other equipment  needed  during
29        their  initial  term.   The  State  Board  shall annually
30        establish the time and manner of  application  for  these
31        grants,  which shall not exceed $250 per student enrolled
32        in the charter school.
33             (3)  The Charter  Schools  Revolving  Loan  Fund  is
34        created as a special fund in the State treasury.  Federal
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -437-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        funds,  such  other  funds  as  may be made available for
 2        costs  associated  with  the  establishment  of   charter
 3        schools  in  Illinois,  and  amounts  repaid  by  charter
 4        schools  that  have  received  a  loan  from  the Charter
 5        Schools Revolving Loan Fund shall be deposited  into  the
 6        Charter  Schools  Revolving  Loan Fund, and the moneys in
 7        the  Charter  Schools  Revolving  Loan  Fund   shall   be
 8        appropriated  to  the  State  Board  and  used to provide
 9        interest-free loans  to  charter  schools.   These  funds
10        shall   be  used  to  pay  start-up  costs  of  acquiring
11        educational materials and supplies, textbooks, furniture,
12        and other equipment needed in the  initial  term  of  the
13        charter   school  and  for  acquiring  and  remodeling  a
14        suitable physical plant, within the initial term  of  the
15        charter  school.   Loans shall be limited to one loan per
16        charter school and shall  not  exceed  $250  per  student
17        enrolled  in  the charter school.  A loan shall be repaid
18        by the end of the initial term  of  the  charter  school.
19        The State Board may deduct amounts necessary to repay the
20        loan  from funds due to the charter school or may require
21        that the local school board that authorized  the  charter
22        school  deduct  such  amounts  from funds due the charter
23        school and  remit  these  amounts  to  the  State  Board,
24        provided  that  the  local  school  board  shall  not  be
25        responsible  for  repayment of the loan.  The State Board
26        may use up to 3% of the appropriation to contract with  a
27        non-profit entity to administer the loan program.
28             (4)  A  charter  school  may  apply for and receive,
29        subject to the same  restrictions  applicable  to  school
30        districts, any grant administered by the State Board that
31        is available for school districts.
32    (Source: P.A. 91-407, eff. 8-3-99; revised 8-4-99.)

33        (105 ILCS 5/34-8.3) (from Ch. 122, par. 34-8.3)
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -438-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        Sec.  34-8.3.   Remediation  and  probation of attendance
 2    centers.
 3        (a)  The  general  superintendent   shall   monitor   the
 4    performance of the attendance centers within the district and
 5    shall  identify attendance centers, pursuant to criteria that
 6    the board shall establish, in which:
 7             (1)  there is a failure to  develop,  implement,  or
 8        comply with a school improvement plan;
 9             (2)  there   is   a   pervasive   breakdown  in  the
10        educational program as indicated by  factors,  including,
11        but not limited to, the absence of improvement in student
12        reading   and   math  achievement  scores,  an  increased
13        drop-out  rate,  a  decreased  graduation  rate,  and   a
14        decrease in rate of student attendance;
15             (3)  (blank); or
16             (4)  there  is  a  failure or refusal to comply with
17        the  provisions  of  this  Act,  other  applicable  laws,
18        collective bargaining agreements, court orders,  or  with
19        Board rules which the Board is authorized to promulgate.
20        (b)  If   the   general   superintendent   identifies   a
21    nonperforming  school  as  described  herein, he or she shall
22    place the attendance center on remediation  by  developing  a
23    remediation   plan  for  the  center.   The  purpose  of  the
24    remediation plan shall be to correct the deficiencies in  the
25    performance  of  the  attendance center by one or more of the
26    following methods:
27             (1)  drafting a new school improvement plan;
28             (2)  applying to the board  for  additional  funding
29        for training for the local school council;
30             (3)  directing    implementation    of    a   school
31        improvement plan;
32             (4)  mediating disputes or other obstacles to reform
33        or improvement at the attendance center.
34        If, however, the general superintendent  determines  that
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -439-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    the  problems are not able to be remediated by these methods,
 2    the general superintendent shall place the attendance  center
 3    on  probation.    The  board  shall establish guidelines that
 4    determine the factors for placing  an  attendance  center  on
 5    probation.
 6        (c)  Each  school placed on probation shall have a school
 7    improvement   plan   and   school   budget   for   correcting
 8    deficiencies identified by the board.  The plan shall include
 9    specific steps that the local school council and school staff
10    must take to correct  identified  deficiencies  and  specific
11    objective  criteria by which the school's subsequent progress
12    will be determined. The school budget shall include  specific
13    expenditures  directly  calculated to correct educational and
14    operational deficiencies identified  at  the  school  by  the
15    probation team.
16        (d)  Schools placed on probation that, after a maximum of
17    one  year,  fail  to  make  adequate  progress  in correcting
18    deficiencies are subject  to  the  following  action  by  the
19    general  superintendent with the approval of the board, after
20    opportunity for a hearing:
21             (1)  Ordering new local school council elections.
22             (2)  Removing and replacing the principal.
23             (3)  Replacement of faculty members, subject to  the
24        provisions of Section 24A-5.
25             (4)  Reconstitution  of  the  attendance  center and
26        replacement   and    reassignment    by    the    general
27        superintendent of all employees of the attendance center.
28             (5)  Intervention under Section 34-8.4.
29             (6)  Closing of the school.
30        (e)  Schools   placed   on   probation  shall  remain  on
31    probation from year to year until deficiencies are corrected,
32    even if such schools make acceptable annual  progress.    The
33    board  shall  establish, in writing, criteria for determining
34    whether or not  a  school  shall  remain  on  probation.   If
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -440-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    academic achievement tests are used as the factor for placing
 2    a  school  on  probation,  the  general  superintendent shall
 3    consider objective criteria, not just  an  increase  in  test
 4    scores,  in  deciding whether or not a school shall remain on
 5    probation.  These criteria  shall  include  attendance,  test
 6    scores,  student  mobility  rates,  poverty  rates, bilingual
 7    education  eligibility,  special   education,   and   English
 8    language  proficiency  programs,  with progress made in these
 9    areas being taken into consideration in deciding  whether  or
10    not a school shall remain on probation.
11        (f)  Where   the   board   has  reason  to  believe  that
12    violations of civil rights, or of civil or criminal law  have
13    occurred,  or  when the general superintendent deems that the
14    school  is  in  educational  crisis  it  may  take  immediate
15    corrective action, including the actions  specified  in  this
16    Section,  without  first placing the school on remediation or
17    probation.   Nothing  described  herein   shall   limit   the
18    authority  of the board as provided by any law of this State.
19    The board shall develop criteria governing the  determination
20    regarding when a school is in educational crisis.
21        (g)  All persons serving as subdistrict superintendent on
22    May 1, 1995 shall be deemed by operation of law to be serving
23    under  a performance contract which expires on June 30, 1995,
24    and  the  employment  of  each  such  person  as  subdistrict
25    superintendent shall terminate on June 30, 1995.   The  board
26    shall  have  no obligation to compensate any such person as a
27    subdistrict superintendent after June 30, 1995.
28        (h)  The general superintendent  shall,  in  consultation
29    with  local  school councils, conduct an annual evaluation of
30    each  principal  in  the  district  pursuant  to   guidelines
31    promulgated by the Board of Education.
32    (Source:  P.A.  91-219,  eff.  1-1-00;  91-622, eff. 8-19-99;
33    revised 10-13-99.)
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -441-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1        (105 ILCS 5/34-18.18)
 2        Sec. 34-18.18.  Occupational standards.  The Board  shall
 3    not  require  a  student  to  meet occupational standards for
 4    grade level promotion or graduation unless  that  student  is
 5    voluntarily enrolled in a job training program.
 6    (Source: P.A. 91-175, eff. 1-1-00.)

 7        (105 ILCS 5/34-18.19)
 8        Sec. 34-18.19. 34-18.18.  School safety assessment audit;
 9    safety  plan.   The board of education shall require schools,
10    subject to the award  of  a  grant  by  the  State  Board  of
11    Education,  to  complete a school safety assessment audit, as
12    developed by the State Board of Education pursuant to Section
13    2-3.129, 2-3.126, and to develop a  written  safety  plan  or
14    revise  their  current  safety plan to implement the criteria
15    developed by the State Board  of  Education,  in  cooperation
16    with  the  Task  Force  on School Safety, as specified in the
17    school safety assessment audit.  The plan shall be subject to
18    approval by the  board  of  education.   Once  approved,  the
19    school  shall file the plan with the State Board of Education
20    and the regional superintendent of schools.  The State  Board
21    of  Education shall provide, subject to appropriation, grants
22    for the purposes of this Section.
23    (Source: P.A. 91-491, eff. 8-13-99; revised 11-8-99.)

24        (105 ILCS 5/34-18.20)
25        Sec.   34-18.20.   34-18.18.  Time   out   and   physical
26    restraint.  Until rules are  adopted  under  Section  2-3.130
27    2-3.126  of  this Code, the use of any of the following rooms
28    or enclosures for time out purposes is prohibited:
29             (1)  a locked room other than  one  with  a  locking
30        mechanism that engages only when a key or handle is being
31        held by a person;
32             (2)  a confining space such as a closet or box;
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -442-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1             (3)  a  room where the student cannot be continually
 2        observed; or
 3             (4)  any  other  room  or  enclosure  or  time   out
 4        procedure  that  is contrary to current guidelines of the
 5        State Board of Education.
 6        The use of physical restraints is prohibited except  when
 7    (i) the student poses a physical risk to himself, herself, or
 8    others, (ii) there is no medical contraindication to its use,
 9    and  (iii) the staff applying the restraint have been trained
10    in its safe application.   For the purposes of this  Section,
11    "restraint"  does  not  include momentary periods of physical
12    restriction by direct person-to-person contact,  without  the
13    aid  of  material  or  mechanical  devices, accomplished with
14    limited force and that are designed (i) to prevent a  student
15    from  completing  an  act  that  would  result  in  potential
16    physical  harm  to  himself, herself, or another or damage to
17    property or (ii)  to  remove  a  disruptive  student  who  is
18    unwilling to voluntarily leave the area.  The use of physical
19    restraints  that meet the requirements of this Section may be
20    included in a student's individualized education  plan  where
21    deemed  appropriate by the student's individualized education
22    plan team. Whenever  physical  restraints  are  used,  school
23    personnel  shall  fully  document the incident, including the
24    events leading up to the  incident,  the  type  of  restraint
25    used,  the  length of time the student is restrained, and the
26    staff involved.  The parents or guardian of a  student  shall
27    be informed whenever physical restraints are used.
28    (Source: P.A. 91-600, eff. 8-14-99; revised 11-8-99.)

29        Section 49.5.  The School Breakfast and Lunch Program Act
30    is amended by changing Section 8 as follows:

31        (105 ILCS 125/8) (from Ch. 122, par. 712.8)
32        Sec.  8.  Filing and forwarding claims for reimbursement.
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -443-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    School boards and  welfare  centers  shall  file  claims  for
 2    reimbursement,  on  forms  provided  by  the  State  Board of
 3    Education, on a monthly basis  as  prescribed  by  the  State
 4    Board of Education.
 5    (Source:  P.A.  91-764,  eff.  6-9-00;  91-843, eff. 6-22-00;
 6    revised 7-13-00.)

 7        Section 50.   The  Campus  Security  Act  is  amended  by
 8    changing Section 15 as follows:

 9        (110 ILCS 12/15)
10        Sec. 15.  Arrest reports.
11        (a)  When   an  individual  is  arrested,  the  following
12    information must be made available  to  the  news  media  for
13    inspection and copying:
14             (1)  Information   that  identifies  the  individual
15        person, including the name, age, address, and photograph,
16        when and if available.
17             (2)  Information detailing any charges  relating  to
18        the arrest.
19             (3)  The time and location of the arrest.
20             (4)  The  name of the investigating or arresting law
21        enforcement agency.
22             (5)  If the individual is incarcerated,  the  amount
23        of any bail or bond.
24             (6)  If the individual is incarcerated, the time and
25        date  that  the  individual  was received, discharged, or
26        transferred from the arresting agency's custody.
27        (b)  The information required by  this  Section  must  be
28    made  available  to the news media for inspection and copying
29    as soon as practicable, but in no event shall the time period
30    exceed 72 hours from the arrest.  The  information  described
31    in  paragraphs  (3),  (4),  (5),  and  (6)  3, 4, 5, and 6 of
32    subsection (a), however, may be withheld if it is  determined
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -444-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    that disclosure would:
 2             (1)  interfere   with   pending   or   actually  and
 3        reasonably  contemplated  law   enforcement   proceedings
 4        conducted by any law enforcement or correctional agency;
 5             (2)  endanger  the  life  or  physical safety of law
 6        enforcement  or  correctional  personnel  or  any   other
 7        person; or
 8             (3)  compromise  the  security  of  any correctional
 9        facility.
10        (c)  For the purposes of  this  Section  the  term  "news
11    media"  means  personnel  of  a newspaper or other periodical
12    issued at regular intervals, a news service, a radio station,
13    a television station, a community antenna television service,
14    or a person or corporation engaged in making  news  reels  or
15    other motion picture news for public showing.
16        (d)  Each  law  enforcement  or  correctional  agency may
17    charge fees for arrest records, but in no  instance  may  the
18    fee  exceed the actual cost of copying and reproduction.  The
19    fees may not include the cost of the labor used to  reproduce
20    the arrest record.
21        (e)  The  provisions of this Section do not supersede the
22    confidentiality provisions for arrest records of the Juvenile
23    Court Act of 1987.
24    (Source: P.A. 91-309, eff. 7-29-99; revised 11-3-99.)

25        Section 50.1.  The University of Illinois Trustees Act is
26    amended by changing Section 1 as follows:

27        (110 ILCS 310/1) (from Ch. 144, par. 41)
28        Sec. 1.  The Board  of  Trustees  of  the  University  of
29    Illinois  shall  consist  of  the  Governor  and  at least 12
30    trustees. Nine trustees shall be appointed by  the  Governor,
31    by  and  with the advice and consent of the Senate. The other
32    trustees shall be students, of  whom  one  student  shall  be
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -445-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    selected from each University campus.
 2        Each  student  trustee  shall  serve  a term of one year,
 3    beginning on July 1 or on the date of his or  her  selection,
 4    whichever  is later, and expiring on the next succeeding June
 5    30.
 6        Each  trustee  shall  have  all  of  the  privileges   of
 7    membership,  except  that only one student trustee shall have
 8    the right to cast a legally binding vote.  The Governor shall
 9    designate which one of the student  trustees  shall  possess,
10    for  his  or  her  entire  term,  the right to cast a legally
11    binding vote.  Each student trustee who does not possess  the
12    right  to cast a legally binding vote shall have the right to
13    cast an advisory vote  and  the  right  to  make  and  second
14    motions and to attend executive sessions.
15        Each  trustee  shall  be governed by the same conflict of
16    interest standards.  Pursuant to those  standards,  it  shall
17    not  be  a conflict of interest for a student trustee to vote
18    on matters pertaining to students generally, such as  tuition
19    and  fees.  However, it shall be a conflict of interest for a
20    student  trustee  to  vote  on  faculty  member   tenure   or
21    promotion.  Student  trustees  shall be chosen by campus-wide
22    student election, and the student trustee designated  by  the
23    Governor  to  possess  a legally binding vote shall be one of
24    the students selected by this method.  A student trustee  who
25    does  not  possess  a  legally binding vote on a measure at a
26    meeting of the Board or any of its committees  shall  not  be
27    considered a trustee for the purpose of determining whether a
28    quorum  is  present  at  the time that measure is voted upon.
29    To be eligible for selection as a student trustee and  to  be
30    eligible  to remain as a voting or nonvoting student trustee,
31    a student trustee must be a resident of this State, must have
32    and maintain a grade point average that is equivalent  to  at
33    least  2.5  on  a  4.0 scale, and must be a full time student
34    enrolled at all times during his or her term of office except
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -446-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1     for that part of the term which follows  the  completion  of
 2    the  last  full  regular  semester  of  an  academic year and
 3    precedes the first full regular semester  of  the  succeeding
 4    academic  year at the University (sometimes commonly referred
 5    to as the summer session or summer school).  If a  voting  or
 6    nonvoting  student  trustee  fails  to  continue  to  meet or
 7    maintain the  residency,  minimum  grade  point  average,  or
 8    enrollment  requirement  established  by this Section, his or
 9    her  membership  on  the  Board  shall  be  deemed  to   have
10    terminated by operation of law.
11        If  a  voting student trustee resigns or otherwise ceases
12    to serve on the Board, the Governor shall,  within  30  days,
13    designate  one  of  the remaining student trustees to possess
14    the right to cast a legally binding vote for the remainder of
15    his or her term.  If a nonvoting student trustee  resigns  or
16    otherwise  ceases  to serve on the Board, the chief executive
17    of the student government from that campus shall,  within  30
18    days, select a new nonvoting student trustee to serve for the
19    remainder of the term.
20        No  more  than  5  of  the  9 appointed trustees shall be
21    affiliated  with  the  same  political  party.  Each  trustee
22    appointed by the Governor must be a resident of  this  State.
23    A  failure  to  meet  or  maintain this residency requirement
24    constitutes a resignation from and creates a vacancy  in  the
25    Board.  The term of office of each appointed trustee shall be
26    6 years from the third Monday in January of each odd numbered
27    year. The regular terms of office of the  appointed  trustees
28    shall   be   staggered   so  that  3  terms  expire  in  each
29    odd-numbered year.
30        Vacancies for appointed trustees shall be filled for  the
31    unexpired  term  in the same manner as original appointments.
32    If a vacancy in membership occurs at a time when  the  Senate
33    is   not  in  session,  the  Governor  shall  make  temporary
34    appointments until the next meeting of the  Senate,  when  he
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -447-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    shall  appoint  persons  to  fill  such  memberships  for the
 2    remainder of their respective terms.  If the Senate is not in
 3    session  when  appointments  for  a  full  term   are   made,
 4    appointments shall be made as in the case of vacancies.
 5        No  action of the board shall be invalidated by reason of
 6    any vacancies on the board, or by reason of  any  failure  to
 7    select student trustees.
 8    (Source:  P.A.  90-630,  eff.  7-24-98;  91-778, eff. 1-1-01;
 9    91-798, eff. 7-9-00; revised 6-29-00.)

10        Section   50.2.    The   Southern   Illinois   University
11    Management Act is amended by changing Sections  2  and  5  as
12    follows:

13        (110 ILCS 520/2) (from Ch. 144, par. 652)
14        Sec. 2. The Board shall consist of 7 members appointed by
15    the  Governor,  by  and  with  the  advice and consent of the
16    Senate, the Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction,  or  his
17    chief  assistant  for  liaison  with  higher  education  when
18    designated  to serve in his place, ex-officio, and one voting
19    student member designated by the Governor from one campus  of
20    the  University  and  one  nonvoting  student member from the
21    campus of  the  University  not  represented  by  the  voting
22    student  member.   The  Governor  shall  designate one of the
23    student members serving on the Board to serve as  the  voting
24    student  member.   Each student member shall be chosen by the
25    respective  campuses  of  Southern  Illinois  University   at
26    Carbondale  and  Edwardsville.   The method of choosing these
27    student members shall be by campus-wide student election, and
28    any student designated by the Governor to be a voting student
29    member shall be one of the students chosen  by  this  method.
30    The  student  members shall serve terms of one year beginning
31    on July 1 of each  year,  except  that  the  student  members
32    initially  selected  shall serve a term beginning on the date
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -448-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    of such selection and expiring on the  next  succeeding  June
 2    30.   To be eligible for selection as a student member and to
 3    be eligible to remain as a voting or nonvoting student member
 4    of the Board, a student member must be  a  resident  of  this
 5    State,  must  have and maintain a grade point average that is
 6    equivalent to at least 2.5 on a 4.0 scale, and must be a full
 7    time student enrolled at all times during his or her term  of
 8    office  except  for  that  part of the term which follows the
 9    completion of the last full regular semester of  an  academic
10    year  and  precedes  the  first  full regular semester of the
11    succeeding  academic  year  at  the   university   (sometimes
12    commonly referred to as the summer session or summer school).
13    If  a voting or nonvoting student member serving on the Board
14    fails to continue to meet or maintain the residency,  minimum
15    grade point average, or enrollment requirement established by
16    this  Section,  his  or  her membership on the Board shall be
17    deemed to have terminated by operation of law. No more than 4
18    of the members appointed by the Governor shall be  affiliated
19    with  the  same political party. Each member appointed by the
20    Governor must be a resident of this State.  A failure to meet
21    or  maintain  this  residency   requirement   constitutes   a
22    resignation  from  and  creates a vacancy in the Board.  Upon
23    the expiration of the  terms  of  members  appointed  by  the
24    Governor,  their respective successors shall be appointed for
25    terms of 6 years from the third Monday  in  January  of  each
26    odd-numbered  year  and until their respective successors are
27    appointed for like terms. If the Senate  is  not  in  session
28    appointments shall be made as in the case of vacancies.
29    (Source:  P.A.  90-630,  eff.  7-24-98;  91-778, eff. 1-1-01;
30    91-798, eff. 7-9-00; revised 6-29-00.)

31        (110 ILCS 520/5) (from Ch. 144, par. 655)
32        Sec. 5.  Members of the Board  shall  elect  annually  by
33    secret  ballot  from  their  own  number a chairman who shall
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -449-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    preside over meetings of the Board and a secretary.
 2        Meetings of the Board shall be held at  least  once  each
 3    quarter  on a campus of Southern Illinois University.  At all
 4    regular meetings of the  Board,  a  majority  of  its  voting
 5    members shall constitute a quorum.  The student members shall
 6    have all of the privileges of membership, including the right
 7    to  make and second motions and to attend executive sessions,
 8    other than the right to vote, except that the student  member
 9    designated by the Governor as the voting student member shall
10    have  the  right  to  vote  on all Board matters except those
11    involving faculty tenure, faculty promotion or any  issue  on
12    which  the  student member has a direct conflict of interest.
13    A student member who is not entitled to vote on a measure  at
14    a meeting  of the Board or any of its committees shall not be
15    considered  a member for the purpose of determining whether a
16    quorum is present at the time that measure is voted upon.  No
17    action of the Board shall be invalidated  by  reason  of  any
18    vacancies on the Board, or by reason of any failure to select
19    a student member.
20        Special  meetings  of  the  Board  may  be  called by the
21    chairman of the Board or by any 3 members of the Board.
22        At each regular and special meeting that is open  to  the
23    public, members of the public and employees of the University
24    shall be afforded time, subject to reasonable constraints, to
25    make comments to or ask questions of the Board.
26    (Source:  P.A.  90-630,  eff.  7-24-98;  91-715, eff. 1-1-01;
27    91-778, eff. 1-1-01; revised 6-23-00.)

28        Section  50.3.   The  Chicago  State  University  Law  is
29    amended by changing Sections 5-15 and 5-25 as follows:

30        (110 ILCS 660/5-15)
31        Sec.  5-15.  Membership;  terms;  vacancies.   The  Board
32    shall consist of 7 voting members appointed by the  Governor,
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -450-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    by  and  with  the  advice and consent of the Senate, and one
 2    voting member who is a student at Chicago  State  University.
 3    The  student  member shall be chosen by a campus-wide student
 4    election.  The student member shall serve a term of one  year
 5    beginning  on  July  1  of each year, except that the student
 6    member initially selected shall serve a term beginning on the
 7    date of his  or  her  selection  and  expiring  on  the  next
 8    succeeding  June  30.   To  be  eligible  for  selection as a
 9    student member and to be eligible  to  remain  as  a  student
10    member of the Board, the student member must be a resident of
11    this State, must have and maintain a grade point average that
12    is  equivalent  to at least 2.5 on a 4.0 scale, and must be a
13    full time student enrolled at all times  during  his  or  her
14    term of office except for that part of the term which follows
15    the  completion  of  the  last  full  regular  semester of an
16    academic year and precedes the first full regular semester of
17    the succeeding academic year  at  the  university  (sometimes
18    commonly referred to as the summer session or summer school).
19    If a student member serving on the Board fails to continue to
20    meet  or maintain the residency, minimum grade point average,
21    or enrollment requirement established by this Section, his or
22    her  membership  on  the  Board  shall  be  deemed  to   have
23    terminated  by  operation  of  law.   Of  the  members  first
24    appointed  by the Governor, 4 shall be appointed for terms to
25    expire on the third Monday in January, 1999, and 3  shall  be
26    appointed for terms to expire on the third Monday in January,
27    2001.   If the Senate is not in session on the effective date
28    of this Article, or if a vacancy in an appointive  membership
29    occurs  at  a  time  when  the  Senate is not in session, the
30    Governor shall make temporary  appointments  until  the  next
31    meeting  of the Senate when he shall nominate persons to fill
32    such memberships for the remainder of their respective terms.
33    No more than 4 of the members appointed by the Governor shall
34    be affiliated with the  same  political  party.  Each  member
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -451-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    appointed  by  the Governor must be a resident of this State.
 2    A failure to meet  or  maintain  this  residency  requirement
 3    constitutes  a  resignation from and creates a vacancy in the
 4    Board.  Upon the expiration of the terms of members appointed
 5    by  the  Governor,  their  respective  successors  shall   be
 6    appointed  for  terms  of  6  years  from the third Monday in
 7    January of each odd-numbered year.  Any members appointed  to
 8    the  Board  shall  continue  to  serve in such capacity until
 9    their successors are appointed and qualified.
10    (Source: P.A. 90-630,  eff.  7-24-98;  90-814,  eff.  2-4-99;
11    91-778, eff. 1-1-01; 91-798, eff. 7-9-00; revised 6-29-00.)

12        (110 ILCS 660/5-25)
13        Sec.  5-25.  Officers;  meetings.   Members  of the Board
14    shall elect annually by secret ballot from their own number a
15    chairman who shall preside over meetings of the Board  and  a
16    secretary.
17        Meetings  of  the  Board shall be held at least once each
18    quarter on the campus of Chicago State University at Chicago,
19    Illinois.  At all regular meetings of the Board,  a  majority
20    of its members shall constitute a quorum.  The student member
21    shall have all of the privileges of membership, including the
22    right  to  make  and  second  motions,  to  attend  executive
23    sessions,  and  to  vote  on  all  Board matters except those
24    involving faculty tenure, faculty promotion or any  issue  on
25    which  the  student member has a direct conflict of interest.
26    Unless the student member is entitled to vote on a measure at
27    a meeting of the Board or any of its committees,  he  or  she
28    shall   not  be  considered  a  member  for  the  purpose  of
29    determining whether a quorum is  present  at  the  time  that
30    measure  is  voted  upon.   No  action  of the Board shall be
31    invalidated by reason of any vacancies on  the  Board  or  by
32    reason of any failure to select a student member.
33        Special  meetings  of  the  Board  may  be  called by the
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -452-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    chairman of the Board or by any 3 members of the Board.
 2        At each regular and special meeting that is open  to  the
 3    public, members of the public and employees of the University
 4    shall be afforded time, subject to reasonable constraints, to
 5    make comments to or ask questions of the Board.
 6    (Source:  P.A.  90-630,  eff.  7-24-98;  91-715, eff. 1-1-01;
 7    91-778, eff. 1-1-01; revised 6-23-00.)

 8        Section 50.4  The  Eastern  Illinois  University  Law  is
 9    amended by changing Sections 10-15 and 10-25 as follows:

10        (110 ILCS 665/10-15)
11        Sec.  10-15.  Membership;  terms;  vacancies.   The Board
12    shall consist of 7 voting members appointed by the  Governor,
13    by  and  with  the  advice and consent of the Senate, and one
14    voting  member  who  is  a  student   at   Eastern   Illinois
15    University.    The  student  member  shall  be  chosen  by  a
16    campus-wide student election.  The student member shall serve
17    a term of one year beginning on July 1 of each  year,  except
18    that the student member initially selected shall serve a term
19    beginning on the date of his or her selection and expiring on
20    the next succeeding June 30.  To be eligible for selection as
21    a  student  member  and to be eligible to remain as a student
22    member of the Board, the student member must be a resident of
23    this State, must have and maintain a grade point average that
24    is equivalent to at least 2.5 on a 4.0 scale, and must  be  a
25    full  time  student  enrolled  at all times during his or her
26    term of office except for that part of the term which follows
27    the completion of  the  last  full  regular  semester  of  an
28    academic year and precedes the first full regular semester of
29    the  succeeding  academic  year  at the university (sometimes
30    commonly referred to as the summer session or summer school).
31    If a student member serving on the Board fails to continue to
32    meet or maintain the residency, minimum grade point  average,
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -453-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    or enrollment requirement established by this Section, his or
 2    her   membership  on  the  Board  shall  be  deemed  to  have
 3    terminated by  operation  of  law.    Of  the  members  first
 4    appointed  by the Governor, 4 shall be appointed for terms to
 5    expire on the third Monday in January, 1999, and 3  shall  be
 6    appointed for terms to expire on the third Monday in January,
 7    2001.   If the Senate is not in session on the effective date
 8    of this Article, or if a vacancy in an appointive  membership
 9    occurs  at  a  time  when  the  Senate is not in session, the
10    Governor shall make temporary  appointments  until  the  next
11    meeting  of the Senate when he shall nominate persons to fill
12    such memberships for the remainder of their respective terms.
13    No more than 4 of the members appointed by the Governor shall
14    be affiliated with the same  political  party.   Each  member
15    appointed  by  the Governor must be a resident of this State.
16    A failure to meet  or  maintain  this  residency  requirement
17    constitutes  a  resignation from and creates a vacancy in the
18    Board.  Upon the expiration of the terms of members appointed
19    by  the  Governor,  their  respective  successors  shall   be
20    appointed  for  terms  of  6  years  from the third Monday in
21    January of each odd-numbered year.  Any members appointed  to
22    the  Board  shall  continue  to  serve in such capacity until
23    their successors are appointed and qualified.
24    (Source: P.A. 90-630,  eff.  7-24-98;  90-814,  eff.  2-4-99;
25    91-778, eff. 1-1-01; 91-798, eff. 7-9-00; revised 6-29-00.)

26        (110 ILCS 665/10-25)
27        Sec.  10-25.  Officers;  meetings.   Members of the Board
28    shall elect annually by secret ballot from their own number a
29    chairman who shall preside over meetings of the Board  and  a
30    secretary.
31        Meetings  of  the  Board shall be held at least once each
32    quarter on the  campus  of  Eastern  Illinois  University  at
33    Charleston,  Illinois.  At all regular meetings of the Board,
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -454-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    a majority of its members shall constitute  a  quorum.    The
 2    student   member   shall   have  all  of  the  privileges  of
 3    membership, including the right to make and  second  motions,
 4    to  attend  executive  sessions,  and  to  vote  on all Board
 5    matters  except  those  involving  faculty  tenure,   faculty
 6    promotion  or  any  issue  on  which the student member has a
 7    direct conflict of interest.  Unless the  student  member  is
 8    entitled  to  vote  on a measure at a meeting of the Board or
 9    any of its committees, he or she shall not  be  considered  a
10    member  for  the  purpose  of determining whether a quorum is
11    present at the time that measure is voted upon.  No action of
12    the Board shall be invalidated by reason of any vacancies  on
13    the  Board  or  by  reason of any failure to select a student
14    member.
15        Special meetings of  the  Board  may  be  called  by  the
16    chairman of the Board or by any 3 members of the Board.
17        At  each  regular and special meeting that is open to the
18    public, members of the public and employees of the University
19    shall be afforded time, subject to reasonable constraints, to
20    make comments to or ask questions of the Board.
21    (Source: P.A. 90-630,  eff.  7-24-98;  91-715,  eff.  1-1-01;
22    91-778, eff. 1-1-01; revised 6-23-00.)

23        Section  50.5.   The  Governors  State  University Law is
24    amended by changing Sections 15-15 and 15-25 as follows:

25        (110 ILCS 670/15-15)
26        Sec. 15-15.  Membership;  terms;  vacancies.   The  Board
27    shall  consist of 7 voting members appointed by the Governor,
28    by and with the advice and consent of  the  Senate,  and  one
29    voting member who is a student at Governors State University.
30    The  student  member shall be chosen by a campus-wide student
31    election. The student member shall serve a term of  one  year
32    beginning  on  July  1  of each year, except that the student
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -455-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    member initially selected shall serve a term beginning on the
 2    date of his  or  her  selection  and  expiring  on  the  next
 3    succeeding  June  30.   To  be  eligible  for  selection as a
 4    student member and to be eligible  to  remain  as  a  student
 5    member of the Board, the student member must be a resident of
 6    this State, must have and maintain a grade point average that
 7    is  equivalent  to at least 2.5 on a 4.0 scale, and must be a
 8    student enrolled at all times  during  his  or  her  term  of
 9    office  except  for  that  part of the term which follows the
10    completion of the last full regular semester of  an  academic
11    year  and  precedes  the  first  full regular semester of the
12    succeeding  academic  year  at  the   university   (sometimes
13    commonly  referred  to  as the spring/summer semester).  If a
14    student member serving on the Board fails to continue to meet
15    or maintain the residency, minimum grade  point  average,  or
16    enrollment  requirement  established  by this Section, his or
17    her  membership  on  the  Board  shall  be  deemed  to   have
18    terminated  by  operation  of  law.   Of  the  members  first
19    appointed  by the Governor, 4 shall be appointed for terms to
20    expire on the third Monday in January, 1999, and 3  shall  be
21    appointed for terms to expire on the third Monday in January,
22    2001.   If the Senate is not in session on the effective date
23    of this Article, or if a vacancy in an appointive  membership
24    occurs  at  a  time  when  the  Senate is not in session, the
25    Governor shall make temporary  appointments  until  the  next
26    meeting  of the Senate when he shall nominate persons to fill
27    such memberships for the remainder of their respective terms.
28    No more than 4 of the members appointed by the Governor shall
29    be affiliated with the  same  political  party.  Each  member
30    appointed  by  the Governor must be a resident of this State.
31    A failure to meet  or  maintain  this  residency  requirement
32    constitutes  a  resignation from and creates a vacancy in the
33    Board. Upon the expiration of the terms of members  appointed
34    by   the  Governor,  their  respective  successors  shall  be
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -456-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    appointed for terms of 6  years  from  the  third  Monday  in
 2    January  of  each odd-numbered year. Any members appointed to
 3    the Board shall continue to  serve  in  such  capacity  until
 4    their successors are appointed and qualified.
 5    (Source:  P.A.  90-630,  eff.  7-24-98;  90-814, eff. 2-4-99;
 6    91-778, eff. 1-1-01; 91-798, eff. 7-9-00; revised 6-29-00.)

 7        (110 ILCS 670/15-25)
 8        Sec. 15-25.  Officers; meetings.  Members  of  the  Board
 9    shall elect annually by secret ballot from their own number a
10    chairman  who  shall preside over meetings of the Board and a
11    secretary.
12        Meetings of the Board shall be held at  least  once  each
13    quarter  on  the  campus  of  Governors  State  University at
14    University Park, Illinois.  At all regular  meetings  of  the
15    Board,  a  majority of its members shall constitute a quorum.
16    The student member  shall  have  all  of  the  privileges  of
17    membership,  including  the right to make and second motions,
18    to attend executive  sessions,  and  to  vote  on  all  Board
19    matters   except  those  involving  faculty  tenure,  faculty
20    promotion or any issue on which  the  student  member  has  a
21    direct  conflict  of  interest.  Unless the student member is
22    entitled to vote on a measure at a meeting of  the  Board  or
23    any  of  its  committees, he or she shall not be considered a
24    member for the purpose of determining  whether  a  quorum  is
25    present at the time that measure is voted upon.  No action of
26    the  Board shall be invalidated by reason of any vacancies on
27    the Board or by reason of any failure  to  select  a  student
28    member.
29        Special  meetings  of  the  Board  may  be  called by the
30    chairman of the Board or by any 3 members of the Board.
31        At each regular and special meeting that is open  to  the
32    public, members of the public and employees of the University
33    shall be afforded time, subject to reasonable constraints, to
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -457-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    make comments to or ask questions of the Board.
 2    (Source:  P.A.  89-4,  eff.  1-1-96;  89-552,  eff.  7-26-96;
 3    90-630,  eff.  7-24-98;  91-715,  eff.  1-1-01;  91-778, eff.
 4    1-1-01; revised 6-23-00.)

 5        Section 50.6.   The  Illinois  State  University  Law  is
 6    amended by changing Sections 20-15 and 20-25 as follows:

 7        (110 ILCS 675/20-15)
 8        Sec.  20-15.  Membership;  terms;  vacancies.   The Board
 9    shall consist of 7 voting members appointed by the  Governor,
10    by  and  with  the  advice and consent of the Senate, and one
11    voting member who is a student at Illinois State  University.
12    The  student  member shall be chosen by a campus-wide student
13    election.  The student member shall serve a term of one  year
14    beginning  on  July  1  of each year, except that the student
15    member initially selected shall serve a term beginning on the
16    date of his  or  her  selection  and  expiring  on  the  next
17    succeeding  June  30.   To be eligible to remain as a student
18    member of the Board, the student member must be a resident of
19    this State, must have and maintain a grade point average that
20    is equivalent to at least 2.5 on a 4.0 scale, and must  be  a
21    full  time  student  enrolled  at all times during his or her
22    term of office except for that part of the term which follows
23    the completion of  the  last  full  regular  semester  of  an
24    academic year and precedes the first full regular semester of
25    the  succeeding  academic  year  at the university (sometimes
26    commonly referred to as the summer session or summer school).
27    If a student member serving on the Board fails to continue to
28    meet or maintain the residency, minimum grade point  average,
29    or enrollment requirement established by this Section, his or
30    her   membership  on  the  Board  shall  be  deemed  to  have
31    terminated  by  operation  of  law.   Of  the  members  first
32    appointed by the Governor, 4 shall be appointed for terms  to
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -458-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    expire  on  the third Monday in January, 1999, and 3 shall be
 2    appointed for terms to expire on the third Monday in January,
 3    2001.  If the Senate is not in session on the effective  date
 4    of  this Article, or if a vacancy in an appointive membership
 5    occurs at a time when the  Senate  is  not  in  session,  the
 6    Governor  shall  make  temporary  appointments until the next
 7    meeting of the Senate when he shall nominate persons to  fill
 8    such memberships for the remainder of their respective terms.
 9    No more than 4 of the members appointed by the Governor shall
10    be  affiliated  with  the  same  political party. Each member
11    appointed by the Governor must be a resident of  this  State.
12    A  failure  to  meet  or  maintain this residency requirement
13    constitutes a resignation from and creates a vacancy  in  the
14    Board.  Upon the expiration of the terms of members appointed
15    by  the  Governor,  their  respective  successors  shall   be
16    appointed  for  terms  of  6  years  from the third Monday in
17    January of each odd-numbered year. Any members  appointed  to
18    the  Board  shall  continue  to  serve in such capacity until
19    their successors are appointed and qualified.
20    (Source: P.A. 90-630,  eff.  7-24-98;  90-814,  eff.  2-4-99;
21    91-778, eff. 1-1-01; 91-798, eff. 7-9-00; revised 6-29-00.)

22        (110 ILCS 675/20-25)
23        Sec.  20-25.  Officers;  meetings.   Members of the Board
24    shall elect annually by secret ballot from their own number a
25    chairman who shall preside over meetings of the Board  and  a
26    secretary.
27        Meetings  of  the  Board shall be held at least once each
28    quarter on the campus of Illinois State University at Normal,
29    Illinois.  At all regular meetings of the Board,  a  majority
30    of  its members shall constitute a quorum. The student member
31    shall have all of the privileges of membership, including the
32    right  to  make  and  second  motions,  to  attend  executive
33    sessions, and to vote  on  all  Board  matters  except  those
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -459-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    involving  faculty  tenure, faculty promotion or any issue on
 2    which the student member has a direct conflict  of  interest.
 3    Unless the student member is entitled to vote on a measure at
 4    a  meeting  of  the Board or any of its committees, he or she
 5    shall  not  be  considered  a  member  for  the  purpose   of
 6    determining  whether  a  quorum  is  present at the time that
 7    measure is voted upon.  No  action  of  the  Board  shall  be
 8    invalidated  by  reason  of  any vacancies on the Board or by
 9    reason of any failure to select a student member.
10        Special meetings of  the  Board  may  be  called  by  the
11    chairman of the Board or by any 3 members of the Board.
12        At  each  regular and special meeting that is open to the
13    public, members of the public and employees of the University
14    shall be afforded time, subject to reasonable constraints, to
15    make comments to or ask questions of the Board.
16    (Source: P.A. 90-630,  eff.  7-24-98;  91-715,  eff.  1-1-01;
17    91-778, eff. 1-1-01; revised 6-23-00.)

18        Section  50.7.   The Northeastern Illinois University Law
19    is amended by changing Sections 25-15 and 25-25 as follows:

20        (110 ILCS 680/25-15)
21        Sec. 25-15.  Membership;  terms;  vacancies.   The  Board
22    shall  consist  of 9 voting members who are residents of this
23    State and are appointed by the  Governor,  by  and  with  the
24    advice  and  consent of the Senate, and one voting member who
25    is  a  student  at  Northeastern  Illinois  University.   The
26    student member shall be elected by a campus-wide election  of
27    all  students  of  the  University.  The student member shall
28    serve a term of one year beginning on July 1  of  each  year,
29    except  that the student member initially selected under this
30    amendatory Act of the 91st General  Assembly  shall  serve  a
31    term  beginning  on  the  date  of  his  or her selection and
32    expiring on the next succeeding June 30.  To be  eligible  to
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -460-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    remain  as  a student member of the Board, the student member
 2    must be a resident of this State, must have  and  maintain  a
 3    grade  point  average that is equivalent to at least 2.5 on a
 4    4.0 scale, and must be  a  full  time  undergraduate  student
 5    enrolled at all times during his or her term of office except
 6    for that part of the term which follows the completion of the
 7    last  full  regular semester of an academic year and precedes
 8    the first full regular semester of  the  succeeding  academic
 9    year at the university (sometimes commonly referred to as the
10    summer  session  or  summer  school).   If  a  student member
11    serving on the Board fails to continue to  meet  or  maintain
12    the  residency,  minimum  grade  point average, or enrollment
13    requirement  established  by  this  Section,   his   or   her
14    membership on the Board shall be deemed to have terminated by
15    operation  of  law.   If any member of the Board appointed by
16    the Governor fails  to  continue  to  meet  or  maintain  the
17    residency  requirement established by this Section, he or she
18    shall  resign  membership  on  the  Board  within   30   days
19    thereafter  and,  failing submission of this resignation, his
20    or her membership on  the  Board  shall  be  deemed  to  have
21    terminated  by  operation  of  law.   Of  the  members  first
22    appointed  by the Governor, 4 shall be appointed for terms to
23    expire on the third Monday in January, 1999 and  until  their
24    successors  are  appointed  and  qualified,  and  3  shall be
25    appointed for terms to expire on the third Monday in January,
26    2001 and until their successors are appointed and  qualified.
27    The  2  additional  members appointed by the Governor, by and
28    with the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate,  under  this
29    amendatory  Act  of  the  91st General Assembly, shall not be
30    from the same political party  and  shall  be  appointed  for
31    terms  to  expire  on  the  third Monday in January, 2003 and
32    until their successors  are  appointed  and  qualified.   Any
33    vacancy  in  membership  existing on January 1, 1999 shall be
34    filled by appointment by the Governor, with  the  advice  and
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -461-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    consent  of  the  Senate,  for  a term to expire on the third
 2    Monday in January, 2003.  If the Senate is not in session  on
 3    the  effective  date  of  this Article, or if a vacancy in an
 4    appointive membership occurs at a time when the Senate is not
 5    in session, the Governor shall make temporary appointments to
 6    fill the vacancy.  Members with these temporary  appointments
 7    shall be deemed qualified to serve upon appointment and shall
 8    continue  to  serve until the next meeting of the Senate when
 9    the Governor shall appoint persons to fill such  memberships,
10    by  and  with  the  advice and consent of the Senate, for the
11    remainder of their respective terms.  No more than 5  of  the
12    members  appointed  by  the Governor shall be affiliated with
13    the same political  party.   Each  member  appointed  by  the
14    Governor must be a resident of this State.  A failure to meet
15    or   maintain   this   residency  requirement  constitutes  a
16    resignation from and creates a vacancy in  the  Board.   Upon
17    the  expiration  of  the  terms  of  members appointed by the
18    Governor  for  other  than  temporary   appointments,   their
19    respective  successors  shall  be  appointed, by and with the
20    advice and consent of the Senate, for terms of 6  years  from
21    the  third Monday in January of each odd-numbered year.   Any
22    members appointed to the Board shall  continue  to  serve  in
23    such  capacity  until  their  successors  are  appointed  and
24    qualified.
25    (Source:  P.A.  90-630,  eff.  7-24-98;  90-814, eff. 2-4-99;
26    91-565, eff.  8-14-99;  91-778,  eff.  1-1-01;  91-798,  eff.
27    7-9-00; revised 6-29-00.)

28        (110 ILCS 680/25-25)
29        Sec.  25-25.  Officers;  meetings.   Members of the Board
30    appointed by the Governor shall elect by secret  ballot  from
31    their  own number a chairperson, who shall serve for a period
32    of 2 years from his or her election  and  who  shall  preside
33    over  meetings  of the Board, a secretary, and other officers
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -462-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    that the Board deems  necessary.   The  secretary  and  other
 2    officers  shall also serve for a period of 2 years from their
 3    election.
 4        Meetings of the Board shall be held at  least  once  each
 5    quarter  on the campus of Northeastern Illinois University at
 6    Chicago, Illinois.  At all regular meetings of the  Board,  a
 7    majority  of  its  members  shall  constitute  a quorum.  The
 8    student  member  shall  have  all  of   the   privileges   of
 9    membership,  including  the right to make and second motions,
10    to attend executive  sessions,  and  to  vote  on  all  Board
11    matters   except  those  involving  faculty  tenure,  faculty
12    promotion or any issue on which  the  student  member  has  a
13    direct conflict of interest.  No action of the Board shall be
14    invalidated  by  reason  of  any vacancies on the Board or by
15    reason of any failure to select a student member.
16        Special meetings of  the  Board  may  be  called  by  the
17    chairperson of the Board or by any 4 members of the Board.
18        At  each  regular and special meeting that is open to the
19    public, members of the public and employees of the University
20    shall be afforded time, subject to reasonable constraints, to
21    make comments to or ask questions of the Board.
22    (Source: P.A. 90-630, eff.  7-24-98;  91-565,  eff.  8-14-99;
23    91-715, eff. 1-1-01; 91-778, eff. 1-1-01; revised 6-23-00.)

24        Section  50.8.   The  Northern Illinois University Law is
25    amended by changing Sections 30-15 and 30-25 as follows:

26        (110 ILCS 685/30-15)
27        Sec. 30-15.  Membership;  terms;  vacancies.   The  Board
28    shall  consist of 7 voting members appointed by the Governor,
29    by and with the advice and consent of  the  Senate,  and  one
30    voting   member   who  is  a  student  at  Northern  Illinois
31    University.   The  student  member  shall  be  chosen  by   a
32    campus-wide student election.  The student member shall serve
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -463-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    a  term  of one year beginning on July 1 of each year, except
 2    that the student member initially selected shall serve a term
 3    beginning on the date of his or her selection and expiring on
 4    the next succeeding June 30.  To be eligible to remain  as  a
 5    student  member  of  the  Board, the student member must be a
 6    resident of this State, must have and maintain a grade  point
 7    average  that  is  equivalent to at least 2.5 on a 4.0 scale,
 8    and must be a full time student enrolled at all times  during
 9    his  or  her  term of office except for that part of the term
10    which  follows  the  completion  of  the  last  full  regular
11    semester of an academic year  and  precedes  the  first  full
12    regular  semester  of  the  succeeding  academic  year at the
13    university (sometimes commonly  referred  to  as  the  summer
14    session  or  summer  school).  If a student member serving on
15    the  Board  fails  to  continue  to  meet  or  maintain   the
16    residency,   minimum   grade  point  average,  or  enrollment
17    requirement  established  by  this  Section,   his   or   her
18    membership on the Board shall be deemed to have terminated by
19    operation  of  law.   Of  the  members first appointed by the
20    Governor, 4 shall be appointed for terms  to  expire  on  the
21    third  Monday  in January, 1999, and 3 shall be appointed for
22    terms to expire on the third Monday in January, 2001.  If the
23    Senate is not in  session  on  the  effective  date  of  this
24    Article,  or  if a vacancy in an appointive membership occurs
25    at a time when the Senate is not  in  session,  the  Governor
26    shall  make  temporary appointments until the next meeting of
27    the Senate when  he  shall  nominate  persons  to  fill  such
28    memberships  for the remainder of their respective terms.  No
29    more than 4 of the members appointed by the Governor shall be
30    affiliated  with  the  same  political  party.   Each  member
31    appointed by the Governor must be a resident of  this  State.
32    A  failure  to  meet  or  maintain this residency requirement
33    constitutes a resignation from and creates a vacancy  in  the
34    Board.  Upon the expiration of the terms of members appointed
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -464-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    by   the  Governor,  their  respective  successors  shall  be
 2    appointed for terms of 6  years  from  the  third  Monday  in
 3    January  of each odd-numbered year.  Any members appointed to
 4    the Board shall continue to  serve  in  such  capacity  until
 5    their successors are appointed and qualified.
 6    (Source:  P.A.  90-630,  eff.  7-24-98;  90-814, eff. 2-4-99;
 7    91-778, eff. 1-1-01; 91-798, eff. 7-9-00; revised 6-29-00.)

 8        (110 ILCS 685/30-25)
 9        Sec. 30-25.  Officers; meetings.  Members  of  the  Board
10    shall elect annually by secret ballot from their own number a
11    chairman  who  shall preside over meetings of the Board and a
12    secretary.
13        Meetings of the Board shall be held at  least  once  each
14    quarter  on  the  campus  of  Northern Illinois University at
15    Dekalb, Illinois or on any  other  University-owned  property
16    located  in the State.  At all regular meetings of the Board,
17    a majority of its members  shall  constitute  a  quorum.  The
18    student   member   shall   have  all  of  the  privileges  of
19    membership, including the right to make and  second  motions,
20    to  attend  executive  sessions,  and  to  vote  on all Board
21    matters  except  those  involving  faculty  tenure,   faculty
22    promotion  or  any  issue  on  which the student member has a
23    direct conflict of interest.  Unless the  student  member  is
24    entitled  to  vote  on a measure at a meeting of the Board or
25    any of its committees, he or she shall not  be  considered  a
26    member  for  the  purpose  of determining whether a quorum is
27    present at the time that measure is voted upon.  No action of
28    the Board shall be invalidated by reason of any vacancies  on
29    the  Board  or  by  reason of any failure to select a student
30    member.
31        Special meetings of  the  Board  may  be  called  by  the
32    chairman of the Board or by any 3 members of the Board.
33        At  each  regular and special meeting that is open to the
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -465-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    public, members of the public and employees of the University
 2    shall be afforded time, subject to reasonable constraints, to
 3    make comments to or ask questions of the Board.
 4    (Source: P.A. 90-630,  eff.  7-24-98;  91-715,  eff.  1-1-01;
 5    91-778, eff. 1-1-01; revised 6-23-00.)

 6        Section  50.9.   The  Western  Illinois University Law is
 7    amended by changing Sections 35-15 and 35-25 as follows:

 8        (110 ILCS 690/35-15)
 9        Sec. 35-15.  Membership;  terms;  vacancies.   The  Board
10    shall  consist of 7 voting members appointed by the Governor,
11    by and with the advice and consent of  the  Senate,  and  one
12    voting   member   who   is  a  student  at  Western  Illinois
13    University.   The  student  member  shall  be  chosen  by   a
14    campus-wide student election.  The student member shall serve
15    a  term  of one year beginning on July 1 of each year, except
16    that the student member initially selected shall serve a term
17    beginning on the date of his or her selection and expiring on
18    the next succeeding June 30.  To be eligible to remain  as  a
19    student  member  of  the  Board, the student member must be a
20    resident of this State, must have and maintain a grade  point
21    average  that  is  equivalent to at least 2.5 on a 4.0 scale,
22    and must be a full time student enrolled at all times  during
23    his  or  her  term of office except for that part of the term
24    which  follows  the  completion  of  the  last  full  regular
25    semester of an academic year  and  precedes  the  first  full
26    regular  semester  of  the  succeeding  academic  year at the
27    university (sometimes commonly  referred  to  as  the  summer
28    session  or  summer  school).  If a student member serving on
29    the  Board  fails  to  continue  to  meet  or  maintain   the
30    residency,   minimum   grade  point  average,  or  enrollment
31    requirement  established  by  this  Section,   his   or   her
32    membership on the Board shall be deemed to have terminated by
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -466-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    operation  of  law.   Of  the  members first appointed by the
 2    Governor, 4 shall be appointed for terms  to  expire  on  the
 3    third  Monday  in January, 1999, and 3 shall be appointed for
 4    terms to expire on the third Monday in January, 2001.  If the
 5    Senate is not in  session  on  the  effective  date  of  this
 6    Article,  or  if a vacancy in an appointive membership occurs
 7    at a time when the Senate is not  in  session,  the  Governor
 8    shall  make  temporary appointments until the next meeting of
 9    the Senate when  he  shall  nominate  persons  to  fill  such
10    memberships  for the remainder of their respective terms.  No
11    more than 4 of the members appointed by the Governor shall be
12    affiliated  with  the  same  political  party.   Each  member
13    appointed by the Governor must be a resident of  this  State.
14    A  failure  to  meet  or  maintain this residency requirement
15    constitutes a resignation from and creates a vacancy  in  the
16    Board.  Upon the expiration of the terms of members appointed
17    by   the  Governor,  their  respective  successors  shall  be
18    appointed for terms of 6  years  from  the  third  Monday  in
19    January  of each odd-numbered year.  Any members appointed to
20    the Board shall continue to  serve  in  such  capacity  until
21    their successors are appointed and qualified.
22    (Source:  P.A.  90-630,  eff.  7-24-98;  90-814, eff. 2-4-99;
23    91-778, eff. 1-1-01; 91-798, eff. 7-9-00; revised 6-29-00.)

24        (110 ILCS 690/35-25)
25        Sec. 35-25.  Officers; meetings.  Members  of  the  Board
26    shall elect annually by secret ballot from their own number a
27    chairman  who  shall preside over meetings of the Board and a
28    secretary.
29        Meetings of the Board shall be held at  least  once  each
30    quarter  on  the  campus  of  Western  Illinois University at
31    Macomb, Illinois.  At all regular meetings of  the  Board,  a
32    majority  of  its  members  shall  constitute  a quorum.  The
33    student  member  shall  have  all  of   the   privileges   of
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -467-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    membership,  including  the right to make and second motions,
 2    to attend executive  sessions,  and  to  vote  on  all  Board
 3    matters   except  those  involving  faculty  tenure,  faculty
 4    promotion or any issue on which  the  student  member  has  a
 5    direct  conflict  of  interest.  Unless the student member is
 6    entitled to vote on a measure at a meeting of  the  Board  or
 7    any  of  its  committees, he or she shall not be considered a
 8    member for the purpose of determining  whether  a  quorum  is
 9    present at the time that measure is voted upon.  No action of
10    the  Board shall be invalidated by reason of any vacancies on
11    the Board or by reason of any failure  to  select  a  student
12    member.
13        Special  meetings  of  the  Board  may  be  called by the
14    chairman of the Board or by any 3 members of the Board.
15        At each regular and special meeting that is open  to  the
16    public, members of the public and employees of the University
17    shall be afforded time, subject to reasonable constraints, to
18    make comments to or ask questions of the Board.
19    (Source:  P.A.  90-630,  eff.  7-24-98;  91-715, eff. 1-1-01;
20    91-778, eff. 1-1-01; revised 6-23-00.)

21        Section 51.  The Public Community College Act is  amended
22    by setting forth and renumbering multiple versions of Section
23    2-16.04 as follows:

24        (110 ILCS 805/2-16.04)
25        Sec.  2-16.04.   Video Conferencing User Fund.  The Video
26    Conferencing User Fund is created as a special  fund  in  the
27    State  treasury.   The  State Board may charge a fee to other
28    State agencies and non-State entities  for  the  use  of  the
29    State  Board's video conferencing facilities.  This fee shall
30    be deposited into the  Video  Conferencing  User  Fund.   All
31    money  in  the  Video  Conferencing  User Fund shall be used,
32    subject to appropriation, by  the  State  Board  to  pay  for
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -468-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    telecommunications  charges  as  billed  by the Department of
 2    Central Management Services and upgrades  to  the  system  as
 3    needed.
 4    (Source: P.A. 91-44, eff. 7-1-99.)

 5        (110 ILCS 805/2-16.05)
 6        Sec.  2-16.05.  2-16.04.  The  Academic Improvement Trust
 7    Fund for Community College Foundations.
 8        (a)  The Academic Improvement Trust  Fund  for  Community
 9    College  Foundations  is  created  in the State treasury. All
10    moneys transferred, credited, deposited, or otherwise paid to
11    the Fund as  provided  in  this  Section  shall  be  promptly
12    invested  by  the State Treasurer in accordance with law, and
13    all interest and other earnings accruing or received  thereon
14    shall  be credited and paid to the Fund. No moneys, interest,
15    or earnings transferred, credited,  deposited,  or  otherwise
16    paid  to  the  Academic  Improvement Trust Fund for Community
17    College Foundations shall be transferred or allocated by  the
18    Comptroller  or  Treasurer  to  any other fund, nor shall the
19    Governor authorize any such transfer or allocation, nor shall
20    any moneys,  interest,  or  earnings  transferred,  credited,
21    deposited, or otherwise paid to the Fund be used, temporarily
22    or  otherwise,  for interfund borrowing, or be otherwise used
23    or appropriated,  except  to  encourage  private  support  in
24    enhancing   community   college   foundations   by  providing
25    community college foundations with the opportunity to receive
26    and match challenge grants as provided in this Section.
27        (b)  On the first day of fiscal year 2000 and each fiscal
28    year thereafter, or as soon thereafter as may be practicable,
29    the Comptroller shall order the transfer  and  the  Treasurer
30    shall  transfer from the General Revenue Fund to the Academic
31    Improvement Trust Fund for Community College Foundations  the
32    amount  of  the  fiscal  year appropriation made to the State
33    Board  for  making  challenge  grants  to  community  college
 
HB0708 Engrossed            -469-              LRB9203186EGfg
 1    foundations as provided in this Section.
 2        (c)  For each fiscal year in which an  appropriation  and
 3    transfer  are  made  as  provided  in  subsection (b), moneys
 4    sufficient to provide each community college foundation  with
 5    the opportunity to match at least one $25,000 challenge grant
 6    shall  be  reserved  from  moneys in the Academic Improvement
 7    Trust Fund for Community College Foundations, and the balance
 8    of the moneys in the Fund shall be available for matching  by
 9    any  community  college  foundation.   Moneys in the Academic
10    Improvement Trust Fund for Community College Foundations that
11    remain unmatched by contribution or pledge on April 1 of  the
12    fiscal  year  in which an appropriation and transfer are made
13    as provided in subsection (b) shall  also  be  available  for
14    matching  by any community college foundation, along with any
15    interest or earnings accruing to the unmatched portion of the
16    Fund.  If for any fiscal year in which an  appropriation  and
17    transfer are made as provided in subsection (b) there are not
18    sufficient  moneys  which  may  be  reserved  in the Academic
19    Improvement Trust Fund for Community College  Foundations  to
20    provide   each   community   college   foundation   with  the
21    opportunity to match at least one  $25,000  challenge  grant,
22    the amount of the challenge grant that each community college
23    foundation shall have the opportunity to match for the fiscal
24    year  shall be reduced from $25,000 to an amount e